TL Te eee ae ect LAD hae es es a enn ee TU ancien on eee SALLIE Sane Te SOU SCT pierre ee beeen erro Pee heer Crna meen 8 ntT ve ne fares Rater) JOURNAL oF The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant VoLuME VII WITH 7 PLATES AND 43 FIGURES 1906 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN At 41 NortH Quzen Street, Lancastsr, Pa. Tur Naw Era Printinc CoMPrany PREBS OF THE New ERA PRINTING COMPANY “ANCASTER, PA, OFFIOERS, 1906. PRESID . Oo. LLS, ee CARNEGIE, icant oe F. COX, SECRETARY—N. L, BRITTON BoARD oF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, i PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE GEORGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMES A cee ROBERT W. bDE FOREST, SAMUEL SLOA JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORN 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE — OF PusLic PARKS, HON. MOSES HE A THE Mayor OF THE oF New York, HON. GEORG a pees LAN. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS, ROF, L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman, DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, PROF. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, CHARLES F. COX, PROF, H. H. RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr. ARDEN STAFF. ga a L. BRITTON, Director-in- Chief. RILL, First Assistant. DR, jon * SMALL, Head Curator of the Museums. RG, Curator. magineer, WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant, DR. JOHN HENDLEY Soar Editorial Assistant, . JOHN A, SHAFER, Museum Custodian. PERCY WILSON, porns Assistant. Members of the Corporation, Pror. N. L. BriTTON, Davip Lynic, Hon. ADDISON BROWN, Epcar L. MARSTON, WituiaM L. Brown, D. 0. MILLs, Dr. NicHo.as M. BuTLer, J. PIERPONT MorGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, THEODORE W. MYERS, Pror. C, F. CHANDLER, Grorce M. OLcoTT, WILLIAM G. CHOATE, Pror. HENRY F. OsBORN, CHARLES F. Cox, LoweLL. M. PALMER, Joun J. Crooxke, GEORGE W. PERKINS, W, BaYarp CUTTING, James R. PircuEr, ROBERT W, DE FOREST, Rr. Rev. Henry C. Porrrr, HENRY W. DE Forest, Percy R. PyNE, CLEVELAND H. DopcE, Joun D. RocKEFELLER, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Gen. Louis FirzGERALD, Pror. H. H. Russy, RICHARD W. GILDER, Jamgs A. SCRYMSER, Hon. THomas F. GILroy, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, Hon. HucGu J. Grant, SAMUEI. SLOAN, HENRY GRAVES, WILLiam D. SLOANE, Henry P. Hoyt, NELSON SMITH, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., JAMES SPEYER, Morris K, JEsup, FRANCIS L, STETSON, Joun I. Kang, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, EuGENE KELLY, JR., Louis C, TIFFANY, ProF. JAMES F. Kemp, SAMUEL THORNE, Joun S. KENNEDY, Pror. L. M. UNDERWooD, Pror, FReDERIC S. LEE, GEoRGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon, SETH Low, Hon. Ecerton L. WINTHROP, jr, WILLIAM H. S. Woop. TABLE OF CONTENTS No. 73. JANUARY PAGE Circular Relative to nas The Students’ Research Fund I Dr. MacDougal’s New Work : = 2 Additional Members of the Garden St a : Se : 4 Fossil Plants along the eran and Deiawere Canal. . . e 4 5 ‘h le Mer, or Double Cocoanut wk ae Ge 1 Origin ¢ oe ihe Amber aaa on Sich Toland a ge de eee Ane ee © | Notes, News and Comm ees : 12 Accessions ........ . : . ~. 14 No. 74. FEBRUARY Progress of Construction Work During the Winter. ... . ue a 123 An Interesting Accession to the Library . Res gen ok 28 eet Oe 25 Publications of the Staff and Students af the hew Vote Hotanical Garden Dunas the Vear 1905. ©. we, ee ee Notes from the Cee : > _ eee a 37 The American ter *s- cca TReG a fs hin ee SS gh 39 Notes, News and Commen at : Bi, Sotiea ef oh Oe cab, ces alt 42 Accessions.. . 2... 1... » 43 No, 75. MARcH A Guide to the Conservatories . aie hg ee er aris eo ace ST No. 76. APRIL The Spring Lectures... 6 6 2 0 ee ee 103 The History of Botany in the ee Islands . a . 104 A Floating Orchid (Habenaria repens) © 6 ee ee ee 112 The Type of Zamites montanensis Font... 6 6 6 6 ow ee ee ee 115 Notes, News and Comment . ee orl, Se det was eee i oes os . ¥6 Accessions, . ....- eS Te et ee ee 11g No. 77. May Recent Botanical ait in Porto Rico. 2 2 1 2 ee ee ee 125 Notes, News and Comment .. ww ww ee ee + + 139 ACCESSIONS, es Go eR A EE Bee Be OS Sy eS . 141 A Serious Chestnut Disease. 6 2 6 6 ee ee ee 143 The first Decade of the Garden, 2. 6 1 ee ee ee ee te eee 154 viii CONTENTS. A large Oak struck by Lightning. . 2. 2. ee ee ht ee The Garden and the Public Schools, fy ed: ai cane ee ee at i ae eh, First Grant from the Students’ Research Fund eave soot eee Tee at WAS Nise News and Comment . 2 ee go, ee Accessions. . . . aaa ‘ 5 eee ances 1 . No. 79. JULY The Flowering of Queen Victoria’s Agave. . . . - ee ee Studies of Extinct Plants of the Atlantic Cost oe roe: ot ay Notes, News and Comment . fees oS we ih ter ae, Yar fe ae oA Accessions. . oa toe ee irqee "ayia "102 1S ‘ tes aes No. 80. AuGUST Report on a Collecting Trip in Costa Rica... ..... A Winter at the rats aul of - Gatien : ail, ep th cap vieh Ger feb veh Oa Notes, News and Com : : Accessions ..... No. 81. SEPTEMBER The Autumn Lectur fae Further Remarks on a ene Chestnut Deak Observations in Economic Botany made at Oscoda, » Michigan Symbiosis in Gunnera eae ne mei, Keewaekeoe mrt Notes, News and Comm Betas dian “es Hara Tega wee Sane, ee Accessions . 2... 1 ee ee No, 82. OcToBER A Summer in Europe ; Some segues Botanists and Botanical Institutions . Notes, News and Comment. i anes faa nley serch i ab sah a Sa Accessions . No, 83. NovEMBER Recent Explorations in Jamaic: de te A Report on the Conditions of the ‘Tropical Cabo e Collecting in the Mountains West of cies Cuba . : Progress in Construction . . Notes, News and Comment Accessions.. . . ae noe No. 84. DECEMBER The Wild Grains and Nuts of the Naa States... .. eo Nature Work of the Pablig Schoo! Note on a little-known work on ee Natal ier ee ihe Leeward ielands Notes, News and Comment. Accessions ndex Vol, VII JANUARY, 1906 No, 73 JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS PAGE PircplariRelative ton Memberships. 0s. Ge ie ce Sere, Cee eee eR a cats I MEERSI Cents HR eSCATCH) BUM ocd! ua Moirisncas, si suher«) Wenpeh te Mat Jjitle wee alee ordinrtes i PRIAC ONG Al BEN ewe W OL Mcaeyhiis brat ysye Selgat hots eie lesn tal ohmatnaniec om ooeeme 2 Additional Members of the pace Stale ries n ce hee et ects hivnn oar 4 Fossil Plants along the Chesapeake and Delaware Canal. ..... eter 5 ities@oco'de Mer: or Double Cocoanut. 2. oe a a oe 7 Origin of the Amber found on StatenIsland................. II Notes, Newsand Comments ...........+.-.--: ; cae arte PECOPSSIONS Kyowa sisal eines SE 2 ae ee et re hee wick Seng Gee tata eae 14 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar 4x Nortu Quzen Street, Lancaster, Pa. sy Tus New Era Printinc Company So ee 1906. PRESIDENT—D. ATLL! VicE-PRESID ee art alae IE, TREASURER—CHARLES F. CO SECRETARY—N. L. BRITTON BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, i PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, EORGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, a S A. SCRYMSER, =RT W. DE FOREST, SAMU JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, DO; MIEES; SAMUEL THORNE, 2, EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE paneer OF PuBLIC Parks, HON HN J. PALLAS THE MAYOR OF THE City oF NEw York, HON. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN. 8. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chazrmaz. DR. ge MURRAY BUTLER, PROF, JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, tes F. COX, H. H. RUSBY, HON. HENRY N. TIFFT. GARDEN STAFF. DRea ac bs TTON, Direc pera DR. W. A. eae First Assistant. DR. JOHN 1 i SMALL, Head Ci oe or ale Museums. RYDB , Curator, fa ener HOLLICK, Curato R. MARSHALL A E, Curator ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, Asszstant Curator. V. NASH, Head Garden DR. C. S. GAGER, Director of the L sas ce tes. ANNA MURRAY VAIL, Liébrasia DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curazor of the Economic “Cations, ist. Le DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, Zeitorial Aisin DR. JOHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custod: PERCY WILSON, Administrative pear JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden VoL. VII. January, 1906. No. 73. CIRCULAR RELATIVE TO MEMBERSHIP. At a meeting of the Board of Managers of the New York Botanical Garden held October 2, 1905, the following classes of members were established, to take the place of the arrangements hitherto in force : 1. Annual Members, to pay a fee of $10 a year. 2. Life Members. Annual Members may become Life Mem- bers by the payment $250 at any one time. 3. Sustaining Members, to pay from $25 to $100 a year, and to become Fellows for Life when their payments have aggregated $1,000. . 4. Fellowship Members, to pay $100 or more a year and to become Fellows for Life when their payments have aggregated $1,000. 5. Fellows for Life, to contribute $1,000 or more at any one time. 6. Patrons, to contribute $5,000 or more at any one time, either by gift or by bequest. 7. Benefactors, to contribute $25,000 or more at any one time, either by gift or by bequest. N. L. Britton, Director-in- Chief. THE STUDENTS RESEARCH FUND. The fees paid in by students of the Garden have always been credited to a fund known as the Students Research Fund, de- signed to furnish aid to especially worthy students who would 2 otherwise be unable to carry out investigations for which they were particularly fitted. nly the interest on the fund is, however, to be used, the previous recommendation of the Scientific Directors. It now amounts to a little more than $2,500, and interest upon it has accumulated to about $300. ; The Board of Managers made an appropriation from this in- come at their annual meeting in January, 1905, which has en- abled the Scientific Directors to make their first grant from this fund for the purpose of aiding an original investigation. The recipient of this first grant is Mr. C. B. Robinson, a stu- dent of the Garden, who is preparing a monograph on the North American stoneworts (Characeae). Mr. Robinson is a graduate of Dalhousie College, Halifax, Nova Scotia. Subsequently to his graduation, he studied at Cambridge University, England, and is at present a graduate student of Columbia University and a can- didate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy from that institu- tion. The subject chosen by him for investigation at the Garden was made available by the unsurpassed collection of these inter- esting plants, which are inhabitants of shallow water, formed by the late Dr. Timothy F. Allen, of New York, and presented by him to the Garden in 1901, a description of which is published in JOURNAL 2: 53-54. I9QOI. : RITTON, Die ector-in-Chief. DR. MACDOUGAL’S NEW WORK. The following letter is self explanatory : CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON, WasuinoctTon, D. C., Dr. N. L. Britton, December 15, 1905. Director-in- Chief, New York Botanical Garden. Dear Sir: The work of the Desert Botanical Laboratory, with which I have been connected as an adviser since its foundation, and the other botanical investigations under the auspices of the 3 Carnegie Institution have assumed such importance that it has been deemed advisable to organize a Department of Botanical Research in the Institution. I have been elected Director of the newly established department, and wish to accept the appoint- ment. I must therefore ask that you relieve me of the duties of Assistant Director of the Garden at a date convenient to yourself, not later than January 1, 1906. I wish to express my appreciation of the action of the Scien- tific Directors by which I have enjoyed unexcelled opportunities for research during the six and a half years of my term of service in the Garden, and also to thank you for the interest shown in my work, and for the considerate manner in which my. adminis- trative duties have been adjusted. The investigations on heredity and evolution in which I have been engaged for some time have now reached the stage of great- est fruitfulness, and I would esteem it a great favor if I were granted the use of facilities in the Garden for the continuance of this work. I would expect to give the matter personal attention during a few months each year, and to arrange for assistance during the remainder of the time. One of the chief functions of the newly organized department will be to coéperate and give assistance in every practicable man- ner in botanical investigations of all kinds, and it is hoped that the resources of the Desert Laboratory, and other facilities of the department may be of service to you in the promotion of your work on the cactuses, and in other work in progress at the Garden. Yours very truly, D. T. MacDouaat. The resignation of Dr. MacDougal has been duly accepted, and the following preamble and resolutions have been adopted by the Scientific Directors and confirmed by the Board of Managers ; New York BoranicaL GARDEN, Bronx Park, New York City. ecember 16, 1905. Wuereas: In the resignation of Dr. Daniel T. MacDougal, Assistant Director, the New York Botanical Garden loses the 4 services of a most efficient administrative officer and valuable scientific investigator : Resolved: That the Scientific Directors of the New York Botanical Garden, while regretting the loss, from the staff, of one who has rendered such important services, extend to Dr. Mac- Dougal most hearty congratulations and good wishes in his en- tering upon anew field of scientific activity as Director of Botani- cal Research in the Carnegie Institution of Washington, and, in recognition of his work at the Garden, invite him to meet with us as an advisory member of this Board. Resolved : That the facilities of the Garden for continuing the investigations on heredity and evolution carried on here by Dr. MacDougal be and hereby are tendered to the Carnegie Institu- tion of Washington. In thus severing his official connection with the Garden, Dr. MacDougal takes up work of the highest importance. His field of operations will be a varied one, his time being partly spent at the Desert Botanical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institu- tion at Tucson, Arizona, partly in directing botanical and horti- cultural investigations at other stations of the Carnegie Institu- tion, and partly at the New York Botanical Garden in continuing his studies on heredity and evolution, it having been arranged that his experiments carried on here shall be continued under the supervision of an assistant with the codperation of members of the Garden staff. N. L. Britton, Director-in- Chief. ADDITIONAL MEMBERS OF THE GARDEN STAFF. The resignation of Dr. D. T. MacDougal as Assistant Direc- tor has brought about a reorganization of work at the Garden. Dr. W. A. Murrill, who has been serving as a Curator for parts of two years, having succeeded to the position left vacant by the resignation of Professor F. S. Earle to accept the work of direct- ing the Cuban Agricultural Experiment Station, has been ap- pointed First Assistant, and the duties of Mr. Percy Wilson, Administrative Assistant, have been increased. Dr. C. S. Gager, 5 who has pursued investigations at the Garden for some time under the direction of Dr. MacDougal, has been appointed Di- rector of the Laboratories. Mr. R. S. Williams, who has done much field work on behalf of the Garden during the past five years in the Yukon Territory, Bolivia, and the Philippine Islands, has been appointed an Assistant Curator. Mr. C. B. Robinson, who has been a student of the Garden, giving special attention to the study of the Stone-worts, and to the Philippine Island col- lections formed by Mr. Williams, has also been appointed an Assistant Curator. . L. Britton, Director-in- Chief. FOSSIL oo . THE oo AND AWARE CA ” “Rivers,” said the philosopher Pascal, “ are roads that move, and carry us whither we wish to go.” In colonial Maryland this was true in a larger degree, perhaps, than in any of the other colonies. The main highway of early Maryland was the Chesa- peake, which is, says a chronicler of that time,* ‘‘a bay in most respects scarcely to be outdone by the universe, having so many large and spacious rivers branching and running, and each of these richly supplied and divided into sundry smaller rivers, spreading themselves out to innumerable creeks and coves.” Instead of mileage, compensation for boat-hire was allowed to the delegates to the General Assembly from Kent and Anne Arundel counties. It was quite natural, then, that the minds of the citizens should early turn to the feasibility of constructing an artificial water-way between the headwaters of the Chesapeake and Delaware bays, in order to avoid the roundabout sail of some four hundred miles which was so fatal to Lord Howe’s Revolutionary campaign in this region. We find this canal seriously considered as early as 1767 and again in 1799 and 1812, being finally completed during the first quarter of the last century. It runs nearly due east and *Makemy, A Plain and Friendly Persuasive, London, 1705, p. + Maryland Archives, vol. 1, Assembly Proceedings, pp. 143, ae 6 west across the divide between the two bays, and is a most beautiful and attractive spot, the delight alike of the Cece and the botanist. A striking element in the flora here is the number of es cent forms which are to be found on account of the interming- ling of northern and southern forest types. Among them are the chestnut, sycamore, tulip-tree, willow oak, chestnut. oak, red and black oaks, walnut, hickory, gum, persimmon, sumac, dog- wood, sassafras, etc. These include a large number of forms noted for the beauty of their autumnal coloration, which en- hances a visit to this region during the latter part of the year. Among the noteworthy herbaceous plants at the time of my visit were the spiranthes (Gyrostachys), the showy rhexias, or meadow- beauties, with their reddish-purple blossoms, and the equally showy bidens, or marigolds. The sands and clays of the Cretaceous formation which mark the ancient continental coast-line and outcrop in a narrow inter- rupted belt from Martha’s Vineyard and Block Island to Ala-. bama, cross the canal diagonally. To prevent land-slips the cut was made very wide, often two hundred feet or more. Subse- quent erosion has sculptured these high banks into characteristic ‘“‘bad-land’’ scenery and, were it not for the abundant vegetation which fringes the top of the banks, one might well imagine him- self in southwestern Dakota or Wyoming. In one spot we find a black lignitic clay, replaced in a short distance by a great bank of white “sugary” sand containing amber. Here we find the greenish marly sand of the Matawan formation, while orange iron-stained sands vie with reddish sands in their prominence — the whole forming a variegated and beautiful picture. Large logs of lignite lie in the ditches where they have weathered out of the banks. The fossil plants occur in lenses of dark sandy clay, which is rather loosely consolidated, and the leaf-impressions commonly carry much lignite, so that they shrink in drying and do not fur- nish very permanent specimens. The locality along the canal which has yielded the plant-remains is in the State of Delaware a few miles east of the Maryland line, between Pivot and High 7 bridges. This point is known as Deép Cut, for the reason that the banks marking the summit of the divide at this point are fully one hundred feet above the water. Among the more strik- ing forms collected were leaves of a Sabal-like palm, numerous leaves of figs and laurels, a large Osmunda, many twigs and some cones of Seguota, besides many other curious and interesting relics of the vegetation which flourished in the swamps and on the hillsides along this old coast when the climate was much warmer than now, when man was hardly a promise, and the dominant forms of life were huge reptiles like some of those which have been so admirably restored during recent years by well-known investigators at the American Museum of Natural History. Epwarp W. BeErry. MARYLAND GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, BALTIMORE, Mp. THE COCO DE MER, OR DOUBLE COCOANUT. In the Indian Ocean several hundreds of miles to the eastward of Zanzibar, and about four degrees south of the equator, is a group of islands known as the Seychelles. These were dis- covered by the Portuguese as early as 1505 ; were occupied by the French in 1743; siezed by the British in 1794, and formally ceded to them in 1814. Here at the time of thé French occupa- tion in 1743 was discovered a beautiful palm, the fruit of which had been known for many years, but the origin of which had been one of the mysteries of those early times. As in those times mysteries always gave rise to most fabulous tales, so was it with this unknown fruit, which, on account of its obscurity, was accredited with most wonderful properties and given a worth far in excess of its intrinsic value. It was known as coco de mer, coco de Salomon, and coco des Maldives, this last name being applied because so many of these nuts had been found floating in the sea near the Maldive Islands. It was averred by these ancient people that it was not a product of the earth but of the sea, and the Malay and Chinese’sailors insisted that it grew on a tree deep in the water off the coast of Sumatra, but that the tree 8 instantly disappeared when they dived down to see it. The negro priests were firm in the belief that it grew near the island of Java, its branches protruding above the water, and that here a mon- strous bird had its home, from which it made nightly sorties to the land, killing tigers, elephants and other large animals: they further asserted that ships were attracted by the waves which surrounded the tree, an attraction from which there was no escape, and that the sailors fell an easy prey to this voracious bird. One can well understand with what care the poor superstitious sailors of the Indian Archipelago must have avoided this spot. Not only did these tales serve to bring the fruit into notice, but its reputed value as an antidote to poisons made its acquisition greatly to be desired by the princes of Hindoostan, who, prone to use such poisons on others, were constantly in fear of being made victims themselves of some wily poisoner. It is not strange that they were willing to pay large sums for these mysterious objects which would protect them from their enemies. They firmly believed that water which had been kept in one of these was purified from all harm, and could be drunk with impunity, no matter how active may have been the poison placed in the liquid. The sovereign of the Maldives was not long in turning this to his own advantage as a means of increasing his wealth, for he made it a matter of death for anyone to have in his possession: one of these nuts-——all were his property, which he disposed of at a high price or used in making royal presents. But in 1743, upon the discovery of the tree which bore these fruits, this value and repute quickly subsided, for, so they must have reasoned, where there is no mystery how can there be any virtue! One of the earlier accounts of this palm occurs in a book of voyages published in 1776 at Paris.* A plate illustrating the Seychelles themselves and several other plates depicting features of the palm and its fruit are given. It is there stated that many of these palms grow near the shore of the sea, most of the fruit of such trees dropping into the sea and floating upon its surface. The winds waft them, and the currents, the direction of which in those parts is E. N. E,, carry them to the shores of the Mal- * Voyage a la Nouvelle Guinee par M. Sonnerat. Paris. 1776, 9 dives, the only part of the world where these fruits had been known previous to the discovery of their origin on the Seychelles, Fic. 1. Lodoicea maldivica (Gmel.) Pers, the coco de mer or double cocoanut. The palm is said to grow upon three of the islands of the Seychelles, occurring in all parts of them, the best trees grow- ing in deep gorges. One such gorge on the island of Praslin 10 is known as the Ravine of the Coco de Mer, and is said to be one of the most beautiful spots in tropical climes, the trunks of these charming palms rising to a height of ninety or a hun- dred feet and bearing aloft a crown of magnificent fan-shaped leaves, often twenty feet long and ten or twelve feet wide. The accompanying photograph was made from a specimen of this palm which graces the collection installed in house no, 15, of the conservatories, on the central bench near the entrance to the large dome. There are few of these in cultivation under glass, perhaps but four or five in this country, and I believe all of these originated with Mr. Falconer, at Pittsburgh. The Garden was fortunate in securing one of these. Until it became of suffi- cient vigor, cultural requirements necessitated that it be kept at the propagating houses. It has been recently transferred to the position indicated above. At the base of this plant can still be seen a portion of the seed, its double character being quite evi- dent. On the second floor of the museum building, on the middle shelf of case no. 63, will be found a specimen of this fruit, with the outside husk removed, showing clearly its structure. The many economic uses of this palm make it of exceeding value to the natives of the Seychelles. The heart of the crown of leaves is eaten as a vegetable, as is done with the cabbage palm. The leaves, perhaps, are the most important, being used extensively in house-building, not only for thatching, but also for making walls and partitions ; and the down of the young leaves is used in filling mattresses and pillows. The nuts are made into utensils of various kinds, and the young leaves furnish ma- terial for making hats. A remarkable feature of this tree is the length of time required to mature its fruit, ten or twelve years being necessary for this. The fruits are oblong in shape and weigh from thirty to fifty aggregate weight of such a cluster is considerable. Upon the removal of the outer husk the two oblong nuts are exposed to view, firmly united; it is this character which has given the name of double cocoanut to the tree. This palm was first given the specific name ma/divica in 11 1791 by Gmelin, probably in reference to the place where its fruits were first found, long before the tree itself was known, but under the generic name of Cocos. To botanists it must now be known as Lodoicca maldivica (Gmel.) Pers. In 1792 it was called Borassus Sonncrati, the specific name being given in honor of M. Sonnerat, to whom reference has already been made as an early explorer in those parts. In 1805 Commerson gave it the name of Lodoicea callipyge and in 1807 Labillardiére added to its aliases by calling it Ledoicea sechellarum, the name by which it is commonly known, but this cannot be used, as the earliest name takes precedence. GEORGE V. Nasu. ORIGIN OF THE AMBER FOUND ON STATEN ISLAND. In the Journar for March, 1905, an article by the writer was published, entitled “A Recent Discovery of Amber on Staten sland,” in which may be found a brief reference to the problem of the origin of the amber. Since then. the locality, in the Androvette clay pit at Kreischerville, has been visited on several occasions, in company with Professor Edward C. Jeffrey, of Harvard University, and considerable additional material col- lected, consisting of a number of fine specimens of amber and numerous logs of lignite, in several of which the amber was found in siti. Professor Jeffrey subsequently submitted some of these lignites to critical examination under the microscope and identified the genera to which they belong. One proved to be a Segzoia and another a species of draucarioxylon, allied to the living Norfolk Island pine, and thus.determined ‘the--origin of -at least a part of the amber. These, and other interesting results obtained from the examination of the material collected were included ina joint preliminary paper by Professor Jeffrey and the writer, which was read at the New Orleans meeting of the Botanical Society of America in January. The Society, upon a presentation of the facts, made an award of $200 for the continuation of the work, 12 which will be prosecuted jointly by the authors, and extended, if possible, so as to include similar investigations of the fossil plant remains from other localities in the Atlantic coastal plain. In a recent communication from Professor Jeffrey he says: “I quite agree with you as to the very great possibilities connected with our proposed field of investigation. There are at least a dozen promising lines of work suggested by the material already in hand from Kreischerville.” Artuur HOL_tick. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. The effects of the unusually mild weather have been conspicu- ous among the plants in the Garden. During the earlier part of the month, dandelions were in bloom on the lawns, the flowers and leaves of Spiraea Thunbergit were opening in numbers, and the catkins of certain willows were appearing about two months in advance of their usual season. The main park driveway, extending from the Bronx Park rail- way station of the New York Central Railroad past the lakes and over the fruticetum plain and north meadows to the Newell Avenue entrance at Williamsbridge, was thrown open for use in December. Volume 22, part 2, of the North American Flora, appeared December 18, 1905. The main portion of the work is devoted to the Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae, by Small and Rydberg, while several minor families are treated by Britton, Small, Wil- son, and Rusby. The clear limitation of the species of the fleshy fungi requires (1) an extensive study of the plants in the field, with careful notes of the fresh conditions and (2) extensive search of the older literature and illustrations of the species described from Europe to properly correlate the species common to the two continents, This is now being undertaken for the American species containing a milky juice, which have been commonly known under the name of ZLactartus, by Miss Gertrude S. Bur- lingham. Many of our species are apparently identical with those of Europe and often appear to have a wide geographic dis- 13 tribution on both hemispheres. Others are apparently local or at least are known at present only from a very limited area, and apparently are less able to maintain the struggle for existence. This group of fungi contains a number of economic species and presents a great diversity in the character of the fluid which fills the entire tissue of the plant. Miss Burlingham has an interest- ing field and will combine with the systematic study of the group some investigations as to the nature of this milky fluid and its susceptibility to rapid change so apparent in certain species. This milk varies in color in various species from pure white to saffron yellow, orange, purple, and even deep prussian blue. Miss Caroline Coventry Haynes is continuing the studies on the classification of the Hepaticae to which she has devoted a portion of her time during the past four years. During the present year she expects to give considerable attention to the she has contributed nu us specimens of her own collecting in New Jersey, Massachusetts, northern New York, and North Carolina. rican Hepaticae, includin ro) in this connection has contributed to the Bryolegzst “ Notes on a Colony of Hepatics found associated on a dead Fungus” and illustrated articles on ‘“ 7elaranea nematodes longifoha”’ and “ Cephalosia Francisct.” With the beginning of its ninth volume (1906) she becomes one of the assistant editors of the Bryologis¢. Miss Haynes has now, also, ready for publication descriptions of two new species of Ayéonia from the island of Jamaica, and has prepared detailed and artistic drawings illustrating the habit and structure of these hitherto unknown plants. The total precipitation in the Garden during December, 1905, amounted to 2.64 inches. Maximum temperatures of 54° on the 8th, 53° on the 13th, 54° on the 18th, and 53.5°% on the 2oth were recorded ; also minima of 23° on the roth, 18° on the 15th, 22° on the 25th, and 24.5° on the 28th. 14 ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM NOVEMBER 16 TO DECEMBER 30, rg05 ADRIANI, S. Guttapercha et caoutchouc. Utrecht, 1850. BaILEy, HITMAN, Softanical note-book, Providence, 1894. ( Given by the Estate of Miss Harriet B. Bailey, Boyce, S. S. Hemp. New York, 1900 BRUEKHUIIEN, H. P. J. v. De Kinosuleae, Tiel, 1898. Capet, C. L. Dissertation sur le café. Paris, 180 - CHAVANNES, A. - principales maladies des vers as Genéve, 1862. HEVALLIER, iu café, son his ‘ovique, Son usage, Son utilité, ses altérations, ses succédanes el ses feats ‘aris, 1862. CLAR HARLES ractical methods in microscopy, Ed. 2. Boston, 1896. (Given oy the Estate of “Miss Harriet B. Baile Y- CLARKE, JOHN. 7¥eatise on the mulberry tree and silk worm. Philadelphia, 839. Cu EMENT-MULLEI, J. J. De da culture du murier chez les anciens. Caen, 1854. . Manual containing information respecting the growth of the mul: berry tree. Boston, 1831. BB, J. Manual containing information respecting the growth of the mui- berry tree, Boston, 18 stor Cultuur en berstiine van koffie in Mexico, Centraal en Zyid Amerika en Indié. Amsterdam, 188 DERING, see on the cultivation of cocao, vanilla, india-rubber, indigo, and bananas of Mex London, 1895. Douctas, JaAMEs. 4 hi dissection of the coffee berry, March 18, 1724-5. UCKINGER, F. Cinchona barks pte es considered, Phila- , Huco. Biologische und morphologische Untersuchungen tiber Wasser- und Suns igi Jena, 1905. Gor ,K. N. Die Chinacultur auf Java. Leipzig, 1869. ee Kk. W. Ko em. Hate, A. D. tna account of a Rothamstead experiments. London, 1905. ', J. H. Cacao, a treatise on the cultivation and curing of cacao. Ed. 2. leled trscHT, Kart. Ailder aus dem Kakteen-Zimmergarten. Zweite Avflage. iG S Quinology of the East Indian Plantations, London Bo WARD, J. E. 1869. Lnternational catalogue of scientific literature. M. Third annual issue. OHNSON, W. H. Zhe cultivation and preparation of Para rubber. Lon- on, 1904. Kertose, VERNON L. American insects, New York, 1905. (Given by Dr. KORTRUM, K. A. Der Thee. Duisberg, 1 1811 AERNE, C. F. VoN DELDEN. Verslag over ite Koffiecultuur in Amertha, Asie and Africka. Hace, 1885. 15 LANKESTER, Epwin. Aalf-hours with the microscope. Ed. 16, London, no date. (Given by the Estate of Miss Harriet B. Bailey. Lesionp, E, tude physiologique et thérapeutique de la caféine, Pode 1883. Les textiles végélaux, leur examen microchimique. ris, wy ECOMPTE, H. LEsQue pres, LEE and JAMEs, THOMAS Manual of the mosses al America, Boston 1384. (Given by the Estate of Miss Harriet B. Bailey. ) TASCLEF, A. Les plantes a’ Europe. Paris, 1905. MEINICK, CARL E, Die Jnseln des Stillen Oceans. Leipzig, 1888. 2 vols. Meisner, L. F. De caffe, ae hee Perimbe ergae, ‘ teriology. Third (Denes ited ig the tates of Columbia Univer: ) Breves consideracoes sobre a historia e cultura do cafeeiro ¢ con- Sumo de seu prot, Rio de Janeiro, 1873. . W. De boekhouding eener koffieonderneming. Amsterdam, 1896. MorkEN, ie MOoRRE : W. Xoffiecultuur in Guatemala, Amsterdam, 1899. Moscou. Bulletin de la Société wae ae des naturalistes de Moscou. Moscou, 1837-98. vols. (Deposited by the New York Academy of Sciences and the American Museum of Natural History. NEMEC, B. Steedven iider die — ation. Berlin, 1905. LDENBARNEVELT, A. G. R. De Koffiecultuur in on Hague, 1898. Edito secunda. Vol. 3. Paris, ious 5. (De- Paris, E.G. Sidex ee posited by the Trustees of Columbia University. L » E. ana A. Le thé et le chocalat dans Valimentation publique. — , AL Etude sur le ee au point de vue historique, physiologique, Aygiénique pee alimentaire. aris, I alg WILLIAM. .4 manual ie British discomycetes, London, 1887. (Given by Dr. L. M. Un Jena, PorscH, oe Der SC asleap sid iaeel im Lichle der Phylogente. 05. Princeton University Expeditions to Patagonia, 1896-1899. Botany. Prince- ols, (G sit 4 7 g, EE. Le quinguina culture, pr epavanion: commerce. Paris, 1902. Paris, 18 Revue horticole. ol. ris, 1841- IGAUD, vaité pedligie de la falas de café dans la région centrale de Madagascar. ‘Paris; 1896. ROHDE, EL. Afonographia Cinchone generis tentamen. Gottingz, 1804. RoMERO, MATIAS. Coffee and india-rubber culture in Mexico. New York, 1898. Roy e, Fibrous plants of India fitted for cordage, clothing and paper. London, a 5. SARGENT, CHARLES SPRAGUE. oles on the forest flora cf Japan. Boston, 1894. nN. Fungorum gui in Bavaria et Palatinata circa ACOB CHRISTIA Ratisbonae, 1762 SCHAEFFER, Katisbonam cascumtur tcones nativis a hs expressae, vols. SCHUMANN, KARL. 1902. Neudamm, 1897 and 1 SCHUMANN, KARL. ae der gegenwartigen in den Kulturen befindlichen Kakteen. Neudamm, 189 Suceulente Retse-Evinnerungen aus dem Jahre 1896 ana 16 SCHUMANN, Kart AND LAUTERBACH, Kari. Nachtrdge sur Flora der deutschen Se in der Siidsee. Leipzig, ae SOUBERIRAN, J. AND DELONDRE, A. De /introduction et de lacclimata- tion des cinchonas dont les Indes aa nS et dans les Indes Britanniques. Paris,. 1868 SPALL, P. W. A. VAN. Verslag over de koffij en kaneel kultuur op het eiland ee in ae jaar 1861. Batavia, 1863. STRETTELL, G. W. Zhe Ficus elastica in Burma proper, or a narrative of my ete in search of it, Rangoon, 1876. see C. V. La gutta percha ou application de cette substance, “ Kurze Anleitung zur Zimmerkultur der Kakteen. Dritte Auflage. ee ae THURBER, F. B. eo Ca ee to cup. A brief history of coffee pro- duction and consumption. 1883. Tra Pari VELENOVSKY, Jos. Vergleichende Mogi: a tas I Theil. Prag, 0 VENEZUELA. Geographical sketch, natural jeunes laws, economic conditions, cultural deinen prospects of future growth. ited and compiled for the In- ternational Bureau of American Republics, by N. Veloz Goiticoa, 1904. Wash- ington, Igo. 4. VRIESE, W. K. DE. De Uithomsten der Kina-cultuur in Nederlandsch Indie WALLACE, ALEXANDER. The heather in lore, lyric and Oe New York, 1903. WELTER, Henri. ssai sur [histoire du «café. Paris, 1 Westmaas, D. R. Premiére éducation du ver & sote oe chéne. Harlem, 64 PICTURE COLLECTION. 2 photographs of Bronx Park (1 noc ae ven by Miss Vail. ) I photograph of Dr. Hollick. (Given by Dr. Arthur ee ) 1 photograph of Prof. Hugo de Vries, ee by D. T. MacDougal.) phs trees, 1 photograph of laboratory. (Give Dr. D. T. MacDougal. ) 3 original drawings of etiolated shia (Given by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. ) 23 portraits of botanists. (Given by Dr. N. L. Britton.) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 33 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Mr. Berger, La Mortola Gar- den, Ita 4 plants for conservatories. (Given by Mr. G. Travis. ) plants from Nebraska for sae eaiiics (Given by Dr. C. E. Bessey. ) ( Purchased. ) 51 aquatics. (Purchase 1 plant for conservatories. (Given Hs Prof. F. E. Lloyd.) 9 plants for conservatories from Panama. (Collected by Mr. J. Bi Cowell.) 6 ee for herbaceous a "(Collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby.) 40 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with U. S. pen Museum, fiioueh Dr. J. N. Rose. 40 plants from Mexico for conservatories. (By exchange with U. S. National Museum, through D N. Ros 1 plant for conservatories (Give y Mr. F. R. Pierson.) 4 plants for wisephelogical aa (cote ee Mr. - Wilson. ) 3 plants fornursery. (Collected by Mr. K, Mackenzie and Mr. W. W. Eg- gleston.) 37 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Plant Industry, Washington, 2 C. 47 plants for herbaceous grounds. (Collected by Mr. W. W. Eggleston. ) plan nu Collec y Mr. W. W. Eggleston. ) 6 plants for nursery. ( ected b 5 13 plants for conservatori (Collected by Mr. Eggl ) rr plants for Herat aia garden. (Collected by Mr Eggleston. ) Itp servatori yy exchan ith Mr, Frank Weinberg. } 5 plants from Bermuda for conservatories. (Collected by Dr. N. L. Britton.) 7 plants for morphological garden. (Collected by Dr. MacDougal. ) 8 plants for herbaceous grounds. (Collected by Dr. D. ] er. 2 plants for morphological garden, (Collected by Dr. J. S. Shafer. ) 81 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with ae Parks, Borough of the Bronx.) 4 plants from Bermuda for conservatories. (Given by Mr. R. H. James. } 12 plants for n (Given by Mr. E. me -) 4 plants for conservatories. (Given by Mrs. H. L. Britton. ) 15 plants from Burmuda for conservatories. Aiea . Mrs. E. G. Britton. ) 4 plants for herbaceous grounds. ollected by Mrs. E. G, Britton.) 26 plants from Mexico for conservatories ee A. De Li ppe. ) 6 plants for nurs (Collected by Mr. Brainerd and Mr. W. W. Eggleston. ) 41 plants for ie ita from Haiti and Grand Turk, W. I. (Collected by Mr. George V. Nash and Mr. Norman Taylor. ies. (By exchange with Harvard Botanical Garden. ) 8 plants for nursery. (Collected by Dr. J. S. Shafer and Mr. W, W. Eggleston. ) G b: Vi Cc Thomas, W. I., for conservatories. (Given by Mr. J. T. Francis. } lected by Mr. A. Miller.) to plants for conservatories. (Given by Mr. 1 plant for conservatories. (Given by Mr. R. Richter. ) 18 6 plants from Costa Rica for the conservatories, ae by Mr. C. Wercklé.) 1 plant for nursery. (Given by Mrs. S. A. Em 1 plant for conservatories. (Given i Mr. J. Crosby Brown. ) 4 plants from Arizona for Berean (Given by Mr. H. B. Brown. 2 plants from Utah for conservatories. (Collected by Dr. P. A. Rydberg.) 4 plants from California for conservatories. (Collected by Dr. P. A. Rydberg.) i Shull.) 3 plants for conservatories. “(Gi n by Beer H M. Ric ) 1 plant for herbaceous collections. (Given by Mr r. a 4 plants for conservatories. (Gi y Mrs. L. 3 plants for conservatories. (Given by Mr. 6 bulbs for conservatories. (Given by Mr. H 3 izo 3 bulbs fr rizona for conservatori ( n oe Mr G 12 plants from California for conservatories. (Given by M Parish. ) 7 cuttings of Zanthus sp. fr an ee W. L, for conservatories. (Col- G lected by Mr. George V. Nash and Mr. Nor r. 18 cuttings from Bermuda for eee (Col ected by Mrs. E. G. Britton.) 60 cuttings for conservatories. (By exchange with Fairmount Park, ae) cuttings from Mexico for conservatories. (By exchange with U. S. Nationa Museum, through Dr. J. N. Rose. 3 cuttings for conservatories. (Given by Mr. J. T. Mor 34 cuttings from Bermuda for conservatories. (Given ie Me. R. H. James.) 17 cuttings for conservatories. (Obtained at the 1905 Flower Show. + 34 cuttings for conservatories. (By exchange with Department Parks, Borough of the Bronx. ) 12 packets of seed from St. Croix, W. I. (Given by Mr. C, O. E. Hansen.) 329 packets of seed. (By eicliaage with the Botanic Gardens Oxford Waves: England. 176 packets of seed. (By exchange with the Botanic Garden, Palermo, Italy.) 2 packets of seed from Utah. (Collected by Dr. P. A. erg. 4 packets of seed from Haiti and Grand Turk., W. I. (Collected by Mr. George V. Nash and Mr. Norman Taylor. ) 30 packets of seed from California. (Given by Mr. S. B. Parish.) 27 packets of seed from the Philippines. heen by Mr. R. S. Williams. ) I packet of seed from Missouri. (Given by » Bush. ) 1,743 plants derived from seed from various sources. MUSEUM AND HERBARIUM, AUGUST TO DECEMBER, 1905. 21 specimens of fungi from Grenada. (Collected by Mr. W. E. Broadway.) 7 cumin from Greenland. (By exchange with Dr. O. Nordstedt. ) 30 specimens ‘‘ Economic Fungi. Supplement A, nos. 1-30. (Distributed by Seymour oA Earle. ) 19 240 specimens from Canada. (By exchange with the Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. 2§ museum specimens of fungi from the District of Columbia. (Collected by Dr. W. A. Murrill. 5,126 specimens from Utah and California. Saas ted by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. ) 118 specimens from Vancouver Island. (By exchange with the American Mu- seum of Natural History. 50 canes of Potentil/a from Siberia and southern Europe. (By exchange with Dr. T. Wolf.) 148 specimens from Quebec. (Distributed by Messrs J. F. Collins and M. L, Fernald. ) 2 specimens from Florida. (Given by Dr. S. H. Richmond.) specimens from Wyoming. (Distributed by ee. A. we nm.) 2 specimens of Zriogonum from California. (Given by Mr. A. A. Heller.) 264 specimens from aaa (By exchange with the sean of Public Gar- 2 specimens of Opuntia ae Nebraska. (Given by Prof. E. ne ) paar specimens from Scarsdale, N. Y. (Collected by Dr. - » Morrill.) .155 specimens of cryptogams from the Philippines. Giee - Mr. R. Saree s.) 73 specimens from Nova Scotia. (Given by Mr. C. B. Robi n 10 specimens of fungi fi issouri. (Given by Mr. Perley Spaulding. ) 8 specimens of fungi from British Columbia. (Given ill.) 3 specimens from Long Island, N. iven by Miss F. A. Mulford . 2 specimens of Querces alba from Carmel, N. Y. (Given by Mr. Clayto: er.) 20 specimens of fungi from New York and Connecticut. (Given by ee L. M. Underwood. 5 specimens of fungi from Missouri and Wyoming. felter. = Given by Dr. N. M. Glat- 250 specimens from Guatemala. (Given by Capt. J. Donnell Smith, for the Columbia Herbarium. 145 specimens from Trinidad and Grenada. (Collected ss oe W. E. Broadway. 1 specimen of fungus from Indiana. (Given by Prof. J. C. Arthu 4 specimens of fungi from Porto Rico. (Given by Mr. G. P. Clint 44 specimens of cryptogams from Cuba. (By exchange with the Taadea Cen- tral Agronomica de Cuba. 85 specimens from the Distiict of Columbia. a ah Mr. H. D. House.) 3 specimens of drugs for Given by Messrs. Lehn & o ) I museum specimen of spruce gum from Maine. “Callected by Dr. W. Murrill. ) 2 baskets from Mexico. (Given by Dr. J. N. Rose. specimen of fruit of Juglans californica. (Given by Mr. L. R. Abrams. ) 2 hats from Haiti, made o m fiber. (Acquired by Mr. Geo. V. Nash. 1 specimen of Ephedra for the economic museum iven by Dr. H. H. Rusby.) I fish-trap from Haiti, made of bamb (Acqui y Mr. Geo. V. Na ia ww F mboo. quired b 5 specimens of fungi from Grenada. (Collected by Mr, W. E. Broadway. 4 specimens of Commelina from the District of Columbia. (Given by Gen. T. E. Wilcox. 3 museum specimens of fibers. (Given by Mr. Daniel P. Read.) 20 2 specimens of the wood of Zaxus brevifolia from Oregon. (Given by Mr. F, S, Barnes. ) 2 specimens of hepatics from Jamaica. (Given by Professor A. W. pecimens from Jamaica. (By exchange with the Department of ea Gar- dens and Plantations, Jamaica. : 1,633 5 specimens of fungi from Maine. (Collected by Dr. W. A. Murrill. ) O spe EN ‘* Economic Fungi,’’ Supplement C, nos. I-1§0, neue by ee and E: 2 rice- ae ae Haiti, made of bamboo. (Acquired by Mr. Geo. V. Nash.) 2 cro s of Tropacolum for the economic museum. (Given by Dr. H Rusby. 217 specimens of fungi from New Hampshire. (Given by Mr. Percy Wilson.) 44 specimens of fungi from Grenada. (Collected by Mr. W. E. Broadway. ) da. (By exchange with the Geological and Natural uw 3 is] 3 oO 3 a cas 8 5 Q b da. 7,240 specimens from the Philippines. (Collected by Mr. R. S. Williams. ) I museum specimen of (anacolus epimyces from Indiana. (Given by Prof. J. C. Arthur, go specimens of fungi from Trinidad and Grenada. (Collected by W. E. Broadway. 517 specimens from Cuba. (By exchange with the Estacion Central Agronomica de Cuba. 36 specimens of hepatics from Hawaii. Se exchange es A. W. Evans.) Io specimens of fungi from Nova Scotia. (Given by Mr. C. B. Robinson. : 3 specimens of Physalis for the economic museum. Ge by Dr. f Rusby. 3 specimens of fungi from Washington. (Given by Prof. C. V. Piper.) I specimen of fungus from Connecticut. (Given by Mr. C. C. Hammer. Par 125 specimens from the Philippines. (By exchange with the Bureau of Gorek ment Laboratories. 50 specimens of fungi from Scarsdale, N. Y. (Collected by Dr. W. A. Murrill.) 14 specimens of fungi from Grenada. (Collected by Mr. W. E. Broadw Io specimens ‘*‘ Economic Fungi’’ Supplement B, Nos. I-10. (ostibaed by Seymour and Earle. 800 specimens of fungi from Ohio Pyle, Pennsylvania. (Collected by Dr. W. A Murrill. ) 10 museum specimens of fungi from Virginia. { Collected by Dr. W. A. Murrill.) 9 specimens of drugs for the economic museu s a Q < oO Ca bo xs CS a ova ¢ fp 3 Q ms 5 f=] x 1,350 specimens from Haiti. Seas ted ae Messe: ae V. Nash and Norman Taylor. 250 specimens from Grand Turk. (Collected by Messrs. Geo. V. Nash and Norman Taylor. 3,126 specimens from Bermuda. (Collected by Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton and Mr. Stewardson Brown ) I specimen of Prerospora andramedea from New York. (Presented by Miss A. M. Vail.) 21 20 specimens from the Old World. (By exchange with the Royal Gardens, Kew, England. } 7 museum specimens from New York and Connecticut. (Given by Professor L. M. Underwood. ) 17 aa of lichens and fungi from Grenada. (Collected by Mr. W. E. Broadw: 56 eae from Trinidad and Grenada. (Collected by Mr. W. E. Broadway. ) 2 candles made of Bayberry wax from Staten Island. (Given by Miss H. Louise 1 specimen of the fruit of Yucca arborescens. (Given by Mrs, C. De Kalb.) I specimen of the fruit of Quercus marylandica, (Given by Dr. C. C. Curtis.) 12 specimens of fibers. (Given by the U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry. 195 specimens from the Pocono Plateau, Pennsylvania. (Given by Dr. John W. Harshberger. 1 specimen of the fruit of Acer spicatum, Ber cted by Mr. R. C. Schneider. ) 1 J. A. Shafer. ) ~~ ve: a.) useum specimen of the fruit of Opuntia. (Given by the New York Horti- ane Society. 1 museum specimen of cotton in the boll from North Carolina. (Given by Mrs. J. H. Eggleston. ) I museum specimen of the thorns of the honey locust from Bedford Park. afer. s and the seeds of Cassia Medsgeri from Pennsylvania. h (Given by Miss "Biaiele Sherboudy 6 specimens of fruits and a fot the collection of North American dendrology. hafe: 3 specimens of South Aniericat Copal. (Given by Dr. H. H. Ru 9 specimens of drugs for the economic museum. (Collected by Dr. - ‘A Shafer. ) 9 museum specimens from Bermuda. (Collected by Dr. N. L. Britton and Mr. Stewardson Brown. I specimen of spikenard root for the drug collection. (Given by Dr. H. H. Rusby. ) specimens of Canary bananas from Bermuda. (Given by Mr. T. J. Harr specimens of Jack bananas. (Grown in the conservatories oa the New Vou oiceical Garden specimens a fruits for the economic museum. (Given by Mr. P. J. Berkmanns:. } of the fruit of Quercus coccinea. (Given by Drs. N. L. Britton and I specimen c. C. Curtis. 4 specimens of acorns from near Washington, D. C. (Given by Gen. T. E. Wilcox. ) 2 specimens of Bladd k for the drug collecti (Given by Messrs. Lehn and Fink. ) I museum specimen of Conopholis americana. (Collected by Dr. J. A. Shafer.) 185 specimens from Mexico, (Collected by Dr. E. Palmer.) I e fruit of Quercus sacep from Staten Island, N. Y. (Col- lected by Drs. N. L. Britton and D 250 specimens from California and Tees, ore by Mr. A. A. Heller.) Members of the Corporation, Pror. N. L. Britron, Hon. ADDISON Brown, WILLIAM L. Brown, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WILLIAM G. CHOATE, Hon. Epwarp Coorer, CHARLES F, Cox, Joun J. CRooxeE, W. BAYARD CurTING, ROBERT W. DE Forest, HEnry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopce, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FirzGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. THomas F, Gitkoy, Hon, Hucu J. Grant, Henry GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K. Jesup, Joun I. Kane, EUGENE KELLY, Jk., Prov. JAMES F, Kemp, JouN S. KmNNEDY, Pror. Freperic S. Lex, Hon. Setu Low, Davip Lypic, EpcAar L. Marston, D. O. Mitts, J. PrzrpontT Morcan, THEODORE W. Myzrs, Gzorce M. Oxcort, Pror. HENRY F, Osnorn, LoweELi M. PALMER, GroRGE W, PERKIKS, James R. PITCHER, Rt. Rev. Henry C. Portier, Percy R. Pynz, Joun D. ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JAMES A. SCRYMSEX, Henry A. SIBRECKIT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WILLIAM D, SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L, STELSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C, TIFFANY, Hon. Henry N, Tirrt, SAMUEL THORN:, Pror. L. M. UNpERWoob, GrorGE W. VANDERSALT, Wirtiam H. S$. Woop. Joum e New York Botanical Garden, monthly, pleas co) taining note res ews ge nd 1 aie technical articles of eee pier _ Free to all men bers of the Garden. “To others, 10 a copy; $1.00 eaaoe ‘offers d exchange.] Vol. I, ice viii + 21 Vol. II, 1901, viii a 204 Pp 902, viii + 244 pp. ae ae Rains Be aseion pp. Vol. V, 1904, Pee . VI, 1905, viii+224 a ‘Ballet of the New. "York Botanical Garden, containing the annual re ci out i A m y Garden n; to eee race per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, and S sao Vol. II, Ni 3- ; abe ; No. slates oh index a ind table of contents oo volume. Vol. IV, No. 12, 11 ae rth American Flora. D i i luding Greenlead Tike West Indies a Central America. Pte to be com- pleted 4 in thirty volumes. y. 8vo, Each volume to consist of four or more parts. Su saiprcn price $1.50 Be Pues 5 “a limited number of separate pate will be sold for $2.00 each. [Noto Fees change. ] Vol. 22, part I, issue is contains describes of the Ba Rosales, y Dr. mall, aad ar ae, fais Tour stemonaceae by Mr. Nash, Cressex by Dr. . Britton and Dr. J. N. ORGS e, Penthoraceae and Pane ceae by Dr. P. A. R nies "Vi 1. 22, part 2, issued Dee ber 18, eae cont rea ee be fami ies Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeacese b ae ea and Dr. une g; Ul Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Homanmeude aceae by oe iGf mM ; eo oe monaceae by Dr, a mall; the ‘Mtneiaceae fe Perey Wilkos. and the Phyll nomaceae by Dr. H. H. Rusby. moirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the ‘ Galaens $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in ceca ] Vol. I. An Annotated Catalo an the ae of Montana a Park, by Dr. Per Ax and critical discussion of the Pteri zdoahytes and Phan notes from the author’s field book, including description of 163 n ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8v iled map. Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness nucn Growth and Developmen by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant aired or. An account of the author’s extel nsi researches together with a general consideration of. the relation of light to The Siprceipar. moet features are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp with 176 figures. § from the New York Botanical Gar Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates, — RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. ‘ No. 72. ee Se at i Chlorophyceae, new Rbodophyce € aah . M. A. How No. 73. Studies on fe A sy Mountain Flom XV, by Dr. PD. A erg . 74. The Polygon ee of North Petia ct The des f Hieresadene, Trametes and Coriolus, by Dr. W. oe ted =p oO. 75: Adbabiias ad its segregates as Res in ‘Colowdée by Dr. P., Rydberg d All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to Oar: NEw YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN BRONX PARK, NEw York Ci FEBRUARY, 1906 No. 74 JOURNAL or ne New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS PAGE ess of Construction Work eat tHE WAnteE mre se oe 23 es sting Accession : WIIGIO LEIA Gh Sede Wa ou cra ua Hl does ae cir chala ie . rotect: n OM Native Plants: tic walserdien sc iemieh erien 0) Gh seyal elise at see 6 lications o ae Staff ea Students of the New York Botanical Garden He PNERWCAtINQOS oer ney wa eh A plc ieor aa liaise eels whee sce from the Aes atasice Rie Mom ecut mocienys Woe sere ey eieq satis 37 rican Dragon’s-Blood-Tree. . ......- +. eee eee eee 39 N MOM COMMENTS easiest cata si cons ake eariet eel plte nay eae les 62 42 MD Ei ete sits /s) swe ua 2 yre) “elas Yas con. 6s ae SoGoRM Oe OAC 43 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar . NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. Tus New Era Paintine Company OFFICERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VicE-PRESIDENT—ANDREW CARNEGIE, aly a ea eae Seite : SECRETARY—N,. L. BRITTON. BoARD oF MANAGERS. 1. ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, . pees MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, RGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, rah ES A. SCRYMSER, ROBERT W. bE FOREST, sto LS JOHN I. KANE, We MAN THOMESON, D. O. MIL cAMGEL THORN 2, EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT = THE DEPARTMENT « ee PARKS, MOSES HERRM THE MAYOR OF THE City OF NEw York, HON. GEORGE B. Sn, 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. R . M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman. DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, ee JAMES F. KEMP, PROF, C.F: CH F. FREDERIC S. LEE, CHARLES F. ots . RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, peli DR. y. A. MURRILL, First pier DR. ae K. SMALL, Head me x of the Miascuwe 0: eo ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, Msccear Cane GEORGE V. NASH, Head Gard. DRiGas: GAGER, ipeeiy of the Lie ANNA MURRAY VAIL, =e lbrarian, DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of th nomic ns, DR. WILLIAM J. GIES, peer 2 Chem: F. SCHILL i tant. DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, Lavvorial Assistant. . JOHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custodian. PERCY WILSON, Administrative Assistant. JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden ‘ot. VII. February, 1906. No. 74. PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION WORK DURING THE WINTER. The unusually warm weather of December and January and isignificant snowfalls have permitted grading operations to go »rward continuously, scarcely a day having been lost, the work aving been so laid out in advance that both earth and rock ould be excavated to advantage and dumped for filling where 2quired ; the surplus rock is being assembled on the lines of yadways already graded, thus being brought into place for the ying up of Telford foundations for roads as soon as frost is ut of the ground in the spring. On account of these advantageous conditions a large amount f the filling necessary between the masonry retaining walls at te Mosholu Parkway has been put in place, drawn from the trading operations required at the rear of the museum building establishing the final surfaces at that point; the removal of tis knoll, which is now being giaded, will greatly improve the spect of the museum building and its surroundings from the est and north and the haul to the Mosholu Parkway approach rerages only about 500 feet. here is a large amount of surplus stone suitable for Telford undations of roads in these excavations and this is being hauled the unfinished driveway crossing the Long Bridge across the ley of the Bronx River. It now seems altogether probable at both the Mosholu Parkway approach and the driveway ferred to can be completed and thrown open for use some time the spring. 23 24 The completion of the bridge carrying the main park driveway across the valley of the lakes just northeast of the museum building, has made it possible to establish the water levels of the three ponds by means of suitable dams, each provided with a drainage pipe and valve to permit emptying when required. The lake nearest the railway is the largest of the three and the one nearest the river the smallest. The difference in level between the large lake and the middle one is about sixteen inches and that between the middle and lower one about twenty-four inches, the level of the lower lake standing about two feet and a half above that of the Bronx River at average flow. The establish- ment of these water levels will make it possible to suitably grade and plant the banks of all three lakes. The levels give an aver- age depth of over three feet of water, except at small areas which require a foot or two excavation. The upper lake is fed in part by natural springs, but mainly by the surface drainage of the watershed reaching from that lake southward to the herbaceous garden, conveyed to it by a large drain; it also receives some water from the surface drainage of the western end of the Mosholu Parkway which reaches it through a culvert under the railway ; the overflow water from the fountain in front of the museum building will be diverted into this lake by a pipe con- necting with the drainage of the watershed mentioned, south of the museum building; it is therefore expected that this whole aquatic system will be kept up to the established levels without use of additional water, which, however, can readily be supplied if required for short intervals from pipes already laid. Construction work has also included most of the filling needed against the railway and between it and the driveway west of the upper lake preparatory to topsoiling the swale at that point and completing the border screen of trees and shrubs along the rail- way, all of which it is planned to accomplish in the spring. N. L. Britton, Divector-in- Chief. 25 i.N INTERESTING ACCESSION TO THE LIBRARY. A copy of a sumptuous and costly new acquisition, the photo- raphic reproduction of the Dioscurides Codex clniciae Julianae ieturis illustratus, nunc Vindobonensis Med. gr. 1 phototypice ditus, is now on exhibition in the Library. This work is of ut- 1ost importance in the study of the history of botany, on ac- ount of the large number of pictures of plants which were for he most part based on originals presumably of the first cen- ury, and are now here reproduced in facsimile for the first time. “he original manuscript is one of the treasures of the Imperial brary of Vienna. It is said to date from 512 A. D., and was rritten and the miniatures painted for the Princess Anicia Juliana f Byzantium, and is the basis of all the early herbals. The york is Vol. 10 of the Codices Graect et Latini Photographict Jepicti, a series of reproductions of valuable manuscripts issued der the editorial supervision of Dr. de Vries, the Librarian of he University of Leiden. It consists of two folio volumes bound 1 heavy oak boards and is a faithful facsimile in black and white ff the celebrated painted original, reproducing it down to the mallest fragment. The plates are of great beauty and remark- ble for a certain vigorous distinction and decorative character hat illustrators of the present day would do well to study. Yot the least interesting are the miniatures showing groups of thysicians and botanists in conclave, painters at work on plant- ictures, the portrait of the lady Anicia Juliana herself, and lastly _most beautiful ornamental title-page. Historical, prefatory and lescriptive matter are by Anton von Premerstein, Carl Wessely nd Joseph Mantuani. Previous to the present facsimile, some reproductive plates of his manuscript were prepared under the supervision of Jacquin, wo impressions of which are known to be in existence ; the one iaving been in the possession of Linnaeus is now in the Library of he Linnaean Society of London ; the other was sent to Sibthorpe 9 be used in the compiling of his Flora Graeca. This latter opy is now preserved at Oxford. Anna Murray VAIL. 26 THE PROTECTION OF NATIVE PLANTS.* Though it may seem like a lapse into barbarism, I believe the most immediately effectual way to preserve our parks and their weaith of plants and flowers either wild or cultivated, is to thor- oughly enclose and police them; to exclude all but their guar- dians during the long dark hours of the night and to kill that darkness with an abundance of light. This applies almost entirely to the larger parks, their rugged character and denseness of native growths, which add so much to their charm, making them exceedingly difficult to protect. e smaller parks are generally level surfaces devoted to lawns with only occasional trees and clumps of shrubbery and are easily kept under surveillance. They contain but little that can be de- stroyed or seriously injured and during the heated terms, they are places of refuge and relief for an overcrowded people. They have a mission peculiar to themselves, giving glimpses of green- ery to many whose lives are as hard and gray as the hives they inhabit and the stony streets they tread. They may prove to be the kindergarten of the greater schools in which it is fondly believed people will eventually learn to enjoy and not destroy. Their character and uses indicate that they should be left free of access at all hours, Mere expression of opinion rarely proves convincing, while ex- perience is admittedly an excellent teacher. Let us then briefly review what experience has taught are the needs of our greater parks. Central Park is enclosed with a low, neatly-capped stone fence, ornamental, expensive, but totally ineffectual as a bar to ingress or egress. For years the park was guarded by keepers called by courtesy park policemen but having very little police au- thority, while the city policemen were considered off post if they ventured within the park. These arrangements proved of ma- terial advantage to malefactors of all sorts and many a chase from the outside ended abruptly at the park wall, so easily vaulted. Night after night lilac and other salable blossoms were * Awarded the second prize of fifteen dollars, competition of 1905, from the Caro- line and Olivia Phelps Stokes Fund for the Preservation of Native Plants. 27 stolen by wagon loads for sale in the public streets and many a bush and shrub was practically destroyed. During the village history of Harlem, and while it remained a distinctively home center, Mount Morris Park was a delightful re- sort by day or night and the old wooden fence and nominal guard- ianship proved all-sufficient because the majority of those who visited it were neighbors and friends and were proud of all that gave dignity or beauty to the little township. Harlem grew rapidly upon the advent of the elevated road, and the influx of strangers developed many actual dangers in the park. Increase of the park force lessened these dangers, but the thorough lighting of the dark corners of the enclosure proved most effec- tual. The reason is simple. The light acted as a preventive, while police and park keepers work on the theory that their duties do not begin until an offence has been committed. The New York Botanical Garden has no fencing and very few restrictions. All sorts of difficulties have resulted and many have yet to be overcome. Many of the peasant class of laborers from the Old World have felt free to select what they chose of the trees for fire wood, for what else could a wild bit of forest like the hemlock grove be good for if not for furnishing its quota of fire wood and fence posts? they argued. Many of our most recently acquired foreign laborers still retain like ideas and carry them to their logi- cal conclusion if not closely watched. The name of those who believe the wild flowers and natural products to be nothing if not legitimate spoil is still legion and the garden suffers in conse- quence. Flower thieves who steal for profit also invaded the place and in the early spring made generous selection of ex- pensive shrubs which had just been set out. All these things point to the fact that twentieth century civili- zation has not developed overmuch regard for the rights, welfare or pleasure of our neighbor. Until it does, extensive lighting, effectual fencing and increased policing of the parks, would seem to be prime necessities. However, neither iron nor stone seems to me to have fitting place about our more picturesque parks. Hedges should take the place of such material and would detract but little from the 28 natural aspect of the enclosures; or substantial wire fencing might be used to advantage if well hidden with vines and shrubbery. For the Ultima Thule of all that the most ardent lovers of nature hope to accomplish, not only to the betterment of parks, but in the preservation of wild flowers and the salvation of at least the best of our natural scenery, I would refer you to a people too often called heathen, to a*land that is wondrously fair. Let us visit in spirit far-off Japan and learn to tread hopefully in the pathways she has marked out, for what an eastern people has accomplished a western nation can repeat, though the way be long. There the spirit of the flowers and the love of them has entered into the very lives and pursuits of the people, young and old. The priests of a temple point with pride to a tree that succes- sive generations of devotees have trained and nourished for a thousand years or more. One such tree, its branches supported by bamboo columns, forms a veritable green-roofed temple in itself, capable of sheltering an audience of some two hundred or more. There is a family whose members for three generations have been content to devote their time and attention to the cultivation of a single flower, the morning glory, and hundreds visit their little home to await the early opening of the wondrous blossoms. Like care and attention has developed the wistaria vine until the arbors and summer houses erected for supports are weighted with blossoms a yard long. In the spring time whole commu- nities flock to the orchards to study and admire the blossoms of the cherry and peach. Thus far the growing western regard for like blossoms has only reached the destructive stage and is all too apt to find expression in the breaking off of great branches for the blossoms, which generally scarce survive the journey to the despoiler's home. The Japanese child is born and reared in an atmosphere of love for the beauties of nature, animate and inanimate. The very screen which hides his slumbers from inquisitive eyes is gay with the counterfeit presentment of trees and flowers and birds. 29 The artist, born amid such surroundings, learns to observe until a few seemingly random but remarkably bold strokes of pencil or brush serves to fix the semblance of bird or animal, bush or flower to the wonder and envy of the western artist. The potter bending over his wheel abandons his task for a trip to the woodland or garden for a hint of the design best suited to ornament the vase he has fashioned. The garden, no matter how small, is planned and planted with care with a view to the whole which results in a perfect picture from which it seems nothing could be omitted or altered without marring the beauty of the design. The Japanese gardener has even succeeded in adding grace to the unpromising lines of a straight hedge by so blending it into the general outline as to disguise its harshest effects, Is it not probable that the love of the beautiful and the ideal that leads to such infinite care and attention to detail is the key- note of the Japanese love of his birthland and of the patriotism that led the nation to give so freely of their all even of life itself for the country’s weal ? And have such desires and pursuits effeminized the race or weakened its members? Ask their late enemies and they will tell you nay; while the history of the war is full of lessons in sanitation and humanity to be studied and humbly followed by the most favored and civilized of nations. Though a long way behind in the study of love and regard for the beauties of nature it is not too much to hope that a like love for the varied and wonderful fruits and flowers, trees and shrubs of America may yet be born in the hearts of the people. Then we may do away with fences and guards. G. GorDon Copp. PUBLICATIONS OF THE STAFF AND STUDENTS OF THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN DURING THE YEAR 1905. Abrams, L. R. Studies on the Flora of Southern California. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 537-541. 21 O 1905 30 Britton, E. G. The Wild Flower Preservation Society of America. Plant World 8: 14-17. f. 5. [F] 1905. Notes on Nomenclature—-V. Bryologist 8: 49. 1 My 1905. Bryological Notes— IJ. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 261- 268. 27 My 1905 ———~ Musci Archipelagi-Indici. Bryologist 8: 66. 15 Jl 1905. [Review.] A Long Lost Genus to the United States — Erpodium (Brid.) M. C. Bryologist 8: 71. 15 Jl 190 The Botanical Congress at Vienna. Bryologist 8: 80, 81. 1S 1905. Britton, N. L. Manual of the Flora of the Northern States and Canada. Edition 2. i-xxiv. 11-1112. New York, 1905. Carex Underwoodit sp. nov. Torreya 5: 10, 11. 19 Ja 190 Contributions to the Flora of the Bahama Islands — I. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 441-453. 7 F 1905;—II Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 115-127. 24 Au 1905. Galactia Curtissti sp. nov. Torreya 5: 33, 34. 28F 1905. . Jacquima Curtissii sp. nov. Torreya 5: 44. 22 Mr 1905. ———- Report of the Secretary and Director-in-Chief for the Year 1904. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 1-17. 8 My 1905. —--— Explorations in the Bahamas. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 78-85. f. 77-27. My 1905 Report on a Trip to Europe. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 123-129. Nomenclature at As Vienna International ey Congress. Science II. 22: 217-219. 18 Au 5. A Lost Species of Begonia apparently eee Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 146-148. f 33. S. 1905. Bermuda in September. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 153-158. pl. 29, 70. O 1905. 31 Cunoniaceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 179, 180. 18 D 1g0S. Iteaceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 181. 18 D1 Hamamelidaceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 185- ae 18 D 1905. & Rose, J. N. Crassulaceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 7-74. 22 My 1905. Cowell, J. F. Report on ees in Panama. Jour, N. Y, Bot. Gard. 6: 86-88. My rgos. Eggleston, W. W. The Fern Flora a Vermont. Fern Bull, 13: 33-41. [My] 190 Ametanchier arguta Nutt. Torreya 5: 107, 108. 24 Je 1905. Emerson, J. T. Notes on the Blackening of Baptisia tinctoria. Bull. Torrey Club 31: 621-629. 9 Ja 190 G[ager], C. S. The Relation of Salts to Natural Vegetation. Plant World 8: 44, 45. [Mr] 1905. [Reviews.] The Protection of Winter Buds. Plant World 8: 45, 46. [Mr] 1905. Life History of Pinus. Plant World 8: 46, 47. [Mr] 1905. [Review.] Botanical Geography for Schools. Plant World 8: 81, 82. [Ap] 1905. [Review.] [De Vries’] Species and Varieties: Their Origin by Mu- tation. Plant World 8: 86~90. [Ap] 1905; 8: 110- 113. [My] 1905; 8: 134-137. [Je] 1905; 8: 159- 162, [Ji] 1905. [Review. ] ——— On the Zonal Distribution of South Atlantic and Ant- arctic Vegetation. Plant World 8: 107, 108. [My] 1905. [Review.] The ‘‘Monsoon-dust” of the South Atlantic Ocean. Plant World 8: 124, 125. f. 29. [Je] 1905. The Anti-ferment Reaction in Tropistic Movements of Plants. Plant World 8: 156-158. [Jl] 1905. [Re- view. — ene A College Text-Book of Botany. Plant World 8: 187, 188. [Au] 1905. [Review ——~— [Osterhout’s] Experiments with Plants. Plant World 8: 188. [Au] 1905. [Review.] 32 [Peterson’s] How to Know Wild Fruits. Plant World 8: 213. [S] 1905. [Review.] ——-—- [Wiegand’s} A Key to the Genera of Woody Plants in Winter. Plant World 8: 213. [S] 1905. [Review.] Are Potato Tubers Caused by a nite Plant World 8: 232-234. [O] 1905. The Vitality of Seeds. Plant World 8: 260. 1905. [ Review. ] eine Fish with Intoxicating Plants. Plant World 262. 1905. [Review rGoebel's]). pee . Plants. Plant World 8: 263, 264. 1905. [Review. [Comstock’s] My Own Book of Three Flowers which Blossom in April; My Own Book of Three Flowers which Blossom in May. Plant World 8: 264. 1905. [ Review. ] The Cause of Diatom Motion. Plant World 8: 288. [D] 1905. [Review.] [Campbell’s] The Structure and Development of Mosses and Ferns. Plant World 8: 289, 290. [D] 1905. [ Review. ] [Clements’] Research Methods in Ecology. Plant World 8: 290. [D] 1905. [Review.] Harper, R. M. Further Observations on Yaxodium, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 105-115. f. 7-7. 22 Mr 1905. The Fern Flora of Georgia. Fern Bull. 13: 1-17. [Ap] 1905. Coastal ae Plants in New England. Rhodora 7: 69- 80. 14 Ap 1905. Phytogeographical Explorations in the Coastal Plain of Georgia in 1903. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 141-171. f- oO Some Noteworthy Sialiens for Pinus palustris. Torreya 5: 55-60. 27 A Two Misinterpreted Species of Vyr7s. Torreya 5: 128- 130. 27 Jl 1905. 33 ——— Phytogeographical Explorations in the Coastal Plain of Georgia in 1904. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 451-467. f. I-5. 21 S 1905. Some Large Specimens of Small Trees in Georgia. Torreya 5: 162-164. f. 7. 23S 1905. “Hammock,” “ Hommock,” or “ Hummock.’’ Science, II. 22: 400-402. 29S 1905. —— Mesadenia lanceolata and its Allies. Torreya 5: 182- 185. 270 1905. laynes, C.C. Notes on a Colony of Hepatics Found Associated ona Dead Fungus. Bryologist 8: 29-31. p/. 3. 7 Mr Telaranea nematodes longifolia M. A. Howe. Bryologist 8: 97, 98. f. 7, 2 1905. follick, A. Additional Notes on the Occurrence of Amber at Kreischerville. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island 9: 35, 36. 9 A Recent Discovew of Amber on Staten Island. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 45-48. f zy, 75. Mr 1905. —— The Occurrenceand Origin of Amber in the Eastern United States. Am. Nat. 39: 137-145. p¢. 7-3. 8 Ap 1905. — Staten Island’s First Resident Naturalist. Proc. Nat. Sci. Assoc. Staten Island g: 43-45. 15 Ap 1905. ———- The Preservation of Plants by Geologic Processes. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 115-118. f. 28-30. Jl 1905. Iorne, W. T. A New Species of Lembosta. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 69-71. f. 1-12, 22 Mr 1905 lowe, M. A. Some of the Coralline Seaweeds in the Museum. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 59-64. pl. 24, 25. Ap 1905. — Phycological Studies ——I. New Chlorophyceae from Florida and the Bahamas. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 241- 252. pl. ri-r5. 27M Farlow’s Bibliographical Index of North American Fungi. Torreya 5: 200-202. 25 N 1905. [Review.] ——--— Phycological Studies—II. New Chlorophyceae, New Rhodophyceae, and Miscellaneous Notes. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 563-586. p/. 23-29. 6 D 1905. 3B4 eee B.E. Chemical Stimulation of a Green Alga. Bull. rrey Club 32: 1-34. f. 7-17. 23 F 1905. Een Properties of Bog Water. Bot. Gaz. 39: 348-355. f. 7-7. 20 My 1905. MacDougal, D. T. Discontinuous Variation and the Origin of Species. Torreya 5: 1-6. 19 Ja 1905. ———— Studies in Organic Evolution. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard, 6: 27-36. f. 8-713. F 1905. Discontinuous Variation and the Origin of Species. Science, II. 21: 540-543. 7A & Report of the Assistant Director. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. : . 8 1905. Botanical Explorations in eee Sonora, California, and Baja California. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: g1-102. pl. 27. fi 22-2 Jer Soe. Hugo de Wines, The Open Court 19: 449-453. por- trait. Ault The oo or Tree Cactus. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 129-133. f. 37, 32. Au 1905. Suwarro or Saguaro. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 149, 150. S 1905. In the Delta of the Rio Colorado. Shield’s Mag. 1: 369-377. N 1905. [Illust.] Heredity, and the Origin of Species. 8vo. 1-32. 18D 1905. [lIllust.] [Advance reprint from Monist, Ja 1906, Vail, A. M., Shull, G. H., & Small, J. K. Mutants and Hybrids of the Oenotheras. 1-57. pl. 1-22. f. I-13. Washington, D. C., 1905. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 0. 24. Murrill, W. A. The Polyporaceae of North America— X. Agaricus, Lensites, Cerrena and Favolus, Bull. Torrey Club 32: 83-103. 22 Mr1 —_—— A Key tothe Stipitate Polyporaceae of Temperate North America —I. Torreya 5: 28-30. 28 F 1905; —II. Torreya 5: 43,44. 22 Mr Igos. Terms Applied to the Surface and Surface Appendages of Fungi. Torreya 5: 60-66. 27 Ap 1g08. 35 —— ATrip to Cuba. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: r1q—115. Jl 1905. ~—— The Polyporaceae of North America — XI. A Synop- sis of the Brown Pileate Species. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 353-371. 29 Jl 190 ——— The Polyporaceae of North America—XII. A Synop- sis of the White and Bright-colored Pileate Species. Bull. Torrey Club 32: 469-493. 21S 1905. , ———~ Tomophagus for Dendrophagus. Torreya 5: 197. 25 995 —— A Key to the Brown Sessile Polyporeae of Temperate North America. Torreya 5: 194, 195. 25 N 1905. fash, G. V._ Botanical Exploration of the Inagua Islands, Ba- hamas. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: I-19. f. 7-7. Ja 1905. — A Paspalum New to the West Indies. Torreya5: 6-9. 19 Ja 1905. ——— The Flowering of Molina texana. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 48-50. 7. 76. Mr 1905. ——— The Crested Orchid [Coelogyne cristata]. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 64, 65. p/. 26. Ap 1905. ~—— A Trip to the Inaguas. Plant World 8: 63-71. f. 16- 2r. [Ap] 1905; 91-98. f. 23-25. [My] 1905 ——--— Report of = Head Gaicener Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 71~80. My 1905. da ae N. Am. Fl. 22: 3-6. 22 My 1905. — A Trio of Grasses New to the West Indies. Torreya 5: 10g, 110. 24 Je 1905. —— Further cept a the Republic of cae Jour. N. . Bot. Gard. 6: 170-191. f. 34-¢o. N 1905. tusby, H. H. The eeuoes of oe Drugs. Drug- gists Circular 49: , 147, 1 My 1 —— Report of the ae Curator of the er Collec- tions. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 48-50. 8 My Igo05. —— [Articles on Botany and Pharmacognosy ; in] United States Pharmacopoeia. Ixxv + 692. 1Je 1905. [8th Decennial Revision]. 36 ——-- [Articles on Botany and Pharmacognosy ; in] National Standard Dispensatory. vi + 1860. f. 7-478 10 § 0 1905. The Bearings of the New York Prerequisite Pharmacy Law. Pharmaceutical Era 34: 313, 314. 5 O 1905. Phyllonomaceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 191. 18D igos. Rydberg, P. A. Studies onthe Rocky Mountain Flora— XII Bull. Torrey Club 31: 631-655. 9 Ja 1905. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—- XIV. Bull. Torrey Club. 32: 123-138. 19 Ap Ig05. Penthoraceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 75. 22 My 1905. ———— Parnassiaceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 77-80. 22 My 1905. ‘Explorations in Utah. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 158- 165. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora— XV. Bull. Torrey Club 32: §97-610. 6D Igos. Shafer, J. A. The Botanical Symposium at Ohio Pyle, Pennsyl- vania. Torreya 5: 152-154. 26 Au 1905. Small, _ : Aaacens to the Flora of Subtropical Florida. . N.Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 419-440. map. 27 Ja 1905. —- oe i ne Curator of the Museums and Herbarium. ull. N. Y. Bot. en 4: 35-47. 8 My ee Rosales. a Am. Fl. 22: 1, 2. 22 My 1go5. Pterostemonaceae. Am. FI. 22: 183. fe D 1905. See MacDougal, D. T. ———- & Rydberg, P. A. Saxifragaceae. N. Am. Fl. 22: 5 Hydrangeaceae. N. Am. FI. 22: 159-178. 18 D 1905. Taylor, N. On the Occurrence of Daneus Carota in Haiti. Tor- reya 5: 196, 197. 25 N 1905. Vail, A.M. Oxagra grandiflora (Ait.), a Species to be Included in the North American Flora. Torreyag§: 9,10. 19 Ja 1905. —-——— Report of the Librarian. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 51- 7o,. 8 My 1905. - See MacDougal, D. T. 37 Williams, R.S. Notes on Luzon Mosses. Bryologist 8: 78- Wilson, P. eee N. Am. Fl. 22: 189. 1905. Yatsu, N. Cytological Differences between the Palmella and Filamentous Forms of Stigeoclonium, Torreya §: 100— 104. f. Z. 24 Je 1905. NOTES FROM THE CONSERVATORIES. That it is now summer-time in South Africa is denoted by the flowering of the aloes which are so numerous in that country. The odd 4, piicatils, with its long strap-shaped leaves in two ranks, is now sending forth its flowers; 4. cifiaris, with its long, lank stems, is also flowering, as is A. nsignis, of quite different habit ; the common A. striata Hanburiana, quite frequent in cul- tivation, with its broad, flat, gray leaves with a narrow red margin, is sending up its clusters of bright flowers ; and another species, A, macrosiphon, quite unusual in collections, is at present in full bloom. The gasterias and other genera related to the aloes, representing the lily family so largely in South Africa, are also blooming. All of these plants may be found in house no. 5. That it is now the time of summer in southern Africa is also shown by the flowering of the heaths from that country, which are now sending forth masses of delicate bloom in houses nos, 13 and 14. In house no. 6 two plants of another south African plant, Crassula portulacea, are now laden with their pretty white or rosy flowers. These plants, miniature trees in habit, are well worthy of cultivation. They come from the dry regions of that far off country. Those who have made journeys to our own southern lands will recall that beautiful rose of these regions with its large flowers of delicate hue — I mean the Cherokee rose. The writer remembers well the beauty of this plant as it grew on fences and hedges in central peninsular Florida. This rose is the Kosa laevigata described from Georgia by Michaux in 1803. It is also known as Rosa Cherokeensis, R. Sinica, and R. Camelia. It is 38 said to be a native of China, and to have been introduced into our southern states, where it is certainly now perfectly at home, and one of the charming plants of that region, as all must testify who have seen it in bloom. A plant of this rose, now coming into bloom, will be found on one of the trellises in house no. 13, n the house which holds the Cherokee rose will be found another attractive plant, but its attractiveness is along an entirely different line —it is brilliant and striking in color. This plant, Bignonia venusta, from Brazil, graces a column and part of the rafters, an environment well suited to bring out its habit and to show its effectiveness and use in conservatory decoration, its clus- ters of rich red flowers hanging down in festoons. Now in full bloom in this same house is a plant which will de- light the heart of all southerners —this is the yellow jessamine of the southern states, where it clambers on fences and over shrubs and small trees, its bright yellow flowers dear to all hearts, for they come as winter wanes, the first harbinger of spring, and a sign that nature is again astir. It is known to botanists as Gelsemium sempervirens, and in this country is found growing wild all the way from Virginia to Florida and Texas. It is also known in Mexico and Central America. In house no. 4a large group of the banana family forms the principal feauture of interest. A wild plantain, one of this family, is now in full bloom, its bright red inflorescence making it a conspicuous member of the group. If a plantain resem- bling the common weed of our fields here in the north be looked for, the search will be a long and fruitless one, for this wild plantain of the tropics is quite another plant, its resemblance to the plantain, one of the most valued of food plants of tropical regions and one of the bananas, giving to itits common name. It is Heliconia latispatha, a native of tropical America. Buta short distance from this plant will be found another member of the banana family, Musaceae, this one from southern Africa — S¢re- Ltsia Nicolai. This flowered for the first time in the conserva- tories on March 15, 1903; anaccount of this, accompanied by an illustration, appeared inthe journal for April of that year. At that time the plant was much smaller than it is now, the flowers 39 being borne near its base. It has now developed a trunk and the flowers are borne several feet in the air, so that they are quite readily seen. Another plant, which came to us as S. augusta, is also in flower, and proves to be the same as the above. This is a disappointment. We are very desirous of securing a plant of S. augusta, which has the entire flower white, instead of a portion of it being blue, as in the other species. As the banana family is now under consideration I wish to call attention to another member of it, several plants of which are in the age in | house no. 4—this is Musa textilts, of the Malayan s of great value as a fiber plant, for it is from the ioe ies of this that the Manilla hemp of commerce and the industrial arts is secured. I cannot refrain from again calling attention to the charming crested orchid, Coelogyne cristata, from the Himalayan region, an account of which, together with a plate, appeared in the Journal for April of last year. A group of these plants, now coming into bloom, will be found on one of the side benches in house no. 12. GrEorGE V. Nasu. February 2, 1906. THE AMERICAN DRAGON’S-BLOOD-TREE. In May, 1888, Mr. C. Thieme, while collecting in and about the vicinity of San Pedro Sula, Honduras, discovered at an alti- tude of 300 meters above sea-level a new and interesting spe- cies of Dracaena. Subsequent collections have been made b H. von Tuerckheim in Guatemala, and by Adolfo Tonduz and Enrique Pittier in Costa Rica. This plant, the American dragon’s-blood-tree, is a member of the Lily Family, and is closely related to Yucca, the Spanish Bayonets. While the leaves of the Yuccas are rigid and sharp pointed, the foliage of the Dracaenas is often flexible and orna- mental. Prior to this discovery, the genus Dracaena was known only from the Old World and its occurrence in Central America was wholly unexpected. 40 Dracaena americana, as this new plant has been named by Captain John Donnell Smith of Baltimore, the distinguished student of the Central American flora, is found from sea-level up to an elevation of 500 meters. For years Dracaenas have occu- pied a prominent place in the collections of many conservatories and have been highly useful for decorative purposes. Many species are also well adapted for room or table decoration. At the present time the New York Botanical Garden is the only institution possessing living plants of the American species, These plants were raised from seeds collected by the writer in Honduras during February, 1903, and are now between four and six feet in height. In their native haunts they grow from twenty to thirty-five feet high. They are now on exhibition in the Public Conservatories (in house no. 3), and rank among the rarities of the Garden collection. Other species may also be seen in our collection, in some of which the entire length of the leaves is traversed by bands of creamy-white and various shades of yellow, while others have the greater part of their surface blotched or spotted with white. Closely related to the American plant, is the dragon-tree of the Canary Islands, notable for the existence of individuals believed to be the oldest living vegetable organism in the world. The age of one tree, in particular, the once famous dragon-tree of Teneriffe, has usually been estimated to be from four thousand to six thousand years, having thus an antiquity comparable with that of the pyramids. This wonder of the plant world was seventy feet or more in height, and survived intact until the year 1819, when, during a terrific storm, one of the large branches was broken off. A similar storm in 1867 stripped the trunk of its remaining branches and left it standing alone. This tree derives its common name from a reddish exudation known as dragon’s-blood, which has been found in the sepulchral caves of the Guanches and is supposed to have been used by them in embalming their dead. It is said to have been at one time an important article of export from the Canaries and has never fallen entirely into disuse. Certain members of the Pal- maceae and Papilionaceae also yield a resin called dragon's- lood. ERCY WILSON. ee ER EF na are G2 Sai Che Gree <6 Uh WAX Sy Sat, ce ioe ot. ed *s.blood-tree. 5 7). Fic. 2. 42 NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENTS. Professor J. C. Arthur and Mr. F. D. Kern, both of Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana, held research scholarships at the Garden for the month of January. Their attention was entirely devoted to the large collection of plant rusts in the cryptogamic herbarium. An interesting collection of Japanese plants, sent to us in in exchange for North American plants, has just arrived from Akita, Japan. The collection, containing two or three hun- dred specimens belonging to various plant groups, was made last summer by Mr. Yuushun Kudo on Mt. Moriyoshi, at an altitude of 7,000 ft. Mr. H. H. York, a graduate of De Pauw University, for some time Fellow and Assistant at the Ohio State University, from which institution he also holds the degree of Master of Arts, and now a Fellow in Botany at Columbia University, took up syste- matic work at the Garden last fall with a view of monographing the North American plants of the Mallow Family. This fam- ily is a very homogeneous one, and both genera and species are rather poorly differentiated, which in itself renders the work of the monographer very difficult; but his difficulties are increased owing to the fact that the family attains its best development in Mexico and Central America and herbarium material from these regions is as yet comparatively meager. Mr. Henry Allan Gleason, graduate student in botany in Columbia University, is among those who are engaged in research work this year in the herbarium, library, and laboratories of the garden. Mr. Gleason received the degree of B.S. from the Uni- versity of Illinois in 1901 and that of M.A. from the same insti- tution in 1904. In the University of Illinois, also, he occupied serving in addition as assistant in the teaching work from 1901 to 1902 and as instructor in botany for the year 1903-04. During the college-year 1904-'05, he held a fellowship in botany in the Ohio State University, the previous summer having been spent as a special assistant at the Missouri Botanical Gar- Mr. Gleason has devoted several summers to floristic and 43 ecological studies in southern Illinois and has brought out a number of interesting facts in regard to the distribution of the higher plants in that region. A series of three articles under the title of ‘ Notes on Some Southern Illinois Plants’’ has been pub- lished by him in Yorreya and a series of five under the heading of “ Notes from the Ohio State Herbarium” has appeared in recent numbers of the Ohio Naturalist, Mr. Gleason's major work during the present year consists of taxonomic studies of a group of seed-plants that is well represented in the Middle West, though he is giving some attention also to the marine algae and the Pteridophyta. The total precipitation in the garden during January, 1906, amounted to 2.78 inches. Maximum temperatures of 59.5° on the 4th, 45° on the 12th, 59° on the 21st, 56° on the 22d, and 48° on the 30th were recorded ; also minima of 24° on the 3d, 7° onthe roth, 29° on the 18th, and 20° on the 26th. ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM JANUARY 1 TO FEBRUARY 1 Alton, W. T. Au epitome of the second edition of Hortus Kewwensis. London, 1814. ARENDT, kupoLr. Das Wachsthum der Haferpflanze. upouIT, EpMunp. JL’herbier des demotselles. Paris. UERSWALD, B., AN Hae see ae A. Pe stdndniss der palate fora. A oe 1859. ‘oti sahiiiehe es zum Ver- the if ee 4 oF oe flowering plants. London, Club.) al , FIEI 74s plantarum, Bonnae, BALrour, JOHN H . A manual of botan ieee. 1849 Batrour, JoHN HluTTon. Pkhyto-theolagy. London, 1851. BATKA, JOH. B. Monographie der Cassiengruppe Senna, Pra ig, 1866, BATSCH, AUG. JoH. Versuch einer Anlettung zur Kenntniss und Geschichte der Pflanzen. Halle, 1787-88. 2 vols. BAUHIN, CasPAR. Theatri botanici sive historiae plantarum, Basiliae, 1658 z . BERTHOLON DE ST. Lazare. Ueber die Elehtricitét, in Beziehung auf die Phan- ig, 1785. BettELini, eenlaer i La flora legnosa del Sottocenert. Bellinzona, 1904. (Given by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. BISCHOFF, ae WitueLtm. Worterbuch der beschreibenden Botanik. Stuttgart, 1839. 44 HOFF, Lup. WILH. THEopor. De vera vasorum plantarum spiralium structura et functione commentatio, Bonnae, 1829. BoRCHMANN, F ‘olsteinise oe Tora, Kiel, 1856. Borszczow, EL. De pharmaceutisch wichtigen Ferulaceen der Aralo-Caspischen Wiiste. St. Petersburg, 1860. BRAUN, ALEXANDER. Das Individuum der Phlanze in seinem Verhdltniss sur , 3 R Ueber Chytridium, eine Gattung einzelliger Schmarotzergewiachse auf Algen oi dnfusorien. Berlin, 2 BroTero, FELICE AVELAR, Phytographia S[.usitaniae selectior. Olisipone, 1816-27, 2 vols. Bucuoz, P. J. Zraité pei lgre des plantes, qui croissent dans la Lorraine et les trois Evéchés. Nancy, pes 2-80. vols. BURMAN, JOHANNES doe Amstelaedami, . 1757. CAMBRIDG: Fifth Re pees of the board of Park Commissioners of the City of Cambridge. Cambridge, 1897. CANDOILE, A. P. DE. Theoretische Aufangsgrunde der Botanik. Ziirich, 1814- ols. CaARUEL, TEODORO, Jilustratio in hortum siccum Andreae Caesalpini. Floren- tiae, 1858. CASPARY, RoBERT. De nectariis. Bonnae, 1848. CASSEL, FRANZ PETER. ae of Agriculture. ) specimen of Sagina procuméens from England. .(Given by Dr. N. L. Britton.) 19 specimens of marine algae from New Zealand and Australia. (By exchange with Prof. W. etchell Be a of fungi from Utah. (Distributed by Prof. A. O, G pecimens = Colorado ‘‘Cryptogamae Formationum eae. (Disinte ‘e Prof. F. E. Clements. ecimens from ca lane i Prof. A. O. Garrett.) . 3 museum specimens of Malus from Mai (Given by Mr. : L, T 88 specimens is marine algae from various parts 7 the world. with Prof. W. G. Farlow. 41 specimens mosses - fn the Philippines. (By exchange with the Bureau of Government Laboratories, © specimens ‘‘ Phycotheca Boreali-Americana’’ Fasc. 26, for the Columbia Uni- versity Herbarium. 7 specimens of fungi from New Mexico. 2 specimens of fungi from Washington and Canada. Arthur. I museum specimen of Zremellodon gelatinosum, (Presented by Mrs. Livingston and Mise Crane. ) mple. ) ( By exchange (Given by Prof. T. D. A. Cocker ell.) (Given by Professor J. C. {®embers of the Corporation, Pror. N. L. Britrron, Hon. Appison Brown, WILLIAM L, Brown, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror, C. F. CHANDLER, WILLIAM G, CHOATE, Hon, EpwArp Cooper, CHARLES F, Cox, JouHN J. CROOKE, W. BAYARD CurrTINc, Rosert W. DE Forest, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopcg, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FitzGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. THomas F, GILroy, Hon. Hucu J. Grant, HENRY GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K, Jesup, Joun 1. Kane, EuGENE KELLY, JR., Pror. JAMES F. Kemp, JouN S. KENNEDY, Pror, FREDERIC S. LEE, Hon. Seru Low, Davip Lypic, Epcar L. MARsToN, D. O. Mitts, J. Pirrpont Morcan, THEODORE W. Myers, GzorGE M. Otcortt, Pror, Henry F. Ossorn, LowEL. M. PALMER, GEORGE W. PERKINS, James R. PircHeEr, Rt. Rev. Henry C. Potter, Percy R. Pyne, Joun D, ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JAMEs A, SCRYMSER, HENRY A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEI. SLOAN, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STeETSoN, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C, TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. E. L. WInTHROP, JR. WILLIAM H, S. Woon. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining rae news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. [Not offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii-+ 213 pp. Vol. a gol, vit} 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, viii + 2 . Vol. IV, 1903, viii+ 238 pp. Vol. V, 1904, viii--242 pp, Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports »f the Director-in-Chief and other official documents, and technical ae Se results of beagle Ve carried out in the Garden. Fre ae of the Garden; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, pt ik me ie 12 a 36-100 Vol. II, Nos, a aA pp, 30 plates, TORE ‘1903. Vol. III, . 9) 174 15 plates, 1903 ; HE PR 1903; ee Pie oe ates ts index and table of Palin of values e. Vol. pp- Nor a. Descriptions of the wild Be, ot North — alee Creedlanc Me West Indies and Central Sele Planned to be c pleted in thirty volum . 8vo, Each volume to consist of four or more pa 7 Subscription price §1.50 a art; a lines number ie separate parts will be sold eacl Vol. 22 : Patt I, issued ne ie contains descriptions of the order Rosales by D Sm all, mad of me: Canales Podostemonaceae by Mr. Geo. V. Nash, N. 1D)5, Aft! j Ceasilenene ‘by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Penthoraceae and Parnassia- ceae by Dr. P. A rg. Vol, 22, part 2, issued December 18, 1905, contains descriptions a the families axifragaceae and Byars cee by Dr. J. K. hae ats nd Dr. Bee he: ydberg; the cee Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae ton ; ete Pteroste- monacea' fe If - Sm a the ‘Alungiaceal iy Percy ‘Wilton and the Phyllo- nomaceae oe Dr. H. sby. emoirs of et New ba: Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, reget per volume ‘o others, $2.00. [Not (offered in exchan, Vol. I. An An notated Cokes of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Park, by Dr, Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of the ese th and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s fi book, including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, Me detaile 4 map. Vol. ae The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDoi augeles aur director. An account of the author’s extensive researches ithe: ether with a general consideration of the relation of light to oe The panewe) bee ea: festive are illustrated. xvi-+ 320 pp. Roy. 8vo, with 17 Cine ae from the New York Botanical Garden, A series of tech- nical papers written by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above, Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volume. Vol. I. Inclusive of Nos. 1-25, vi 400 pp. 35 figures in the text and 34 lates. é Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plat Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vi+ 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 nae CENT NUMBERS 25 regal se No. 77. The Delta of the Rio Colorado, by Dr. T MacDougal No. 78. The Incapacity of the Date ae for Self-digestion, by Dr. R. "No. 7 . Affinities of certain cretaceous plant remains a referred to the genera Dammara and Brachyphyllum, by A. Hollick and E. C. Jefir No, 80. Heredity and the Origin of Species, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK Bisada isso GAR x PARK, NEW vent City x Ee eS ST Ee ee ee Vol, VII MAY, 1906 No. 7 JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS Recent Botanical Explorations in PortoRico. .... 2... 1... ee ee Miemuermeandeconiments.,. civ ss ans oeeke eel b ts wrece oes SAMELEL TUITE... 2 LUG RE ar an mera PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN At #@ NortH Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa. sy Tue New Era Printinc CoMPANy OFFICERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VICE-PRESIDENT—ANDREW CARNEGIE, TREASURER—CHARLES F, COX SECRETARY—N, L, BRITTON. BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, u pounce aa MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, RGE W. W. BAYARD CUTTING, ROBERT W. bE FOREST, isis JOHN I. KANE, . GILMAN THOMESON D,. O. MILLS, SAME THORN 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS, THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, HON. MOSES HERR THE MAYOR OF THE City oF NEw York, HON. GEORGE B. CORREA N. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman, hee eee eae ae BUTLER, PROF. JAMES F. KEMP, ROE GC, NDL PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, CHARLES - COX, 1; H. RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr. GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, Director-in- do DR. W. A. MURRILL, First Assista: DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Head Curator ie es 1D) REE ea RG, Curator. DR. ARTHUR HOLLICK, Curate. DR. MAR RSHALL A, HOWE, Curator. ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, ae Curator, sEORGE V. NASH, Head Gardener. ngine TER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Ace DR. Bee HENDLEY BARNHART, nea pee R. JOHN A, SHAFER, Museum Custodian. PERCY WILSON, Administrative es JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden fot. VII. May, 1906. No. 77. RECENT BOTANICAL EXPLORATIONS IN PORTO RICO “0 THE SCIENTIFIC Directors. Gentlemen: The Board of Managers having on January 9, go6, authorized the continuation of botanical exploration in orto Rico, and having granted me leave of absence from the rarden for the purpose of directing it, I organized an expedition rhich left New York February 24 and returned April 1. The bjects were to increase our collections of Porto Rican species, nd to obtain a better knowledge of them by observing the plants rowing in their natural habitats, and also to visit certain parts seca attention to collecting orchids, bromeliads, cactuses and ther living plants; Dr. Marshall A. Howe, of our curatorial ther cryptogamic plants; Mrs. Britton, assisted by Miss Delia V. Marble, paid especial attention to the mosses, lichens, fungi, nd ferns, and also aided in the preparation of the general col- ‘ctions ; and we were all favored by the company of Professor V. M. Wheeler, curator of invertebrate zodlogy in the American fuseum of Natural History, who made a critical study of the nts, in continuation of his previous important investigations of 1e relationships and habits of these fascinating little animals, any of the sixty species obtained by him living in hollow 125 126 stems of plants, and others cultivating fungi for food; he also obtained specimens of many other new or little known land in- vertebrates, and generously aided greatly in the work of preparing the botanical collections, which became so bulky toward the end of the trip as to require the unremitting attention of the entire party. Professor Wheeler and Dr. Howe were the photographers of the expedition, and secured many negatives of scientific value. Soon after the annexation of Porto Rico, it was determined to explore it botanically on behalf of the Garden, and the work was commenced in 1899 by means of a sum of money contributed for the purpase by Mr. Cornelius Vanderbilt, then President of the Board of Managers; Mr. and Mrs. A. A. Heller were sent there as collectors in that year, and worked for several months, returning there the next year; in 1901 Professor Underwood, accompanied by Mr. R. F. Griggs, made a visit to the island for an investigation of the ferns in codperation with Mr. O. F Cook and Mr. F. S. Collins of the United States Department of Agriculture ; in 1902, Mr. Percy Wilson, now my administra- tive assistant, accompanied Dr. Alexander W. Evans, of Yale University, in an exploration of the forests of the Luquillo Mountains, Dr. Evans making a special study and collection of the hepaticae, in continuation of work previously carried on by him in the same field; and in 1903, Dr. Howe spent the sum- mer in collecting and observing the seaweeds, his part in the present expedition being principally supplementary to his pre- vious work, and enabling him to study the marine plants ata different time of year; in 1903, Professor F. S. Earle, then one of our assistant curators, and now Director of the Cuban Agri- cultural Experiment Station, made a visit to Porto Rico for the United States Department of Agriculture, and secured a consid- erable number of fungi which were added to the Garden col- lection. These previous expeditions had brought to light so much of novelty, and the study of the collections obtained had added so greatly to our knowledge of the West Indian flora, that the further exploration of the island seemed very desirable. It is already clear that the collections just made are of high 127 scientific importance, and the large number of living plants secured will add many species of interest to our conservatories. The Island of Culebra, situated just east of Porto Rico and between it and the Danish Island, St. Thomas, was made a point of special examination, nothing being hitherto known of its flora. Our study of this island, which is under the jurisdiction of the Porto Rican Insular Government and is the site of a Uni-a ted States naval station, was made easy by the kind interest of the Hon. Charles J. Bonaparte, Secretary of the Navy, upon the request of President Roosevelt, in response to a letter from Mr. D. O. Mills, President of the Board of Managers of the Garden. Mr. Bonaparte asked Captain B. T. Walling, Commandant of the naval station, to faciliate the work of our expedition, and he most obligingly gave us all the assistance needed, including the use of steam launches, small boats, and horses, and the services of men when required. Captain T. F. Lyons, commanding the Marines at Culebra, also contributed much to our comfort. Pro- fessor Wheeler, Dr. Howe, and I spent two days eeu and profitably with Captain Walling and his staff, and we secured collections which illustrate both the land and sea flora of caleba quite well; a visit at another time of year would doubtless add some species to the collection. Culebra is a hilly island with an area of about twelve square miles, apparently wholly composed of eruptive rocks, and containing only small areas of deep soil ; there are anumber of sand beaches backed by sand dunes. The highest hill reaches an elevation of about 690 feet. There are a number of smaller islands and keys adjacent, and Culebrita, where the important lighthouse for the Virgin Passage is located, is the most eastern of these; we spent part of one day on this island. The naval station is located on the shore of the beautiful land-locked harbor, an oval body of deep water, doubtless the crater of an ancient volcano, accessible from the ocean by a very narrow passage and enclosed on all but the southern seaward side, by hills of lava. The station ship ‘ Alliance” provides quarters for the commandant and his staff, and here we were hospitably entertained. The island is fortified with masked batteries, so ingeniously masked, indeed, that we did not dis- ° 128 cover a gun during our whole exploration, but the supply of ammunition and the activity of the gunners gave plenty of evi- dence that cannon were at hand when wanted. The altitude of the hills is not sufficient to cause the conden- sation of much moisture from the trade winds, and therefore Culebra is a dry island with no permanent streams or ponds. Its *forest is lowand not very dense, with guayanilla (Bucida buceras) and lignum vitae as the largest and most valuable elements; much of the woodland has been cleared and the principal industry Fic. 4. Tall branching cactus (Pilocereus), Culebra. of the island is cattle raising, although some sugar cane, tobacco and cotton are grown ; the cotton plants seen by us were healthy and apparently without insect pests. The melon of southern Europe grows very well, and with suitable refrigerating trans- 129 portation to the north, might be made an exportable product, both here and on adjacent islands, as melons can be produced all the year around ; it is desirable that the culture of both figs and dates should be given experimentation in a scientific manner on Porto Rico and adjacent islands, for if successful, these products would add greatly to the resources of the colony, and it is be- lieved that there is a strong probability of success. Cactuses abound on Culebra, and their study and collection was a feature of ourinvestigation. Ten species grow there, more Fic. 5. Silver thatch palm (Coccothrinax), Mosquito Bay, Culebra. 130 than on any other island of the same size known to me, and the number of individuals is enormous. The columnar branching Filoccreus is often twenty-five feet high; the melon cactus be- comes two feet long and over a foot thick; the three-sided climbing night-blooming Cereus formed impenetrable entangled masses on shrubs and trees, but we were not fortunate enough to find it in flower ; the beautiful snowy little Mamzllaria, with nearly white flowers, and tufts of bright white wool among its brown spines, is abundant here as on St. Thomas ; the cochineal cactus (Nopalea) has showy red flowers ; at least five kinds of prickly pear (Opuntia) occur, two of them forming tree-like plants up to fifteen or twenty feet in height, one of these tree cacti being most remarkable in being absolutely spineless. One species of palm is locally abundant, a silver thatch palm (Coccothrinax) with a tall slender trunk bearing a tuft of palmate leaves, silvery white on the underside, and large drooping branches of small black fruits. A gigantic century plant (Agave), native among the cactuses, con- tributes to the desert-like aspect of the vegetation in some parts of the island. While one section of the expedition was exploring Culebra, the most eastern Porto Rican territory, the other visited Mayaguez, on the western end of the island, and made extensive collections in that vicinity, aided greatly by the courtesy of Mr. D. W. May, director of the Agricultural Experiment Station, and by Mr. H C. Hendrickson, horticulturist of the Station. The higher ele- vations of this district, including the Mesa Mountain, and the Cerro Gordo range, were visited, and the vegetation up to the altitude of 2,500 feet carefully studied; several of the deep ravines were explored, and a good collection of the characteristic plants was made for the herbarium, and the most interesting species were sent home in‘a living condition for growing in the conservatories. The work of the Agricultural Experiment Station proved inter- esting enough to require a rather extended examination ; the Sta- tion is evidently handicapped for lack of funds, but the collec- tions of bananas, yautias, pineapples, etc., show that very exact and important work is being done. It is unfortunate that the 131 irector has not more help at his command, as there is great eed of instruction among the native farmers and fruit growers. Proceeding south from Mayaguez, by rail, to Ponce, the char- cter of the flora changes rapidly, small conical peaks of bare fic. 6. Tree prickly pear ( Opuntia), near Tallaboa, Porto Rico. limestone beginning to appear ; the conditions gradually becom- ing more arid until the south coast, with its characteristic dry- climate flora, is reached. The almost omnipresent royal palm (Roystonea) becomes mixed with the palmetto (Saéa/), and these conspicuous objects at length give way to groups of cactuses, 132 low thorny shrubs, and to the. West Indian birch (Bursera). Tall tree-like prickly pears (Opmntia) are the most conspicuous cac- tuses, often forming groves. The few short rivers across this dry country seem to be utilized to their full capacity for the irrigation of the cane fields which occupy the more level portion of the val- leys and the coastal plain. The two detachments of our expedition joined forces at Arecibo on the north side of the island, March 13, the Culebra party coming from San Juan by rail, the Mayaguez party coming across the island from Ponce by carriage, and making considerable col- lections along the way. We all proceeded the next day to our third objective point, Utuado, a point situated among the moun- tains of west-central Porto Rico, and this point was made a base of operations for a week. The drive from Arecibo to Utuado is Fic. 7. Group of royal palms (Reystonea), with cane field in foreground, near Utuado, Porto Rico. 133 one of the most beautiful and interesting in the West Indies, a capitally constructed stone roadway running up the valley of the river, usually at eae) altitude above it, and winding among he hills, bringing an ever-changing and characteristic landscape into view; the northern coastal plain of the island, here given over to sugar cane, is succeeded by the thick limestone, nearly horizontally bedded and eroded into craggy hills, the central mass of eruptive rocks of the island being reached a few miles north of Utuado, and here the character of the flora, as well as of the Fic. 8. Primaeval forest, summit of Mount Mandios, near Jayuya, Porto Rico. landscape, changes abruptly. Collections were made in many ravines and on many hillsides in the vicinity of Utuado, where we were given much assistance and pleasant guidance by Don Jose Lorenzo Casalduc, a resident of that town, but the special features were the summits of two high mountains, Mt. Morales, about ten kilometers distant, which was twice ascended,.and Mt. 134 Mandios, above the village of Jayuya, considerably more distant, our return to Utuado from that point being only affected at eleven o’clock at night, but the sure-footed little horses brought us all in safely through the wonderful tropical night, richly ladened with the plants of the wet primeval forest. The primzval mountain forests of Porto Rico are now restricted to a few summits in this west-central part of the island and to the forest reserve of over one hundred square miles in the high Sierra de Luquillo in the eastern part, established by a proclamation of President Roosevelt in 1904; they are dense jungles composed of very many different kinds of trees and Snrune the mountain ticola) ') being th in those visited by us; clmabing ariods ee reached to their summits ; eee tree ferns add enchantment to the vistas ; small ferns, mosses and lichens in great variety carpet the ground palm ( A ti Fic. 9. Mountain palm (derista monticola), Mount Morales, near Utuado, Porto Rico. 135 nd clothe the rocks and tree trunks, and in the more open places \umerous species of herbaceous plants occur, the whole forming mass of vegetation of wondrous beauty and interest, many of he plants growing here occurring nowhere else in the world. [he trumpet-tree (Cecropza peltata), with its large and deeply Fic. 10. Trumpet tree (Cecropia peltata), Mount Morales, Porto Rico. divided leaves, white underneath, is one of the most conspicuous ‘rees in the ravines. One is brought to regret that this fasci- iating floral wealth is nowhere readily accessible to visitors, for 136 few care to reach it, either by walking or on horseback, but we may hope that at least the lower levels of the Luquillo reserve may some day be penetrated by a carriage road, so that all may have the opportunity of seeing this extremely instructive and elegant tropical forest. On leaving Utuado, our next stop was at Ponce, reached by carriages over the continuation of the Arecibo-Utuado road, com- pleted since the annexation of the island, and a great boon to the colony ; the constant extension of the fine carriage roads is doing much for the people and the completion of the well-designed and elaborate plan of the Insular Government will provide many miles of additional driveway within the next few years. From Ponce, a trip was made westward, it being desired to study the extremely’ dry limestone hills west of that city toward Tallaboa, which are characterized by the interesting little fan-palm, Zhrinax Ponceana ; specimens of this was secured, as well as of several species of cacti, which abound in this arid region, and also of numerous kinds of shrubs ; the flora of this district has many elements in fe) ° 3 3 ° =} = = ma ot ma. x) co ta) w ° a oO ° my ot a o iss] i] a 93 “3 7) in » =] a x owe made a considerable collection of interesting seaweeds at Tallabos: and we all wished that more time was available for the explora- tion of this part of the island Parts of two days were next spent in the vicinity of Coamo Springs, noteworthy for its hot baths; here we were also within the dry area of the island, the high mountains to the north and east condensing the moisture of the tradewinds so that little rain falls on the southern side of the island. Our most noteworthy botanical observation in this vicinity was the discovery in full loom of a hitherto unknown tree of the Polygala family, with enormous masses of small purple flowers, and at the time almost devoid of leaves ; standing on a steep rocky bank, with a green background, it was one of the most elegant floral features ever seen by us, and its rarity is indicated by the fact that only one individual was found ; the foliage of this tree was obtained by Herr Sintenis, a German collector, near Utuado in 1887, but its flowers had not been previously seen by botanists and conse- quently the plant has never been described or named. The beau- 137 iful cycad (Zama) is abundant here, its short trunks yielding tarch, as do its relatives of Florida and the Bahamas. Our time now running close to its limit, and the collections iaving become bulky, a rapid return was made by carriages to Fic, 11. Tree ferns between Cayey and Caguas, Porto Rico. San Juan, and in crossing the mountains through the Aibonito Pass, the first rainy day of the trip was experienced, the climate during all of March having approached perfection. At the higher altitudes the hillsides are clothed with ferns, both small and large, in great variety. 138 The last day was given to a trip to Vega Baja, west of San Juan, especially for the study of the remarkable Ilume palm (Aeria attenuata), which grows abundantly on the limestone hills in that region, a very slender species, reaching at least forty feet in height, with a trunk little if any more than eight inches thick, crowned Fic. 12. Fern-covered bank (Dicranopteris), near Cayey, Porto Rico. with a seemingly insignificant tuft of only five or six short pinnate leaves ; its yellow oblong fruits are borne in drooping clusters just under the leaves ; the tufts of foliage are elevated well above the surrounding hardwood tree, giving the rocky ridges a very 139 peculiar sky line ; abundant material of this palm was secured both in the living state and for museum purposes, as well as specimens of a gigantic bromeliad which grew on the rocks about it, and many specimens of other interesting species. The specimens secured by the expedition, including living plants, seeds, and museum and herbarium specimens, aggregate 1,456 collection numbers of land plants, averaging three or four specimens to a number, and 231 collection numbers of algae, over 6,000 specimens in all; the duplicates will mostly be dis- tributed to the U. S. National Museum, and to the Buffalo Botanic Garden. Our thanks are gratefully tendered to Hon. Beekman Winthrop, Governor of Porto Rico, and to Admiral Dunlap, U.S. N., Commandant of the Naval Station at San Juan, for favors received, and for their kindly interest in our work. Respectfully submitted, N. L. Britton, Director-in- Chief. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENTS. Dr. P. A. Rydberg, of the Garden staff, has been devoting three weeks to studies in the United States National Herbarium at Washington. Mr. William R. Maxon, of the United States National Herbar- ium, sailed from New York on March 31, to spend two months in making botanical collections in Costa Rica in behalf of the Garden. Dr. Duncan S. Johnson, associate professur of botany in Johns Hopkins University, sailed for Jamacia on April 5 with the intention of devoting two months to studies at the tropical labora- tory of the Garden at Cinchona. Dr. William Trelease, director of the Missouri Botanical Garden, spent two days with us during the latter part of April, examining our collections of certain groups of plants in which he is especially interested and arranging for the exchange of living specimens. Dr. D. T. MacDougal, director of the department of botanical 140 research of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, who has been spending the winter at the Desert Botanical Laboratory at Tuc- son, Arizona, came east early in April to attend the Franklin bicentenary in Philadelphia. During June, July, and August he will be occupied with his mutant-cultures at the Garden. Professor Hugo de Vries, of Amsterdam, arrived in New York on April 10. He gave an address in Philadelphia, April 18, on “Elementary Species in Agriculture”’ in connection with the celebration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Benjamin Franklin, and on April 21 lectured at the Garden on “ The Correlation of Characters in Plants.” He will visit various institutions where experiments in plant mutation are being car- ried on and in June and July will deliver a course of botanical lectures at the summer session of the University of California. The Torrey Botanical Club has announced a special meeting for Wednesday, May 23, at 3:30 P. M. in the lecture hall of the museum building. This meeting is in commemoration of the tenth anniversary of the commencement of work in the develop- ment of the Garden. Dr. Henry H. Rusby will deliver an ad- dress on ‘ The History of Botany in New York City,” which will be followed bya reception in the museum halls, library and labo- ratories. The golden bells, or forsythias, have been unusually fine this desirable shrub, F. viridisstma being the later bloomer. hybrid between the two, named F. ixtermedia, has an interme- diate flowering period. In the conservatories, perhaps the most interesting plant at present is Queen Victoria’s agave, Agave Victorie-Reging, from Mexico. Several specimens of this species will be found in the central part of house no. 6, but the plant of special interest just now is the one that is sending up its large flowering stem—a stem out of all proportion to the rest of the plant; this is the first time the species has bloomed with us. Of especial interest 141 among the orchids in house no. 15 is the broad-leaved platyclinis, Platyclinis latifolia, from the Philippine Islands. In general appearance it is very unlike the nearby showy dendrobiums, with their large masses of richly colored flowers. In house no. 13 isa large plant of Bougainvillea glabra Sanderiana in full bloom, covering one of the columns from the ground to the roof. The large, colored bracts subtending the real flowers are borne in great profusion, and, though crude in shade, add a wealth of color to that part of the house. In the aquatic house, no. 9, is an odd plant known popularly as the water lettuce, and to botanists as Prstta stratiotes. It will be found in small receptacles hanging from the edge of the bridge. The flowers are very small, and are borne after the manner of those of our common jack-in- the-pulpit, it being a member of the same family. It forms large masses on the surface of the waters in tropical countries. The total precipitation for April was 6.50 + inches. Maxi- mum temperatures were recorded of 71.5° on the ath; 77° on the 21st; and 75.5° on the 27th: also minimum temperatures of 19° on the first; 36.5° on the 17th; and 35.5° on the 24th. ACCESSIONS. PLANTS AND SEEDS, 2 plants for the conservatories. (Given by Mr. Lighte.) 30 plants for the borders. Cease 8 plants from Oreg Given by Dr. H. H. Rusby.) 4 plants for the leat grounds. (Collected by Dr. C. C, Curtis and Mr. W. W. Eggleston. ) 10 plants for th i ona, (Given by Dr, D. T. MacDougal. 93 plants from Porto Rico. ie by Dr. N. L. Britton and Mr. J. F Cowell. 24 plants from Porto Rico. (Collected by Mr. J. F. Cowell. ) 3 plants. (By exchange with Bureau of Plant Industry. ) 22 plants for borders. (By exchange with the New York eae ia ) 2 plants from Italy for the conservatories. eae, Mrs. H. L. n. ) 213 plants derived from seeds from various sou 14 aie ts of seeds from Porto Rioc (Collected ibe Dr. N. L. Britton and Mr. J. F. 142 2 packets of seeds from the Philippine Islands. (Given by Mr. E. P. Copeland.) 22 packets of seeds from California, (Given by Mr. S. B. Parish. 5 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Bureau of Plant Industry.) MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM, MARCH AND APRIL, 1906. 100 specimens ‘‘ Fungi Columbiani,"’ Century XXII., nos. 2101-2200. (Dis- tributed by Mr. E. Bartholomew. 3 herbarium specimens from Oregen and South Dakota. (Given by Prof. J. F. Kemp. 11 herbarium specimens from Long Island. (Given by Mr. E. P. Bicknell.) 21 herbarium specimens from British Columbia. (Given by Dr. C. H. Shaw.) 2 specimens of ferns from Syracuse, New York. (Given by Mr. R. C. Benedict.) 22 specimens of mosses from Guatemala. (By exchange with the U. S. National 1m. Great Falls, Montana. (Given by Mr. R. S. Williams. ) = ferns from Costa Rica. (By exchange with Dr. H. Christ. specimens ‘‘ Musci Frond. Archipelagi Indici,’’ Series VIII., nos. 351-400. Pre by Prof. Max Fleischer. ope rium genoa of mosses fom Coste Rice aed by M. J. ¢: tk Dicranum ernon Centre, ee (Given by Miss “Annie Lorenz. ) T museum specimen of Smilax glauca from Staten Island. (Given by Dr. Arthur Hollick. 8 specimens of coniferous fragments from the Cretaceous clays of Kreischerville, N.Y. (Given by Dr. E. C. Jeffrey. ) 248 herbarium specimens from British America. (By exchange with the Geo- da. 5 herbarium specimens from Colorado. (By exchange with Mr. Geo. E. Oster- t ut. 85 herbarium specimens from Utah. (By exchange with Prof. A. O. Garrett.) 22 rani specimens of Characee from the Kiitzing herbarium. (Given by Mm . Weber-van Bosse. ) Members of the Corporation, Pror, N. L. Britton, Hon. Appison Brown, WILLIAM L. Brown, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WILLIAM G, CHOATE, Hon. EDWARD Coorer, CHARLES F. Cox, JouN J. Crook, W. BAYARD CurTInG, ROBERT W. DE Forest, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopcr, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FirzGERALD RicHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F, Giro Hon. Hucu J. Grant, HENRY GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyr, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K. Jesup, JOHN !. Kanz, EUGENE KELLY, Jr., Pror. JAMEs F, Kemp, JOHN S. KENNEDY, Pror. Freperic S. Lee, Hon. Setu Low, Y, Davip Lypic, Epcar L. MArsTon, D. O. MILLs, J. Pizrpont Morcan, THEODORE W. Myers, GzoRGE M. Otcort, Pror. Henry F, Oszorn, LowEL. M. PALMER, GrORGE W. PERKINS, JAMEs R. PircHEr, Rt. Rev. Henry C, Potrer, Percy R. PYNE, JouHN D, ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JAMES A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEI. SLOAN, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STETSoN, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C, TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M, UNDERW09D, GeEorGE W, VANDERBILT, Hon. E. L. WINTHROP, JR. Witiram H, S. Woop. PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, eee apc con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general inte Free to all m bers of the ero To others, oe cen nts a copy; $1.00 a a [Not offen re exchange, ] ae ee aie PP. Sou II, i viii + 204 pp. Vol. ee ili . V, 1904, viiit-242 Vol. te eee mil+-234 pp. Bu e New York Botanical Garden, containing the anual | reports Dieciees in- Chict and other rr pri f investigations carried o1 e Garden. Free to all members of the wise ey = eae Val I, Nos. 1- p-» 3 maps, and I Vol. os. » 518 174 pp. 15 plates, 1903; No. 40, 114 pp., 1903; No. 11, 174 pps 15 plates with index pas table ‘of contents of volume. Vol. LINE No. 12 113 pp. North Ameri ora. ear ee on the wild plants 0 of North America, including Geena the West Indies and Central America. Plan 0 be com- pleted in thirty volumes. Roy. 8vo. ae ch vi a me to consist of fous or more part: Subscription price $1.50 per part; a jones number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 each. [Not offered in pee Vol. 22, part 1, issued May 2 gas and basins of the order — by Dr. J. K. Sm a, and of the families Spe e by Mr. Geo. V. Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Penthonidené and Pee r. y > ae fea e ol. 22, part 2, issued December 18, aes contains pact of a families Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae by Dr. J. K. Small and Dr. P. A erg; the Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae ae Brg ey Wii cnee by Dr. . Brit Sie aie Pteroste- monaceae by Dr, J. K. Small; the tveaaeeae: by Percy Wileon and the Phyllo- nemaceae by Dr. H. H. ae Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered in exchange Vol, I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the allowstatl Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. arrangement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes ani d Phanerogams of the =e a notes from the author’s field book, ii Ee ceaeeee of 163 new speci “= 92 pp. Roy. 8vo, with det: map. Tol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon ya th and Devel Dr. D. T. Perea assistant director. An account of the author's exten research hes together wit ral consideration of the relation af a to planigs The princ ies ee ues aigiall features are illustrated. xvi + 32 Roy. 8vo, with 176 figu 76 Contrib s from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- ] paper: ies by Sagas or caer of the staff, and renee from journals ther than thea e, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volum Vol. I. Taeluehee of es I-25, vit 400 pp. 35 fies in the text and 34 lates. S Vol. II. Nos. 26-0, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 3°98 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. No, So. Heredity and the Origin of aoe by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. No. 81. Stu Sa in » Biolaton, by A. ry. No. 82. Studies on the Rocky M ae Fo — XV, by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. All subscriptions ait remittances should be NEw YORK BoranoaL GARD x PA ¥ , NEw yooh ona Vol, VII JUNE, 1906 No. 78 JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS PAGE Meaerions Chestnut Disease-. ©... sc ec ee ee ee ee 143 @inefirst Decade of the Garden: .... +--+ ss tee te eet ees 154 A large Oak struck by Lightning. ©. - -- +--+ ee ee ett 154 The Garden and the Public Schools... 2... +--+ + eee eres 156 First Grant from the Students’ Research Fund... 1... +++ ee ees 157 aa sg ABMS TIOINE se aks cg of sees wens e a hele wissen s 158 OO ECISHG TS, uy) adi TOA ea ae eee a regen dee) PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar : Nortu Qugen Street, Lancaster, Pa. Tue New Era Printinc CoMPANY ee 1906. PRESIDENT—D. MILLS, VICE- ee CARNEGIE, TREASURER—CHARLES F. COX, SECRETARY—N, L. BRITTON BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, NDREW CA G GEORGE W. PERKINS, YARD CUTTING JAMES A. SCRYMSER, ROBERT W. bE FOREST, SAMUE JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, DP, O2 MILLS; SAMUEL THORNE 2, EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT is THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, . MOSES HERRMAN. THE See OF THE F NEw York, . GEORGE ‘ Pere 3. SOLENTIFIC DIRECTORS. . L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairmazn, ‘RO DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, ee JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. GC; a NDLER, OF.“-FREDERIG'S: LEE; H. RUSBY CHARLES F OX, ae H. con . EGERTON L. WINTHROP, GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, Set DR. W. A. MURRILL, ‘an DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Head rad a oe DR. A RG, ork ir, ROBERT S. bes IAMS, Assistant ‘Guat . NASH, Head Gardener. DR. C. STUART Gee Dir reclor ig Laboratories. Ba MURRAY VAIL, Lidrarian DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the rs nomic rd DR. WILLIAM . GIES, Consulting Chem A. SCHILLING, Superint ens DR. JOHN HENDLEY ee ORE Ea ee per OHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custodian, PERCY WILSON, ne Assistant. JOURNAL The.New York Botanical Garden VoL. VII. June, 1906. No. 8. A SERIOUS CHESTNUT DISEASE. A serious disease of our native chestnut, which threatens the extinction of this valuable tree in and about New York City, was brought to my attention last summer by Mr. H. W. Merkel, of the New York Zodlogical Park, and has been under investiga- tion here since that time. The immense number of dead and dying chestnut trees in the Zoological Park first caused Mr. Merkel to suspect the pres- ence of a destructive fungus. The ravages of this fungus among the young chestnut trees of the nursery were later observed by him and the trees sprayed with Bordeaux mixture, a treatment afterwards administered to the larger trees in the Zodlogical r e same disease has been found to exist among the chestaiits of New Jersey, Maryland and Virginia, and it is prob- able that the death of the chestnut in the lowlands of Alabama and Georgia, as noted by Mohr and Small, is largely due to this agency. Inquiries from various sources regarding the disease and the hope that suggestions made now may be of service during the present season have led me to publish at this time a preliminary account of the disease, reserving a more technical and detailed description for a later paper. Pure cultures from affected chestnut sprouts in the Botanical Garden were made last autumn, and transferred to agar, bean stems, and sterilized chestnut twigs; on all of which the fungus grew rapidly and fruited abundantly. Living chestnut twigs 143 3 & uv mo a a ij uo we} ico] uo = 3 Fal uv 2 a i= i=} = é bn =] é © Pot Ss J °o wm g 2 Bw £ o & vu On vu o ~ a & A a g & Fic, 14. Cultures of the fungus on sterilized chestnut branches, some with the cortex wholly or partially removed. 146 placed under belljars with one end of the twig in water were then infected and the growth of the fungus watched, as preliminary to field infections. These latter were made on a number of young chestnut trees in the propagating houses of the Garden as soon as growth commenced in the spring, experiments with dormant trees being carefully avoided. As the preliminary experiments had led me to expect, the actively growing fungus, when transferred from bean stems to the branches of the young trees, attacked them with vigor and soon caused their death by girdling. The progress of the disease in infections through natural causes was observed in young trees transferred from the nursery of the Zoological Park and numerous older infected trees through- out Bronx Park. In all of these the fungus was found exceed- ingly active at the beginning of the season of growth, before the opening buds were able to use the large quantity of nourishment at hand. The fungus works beneath the cortex in the layers of inner bark and cambium. Its presence is first indicated by the death of the cortex and the change of its color to a pale brown, resemb- ling that of a dead leaf. Later the fruiting pustules push up through the lenticels and give the bark a rough, warty appear- ance; and from these numerous yellowish-brown pustules mil- lions of minute summer spores emerge from day to day in elon- gated reddish-brown masses, to be disseminated by the wind and other agencies, such as insects, birds, squirrels, etc. In late autumn the winter spores are formed, which are disseminated from the dead branches the following spring. When grown in artificial cultures, the mycelium of the fun- gus is at first pure white, changing to yellow with age, and the fruiting pustules are a beautiful yellow. Winter spores sown November 27 on agar and transferred to bean stems showed young pustules on December 8 and mature spores in process of discharge by December 17. Cultures transferred to sterilized chestnut twigs developed with equal rapidity, while those remain- ing on agar were’considerably slower. Mycelium inserted be- neath the bark of living chestnut twigs on December 13 devel- oped a prominent spore-mass by December 27. Inoculations 71g. 15. Cultures of the fungus in sterilized and living chestnut branches. The central shows a large mass of yellow mycelium grown on the moist, cut surface of a living branch. igure to the right shows fruiting pustules arising from mycelium introduced beneath the 148 of growing mycelium into living trees in the propagating houses caused the death of infected branches and produced abundant fruit in from four to six weeks. One or two of these young trees appeared to be able to resist infection altogether, and a few of the older trees in the Garden are apparently immune, at least when in vigorous health. In its effect on the host, this fungus may be classed with the most destructive parasites ; the parts attacked being so vital and _ 16. Fruiting pustules and spore masses from chestnut cultures, X I 16. Fic A. Stag’ in the development of the pustules. 2, C, D. Various forms of spore discharge in a moist atmosphere 149 17. Young chestnut trees at the propagating houses inoculated with the fungus in various ays. A dead branch which has been killed by girdling is shown on the extreme left. 150 the attack so vigorous that young trees often succumb in one or two years, and older ones soon lose branches of such size that the vigor of the entire tree is materially impaired and its beauty and usefulness practically destroyed. It is not the primary effect of the fungus on the living tissues of the tree, widespread as this effect often is, that causes the greatest damage ; but the secondary, effect of this injury on the remaining portions of the trunk or branch affected ; for it is the habit of the entering mycelium to proceed in a circle about the affected portion until it is completely girdled. This girdling habit is due to the stoppage of the circula- tion up and down the stem at the infected point and the growth of the mycelium toward the current of water and food supply, which is more and more deflected by the invading fungus until finally cut off altogether. This is well shown in Fig. 19, which represents a portion of a young tree a ee by the fungus, viewed from three different. directions. The fungus entered in Igo5 through an trunk during last season. The first week in May, 1906, when the weather was warm and moist and the inner bark full of food, the mycelium began to grow again, and by May 11 it had cov- ered that part of the trunk indicated by the light area in the figure. On May 15 the two growing borders had united and the girdling was apparently complete ; though death did not ensue for several days, on account of tissues lying next to the sapwood that still remained uninjured. At this time the leaves of the opening buds were scarcely an inch in length; too young to have made use of much of the nutriment stored in the stem. When the tips of branches are affected, the progress of the disease is of necessity slow, since the affected area is small and the food supply scanty. On the other hand, the base of the young tree is a point of special danger, since the abundance of moisture and food it supplies facilitates the speedy growth of the fungus and thus endangers the life of the entire tree. The way in which the fungus in question first enters a chestnut tree is at present largely a matter of conjecture. Twigs, sprouts, nursery trees, branches of various sizes, and trunks a foot or 151 nore in diameter have been found infected, apparently irrespec- ive of their size or position. So far as field observations show, the fungus might enter wherever a spore happened to find a rest- ng place. All of my experiments, however, have failed to intro- juce the fungus into a branch while the thin brown layer of cortex remained intact ; though it readily entered when this was scraped off or punctured. s the fungus does not attack the eaves, I was not surprised when repeated attempts failed to ntroduce the disease into green twigs, where, although no cortex S present, the quality of the food and the character of the bark dt i ioned under Fig. 17. The fungus was soaaeee bie scraping off the cortex and panic active mycelium grown on bean stems. s evidently not suited to its development. The present suppo- sition is, therefore, that infection takes place only through wounds ; or, possibly, through the lenticels. Wounds are, unfortunately, only too frequent, especially in the case of a tender, rapidly-growing tree like the chestnut, which 152 has the additional misfortune of attracting lumbermen and nut- gatherers. If it escapes winter injuries to its trunk, the spring storms are sure to break the smaller branches and abrade the surfaces of the larger limbs; if it is not disfigured by the green fly and twig-borer during summer, it is sure to be mutilated by Fic. 19. The trunk of an infected nursery tree, shown natural size. A, & and C are views from cae directions. The point of infection in each view is shown at a, the area killed by the fungus last year at 4, and the development early in May of this year atc. Three days after this figure was drawn the girdling was complete. savage hordes of small boysin autumn. Even the ubiquitous squirrel may spread the disease with tooth and claw while cutting off ripe burs and racing up and down the trunks; while every bird and insect that rests upon an infected spot is liable to carry the spores upon its feet or body to other trees. Mice, voles and rabbits often make wounds about the base of a tree and carry the spores in their fur. All during the growing season spores are being developed in countless numbers, and these are liable to fall into even the slightest abrasions of the bark and germinate. The treatment of a disease of this nature must, of course, be almost entirely preventive. When once allowed to enter, it cannot be reached by poisons applied externally, nor can the spores, which issue continuously and abundantly through erup- 158 ions in the bark, be rendered innocuous by any coating applied it intervals. On the other hand, no poisonous wash, even hough covering every part of the tree, can prevent the germi- iation of the disseminated spores when they fall into a wound, since the wound opens up fresh tissues unprotected by the aoison. The spraying of young trees with copper sulfate solution, or strong Bordeaux mixture, in the spring before the buds open night be of advantage in killing the spores that have found lodg- nent among the branches during the winter, but the real efficacy of this treatment is so doubtful that it could not be recommended or large trees, where the practical difficulties and expense of applying it are much increased. Nursery trees should be pruned of all affected branches as soon as they are discovered, and the wounds carefully dressed with tar or paint or other suitable sub- stance. Vigilance and care should largely control the disease among young trees. With older trees all dead and infected wood should be cut out and burned and all wounds covered without delay. Particular attention should be paid to water, soil and other conditions of culture affecting the vitality of the tree; since anything that impairs its health renders it less able to resist ‘ungus attack. It is possible that the conspicuous ravages of the disease about New York City are largely due to the severe and prolonged winter of 1903-’04, during which many trees of various kinds were killed or injured. The chestnut is peculiar, moreover, in ts power to sprout from the stump almost indefinitely, and most of the trees now existing in this region are descendants of trees cut for lumber many decades ago. This repeated coppicing can- rot fail at length to impair the vigor of each new generation of sprouts and render them peculiarly liable to speedy infection and vigorous attack. W. A. Mvrri_. 154 THE FIRST DECADE OF THE GARDEN, On the afternoon of May 23, 1906, the Torrey Botanical Club held a special meeting at the museum building ‘in honor of the tenth anniversary of the commencement of work in the develop- ment of the New York Botanical Garden, planting having been commenced in the spring of 1896. The program consisted of an illustrated lecture by the President of the Club, Dr. Henry H. Rusby, who is also a member of the Board of Managers of the Garden, on ‘‘ The History of Botany in New York City.” The lecturer presented a historical sketch of the development of botany in the city of New York, giving special attention to the history of local botanical gardens, of the botanical department of Columbia University, and of the Torrey Botanical Club. The earliest local work related to the botanical gardens of Colden, Michaux, and Hosack, and to the publication of local catalogues and floras. The second period was that of text-books, manuals, and other educational works. Out of the associations resulting from local work, the Torrey Botanical Club developed so gradu- ally that it was impossible to fix the date of its actual beginning. Portraits of its early members were exhibited, and brief biograph- ical sketches presented. Out of the activity of the Club, and of the botanical department of Columbia University, grew the de- mand for a great botanical garden, which was satisfied by the establishment of the present New York Botanical Garden. The contemporary botanical forces at work in the city were briefly described, and their most important present needs outlined. The complete address will be published in Zorreya for June, 1906. After the lecture an informal reception was held in the library, followed by an inspection of the laboratories, library, herbaria, and the museum and greenhouse exhibits. C. Stuart GAGER. A LARGE OAK STRUCK BY LIGHTNING. During the first thunderstorm of the season, which occurred on April 21, the largest pin oak (Quercus palustris) within the Garden was struck and cannot recover from the damage which 155 it suffered. The tree stands a few hundred feet southeast of the eastern end of the long stone bridge across the valley of the Bronx River, in the portion of the grounds set aside for the arboretum, and just south of the main driveway now approach- ing completion. In developing the general plan of the grounds this driveway was located in position and grade especially with reference to the preservation of this tree, and it is a great disap- pointment that we must lose it. The trunk is forked about 15 eet above the base, and the lightning shock has split this fork Fic. 20. Quercus palustris struck by lightning. deeply and loosened the bark from the ground to a height ot about 25 feet; the energy of the discharge hurled large pieces of bark to a distance of 40 feet from the tree, and plowed up the ground on all sides of it along the larger roots. The general effect of the lightning stroke is shown in the photograph here- with reproduced. _ . During the development of the garden, a number of trees have been killed by lightning, which does not seem to be particular as 156 to what kind it selects, as it has already included a tulip tree, a chestnut, a hemlock, an American elm, and now a pin oak, and none of those which have been struck have recovered from the destruction, which is not at all confined to bark and outer layers, but apparently affects the entire trunk. N. L. Britron. THE GARDEN AND THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS. In the spring of 1905 the experiment was tried of utilizing the advantages of the garden in correlation with the nature study work of the public schools in New York City. A course of two study of grade 5B were given by the Director-in-Chief and other members of the garden staff, as described in the garden JouRNAL for June, 1905. € course was repeated in the fall of 1905, and the plan proved so successful that it was decided to continue the work this spring. The lectures were given in the lecture hall of the museum building under the auspices of the Board of Education. The lectures to grade 5B were given by Dr. W. A. Murrill, on “Woody Plants and Plants Without Wood — The Protection of Trees in Cities”; Dr. Henry H. Rusby, on ‘Industries Depend- ing on Forests. Plant Products”; and by Dr. N. L. Britton, on “ Classification of Plants.” he lectures to grade 4B were by Mr. George V. Nash, on ‘The Cultivation of Plants’; and by Dr. Marshall A. Howe, on “Seediess Plants.” The classes assembled from the various schools of the Bronx Borough in charge of their teachers, and the audiences numbered from 450 to 850. After the lectures the pupils were divided into convenient groups, each under the charge of a guide and demon- strator, and the topics treated of in the lectures were further illus- trated and enforced by study of the museum collections, and of the living plants in the greenhouses, and out of doors, in the forest and plantations. 157 These lectures and demonstrations have served to give to pupils in a crowded city a close contact with nature, and a breadth of view and inspiration such as could never be obtained under the more restricted conditions of the class room alone. C. Stuart GaGer. FIRST GRANT FROM THE STUDENTS’ RESEARCH FUND. Under an appropriation made by the Board of Managers at the annual meeting held last January, a grant of $150 has been made to Mr. Charles Budd Robinson from the accumulated income of the Students’ Research Fund for the purpose of enabling him to complete his monograph of the North American species of the genus Chara, or brittleworts. These interesting plants, which have been little studied in America, inhabit fresh water and brackish ponds and slow flow- ing streams, being entirely submerged, and thus quite unknown to most people. Many of them are very beautiful, however, and make interesting subjects for aquaria, though the offensive odor of some prevents this usage. Many of them absorb a great deal of lime from the waters in which they grow, and inasmuch as some ponds are very densely occupied by the plants, consider- able thicknesses of carbonate of lime become deposited. Mr. Robinson’s studies show that a much larger number of species inhabit North America than has previously been supposed, and several of those studied by him are new to science. The collec- tion which has formed the basis of his work was accumulated by the late Dr. Timothy Field Allen, and presented by him to the garden in 1g01 (see JouRNAL 2: 52-54). Considerable addi- tions have been made to this collection during the studies of Mr. Robinson and it is one of the most complete in the world. Mr. Robinson has been a student at the garden for parts of three years, and during portions of his time with us has held one of the scholarships provided by the Board of Managers. He is a graduate of Dalhousie College, Nova Scotia, and continued his studies at Cambridge University, England. During his residence 158 in New York he has been a registered candidate for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Columbia University, and this degree was awarded him at the commencement ceremonies on June 13, this monograph of Chara being accepted as his dissertation. It is published in the BuLLetin of the Garden, 4: 244. 1906, N. L. Brirron. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Construction work is proceeding this spring at a number of points north and east of the museum building. The Mosholu Parkway approach is now nearly completed, the driveway and paths at that point only requiring surfacing with broken stone and screenings already ordered, and the use of a steam roller for a few days ; the main east and west park driveway leading from this approach around the valley of the lakes and across the long bridge over the valley of the Bronx is in the same ad- vanced stage of completion, also needing only its final surfacing. The gap in the border screen along the railroad at the end of the valley of the lakes has been closed by regulating and grad- ing, and the planting of a heavy belt of conifers and deciduous trees and shrubs, and considerable planting has been done at both sides of the Mosholu Parkway approach. At the approach to the Woodlawn Road entrance, the filling for the driveway is still in progress, and nearly completed, and stone for the telford foundation is being assembled there, though it will be best to give this fill considerable more time for settling before paving this road ; the path connection of this entrance to the south has been completed and much planting of shrubs effected along it, and also throughout the fruticetum. At the lake bridge, just east of the museum building, much additional filling and grad- ing has been done, and the paths leading to this bridge both from north and south are under construction ; this work has necessitated the letting off of the water in both lakes for a time. e filling for the path approaches to the long bridge has been completed and these paths can be laid up within a few months. 159 Work is also going forward on the telford foundations of the driveway along the east side of the Bronx River to complete the road connection between the east end of the long bridge and the Newell Avenue entrance at the north end of the garden. In addition to these larger works, a great deal of Peesoiling: and planting has been done during the spring at a number of points. All the earth and stone required in this grading and path and road building has been taken from the necessary excavations at the rear of the museum building. The sixth annual meeting and exhibition of the Horticultural Society of New York was held at the garden on May 9g, and the exhibition continued the next day. Dr. N. L. Britton delivered an illustrated lecture on “ Horticulture in the West Indies.” An important proposition came before the Council of the Society relative to organizing a conference on ‘“ Hardiness and Acclimatization,” to be held in the autumn of 1907.* Professor Howard J. Banker, of De Pauw University, is spend- ing a portion of the summer vacation at the garden, working on the herbarium collection of the Hydnaceae, with special attention to the resupinate forms. Professor Banker was given the degree of Doctor of Philosophy by Columbia University at the com- mencement in June. His thesis, entitled, ‘‘ A Contribution to the Revision of the North American Hydnaceae,” is devoted to the pileate forms. The thesis is published as Memoir of the orrey Botanical Club, vol. 12, no. 2. The Hydnaceae are an interesting family of fungi. The total precipitation at the garden for May was 4.61 + inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 77° on the 5th, 89° on the 13th, go° on the 18th, and 87° on the 24th. Also mini- mum temperatures of 40.5° on the 4th, 36.5° on the roth, 42.5° on the 21st, 43° on the 22d, and 44.5° on the 30th. * The sixth summer meeting and exhibition was held at the Garden on June 13 and 14. Mr. Geo. T. Powell lectured on ‘‘ The Importance of Selection in Propagat- ing Plants.” 160 ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM MARCH 26 TO JUNE 1. American men of science, Edited by J. McKeen Cattell. New York, 1906. i Brit r. N, ARCANGELI, GIOVANNI. ” Compe della flora Italiana, Edizione seconda. Torino, meee Given by Mr. S. B. Clarke. BaBincTon, C. C. Alanual of British bo’any. Eighth edition, London, 1881, (Given . ae S. B. Clarke. ) BENTHAM, GEORGE. Handbook of the British ge Sixth edition, revised by Sir . D. Hooker. London, 1896. (Given by M . Clarke. ) BosE, JAGADIS CHUNDER. Plant ae as a means a physiological investiga- ay, 1900. BRAITHWAITE, R. The British moss-flora, London, 1880-1905. 3 vols. (Given y Mr. S. B. Clarke. Bulletin d’arboriculture, de floriculture et de culture potagére. Gand, 1865- 1905. 40 vols. CAMPBELL, D. H. Elements of structural and systematic botany. Boston, 1891. (Given by Mr. S. B. Clarke. CaRMEL, T. L'erborista Haliano, Pisa, 1883. (Given by Mr. S. B. Clarke.) N, H. N., and Jameson, H. I. Zhe student's handbook of British mosses. ton Tit Douin, IstporE. Nouvelle Hiri les mousses et des hépatiques. Paris, 1892. (Given by Mr. S. B, Clarke ELLIorrT, he The eas guide. Washington City, 1 1rcH, W. H., & SMITH . GG. Lllustrations a the British pale Fourth edition. London, 1897. eae Mr. S. B. Clarke.) Gartenflora. Efleaged) Stuttgart and Berlin, 1853-1902. 51 vols. opron, D. A. Recherches expérimentales sur 0 hybridité dans le régne végétal. 863. REENE, EDWARD LEE. J/anual id . deuce ee Ae region of San Francisco Bay. San Francisco, 1894. (Given b eon GReGorY, EMILY. df sctentist’s pin of Pe a York, 1896. (Given itton, ton. Gremit, A. The flora of Switzerland. Translated from the fifth edition by Leonard W. Pailson. Ziirich, 1888. (Given by Mr. S. B. Clarke. PE, WALTER. The breeding industry, its value to the country and its needs. 906 RTWIG, Oscar. 3 Alvemeine Biologie. Jena, 1906. JOHANNSEN, W, Dis Aether- Sioa beim pai ere mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung Fliedertreibere?. Jena, 1906, Konic, J. Dre ca landwi lich und g blich wichtig Stoffe. . 190! EB, JACQUES, Te dynamics of living matter. New Yor AYR, HEINRICH. Fremdlandische Wallund peri eee ve Berlin, 1906, Moraes NELLo. Phytographia. Riode Janiro, 1881. (Deposited by.the Tras- tees of Cae University. ) 161 Sv. Contributions @ la connaissance de la flore du Nord-ouest de : aie et “a ae de la Tunisie. Deuxiéme série. Lund, 1905. (Given e-) nn e . J. A., & Vrins, H. ve. Leerboek der plantenkunde. aar- lem, 1895-6. 3 vols. Parvo ve Tavera, T. H. Biblioteca Filipina. Washington, 1903. (Given by the Library of ee ress PFEFFER, epi ysioln, 5 ae Nib Second edition. Vol. Oxford, 1906. Phatnieloperis nosocomtt boracensis » or, the pane of the New York Hospital, New York, a . (Given by Dr. J. H. Barnhart. PouLsen, V. A. Botanical micro- ae Translated by William Trelease. Bosten, 1886. (Given by Mr. S. B, Clar! PuLLe, A. An enumeration of the va he an known from Surinam, together with their distribution and synonymy. Leiden, 190) ADDI, GUISEPVE. Plantarum Brasiliensium nova genera et ee novae, vel minus coynitae. Florentiae, 1825. (Given by Dr. L. M. Under ATTAN, VOLNEY. A popular California flora or, manual of tango beginners. : (Given ‘larke Noses pene uv to grow them. New York, 1906, (Given by os N. L. Britton.) Scu »M. YI. te Pflanze und ihr Leben. Ed. 5. Leipzig, 1858. (Given Bi - Tae of Columbia University. G, Joun D. Garden-craft old and new. London, tcot. (By exchange a Dr .. H. Barnhart. STOKES, ALFRED C. Microscopy for beginners. New York, 1887. (Given by Mr, S. B. Clarke. ) The cultivator. Second edition. Vols. 1-4. Albany, 1838. 2 vols, TorREY, JOHN. Monograph of North American Cyperaceae. New York, 1836- ae 2 Dr. N. L. Britton, ay Usreri, ALF Bet v Kenninis der Philippinen und ihrer Vegetation, me ieee on paren ane Ziirich, 1905. ae H. Hortus Veitchii. London, 1906, (Given by the pe d, , 8S. Memoria sobre los mont: de Filipinas. Madrid, 1874. oyages to ee Madeira, and Leeward Caribbean Isles: with sketches of the natural history of these islands, by Mar ia R. . . . Edinburgh, 1792. Es, Huco ing der jee Haarlem, 1886 Vries, Huco pe, et leven der bloem. naaeeie 190 Vries, HuGo DE. Oorsprong en bevruchling der Bonini. Amsterdam, 1904. Vrigs, Huco pe. Over veredelde ae ie nten. Amsterdam, 1899 Vv aien en planten. Haarlem a AN Es, Huco p 1699. WARMING, Euc. ena der systematischen Botanik. Berlin, 1890. (Given ee ke arke. REISMAN, Aucusr. Lssays ae heredity aud kindred biological problems. Vol. r. Oxford, 1901. (Given by Dr. L. M. Underwoo WEISMAN, AuGUST. Zhe ee theory. T: pacinted. by J. Arthur Thomson and Margaret R. Thompson, London, 1904. 2 vols. WIESNER, JULIUS, iologie der Pflanzen. Zweite Auflage. Wien, 1902. WILDEMAN, EM. DE. Léudes de aa et de géographie ae sur la flore du see etdu Moyen-Congo. Vol. 1, fasc. 3. Bruxelles, 1905. (Given by Dr, N. L, Britton. ) 162 WILDEMAN, EM. DE. Les phanérogames des terres Magellaniques. Anvers, 1905. (Given by Dr. N. L. Britton.) MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM, MAY, 1906. 162 specimens of marine algae from various localities. (By exchange with. Mr, F. S. Collins. ) pecimens of sedges from Florida. (By exchange with the Ames Botanical Laboratory. 5 specimens from Bermuda. (By exchange with Mr. A. H. Moore.) I specimen of 77l/aea erecta from Arizona. (Given by Prof. J. J. Th ornber. ) 269 specimens from Mexico. (By exchange with the U. S. National ace 1 specimen of Obolaria Virginica from Arkansas. (Given by Mrs. M. L. Ste- ) ,167 specimens from the Philippine Islands. (By exchange with the Bureau of Gorentient Laboratories. } , 340 specimens from British America. (By exchange with the Geological and Natural ae cae of Canada. 2 herbarium specimens of Crafaegus from Ohio. (By exchange with Mr. E. specimens of Craéaegus from New York. (By exchange with Mr. W. W. Eggleston. 48 specimens of Crataegus from Long Island. (Given by Mr. E. P, Bicknell.) 162 as of ferns from the Philippine Islands. (Given by Prof. E. say d.) ecimens from the United States and Mexico. (By exchange with the U. S. National Museum. 61 specimens of ferns from Guatemala. (By exchange with the U. S. National Museum. 8 specimeas of ferns from South Dakota and Oregon. (Given by Prof. J. F. Kemp. } 26 specimens from Colorado. (By exchange with Mr. George E. Osterhout. ) 7 specimens from British Columbia. ai n by Prof. Charles H. Sha 2 specimens of Quercus from New k, (Given by Mr. Clayton Ryder ) I specimen of Epipactis viridifiora hen Medina, New York. (Given by Mr. L- H. Weld. 14 specimens from the Southern States. (Given by Dr. R. M. Harper.) 3 specimens of Quercus Leana from Ohio. (Given by Mr. C. G. Lloyd.) 'T specimen of Juniperus Pinchoti, (Given by the U. S. Forest Service.) Members of the Corporation, Pror. N. L. Brirron, Hon. ADDISON BRown, WILLIAM L. Brown, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, Wixi1AM G, CHOATE, Hon. Epwarp Cooper, CuARLEs F, Cox, Joun J. CRooxeE, W. BAYARD CUTTING, Rosert W. DE Forest, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Doncz, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louts FirzGErALp, RicHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F, Girroy, Hon. Hucu J. Granr, Henry GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K, Jesup, Joun I. Kanz, EucEne KELLY, JRr., Pror. JAMEs F, Kemp, . Joun S. Kennepy, Pror. FREDERIC S. Ler, Hon. SzTu Low, Davin Lypie, Epcar L, Marston, D. O. MILts, J. PirrponT Morcan, THEODORE W. Myers, GrorGe M. Otcort, Pror. Henry F. Osporn, LoweELt M. PALMER, GEORGE W, PERKINS, James R. Pircuer, Rr. Rev. Henry C. Potter, Percy R. PYNE, Joun D, ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror, H. H. Russy, JAMEs A. SCRYMSER, Henry A, SIEBRECHT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C. TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror, L. M. UNDERWooD, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. E, L. Winturop, J WiLtiAM H, S. Woop. PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden e New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining nol news ee non-technical articles of Beacrall eee Free to al all m bers of the eae To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.0 ear. [Not offered e exchange,] Vol. I, reat viii +- 213 pp. Vol. II, ioe viii fie 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, viii + 244 pp. . IV, 1903, viii + 238 pp. Vol. V, 1904, viiit-242 pp. Vol. an ep wi ag es e New York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports i, het qemets sChiet and other official documents, and technical articles embodying esults of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the re to others, $3.00 per oe Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, ) mas and 12 Il, Nos. 9-11, 463 PD» 37 Plates, nee Vol. IV, No. 12, 113 pp., 1905, "Vol V, No. 15, 105 pp., 1906. North American Flora ‘a. Descriptions of the wild plants of Bee Ampang including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. ie o be com pleted in thirty volumes Roy. 8vo, Each volume to consist of four or more parts. pera sas $1. 50 per me ts me limited number of separate nae will be sold for $2. [Not offered in oe V we as ete I, issued May 22 casks ‘ontains descriptions of the order Rosales by Dr. J. K. Small, and of the families Podostemonaceae by Mr. Geo. V. Nash, Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Penthoraceae and Parnassia- ceae ay Dr. P. TS . Ry . 22, part 2, issued December 18, el one sen a a families Sauifagacee and pe sete by Dr. pou erg; the Cu Iteaceae a ee eae by oe “pai A: e eae monaceae eh Drea x Si 1; the Aldnglacere ‘a Percy Wilson aad the Phyllo- omac a i) Bd Memoirs of the ae York Botanical Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered i in exchange. Vol, I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yl Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of He museu! n arrai ent and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams a ae the ral notes from the a eld book, including desctiptiant of 163 new speed ix + 492 pp. - Roy. 8vo, with detailed m Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon aa a and Development, by Dr. D. T. Mec enee, ees, director. An account of the author’s extensive researches together with a general consideration of the lation: a ae plants. The prin orl -norpbologea featane! are illustrated. xvi + 32 Rae 8y0, with 76 aa Ss from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- . I. Nos. 1-25, vi 400 pp. 35 figures in The te xt and 34 pla a Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi-+ 349 pp. 55 “figures i in the’ text and 18 pl Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 mS RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS BACH. No. 80. Heredity and the Origin of Species, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. No. 81. Studies in 1 Baoation, by A. D. Selby. o. 82. Studie Rocky Mountain Flo —XV1, by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. All Sete a edna should be NEw YORK "BOTANICAL GARDEN i , New York City JULY, 1906 No, 79 JOURNAL O¥ The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS PAGE The Flowering of Queen Victoria’s Agave. .-- +--+ ++ scr 163 Studies of Extinct Plants of the Atlantic Coast... +--+ ++ seer 168 Notes, News and Comment. ....---- eee ers rereects 169 EMS RMROar ai s skies ee tees cee eel nae YES PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar 4x Nortu Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. Tus New Era Printinc CoMPany OFFICERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VICE-PRESIDE eee cer CARNEGIE, TREASURER—CH ; SECRETARY-—N. z pee ON BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, E W. PERKINS, V RD CUTTING, JAMES A. SCRYMSER RO FOREST, SAMU LOAN, JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, DO MILES; SAMUEL THORNE. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE emigre OF PuBLIc PaRKs, HON. MOSES HERRMAN. THE MAyoR OF THE CITY OF ae York, HON. GEORGE B. eee AN. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. ROF. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairm DR. cups ie BUTLER, PROF. JA Wes KEMP, PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, CHARLES F. COX, PROF. H. H.>RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, ee G.ueee STAFF. DR. N. L, BRITTON, pairs Chief. DR. W. A. MURRILL, First ue DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Head ae oe Museums. DR. P. A. RYDBERG, ail DR. ARTHUR HOLLICK, Ce ‘or. DR. MARSHALL A. HOWE, Curator. ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, Assistant Curator. DR. C. STUART GAGER, Director of the Laborato ANNA MURRAY VAIL, Librarian. DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the Economic ‘Colbectiane DR. WILLIAM J. GIES, Consulting Chemist COL. F. A. SCHILLING, Supevinesnubaae BRINLEY, Landscape Engineer WALTER s. GROESBECK, Clerk aiid AUR ‘ant. DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, E£aitorial Assistant. SHAFER, Museum Custodia PERCY WILSON, ai nua: ae JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden VoL. VII. July. 1906. No. 9. THE FLOWERING OF QUEEN VICTORIA’S AGAVE. In the May number of the JourNaL a reference was made to the plant Agave l7ictoriae-Reginae, which at that time was send- ing up its flowering stalk. While the growth of this stalk was rapid, the maturing of the flowers has been a slow process, and it was not until June 19, about eight weeks after the stem was first seen-emerging from the leaves, that the first flowers opened. The accompanying illustration, made from a photograph, will give some idea of its appearance, and indicate how the stem is out of all proportion to the body of the plant. The numerous leaves, arranged in an almost globose body, are six to seven inches long and about two inches wide. They are a rich gray-green, thick and firm in structure and somewhat triangular in cross-section, and oblong in shape, the outer ones obtuse, only the inner ones acute; each is terminated by a stiff brown spine, which is usually curved or twisted and half an inch tong or less, thus furnishing an armor which thoroughly protects the plant. The upper surface of the leaves is somewhat concave, the lower more or less angled, and both marked with a few white lines. The narrow margins, which are also white, often separate as thread-like appendages. The body of the plant is fifteen inches high. The flowering stem extends above this for ten feet, making a total height of eleven feet three inches, the upper four feet and a half of which was covered with flowers. The stem, which has a diameter of about one and three quarters Fic. 21. Agave Victoriae-Reginae in bloom at the New York Botanical Garden. 2 165 inches at the base, has the lower portion covered with long slen- der scales, which decrease in length toward the flowers, all but the lowermost erect ones being reflexed. Fic. 22. Flowers of Agave Victoriae-Reginae. The flowers are densely crowded on short stout pedicels in clusters of three (Fig. 22). he cylindric-oblong, pale green, ovary is about one half an inch long. e length of the perianth is about three quarters of an inch. Its segments are oblong, and about three sixteenths of an inch wide, rounded at the apex, minutely pubescent above on the outside, and furnished with a tuft of long hairs at the apex on the inside, pale green, margined with white, the green portion of the inner segments being sharply defined. The stamens are much exserted, the greenish filaments about one and three quarters inches long, the yellow anthers ob- long-linear, five eighths of an inch long, rounded at both ends ; the style pale green, one and a quarter to one and three quarters of an inch long. This agave is apparently a shy bloomer, at least in cultivation under glass. The first, and perhaps the only other flowering of 166 this plant under such conditions was at the Botanical Garden a Cambridgé, Mass., and was made the subject of an article by Dr George Engelmann in the Gardeners’ Chronicle for Decembe 30, 1882. This article was accompanied by an illustration of the plant in flower, made from a photograph sent to Dr. Engelmanr by Dr. Asa Gray. This plant was secured by Dr. E. Palmer the veteran collector, in February, 1880, near Monterey, ir Mexico, the locality from‘which this agave was originally securec some years earlier by M. Considerant. r. Engelmann state: that the specimen had over two hundred leaves, and that it sent up a flowering stem over ten feet tall and with a basal diameter of about two inches, the upper six feet of which was densely cov- ered with pale yellowish green flowers about one and a quarter inches long, borne in clusters of three. gave in question, perhaps one of the most popular anc widely cultivated of this class of plants, had a rather interesting experience at the time of its christening, its zealous admirers ir different countries conferring upon it two names. One of these names, and the one under which it is generally known, is Aga Victoriae-Reginae, given to it, with the express permission of Queer Victoria, by Mr. T. Moore, in the Gardeners’ Chronicle for Oc. tober 16, 1875. Mr. Moore describes the species, and among other things remarks that the entire stock of the plant was se- cured by Mr. J. T. Peacock, a lover of succulent plants, living near London. A few weeks previous to this, in the issue of thai periodical for September 4, in an article upon an exhibition o plants at Cologne, mention was made of this as one of the novel- ties exhibited by M. L. de Smet, of Ghent, Belgium, and the further assertion was made that the plant was unnamed. These remarks in the Gardeners’ Chronicle inspired M. Car riére to set forth what he considered the facts in the case, ir Revue Horticole, under dates of November 1 and 16, 1875 The substance of his remarks is comprised in the following paragraph : “The plant was originally secured by M. V. Considerant, ii 1872, in the cold regions in the vicinity of Monterey, on < mountain to the left of the road from that place to Saltillo. M 167 Considerant brought back but a single specimen, unique at that time, and this was exhibited at a general exposition of the So- ciété centrale d’horticulture de France, in 1872, where it was awarded a silver medal of the first class. This plant unfortu- nately died from improper treatment during the winter suc- ceeding its importation. In the fall of 1874 M. Considerant re- ceived twelve more of these plants, through a correspondent, seven of which were sold for 350 francs to M. de Smet, who in turn disposed of them to Mr. Peacock. At the time of purchase M. de Smet was informed, so M. Carriére remarks, that the species had been given the name of Agave Consideranti, and he knew that there were still five of the plants in the possession of M. Considerant. M. Carriére acknowledges, however, that up to the time of publication of the name Agave Victoriae-Reginae the name of Agave Consideranti had not been published, although it had been ready in manuscript for some time. He concludes, therefore, that M. de Smet either purposely suppressed the origin and name of this plant, or that Mr. Peacock rebaptized it.’’ The Gardeners’ Chronicle, under dates of November 13 and 20, 1875, responds to the above, in part quoting remarks of Mr. Peacock in reference to the matter. The statement is made that the plant in question was exhibited by M. de Smet as a new and unnamed species, and that Mr. Peacock bought it without any reservations whatsoever, and at the time of purchase thought he was buying the entire known stock of the plant ; that some time after the purchase M. de Smet did incidentally remark to him in a letter that he would like to have the name of the discoverer at- tached to the plant. The name assigned to the plant with the queen’s permission was given in good faith, was duly and prop- erly published, and there seemed to be no reason to recall the name, especially in view of the fact that the name proposed in the Revue Horticole was in no manner published at the time of the appearance of the name Agave Victoriac-Reginae. GerorGE V. Nasu. 168 STUDIES OF EXTINCT PLANTS OF THE ATLANTIC COAST. Dr. Arthur Hollick was occupied during the early part of June in field work, investigating the Cretaceous fossil flora of ew Jersey and Martha’s Vineyard, in company with Pro- fessor Edward C. Jeffrey, of Harvard University. On June 4 and 5 the clay marls and clays in the vicinity of Cliffwood and Mor- gans, N. J., were see where they were joined by Mr. Edward W. Berry, of the Maryland and New Jersey Geological Surveys, Valuable Dickow material, consisting of lignites and fossil leaf impressions, was collected, from horizons heretofore only superficially explored and not satisfactorily correlated geologi- cally. It is hoped that the specimens collected may prove to be interesting from the biological standpoint and of value in determining the exact geological age of the horizons in which they were foun After ane New Jersey and until June 12, Dr. Hollick interesting and striking in eastern North America and has been studied and reported upon extensively by geologists, during the past sixty years or more, with varying opinions in regard to the geologic age of the deposits, These deposits consist of clays, sands, conglomerates and marls, representing almost every color of the rainbow, folded and tilted in a fantastic manner by the thrust of the continental ice sheet during the Glacial Epoch, and now exposed in the face of a bold escarpment, about one hundred feet in height. It is of interest to note that until the fossil plants found in certain of the strata had been studied and identified as Cretaceous in age any definite or satisfactory data upon which to base con- clusions were lacking. Mr. David White, Dr. Lester F. Ward and Dr. Hollick have all assisted in the work of identifying the fossil plants and the results of their labors on the material from 169 this locality is regarded as one of the most significant demon- strations of the value of palaeobotany in determining the age of strata. Dr. Hollick succeeded in collecting a large number of speci- mens which will make valuable additions to the museum, besides a large amount of lignitic material which it is hoped may yield interesting results when subjected to microscopic examination. From June 13 to 16 Dr. Hollick was the guest of Professor Jeffrey at Harvard. During this visit some of the material jointly collected was subjected to preliminary examination and a trip was also made to Scituate, on the shore of Massachusetts Bay, where strata of undetermined age are exposed. Lignites collected at this locality may assist in solving the problem. Dr. Hollick and Professor Jeffrey are preparing a joint con- tribution upon the botanical characters of the Cretaceous flora of the region, in connection with which the material recently col- lected will be of great assistance. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Professor W. J. Beal, of the Michigan Agricultural College, visited the Garden on June 27, inspecting the herbaceous and experimental gardens and selecting duplicate specimens for the garden under his direction, in exchange for desirable species to be sent here by him. Dr. Forrest Shreve, professor in the Woman’s College, Balti- more, spent a few days at the Garden in June and July consult- ing the library and herbarium. Dr. Shreve has recently returned from the Garden’s tropical laboratory at Cinchona, Jaimaca, where he has made a study of the filmy ferns, of the transpiration of tropical plants and especially of the climatology and vegetation of the Blue Mountains. Dr. H. H. Rusby, honorary curator of the economic collec- tions, has recently received for the Garden a valuable collection of plant constituents, such as alkaloids, glucosides, amaroids, sugars, 170 starches, plant acids, dye stuffs, fats, waxes and rare aromatic principles. The exhibit is the gift of E. Merck & Co., of Darm. stadt and New York, and includes nearly 500 specimens o} poisons, medicines and other substances. The more valuable specimens of the alkaloids are contained in “ hour-glass”’ vials whereby minute quantities are exhibited to the best advantage, At retail prices, duty free, the exhibit is estimated to be worth several thousands of dollars. The total precipitation for the month was 1.71 inches. Maxi- mum temperatures were recorded of 34° on the 2d; 90° on the Toth; 88° on the 15th; 84° on the 22d, and 94° on the 30th; also minimum temperatures of 56° on the 8th; 49° on the 12th; 56.5° on the 21st, and 57° on the 25th. A very interesting collection of the cactuses of the genus Opuntia (prickly pears) grown in the gardens of Sir John Han- bury at La Mortola, Italy, has recently been received by Dr, Britton in exchange for other plants sent to La Mortola. These gardens contain the most extensive collection of succulent plants brought together in the open air anywhere in the world, and the study of these collections by Mr. A. Berger, is adding much to our knowledge of many species; he has recently described a number of these prickly pears as species new to science, but in most cases the origin of the plants, thus made particularly inter- esting, has been lost, and we now have the opportunity of endeavoring to correlate them with wild species in cultivation here. It is suspected, however, that these plants cultivated in the Mediterranean region have changed from their natural char- acteristics, and that therefore such correlation may not be pos- sible. A fine lot of the native species of the island of Jamaica has also recently been received from the Hon. William Fawcett, Director of Public Gardens and Plantations of that island, supply- ing several species not hitherto represented in our collections. Many of the water lilies in the large pools in the court of the conservatories are now in full bloom. In the westerly pool are mainly tender sorts which it is necessary to protect in winter, or to grow fresh from seed each spring. Among these are young 171 plants of the royal water lily of South America, represented by two species, the Amazon royal water lily, Victoria amazonica, and the Paraguay royal water lily, Vectorta Crusiana. ese have not flowered as yet. In this same pool, quite in contrast with these giants among the water lilies, is perhaps the smallest water lily known, Castalia tetragona, known sometimes as C. pygmaca, and very appropriately. Its white flowers barely exceed two inches in diameter, and float gracefully upon the water, miniatures in appearance of our own water lily, Castalia odorata, so common in lakes and ponds and slow-moving streams. It is known wild in northern Idaho, Ontario and in Asia. Next to this is a beauti- ful little yellow one, said to be a hybrid between C. tetragona and C. Mexicana, known as Castalia telragona helvola. Its flowers, twice the size of those of Castalia tetragona, are bright yellow with deep orange anthers. Both the last named are hardy in the latitude of New York. In the easterly pool are the hardy kinds, those which can remain permanently in their present quarters. Among the white ones of these are Castalia alba and its variety candidissima, of Europe, a close relative of our own water lily, Castalia odorata, but more sturdy and hence not so dainty. Most of the lilies in this pool are of hybrid origin, and some of these are rich and deep in color. Among those with yellow flowers are: Castalia odorata sulphurea, and especially noteworthy and a general favorite, Castaka Marhacea chromatetla. Among the flesh-colored ones, Castalia Marliacea carnea perhaps takes the lead. Among other desirable sorts are: Castalia aurora, with the flowers yellowish rose at first, changing later to a deep red; Castalia gloriosa, one of the best, with large deep red flowers; Castalia James Bryson, with the flowers smaller, but otherwise much like those of gloriosa; Cas- talia Wm. Falconer, with its rich garnet flowers, Castalia Seignoreti, with the flowers yellow, shaded with rose and carmine; and Cas- talia Laydekeri, in the varieties rosea and purpurata, the colors indicated by their varietal names. ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM JUNE 1 TO JULY 1. A ,K. A. Lehrbuch der Botanik, Greifswald, pes ee FISKE. oria regia, or the great ane ee Boston, 1854, (Given by The Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. AMANN, JULES. tude de la flore bryologique du Valais. Lausanne, 1900. AmMANN, PAUL. Character plantarum naturalis, Francofurti, 1 UTENRIETH, HERMANN FRIEDRICH. e discrimine sexuali jam in semintbus f 821. NRIET: plantarum dicicarum apparente, Tubingae, 182 T. Ueber Pilzepizootien der Geeta Raupen. Danzig, 1869. lant-breeding. . 4. New York, 1906. (Deposited by the Bruxelles, 1829. AILEY Trustees of Célurabia Universit: B. Berlin, 1853. y: N, JOHN ecture sur la géographie des plantes. Bary, ANTON DE. eae ath uber die Br cai 176 nf. Thee rches ae et Aipnaleeee sur la tige et la feuille ASTIT, des mousses. Paris, 1891. BatTscH A.J. G. K. Dispositio generum plantarum Europae synoptica. Jenae, 94- BAUHARDT, L. Griindliche Anleitung zum Einlegen der Pflanzen. Weimar, 1823. BayvruorFer, J.D. W. Einiges tiber Lichenen und deren Befruchtung. Bern, BAYRHOFFER, ae D. W. LEntwickelung und Befruchtung der Cladoniaceen. savas G, eee Catalogus systematicus bibliothecae Horti imperialis botanic eae aa 1852. ERGEN, CARL Aucusr. De aloide. Francofurti, a alo BERGER, ERNST. Catdionus herbarii. iirzburg; 1 BERN DI, eee Jacos. Ueber den Begriff der pene und seine An- 8 BERTHOLD, C. ” Die Cfo para ie lens. eee oe alen. BERTOLON!, ANTON, Guatim Bononiae, und Bred diene ie im se eine BScKEL, GODWIN. pe lu onshore tegen Gefen Oldenburg, 1853. NING: OF Prodromus florae Afonarerien Westphalorum. i. an OLL, Ernst. Flora von Meklenburg. Neubrandenburg, 1860. De disquirendo charactere plantarum essentiale singu: Response in the living and non-living. New York and Bombay, I Bouray, L ABBE, Muscinées de la France. Deuxiéme partie: Hepatiques Paris, 1904. 173 BOWERBANK, JAMES ScoTT. History of the fossil fruits and seeds af the London clay. a on, 1840. RA EE. Die Flora Teutschlands und der angrenzenden Lander, Stolberg am he as Braun, A. Neuere Untersuchungen iiber die Gattungen Marsilia und Pilularia. se 1870-72. WN, ROBERT. fn account of a new genus of plants named Rafflesia. Lon- Brown, Rowert. Avikroskopische Beobachtungen. Niivnberg, 18 Brown, Rosert. Vermiischte Ui Schriften. Leipzig, 5534 5 vols, BRUNFELS, OTTO. Onomastikon medicinae. Argentorati, 1 BUJACK, J. G. Botanisch-kritische pres tiber die ae Kénigsberg, 30. Bulletin du congrés international de botanique et d’ horticulture @ St. Pétersbourg, 1884. St. abated | 1885. UNGE, ALEXANDER. Tentamen generis Tamaricum species accuratius definiendi. Dorpati, 1852 BurcsporF, KF A.L, von. Anleitung zur sichern Ersiehung und zweckmissi- gen Anpflanzung, der einheimischen und fremden Holzarvten. Marburg, 1 CALDENBACH, CHRISTOPH. De Lauro. Tubingae, 1670. CAMERARIUS, ieee Jacos. Bigam Botanicam se. Cervaria nigram et Pini- 5 5 biel S 712. CANDOLLE, CASIMIR DE. Aémotre sur see des ign Genéve, 1866. e des fleur Ed. 5. 3 vols. Cassar, F. P. Lehrbuch der natiirlichen ee Frankfurt am Main, I CasseL, F. P. A@orphonomia botanica. Coloniae Retosiiee 1820, CHATIN, AD, Afémoire sur le Vallisneria spiralis L. Paris, 18 CHATUBINSKI, T. Lnumeratio, muscorum frondosorum Tatrensium, Warszawa, 86 CHATUBINSKI, T. Grimmieae Tatrenses. Varsa 1882. Curist, J. i” Handbuch iiber die een pe Obstlehre, Frankfurt am Main, 1794. CoLMEIRO, MIQUEL. ay I m I as) a x a x 3 be y : ‘ora. Elbing, 1809. GRAUMOLLER, J. R, Diagnose der bekanntesten, besonders europaischen Pfhlanzen- Gattungen. isenberg, 1811. RIEWANK, G, Avitische Studien zur Flora Mecklenburgs. Rostock, 1856. » Ernst. Zaschenbuch der Flora von Nord- und Mittel- Daurciian’: Pesan 186 Hacguer, B. Pica alpinae Carniolicae, Viennae, te HAcEn, KARE GorTrRigp. Cho orussica. Regiomo 1819. Hacen, Karu GotTrTFRIED. a ne incipio plantarum ae Regiomonti, 1788. Hauizurton, THomas C. An historical “ae statistical account of Nova Scotia, Vol. 2. cee 1829. (Given by Dr. J. H. Barnhart.) TIAL NST. Der Grossherzoglich oe botanische Garten 2u Jena, Leipzig, 1 HALLER, ee ie EepHE, 1868. ANSTEIN a OHANNES. Pilulariae Globuli g u Ti ‘paral Boke 1 RRWITZ, Jones De Cladosporte EUG Luis Berolini, 1845. Hon .H. Miscellanea naturalia. Londini, 1803. HEISTE ie Deseriptio novi generis Gide rarissimae et spectossissimae Afri- canae. ed a. HELMricH, Kar: aaah saa Florae Suidniciensis. Berolini, 1857. HENFREY, ARIHUR. An ntary course of botany. London, 1857. Henry, A. Die Giftpflanzen aie: /ands, Bonn ir Héripaup, JoserH. Les muscinées d’ Auvergne. Pails: 1899. HeEuFLeR, LuDWIG RITTER VON. Untersuchungen iiber die Hypneen Tira, 1860. oe Provinz Ober-Hessen, Fi, , h IJ, ‘© LDEBRAND, FriepricH H. G. De caulibus Begoniacearum. Berolini, OFFMANN, J. F. ls Lemnaarrhiza Auct. eene standvastige onderscheidene soort, Leiden, 1838. Homann, G. G. J. Flora von Pommern. Céslin, 1828-35. vols. in 1. Hooker, Wiitriam Jackson. The British flora, Second edition. London, 1831. Hooker, W.,J., AND Taylor, THOMAS. Juscologia Britannica. London, ios Joun Exior. Jélustrations of the nueva quinologia of Pavon. Lon- don, 1862. HUNDESHAGEN, J. C. Lehrbuch der land- und forstwirthschaftlichen Natur. kunde, Tiibingen, 1829. UNTER, J. leber Tuscarora-Ktice, ee HusEMANN, A., AND eae T. scat Berlin, 1871. JACKSON, Benyanin DAYDON, a of botanic terms, Second edition. London, I AEGER, oe Fraemittuntur observationes de quibusdem Pini silvestris mon- stris. Stuttgartiac) 182 NSEN, THOMAS. Basie Danica. Kjobenhavn, 1856. JocHMANN, Emit CARL Georc Gustav. De Umbelliferarum structura et evolu tione non ratislaviae, 1854. .*F. ber die Erndhrung der Pflanzen im alleemeinen und den Ur. spr ne tee Pottasche und anderer Salze in thnen insbesondere. Berlin, 1819. ONCQUET, Dionys. Sal ae aden 1665. oe Kart, De Bon mee 2 Moritz. De ee Chiomee aes 50. Bon 1856, TON. Phanerogamen-Flora de oe 1n2 WVestfaten, Minster, 1853. ea H. one cella wet: Perelint (8a KKARSTEN, H. er organischen Zelle. Berlin 3 Karsten, H. Organographische Betrachung der Zamia muricata Willd Berlin, 18 KAULEUSS, GeorG FRIEDRICH. Wesen der Farrenkréuter. Leipzig, 1827 KEHRER. tora der pa ce enke s ng. eilbronn, 1856-1873. ERNDT, KARL, HULDREICH THEODOR. (Quaestionum piptiiencoran. Lip nn 49. NER, A. Die Abhdngigheit der Pflanzengestalt von Klima und Boden 2 ER, A. Gute und schlechte Arten. Innsbruck, 1866. KERNER, J. S. Darst: ars voretiglicher auslindischer Baume und Gestréuche welche in Deutschland i im Freien ausdauren. ‘Tiibingen, 1796. . ‘and-list of ferns ae fern allies cultivated in the Royal Botanic Gar dens. London, 1906. (Given by the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. ) nA By 177 Kickx, J. Recherches pour servir a la flore cryptogamique des Flandres. Brux- elles, 40-55, KIELM » KARL FRIEDRICH. Dissertatio inauguralis botanica sistens charac- teristicen et laerpioas decadis rartorum plantarum Hforti academict Tubingensts, Tubingae, 181 KIELMEYER, KARL FRIEDRICH. Observata guaedam de materierum quarundam oxydatarum in lg oi efficientia pro diversa seminum rerumque externarum ates Tubingae, 180 KIRSCHLEGER, ae Essai historique de tératologie végétale, Strasbourg, USTAV THEODOR, AND RICHTER, HERMANN EBERHARD FRIEDRICH. Flora ee pa re Gewdchse der Umgegend von Leipsig. 2 vols. Lei zig, 1830. KLINKHARDT, C. H. Betrachtung des PAanzenreichs. Berlin, 1828. , Fr. Die Aristolochiaceae des Berliner Herbariums. Berlin, 1859, Kxt . H.. Botanica in original’ sex herbarium vivum. Halae Magde- bee, "15 1767. 4 vols. De Plantis labiatis. Erlangae, 1833. ne eae DANIEL JOSEPH. TZaschenbuch der Deutschen und Schweizer Flora. Ed. 4-6. Leipzig, 1866 65. 3 vols. OCHNE, Emit. Ube? paises bei den Compositen. Berlin, 1869. KOELREUTER, JOSEPH GoTTIIEB. Das entdecke Gehetmniss der Cryptogamie. Carlsruhe, 17 PPE, K, ‘Sandee in und bet Soest wachsénder ae en. Soest, 1859. Korper, Gustav WILHELM. De gonidtis Lichenum. rolini, © Korper, GUSTAV WILHELM. Grundriss der ee Bresla, 1848. Korpcien, H. lantis in terra arte facta cultis. Regimonti, 1 fe Kornickg, Fr. ae ae prodromus, te te. 1862, KREUTZER, Karu JosepH. Das Herbar. ien, 1864. ROBER, Hemmer die Ruta graveolens Linné. und die mit derselben sundchst verwandten Arte. Wir: Krocker, ANTON. Dr pont ae Halae, 1800. Krocker, HERRMANN. De plantarum cpidermide Loe Vratislaviae, 18 CHENMEISTER, HRTEDE IC Diein und an dem Kérper des lebenden Menschen vorkommenden Pa. 7. Pep ig, 1855. Koun, Emit. Zur wgeschichte der Gree Leipzig, 1870. Kunze, Gustav. Jndex Filicum. Talis, 1 Kurr, JOHANN GOTTLOB. Une sulbaaee ae ie Bedeutung der Nektaricn in den Blumen auf eigene Beobachtungen und Vers he gegriindet. Stuttgart, io Kotzinc, F. T. Grundsiige der ipecen: Botanik, 2 vols. Leip: 52. GMANN, J. Fr. Flora der beiden Grosshersogthii Mecklenburg fiir Schulen. 40. TRIER, ALB, La tourbe et les tourbieres. Paris, 1902. LARBER, GIOVANNI. Suz a ee ng generale. Bassano, 1829. 3 vols. EESE, Henrt, & Lamorte, M. Catalogue raisonné des plantes vasculaires du plateau central dela France. Paris, 1848 178 LEHR, eee Poinivr. De Olea europaea. oe 1779. LEIMER, FRA Die Flora von Augsburg. gsburg, 1854, oe ee JosEPH. ee Boleique: Lille, 1804. vols. in I. RG, S. O. Contributio ad floram cryptogaumam Asiae boreali-orientalis Helsing 1872. LINDBLAD, MATTHIAS ADOLF. JAlonoyraphia Lactartorum Sueciae. Upsaliae INDBLAD, MATTHIAS ADOLF. Synopsis fungorum Hydnaceorum in Suecia nas. centiun, ais 1853. EY, JOHN, Theorie der Gartenkunde. Erlangen, 1850. hank HENRICH FRIEDRICH. Elementa philosophiae botanicae. Berlin, 1837. 2 vols. LINNAEUS, CARL. Fuandamenta bofanica. Ed. 3. Awstelaedami, 1741. sa Domenico, L£lenco det muschi racolti net contorni di Torino. Torino, 1837. LoIseLEuR-D J. L. A. Afanuel des plantes usuelles indigénes. Paris, 1819. 2 v Lorentz, P. G. &rvologisches Notishbuch. Stuttgart, 1865. Lorentz, P.G. Cber die Afoose, die Hr. Ehrenberg in at las 1820-26 in eas ay Sinai-Habinsel und Sais gesammelt. Berlin, 18 USTAV ND LORINSER, FRIEDRICH. ee der Flora es und der ‘Schavw' vc. Wien, 1851. LéscuE, EDuAR Das vegetabilische naieibe und die chemische Affinitat in thren ee ey ne dargestellt. eip LuepersporFF, F. Das auftr ‘rocknen = ee en firs Herbarium, und die ’ o 2 Pe? Oy hig Io}; Use best os 7 Pollens der ee Cucurbitaceen und Corylaceen. Jena, 1 UND, NicoLaus. Conspectus Hymenomycetum circa ae crescentium. Christianiae, 1845. UND, N. Haandbog t Christianias phanerogame flora, Christiana, 1846. i: ze Laubmoose Norddeutschlands. Gera-Unterhaus, 189§ MALY, JosEPH KARL. Flora nee . Leipzig, - Wien, 1868. MANN, WENCESLAS aaa Bohemia i dispositio succinc- tague descriptio, Prague, 1 Marion, T. Les me ee 7 la végétation, Ed. Paris, 1868. Marsson, T. F. Fora von Neu-lorpommern oe wee Fa Riigen und Use- ig, 9. RTENS, Epuarp. Ceberlick der Flora Arctica. Regensburg, 1859. MARTENS, GEORG VON, AND KEM MLER, CARL ALBERT. Flora von IViirttemberg und Hohenzollern. Titbingen, 1865. MARTERSTECK, JOHANN CLEMENS. Bonnischer Flora. Bonn 1792. Martius, Ernst WILHELM. Aexeste Anwetsung, Pflanzen oe dem Leben ab- 1 1795. MAUCKE, ANN GOTTLOB. Graséuchlein. Leipzig, 1801 Musici, he SEPPE. ee Sulla struttura delle Palle, Padova, 1836. 179 Mertenius, G. Ueber einige HEN SAUER ECE: Frankfurt a M., 1857-9. i d. Meyen, F. - Cuts der Phanzen-Geographie. Berlin, 1836. MEYER, ERNEST H. F. De Houttuynia atgue Saurureis. Regiomonti, 1827, MICHELI, PrER ANTONIO. Catalogus plantarum hortt Caesarei Florentini. Flor- entiae, I IEG, Matcutor. Specimen II, Observationum botanicarum. Basiliae, 1776. MILDE, JULIUS. De sporarum Equisetorum germinatione, Vratislaviae, 1850. MILDE, ie Die hoheren Sporenpflanzen Deutschlana’s und der Schweiz. MILDE, J. Mo er der deutschen Ophioglossaceen. Breslau, 1856. MiLLaRDET, A. Le prothallium méle des cryptogames vasculaires. Strasbourg, 8 Miogei: F, A. G. ae Muset Botanict Lugduno-Batavi. Pars prima. Flora Japonica. Wagae A.W. MIQUEL, F, a a ae Planten van het krijt in het hertogdom Limburg. Harlem, 1853. MITSCHERLICH, ALFRED. De cacae. Berolini, 1857. area ALFRE. Der Cacao und die "Ch ocolade. Berlin, 1859. Mitten, W. AM, ie Austro TNS London, Q. Mirren, W. ae Austro-Americani. London, 1869. (Given by Mrs. N. L. Britton.) MouL, Huco, De structura caudicts filicum arborearum. Monachii, L, Hueco. Ueber den Bau und das Winden der Ranken und oe zen, gee 27. MouL, Huco. Ueber die ssenaiale der Blatter, Tiibingen, 1836. MouL, Huco, Ueber die Poren des Phlanzenz ee Tiibingae 1828, MOLESCHOTT, Jac. Physiologie ee Stoff-wechsels in Phlanzen And Thieren, Erlangen, 18 OLISCH, HANs, Grundriss einer Histochemte der pflanalichen Genussmittel, Jena, 1891. MONTAGNE, CAMILLE. Morphologischer Grundriss der Familie der Flechten. Halle, 1851. MorEav DE Jonnes, A. Untersuchungen iber die Veriinderungen. Tiibingen, 1823. Moret, Cu. Culture des orchidées. Paris, 1855. Morern, G. Sught Anacardi orientale e occidentale. Milano, 1851. Morin, F. Anatomie comparte et expérimentale de la feuille des muscinées Paris, 1893. sai A. Die Flora der Schweiz. Leipzig, 1847. UELLER, FERDINAND. The plants indigenous to the colony of Victoria. Mel- hourne, oo 65. 2 vols. MOLLER, Kari. Monographie der Lebermoosgattung Scapania Dum. Halle, 1905. NAGELI, CARL, AND SCHWENDENER, 8. Das Mikroshop- Theorie und Anwendung desselben. Leipzig, 1867. AVE, J. dition Rhit me. Leipzig ¥, J. Alech, 97. 6 AND BortTini, A. Puunoraone critica dei muschi Laliant. WORN, te Die Biogenhypothese, Jena, 1993 IBORG, ERIK. Botanisch-oekonomische Aihauduine von der Gerste. Kopen- 1802. TEs, Huco nE. Die Phansen und Thiere in den dunklen Réumen der Rotter- damer Wasserleitung. Jena, 1890. ESE, G. H. DE. Goodenovieae, Har 1854 WAGNER, HERMANN. Die Familien ne eee und Grdser. Bielefeld, 1854. Wa AGNER, HERMANN. J/lustrirte deutsche Flora. Stuttgart, 1871. vols, HLBERG, P. F. dvvisning till Svenska foder-vaxternas Rannedom. Stock- OFER, ANTON. Die Laubmoose Kérntens. Klagenfurt, Wave PERS, Wii aM GERARD. Flerbart? regit pickle Halis, 18: 9. \ EX: 3 D MoLenpbo, Lupwic. Die Laubmoose Oberfrankens. rt, 1889. nadversiones criticae in leguminosas Capenses ANDER, AN RBURG, O. — der Alyristicaceen. Halle 1897. WEINMANN, J. W. TZualryk register der plaat ofte yeas “yoingen der bloemdragende gewassen. Amsterdam, 1736-48. 12 vols. SISMANN, AUGUST. = im wo I isl =] 3 ci os = cI 8 8 3 3s a S ~ x 3 ‘AGNER, DANIEL. PA isch-medicinische Bot nik. Wien, 1828. 2. WENDT, J. C. W. draining es at ne torre og conservere ‘a i Dai mark og Norge vild og plantedale. Wenpt, J. C. W. Aistorishe og chemiske bidrag til kundskaben om en. foe of ee Euphorbia. jObenhavn, 182 WIGAND, ALBERT. ritik und Geschichte der ee von der Metamorphose 84 ER, EDUARD. Sammtliche Gifigewachse Deutschlands naturgetreu da ig, 1854 DENOW, ce Lupwic, Memoirs of i e New York mnie oS ie: Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per aa 3m. To others, $2. [No offer ed in exchange. “ Vol dems henpiaed Cate alogue of the : rigs oe Montana and the Yellow ark, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the nesioe with notes from the author’s field book, including descriptions of 163 new species. i 2 jied id B y. 8vo, w ap. Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s extensive researches together with a general consideration of the relation of light to plants. Vi a 20 pp. es vo. h 176 figures. niribution: ew York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- nical aupees writen by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the : Price, 25 cents e sachs aS per volume. 1G g B & 6 4. ul S. pow sa in the text plate Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi + 340 pp. ir mat s in the text and 18 plates. Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. 26 Paieas in the text and 21 plates. ENT NUMEERS 25 CENTS BA No. 83. The Hemlock Grove on the Banks of the Bronx River ae what it sig- nifies, by N. L. Britton. ; No, 84. The pollen-tube in some of the Cucurbitaceae, by J. E. Kirkwood. F All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to ‘ Ww YORK evade Apes w Yor Git DECEMBER, 1906 No, 84 JOURNAL ve New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant a= mA, Se! WAS CONTENTS PAGE ild Grains and Nuts of the United sue LSE Seb Ie oe ieee nn a ae 269 ure Study Work of the Public Scholls ...........-.... 274 in a Little-known — on the Rael History of the Leeward Islands 275 BR MAREORODMIMENt an Met Oi ue lay he yk 279 SSUES. 5 yon ela EN, Oo ee ee 281 MTA CREAR oT ai sy Paleo) ois > oh oh Pash d'y op, vie tee' | ais ven SRE VRT Uo lee loop te ee hi 284 IES CLOT I othe ty oh a) oii og ss Fie; coe, a. a se hatlgagg angen g Vlas of cei boa 285 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Art 4: Nortu Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa, Tue New Era Printing Company OFFICERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. ELS; VICE- Paesioner—ANDREW eee TREASURER—CH Std xX, SECRETARY—N., aE BRITTON. BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, GEORGE W. KINS, BAYARD CUTTING, JAMES A. SCRYMSER, W. vDE FOREST, SAMU. JOHN I. KANE, MAN THOMPSON, D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORNE. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE hee eae OF PuBLic PARKS, HO OSES HERRMA THE Mayor OF THE CITY OF a YorK, GEORGE ee McCLELLAN. 3. SCLENTIFIC DIRECTORS. NDERWOOD, Chairman DR. Cae i BUTLER, PROF. JA MES F . KEM PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. FREDERIC S. oe Y CHARLES F. COX, ROF. H. HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, J GARDEN STAFF. aa ce L. BRITTON, Dietrich A. MURRILL, First Assistan DR, ron Be. ay Ge ee Curator of the este DREaPs DBERG, SO DR. ate SHORE ICK, Cate. E DR. C. STUART GAGER, Divector of the Tie URRAY VAIL, L2érariau. DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the Economic Colletti ores J. GI lting Che: ountant. DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHA ee Editorial pe DR. JOHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custodian. PERCY WILSON, Wacenaos Assistant. JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden Vor. VII. December, 1906. No. 84. THE WILD GRAINS AND NUTS OF THE UNITED ST 5 Several considerations have led to the selection of the nuts and grains, from among the many important classes of wild food- products of the United States, for association in this lecture. As parts of the plant, these two products are closely related, e wind-pollinated. The latter are in both cases devoid of a true corolla and both are enclosed in an involucre of some sort. In both, also, the percentage of nutriment in the seed is very large and its quality is high. For this reason both are admirably adapted to human use as staple foods and have been so employed upon an extensive scale. In this particular, however, we take note of some important differences between them. The grains have been enormously used as staple foods by civilized nations, something which is just beginning to be true of the nuts. For this there are two reasons. The first is the obvious difficulty in separating the kernel of the nuts from the shell. The second is the fact that neither class, in the original wild state, possesses all the characters requisite in a food for the nations. In order that they shall acquire these characters, they must be improved by selection and breeding. This is a very simple matter in such plants as the grains, where the life of the generation is but one or * Abstract of alecture delivered at the New York Botanical Garden, November 24, 1906. 269 270 two years, but very difficult in that of the nuts, which require ai least a human generation for the exhibition of any importani effects of cross-breeding and other cultural improvements. Let us now very briefly consider the structural relationships between the two classes. Both the grain and the nut are fruits and not seeds. Each contains a single seed, but the wall of the fruit (as to the ovary) does not open at maturity to provide for its escape. It is true that the outer portion of the chestnut, namely the bur, opens to discharge the nuts, but this bur is an involucré and not a part of the flower, each chestnut representing a separate flower. The hull of the hickory, which also separates into fou parts, is by most botanists regarded as the calyx of the flower, but it is not clear that it is not really a four-leaved involucre, like the chestnut bur, simulating a calyx merely because it surrounds but one pistillate flower. However, these points in reference to the involucre do not interest us so much as questions relating to the fruit proper. This fruit, in case of the grasses, is a grain, known to the bot- anist as a caryopsis, the wall of the ovary being so tightly ad- herent to the seed as not to be readily separable from it. In the nut, although the seed, commonly called the kernel, entirely fills the ovarian cavity, it does not adhere to the walls of the ovary, and the two are readily separated in the shelling process. Comparing the two from a nutritive standpoint, we note that the grains are admirably adapted to use as bread-stuffs, because their starchy nature makes them readily ground into meal o1 our. ll of them contain from one-half to two-thirds, in sev- eral cases more, of their weight of starch. All of them, more- over, are poor in fat or fixed oil, which is another necessity fora substance which is to yield a good flour. Even oats and corn, which, because of their larger percentage of fat, are not readily converted into fine flour, contain only 6 per cent. to 7 per cent. of it. In wheat, rye and barley it ranges from 1.5 to 2.5 pet cent., while in rice there is less than 0.5 per cent. In the most! important and physiologically valuable class of nutrients, namely the albuminoids, the grains are markedly rich.. Even rice, the poorest of them, contains about 8 per cent. Con and barley 271 contain about 10 per cent., while the others vary up to 13 per cent. It is this fact which gives such strong staying qualities to bread stuffs made from grains. Turning now to the nuts, we find them only moderately rich in albuminoids, which’ average probably less than half the per- centage of those of the grains. This shortage is atoned for in most of them by a larger amount of fat, a nutrient requiring little digestive labor, and ready for quick utilization. To this it might be replied that nuts are indigestible, but this fact is due to the storage of their fat in cells where the digestive juices reach it with difficulty. The key to the rational use of nuts is the very thorough breaking up of their cell-walls, as is done in the grind- ing of the grains, or thorough cooking. The richer of the nuts contain from 30 per cent. to 40 per cent., or even more, of fatty matters. It is in this relative richness in fat, that we find the great and important difference between the food properties of these two classes. It is an invariable rule among all nations and oS that fat is to be added to foods made from the grains. The c lized nations use butter and olive oil, the South Sea. ree cocoanut oil, the South Americans and Chinese, peanut oil, the dweller of the Far North, seal-oil, the African, koku utter So acute is this natural requirement that the peo f our Southern States, during : her facts were not wa available, used freshly expressed castor oil upon their bread, its offensive odor and taste being avoided by care in its preparation and promptness in its use. he presence of large amounts of fats in nut foods entirely obviates this necessity, so that properly prepared bread or cakes made from them may supply the place of both bread and butter. Lastly, in this connection, we note that considerable amounts of sugar are present in most of the nuts and that in the process of keeping them, and more especi- ally in their cooking, this amount is considerably increased through the conversion of a portion of their starch by the en- zymes or ferments naturally present. This fact is very closely connected with the physiological principles of germination. The last fact to be noticed in this comparison is most suggestive 272 and confirmatory of the general principles which have been con. sidered. There are some of the nuts, notably the chestnut beech-nut, and acorn, in which the percentage of starch ap. proaches, though it does not nearly reach, that found in the grains, while the percentage of fat is correspondingly smaller thus the chestnut contains but two to four per cent. of fat, whict is only one-third to one-half that in corn and oats, but with 3¢ per cent. to 40 per cent. of starch. Now the use of chestnuts for grinding into flour is a well-established industry, no less thar 360,000 tons of them being annually so employed in Italy alone. We thus see that in two of the grains, namely corn and oats, the characters of the nuts are somewhat approached, and that a simi- lar approach to the grains is made by some of the nuts. A third class of seed-like fruits calls for attention in this con- nection. It is a very large class, and one of great importance tc the North American Indians, as well as to other aboriginal peoples. This class is represented best by the sun-flower seed and the hemp seed, so-called, although as stated they are in reality small seed- like fruits. By nearly all writers on anthropology, as well as by travellers generally, these foods have been classed among the grains. The idea is clearly erroneous, having no other basis than the small size of the bodies and the fact that they are pounded or ground up in the same rude mills which are employed by natives in grinding their grains. Both structurally and nutri- tively, their relations are very closely with the nuts, rather than with the grains. In technical botanical language these small, one- seeded, seed-like fruits are known as akenes, and I really do not know that they can be better defined than by calling them very small nuts. They have the same solitary seed, completely filling the ovarian cavity, but not adherent to its walls. If one will kill any of the small birds which fly about fields covered with dead weeds in the fall of the year and examine their stomachs, he will find them gorged with the seeds of the Bidens or beggar-ticks, every one of which the birds have neatly shelled out before swal- lowing them. These beggar-ticks are very closely related to the un-flower. Nearly all akenes are enclosed, like the nuts, in an involucre of some sort. A very important difference is that their 273 flowers are almost always insect-pollinated. From a nutritive point of view, most of the akenes are closely similar in their com- position to the richer or more fatty of the nuts. Sun-flower seed, for example, contains about 40 per cent. of oil or fat and about 20 per cent. of albuminoids, so that it represents a combination of the highest values of both the nuts and the grains. It is, on the other hand, devoid of starch, and this is true of most akenes. Lastly, it must be noted that one of the important grains of civili- zation, namely, the buck-wheat, is a true akene. It contains only 1.5 per cent. of fat, nine of albuminoids and about 50 of starch. With these introductory remarks, relating to highly interesting facts, and facts of the greatest importance in the remainder of our study, we shall pass on to consider the individual foods of these classes pertaining to the United States. We shall begin with the grains, and note first that those in general use are all natives of the old world excepting Indian corn. It is clear, therefore, that our aborigines, before the discovery of America, had no benefit from them and, unless restricted to the use of corn as a grain, must have employed some kinds which have not yet come into cultivation. The latter is true. The grass family, to which the grains belong, is an exceedingly important one in this country Itcontains hardly any poisonous members and all share, in greater or less degree, the nutrient properties of the cultivated grains. In the arid regions of the Far West and Southwest, a great number do not discriminate very closely between them. Everything with a grain large enough and nutritious enough is gathered and use Some of these are closely related to our domestic grains and the idea is suggested that they might be ae by cultivation, or bred into those now in use with advan (The lecturer then exhibited ie aaseae the most im- portant foods of these classes employed by our Indians, and dis- cussed their properties and relations. Since most of these facts were published in a recent number of Country Life in America they are here omitted.) H. H. Russy. 274 NATURE STUDY WORK OF THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS The lectures and demonstrations on the nature study of plant commenced last year for the public schools, and taken up agai. this spring, were continued and much expanded during the au tumn. Inaddition to children from the schools in the Bronx th privilege was given to schools from Manhattan, children attend ing from both the 4B and the 5B grades from schools of bot! boroughs. The courses commenced on October 5 and were com ‘pleted on November 23, the afternoons of four days of each weel being devoted to this work. The general system of. instructio: previously followed was continued with very slight modification but with considerably greater efficiency, due to practice and t: more intimate knowledge of the needs. A synopsis of the lecture and demonstrations is as follows: GRADE 4B. Lecture [, —“ Cultivation of Plants,” by Mr. George V. Nash Followed by demonstration : walk from museum building to an around herbaceous grounds ; thence to greenhouses, and throug! greenhouses to railway station. Observe seedlings, cuttings ‘roots, stems and leaves, evergreen and deciduous trees, shrub and herbaceous plants. Lecture If, —*‘ Seedless Plants,” by Dr. Marshall A. Howe Followed by demonstration: walk through museum building t second floor, around cases exhibiting seaweeds and mushrooms thence to hemlock forest to observe lichens and mosses ; thenc: to greenhouses to observe ferns ; thence to station. GRADE 5B. Lecture [, —“ Industries Depending on Forests; Plant Prod ucts,’ by Dr. Henry H. Rusby. Followed by demonstration walk through museum halls to observe plant products; thenc through hemlock forest, past herbaceous grounds, to greenhouses to observe economic plants (bananas, chocolate, tea and coffee) thence to station. Lecture IT. —“ Woody Plants and Plants Without Wood ; Pro tection of Trees in Cities,” by Dr. William A. Murrill. Followec 275 by demonstration: walk from museum building to and around herbaceous grounds; thence past greenhouses to station. Ob- serve trees, shrubs, herbs, mosses, lichens, peaahage seaweeds, Leeture II, — * Classification of Plants,’ by Dr. N. L. Britton. Followed by demonstration: walk through museum 7m bulges to and around herbaceous grounds; thence to station. Observe seaweeds, mushrooms, lichens, mosses, ferns, cone-bearing trees, plants with one seed-leaf; plants with two seed-leaves. The records of the committee of the Department of Education _ having the matter in charge show that 12,769 children and ” teachers were given instruction, of which 9,378 were from the Bronx and 3,391 from Manhattan. The discipline of the schools is so perfect that there was no difficulty encountered in handling the numbers of children up to 800 of an afternoon, and there can be no doubt that they profited by their visits to the Garden in many ways. During the progress of the lectures, the work was inspected by many teachers from Europe who happened to be in the city at the time, and it has been warmly commended by them, and it is hoped that it can be still further expanded during the next year. At the request of teachers who were unable to attend the lectures in the afternoons, the course was repeated for their benefit on Saturday mornings. N. L. Britton, Director-in- Chief. NOTE ON A LITTLE~-KNOWN WORK ON THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LEE- WARD ISLANDS. The library secured recently a rare little volume entitled ‘‘ Voy- -ages/ to the/ Madeira,/ and/ Leeward Caribbean Isles :/ with/ ‘Sketches/ of the/ Natural History of these Islands./ By Maria Rexxxx«./ Edinburgh :/ Printed for Peter Hill,/ and/ T., Ca- dell, / London,/ 1792.” 12°. 105p Being unable to find any trace of the name of the authoress, Mr. James Britten, the Editor of the “Journal of Botany,” ‘was applied to and he has very kindly furnished the information that 276 Maria R««#««« was the daughter of William Woodley, Gover- nor of St. Kitts and the Leeward Islands. In 1791 she married Walter Riddell, of Woodley Park, four miles south of Dumfries, Scotland. The lady was only nineteen, but having a taste for literature, published a lively account of her voyages under the title as given above. The youthful authoress dedicates her book to Mr. William Smellie, member of the Antiquarian and Royal Societies of Edinburgh, and with becoming modesty states that “it is by no means so correct as I could have wished ; for, although a great part of it was written on an island, where I lived in almost total seclusion from society and dissipation, yet my marriage (which took place soon after) by obtruding on mea number of domestic occ upations, interrupted my course of study, and prevented me from finishing, with any degree of accuracy, an undertaking ‘that required more time and labour than I had then leisure to bestow on it. Miss Woodley left England on the eleventh of April, 1788, on the merchant ship Britannia in company with her father and mountains with astonishing profusion,” ‘grapes which are as large as our common plumbs”’ and oranges that are of a ‘‘san- guine red.” She mentions the cedar tree as having furnished most of the ceilings and furniture of Madeira, speaks of the dragon tree and other trees, and also adds the fact that ‘‘ flowers nursed in the English greenhouses grow wild here in the fields.” A few notes are also made on birds and fishes. She tells of a little hermitage on the mountains and is mnch impressed with fountains and cascades. She attends an ‘elegant ball and a concert’’ at the governor’s and at the close of her visit, so as tc omit nothing of interest that took place on the island, had the 277 curiosity ‘‘to assist at one of their funerals” which she describes with somewhat grewsome details. On the sixth of May they sailed for the island of St. Christopher. The passage was enlivened with “ Tropic birds and flying fishes” and the “phenomenon of the luminous sea’; even the excite- ment of being “‘chaced by an Algerine’’ was not omitted. On the first of June, the Britannia struck a coral rock just under the lee of Nevis and Mrs, Riddell tells us that “ the shock was far more violent than any earthquake I ever experienced, but we sustained very little damage, and found ourselves in deep water again almost as soon as we heard the crash,’’ On the first of June they landed on the island of St. Christopher, and she pro- ceeds to give quite an elaborate description of the island, of Mt. Misery, “the summit of which is lost in the clouds,” of its fogs and mists, of its craters, and of the stream of water “ which takes its rise higher up the side of the grand crater, is partly absorbed in the chasms and thrown out with a furious boiling noise and steam.” She describes various views on the mountains and the “cataracts that are seen descending in vast torrents from the sum- mits of these mountains in the rainy season.” There seems little that has escaped her inquisitive eye. She tells of the “ mischiev- ous” monkeys that inhabit the high-lands, the birds, that she considers as being much the same as in Antigua, and she enjoys the supreme “pleasure of seeing the phenomenon of a water- spout.” In 1790 she made a tour through Antigua and Barbuda, travelling with her father, mother, brother, and three gentlemen from Antigua. They visited Nevis on the way, and arrived at Barbuda ‘after a most unpleasant navigation.” In Barbuda they ‘‘ took a ride to see the island,” and among other excursions embarked in a barge on a lake bordered with mangrove trees. Again a careful description of the trees and the effect they pro- duced, and she also notes the oysters that cling to the roots of the trees, On a Sunday morning they were “ entertained with a diversion of a wild bull hunt” by a family of Caribs, and the following day investigated a spacious cavern on the eastern side of the mountain, which again brings forth a minute narration. 7 278 . The last chapter in the little books is entitled “‘ Sica an Natural History of Antigua, 1791.”’ Here th ti have started on a different principle and gives a descriptive list 0 quadrupeds, birds, amphibious animals, fishes, ‘‘vermes mol luscae, or soft sea insects,” and, in conclusion, one of plants. Thi: appears to be the first attempt to enumerate the vegetable product: of the island. The plants are arranged alphabetically according to the Linnaean names “ with very little variation,’ and some o them are sketched with more detail than others and generally their medicinal and other uses are included. Several of the items are entertaining, such as, under “‘ anacardium-acajou”’ she tells us that ‘the ladies in the West India Islands make use of it tc extract the freckles from their faces. “They sometimes spread i! all over their hands, neck, and face; and, in a few days, the skir peels off in great flakes, after which the complexion appears fo1 some time exquisitely fair, but is more liable to sun-burn than ever; besides the pain of this operation is excruciating.” That the feminine uses of certain plants appealed to her is evident, for she again tells us in regard to the fruit of the prickly pear, that it is full of a sweet crimson juice, and that ‘‘the West India ladies employ it not only as a dye for their ribbons and gauzes, but also as one for their cheeks.’ She mentions the great quan- tities of coffee grown in the island, adding that “its flavour is, however, far inferior to that of the Turkey coffee’’ ; and she says that the juice of the nut of “croton laceiferum”’ “makes a dark stain on linen, that will never erase ; but, if washed, will corrode into holes.” She tells us also of the manchineel tree-and its poisonous qualities, and of the ‘ Maniock plant,” its deadly poisonous qualities and the method by which the negroes pre- pare it for food. The mangoes are also investigated, as well as -the banana tree, and the leaves of the latter are noted as being “made use of to stuff the mattresses of beds, and answer that purpose extremely well.’’ Several speciés of palms are enumerated, as well as the uses to which their branches and fruit are put, and she says that the fruit of the pomegranate “is the pleasdntest and most grateful imaginable.’’’ At the end of her list we are informed that “ The 279 Linnaean Names” of the pomme rose tree, the franche pan, the conque nut, and the bell bush, are unknown, The little book closes with the following verse : ‘* Thus spring the living herbs, profusely wild, *«O’er all the deep green earth, beyond the pow’r “© Of botanists to number up their tribes.”’ Thomson, A second edition was issued in Salem, 1802 ; and the authoress is also credited with having edited the ‘‘ Metrical Miscellany,” published the same year. Anna Murray VAIL. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Dr. Marshall A. Howe left on December 9 for Jamaica, where he will continue his investigations of tropical seaweeds in codp- eration with the government botanists of the island. Mr. Dillon Wallace, the explorer of inland Labrador, has pre- sented the Garden with a small but interesting collection of her- barium specimens, collected by him in July and August, 1905, from Groswater Bay, Hamilton Inlet, inland along the Nascaupee and Crooked Rivers to Lake Michikamau. Work was commenced on the construction of the rubble stone footbridge to replace the present wooden bridge across the ‘Bronx River at the northern end of the Hemlock Grove, during the first week in December, by the contractor, Mr. Leahy, who thas erected the necessary derricks and brought in some con- struction material. He proposes to prosecute the work during the winter as it may be practicable. ’ The driveway approach to the Woodlawn Road entranee, re- cently completed, was thrown open to the public on Saturday, December 8. This was made possible by the codperation of Hon. Joseph I. Berry, Commissioner of Parks, who permitted the use of some trap-rock ‘screenings for surfacing the driveway, which were left over from surfacing the road between the two bridges at the Mosholu Parkway. -The demand for trap-rock Screenings in the Borough of the Bronxwas so great this year 280 that it became impossible to obtain any from the quarries towarc the end of the season. Considerable sodding of the banks anc edges of this road was also carried out during November. An in nteresting collection of over three hundred numbers o ge principal collectors, though several other names frequently ap- peared, e collection is of value in determining the abundance and distribution of well-known tropical polypores; while it throws light upon a number of obscure species, particularly those described by Fries from Oersted’s collections in San Jan. During the early part of the present year Mr. Wm. R. Maxon of the United States National Museum, during a furlough from that institution, visited, in the interests of the Garden, the Cen- tral American republic of Costa Rica, a country almost unknown as to its botanical features. His explorations were mainly in the mountainous regions of the interior. An account of his explor- ations in detail will be found in the Journat for August. Mr. Maxon not only brought back an interesting lot of material fo1 the herbarium, but his collection of living plants was an ‘exten- sive one. This collection was for the most part composed o! members of the orchid, bromeliad, and cactus families, the satis- factory study of which, except in a living state, is most diffi- cult. The plants were carefully collected, properly prepared foi shipment, and packed with care, as was evidenced by the excel- lent condition in which they arrived. A number of the orchids secured have already flowered, permitting of their definite deter- mination, and of these three have proved to be additions to the in three species, but by this new fourth species brought withir the limits of the North American flora. Only the flowering o the other specimens will reveal what other treasures may be contained in this collection. The total precipitation recorded at the Garden for Novembe: ° 281 was 1.36 inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 66° on the 3d; 61° on the 5th; 62° on the 18th; 63° on the 19th; and 60° on the 27th; also minimum temperatures of 31° on the 2d; 29° on the 9th; 28° on the 15th; and 31° on the 2sth. ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM NOVEMBER 1 TO DECEMBER 1. BELANGER, CHARLES. Voyage aux Indes-Orientales, Botanigque. Paris, 1846. x 2 vols. BE age pera Y., AND Davis, BRADLEY M. Principles of botany. Boston, 1906. en b . N. L. Bri cea ee CARRINGTON, ce follies aie at the Court of Rudolph IZ, 1576-1612. Milwaukee, 1904. (Given by Mr. Henry Kraemer. LsON, C.S. Contribution a l' étude comparée de la flore du sam ee et du massif central de la France, Clermont Ferrand, 1905. (Given by the Tru tees of ey University. ) MAN, T. F. Manual of. the New Zealand flora. Wellington, N. Z., oe eee by the New York Academy of Sciences DAuPHINE ANDRE. Recherches sur les variations de is structure des rhizomes. Paris, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia University. ) Diccionario de agricultura practica y economia rural. Madrid, 1852-54. 7 vols. E_y, HELENA RUTHERFURD. 42: ee 3 garden book. New York, 1905. andler. FraysszE, A. Con ination 4 la biologie isis ate aes ies parasites, Montpellier, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia iversity. Gatin, C. L. Recherches anatomiques et Pe sur Mean des pal- miers. Paris, 1906. (Given by the ee of Columbia ao J. F. Contribution a P étude anatomique des pittosporacées. Corbeil, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia University. Hee, Gustav. sai rte Flora von Mittel-Europa. Miinchen, 1906. LaGarDE, J. ibution & étude des discomycites charnus. Burg, 1906. (Given by the Hea oe Columbia University. MAHEU, Jacques. Contribution a@ l'étude de la flore souterraine de France, Paris, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia ae MitvE, J. Monographia Equisetorum. Dresden, 1865. “(Given by Dr. L. M. Underwood. MonteL, PAUL. Anatomie comparte de la feuille des chenopodiacées. Lons-le- Saunier, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia University. TCHLER, FRED. On the structure and biology of the yeast plant. Boston, : ity. R£avuBoURG, GASTON. Etude organographique et anatomique de la famille des lardizabaltes, Mantes-sur-Seine, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia Uni- versity. ) 282 RIDDELL, Marta Woop.ey. Voyages to the Madeira and Leeward — tiles : with sketches of the natural historv of these islands by Maria Ruxnxs Edin. OcHE, M. I. Anatomie comparée dela feuitle des cistacées, Lons-le- Saunier, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia University. SCHNEIDER, KARL CAMILLO, Linfihrung in die Deszendenztheorie. Jena, 1906. HULZ, ust. Exntwicklungsgeschichte der gegenwdrtigen Phanerogamen Flora und mene der Oberrheinischen Tiefebene und threr Umgebung. Stuttgart, 1906. Scuur,P. J. FP. Haumeratia plantarum Transsilvaniae. Nova editio. Vindo- € ieee SHOEMAKER, DANIEL NAYLOR. On the development of Hamamalis virginiana, jocee 1902. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia University. SYLVEN, Nits. Om de svenska dikotyledonernas firsta forstdérkningsstadium, Uppsala, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia Universit SYME, WILLIAM ANDERSON. Some constituents of the pcm tuy plant. Balti- more, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Columbia University. ) THEVENARD, MAURICE. Recherches earla sur les ilicacées. Nevers, 1906. Tree Planting and Fountain Socie oof Brntiom City of New York, Annual report, £898. Brooklyn, 1899. Gan ward W. Preston IGUIER, RENE. Recherches en inion fa classification a araliacées. Paris, 1906. (Given by the Trustees of Col cable: Universit VINTILESCO, J. Recherches sur les glucosides de quelques psi de la famille des oleacées. Paris, 1906. Ca by the Trustees of Columbia University. ) TE AN Diagramme der Phytolaccaceen. Leipzig, 1906. (Given by the mT ractees of Sotuntia University. MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM, OCTOBER, 1906. 6 specimens of Péysalis from North America. (Given by Dr. H. H. Rusby.) 2 specimens of Mexican senna and Mexican soap root for the Museum. (Given : d = Me 1 specimen of Rapeians nigrum, (Given by Dr. C. B. Robinson.) I specimen of kumquats ( Citrus madurensis) for the food lleeion. (Given by Rusb . H. y- 250 specimens of foods, (Given by Mr. L. Bell Martin.) 3 specimens uf Podophyllum, Rubus and Mali (Given by Dr. J. A. Shafer.) men of C uit. ee k : wi: y I specimen of mesquite rubber from Mexico. (Given by Mr. R. L. Johnstone.) 218 specimens from British America. (By exchange with the Geological ee of Canada. 15 specimens from Canada. (Given by the Central Experimental Farms, Ottawa, Canada. : I specimen of Adenostegia from California. (Given by Mr. C. DeKalb.) 9 specimens from.southern California. (By exchange with Mr. S. B. Parish.) 37 specimiens from Mexico. (By exchange with the U. S. National Museum. ) 283 17 specimens from New York. (Given by Professor W. W. Rowlee. ) 1 aera of fossil leaf (Avaucarites sp.) from North Carolina. (Given by Mr. Edward W, Berry. 44 specimens of fossil leaves from Ellsworth Co., Kans. (Purchased from Mr. sgh H. Sternberg. ) : fossil plants from Long Island. (Collected by Dr. Arthur Hollick. ie specimens of fossil wood and amber from Staten Island. (Collected by Dr. Arthur Hollick. 10 specimens of fossil wood and amber from Cliffwood, N. J. (Collected by Dr. Arthur Hollick. 21 packages of seeds from western Australia. (By exchange with Mr. C. S. orp. ) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 3 plants from Virginia for the nursery. (Given by Mr. E, S. Steele.) 1 plant for the conservatories. (Given by Miss P. Kaufman. 9 bulbs for the conservatories, from Central South Africa. (By exchange with Dr. S. P. Verner. ) 1 plant for the conservatories. (Given by Mr. G. B. Lazzari. ) avens. 2 plants for the conservatories. (Given by Messrs. Thornburn & en - plane for ane commer yatorice: (By exchange with Mrs. B, B. Tuttle.) plant Given by Mr. T. D. - eee J 2 Saat for the conservatories. (Given by Mr. A, Miiller.) 134 bulbs for trial in herbaceous grounds. (Given by Country Life in America. ) rgess. ) si 1 plant for conservatories. (Given by Mrs. L. D. Greene.) 2 plants from Bermuda for conservatories. (Collected by Mrs. N. Z Britton. ) 1 plant from Florida for the conservatories. (Collected by Dr. J. K. Small. ) 2 plants from Pennsylvania for herbaceous grounds. (Collected - ae j. kK mall, 83 plants from Jamaica for conservatories. (Collected by Dr. N. L. Britton.) or. ) 13 plants from Andros, Bahamas, for conservatories. (Collected _ Mr. L, J. K. Brace. I plant for conservatories. (Given by Mr. rs A. Skene.) I plant for nursery. (Collected by Mr. G. A. Skene.) 147 plants purchased for fruticetum, cee economic garden, and border. 42 bulbs purchased for conservatories. 3 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Mr. F. Weinberg. ) 284 20 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Bureau of Plant Industry. ) 200 plants and §5 bulbs from Mexico for conservatories. (Collected by Dr, [ T. MacDougal and Dr. J. N. Ros 46 plants from Mexico for conservatories. (By exchange with National Museun through Dr, J. N. Rose. 72 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with National Museum, through D; J. N. Rose. Io plants for the borders. (By exchange with Dept. of Parks, Borough of Bronx. I from Canada for nursery. (By exchange with Dr. J. Fletcher.) I plant for conservatories. (By exchange with N. Y. Zodlogical Garden. ) Io plants from Laredo, Texas, for conservatories. (Purchased. 4 packets of seeds. (By exchange with Bureau of Plant Industry. ) 26 plants derived from seeds from various sources. ERRATA. P. 126, line 17, for & S. Collins read G. N. Collins. P, 127, line 18, for ¢wo, read den. P. 130, line 21, p. 131, line 3, and p. 132, line 9, for Maya guez read Mayagiez. - 133, line 13, for Jose read José, 134, line 2, for affected read effected. 134, line 13, for aviods read aroids, 136, line 16, for was read were. 138, line 9, for évee read trees. 170, line 9, read ‘‘for the month of June.” 171, line 2, for amazonica read regia. 194, line 27, for Livingston, Dr. B.R., read Livingston, Dr perry by P. 196, line 15, for Edward read William. P. 200, line 11, for Cypripedium Reginae read Cypripedium hir sutum, P. 254, line 30, for Martha E. read Harriet L. INDEX. pasha Mr. L. R. publications during 05 29 Abrus precatorius var. nobilts 238 vitfolia dejo ‘ep 78 nder aru ’ hispida 78 Acanthaceae 80, 8 Acanthophoenix ane 58 Acanthorhiza aculeata > Acanthus family 80 jennie - Pe iibraiy, an interesting 25 Acc e New York Botanical arden Acorus Calamus 62, 92 grantineus var. variegatus 92 Acrista monticola 134 a pie apiculate go ve 72, ae 72 amoena ‘erox 72 filifera 72 Lecheguilla Torr. 197 Almond tree 80 Aloe 70 heated 73 data var. Hanburiana 37 ‘Ale pian ee s Aloe 7o Alpinia nutans 69 tata 6 es is 88 Wee 62, 63, 91, 98 Amaryllis espe 62, 63, 91, 98 Apicr Aponte a 80, 81, 96 Apple a Apple, ee 97 rigid Victorine. ne 72, 140, Nomenc — see oe 140 ueen Victoria’s (figs. Alcicornium 86, bifurcatu: nit llinckti 87 , Dr. aaa 188, 191 Allamanda Hendersoni 67 Allamanda, aaa s 67 Allen, Dr. us nothy F., Collection of Characeae Alligator ave 69 204 Araceae ee. 61, 68, 92, 258 5» Bo, 99 xcetsa Q3 veca lutescens—- see Chrysalidocarpus lutescens 58 Aristea Eckloni 9% Aroid I 9 92 "62, 64, 6 ck — oA aryota urens ie paee) plan Artocarpus incisa : 83 Ce 70, 80, 81, 99 Aytonia, two new species of 13 Azalea 98 Azolla 87 Bamboo 59, 84, 85 Bambusa vulgaris 59 Banana 65 — see also Me 286 Botanical society of Florence, central 22: Bottle-brush tree 94 Bougainvillaea glabra var. Sanderiam 97, 141 ae volubilis 70 rake 8 Bead fruit tr — dola, "Abbe ea a Tee oak struck by 154 nal oo of garden stat report aa 4 Cireul ular relative to member: ae Sars ? 66 ily 65, 66 hoe Ye oT 74 Mr. 235 ‘y 212 arnea i aaa 70 maa vba ies as pies rialis var. eee 82 oe ‘olia es ndifolia Begenia family oe &2, 89 san — , On the fossil plants g the Chee and Delaware na Personal 168 t Indian (Bursera) 132 Bird-of-paradise-flower, queen’ ing plan Botanic al Garden. nncieae 232 Buffalo 12 Cambridge 166 Ca: sleton, janice 249 lem 25 a “Royal 236, 237 Manila Dts - Se Eble 229 Upsala 228 ship 1 Classification of plants —see Nature study work 275 Nature study work in the public schools 2 Progress of construction work during the winter 23 Se egees during 1905 3 ent explorations in aadie ee 8-43) 245 Report on Students’ research fund 1 Report on recent botanical explora. tionsin Porto Rico (figs. j125 Resolutions regardin ac: Dougal’s resignation see lectures 103 and Public ations ‘durin ng 1905 31 ae E. = Publications canue 1905 3c B a 81 Byes a Haynes made assistan! itor o} Bryphylan ee 78 cida Buc 128 Buekthom family 95 Bullrush 84 be ay — oa ee Soetida 96 Bursera 13 ae 80, 81 atcher’s broom 92 Cactus 129, 131, 132, 248 cochineal 130 Turk’s head 71 287 Cactus hoped 79, 74; 75, 78, 79, 89 Geni. ‘Safpen Cola ee 80 7 Calamus 2 aperis 55 Calamus, rough 55 Calat, Legrelleana 64 ornata 64, 67 picta 64 Veitchiana 64 iced 64 a 64, 67 Cal lla ee Calleja, nae a Lopez 190 Callistem 95 Camphor — Campyloneuron 86 nari Canarium commune 81 Carica a 6 Carlud 0 59 palmata 59 Carnegie iaiion of Washington 2 rtment of botanical research 3 Carnivorous ue go Carrion flow mi rs pu pur Marliacea var. Nenana 85, 171 var. carnea 171 odor I aes var. sulphurea 171 8 7 r. helvola : Z I Wn Ealoner Cattleya 10 a. gr Cecropia 258 oe see Tumion taxtfolium 92 white Cedrela eae L. Cedrus Deodara 93 Century er 72, pee rican 72 age ee pee ight-blooming 130 Ps e Cereus giganto 73 peruvianus 74 Pr ingle 1 248 caaeiihiae: senilis 71 Cephalozia Franciscd 13 Cerope; wihe Sandersonii 99 a 99 Cero; ropteris 87 Coatopie ‘erts eset 85 ibe ee e 86 Cest: Prritoe Vamilis 227 h fi fe see Thyrsanthema Cher ate vids ed 212 hestnut disease, a serious (figs. 13~-19) Further remarks on a serious figs. 25-30) 203 Chinese olive — see Canarium commune Cho eee chocolate tree 68 Chocolate ami ly 68, ee 80 Cho ages varium Christ, ye Igl Chrys oe wirgin ry ean nO itech td veca lutes- cens Cibotium Barometz 87, 88 regale 88 see Cybotium 86 Cigar plant 100 Cinnamomum agen ora 9 of 5 Classification plants —see Nature a2 oI Clover, five-leaved, at de Vries’ garden’ 233 Cl Chi Coc Cocoa doub Cocos 57 ~ e7 Cnemidaria grandifolia 88 Coca 76 288 ub, horticultural 235 ‘usiacea eee ras The 7 — see Bau e 68 le nuts 60 ve vlletia cruciata 95 ollins, Mr. G. N., in Porto Rico 126 fe) ompositae gag ‘onfer ne on io bridivetia and plant- reeding 234 list of those in attendance Conservatories, a guide to fe {Plates XXXI-XXXVII) 51 House No. 1 54 2 15 100 Construction work, ies in 23, 260 vallariaceae 70, laceat 9 O. F., in Porto Rico 126 Con ope ‘opaiba b: ‘op ae ae 75 opal opp, G. 2m Protection of native Corokia Cotoneaster 99 Corypha australis see Livistona austra 57 Costus 64 - J. F. 125 Publications ‘during 1905 31 Crataegus aoe. 243, 213 per 2 375 74 Craiudace a 75, 78 Crinu C Cucurbitaceae 73 uli ii s family 86 rd- Cyclanthaceae 54, 59 Cyclant Cypera 26 jodie ‘um XO Dest Botanical Tibsraicey —see Ca pla t 82 Cor payline: Eee 65 Cornaceae 95, 99 negie Institution 2 289 Dianella 92 coeru rulea g2 25 92 Dishorsandra thyrsifiora 63 Dicksonia 86 Dios ourides ve ae Aniciae Julianae pic- turis a stratus, nun indobonensis ed, gr. I pho totypice editus 25 Diplasiven 2 87 Do; eee le ‘a a 67, ee oe 96 Dogwood family, 95, Dombeya Walls This 3 Donors Abrams, Mr. L. R. 19 Alcock, "Mr. 8. gf Arthur, Prof. J. C. 20, 50, carl re Estate of Miss Harriet 8. raed ot i j. +786, 200 Barnes, Miss 18. M & iy =a 3 o at 5 Bartholomew, Mr. E Botanic al club, Torrey 43, 121, 241, 2 Botanic gi aay Kew, royal 176 Bradshaw, Mr. G. B. 282 Brainerd, Mr. . I Britton, Dr. N. 4, 16, 48, 49, 123, 124, 160, 161, 162, 199, 263, 267, 281 Britton, Dr. N. L. and Curtis, Dr. Britton, Mrs. H. L. 123, 2 Britton, Mrs. N. L, ie 17,21, ea; 198, ‘200 Broadway, Mr. W. E. 219 Brooks, Mrs. H. A. 12 Brown, Hon. Addison 123 Brown, Mr. H. B. town, Mr. J. ‘Cro sby 18 Bureau of government laboratories, bier shington 2 plant industry, Washington 21 Burgess, ‘Prof, E. Pe Bush, M ae Cardot, ae Mf = Carpen S. 185 Chaba lien, Ms B.C. 17 Donor: Chandler, se Peas F. 281 Cha 49 Cli Cocker Prof. T. i. A. 124, 185, 28 Columbia nie trustees of 119, 120, 121, 161, 266, 281, 282 ates Prot, 142, 162 Copp, M Country tite in een 283 Cox, Mr. Chas. F. 122, 263, 264, 266, 268 Crane, Miss, Mrs. Livingston and 12. Rinne Mr. R. I Elmer, My. ea Evans, Prof. A. W. 20 Experimental farms, Ottawa, cen- tral = Ferguso ne Fleischer , Pro Forest service United eee 162 Francis, 185 Gager, D nmer, Mr, C. C. Hansen, Mr. C. O. E, Harper, Dr. R. M. 16, i 50, 162, ae an ris, Mr. J. T Haberge Dr, Joo W~. 2r, vens, Slee 4. . Arthur 16, 121, 143; Holzinger, Prof. J. M. 186 Donor 290 Horticultural society, pas York 21 House, Mr. H. D. 19, 2 ) Dr. M. A. 161, ons, Messrs. S. 18 Carnegie, department of botanical research 199 n R, Jennings, Mr. E. 17 Johnstone, Mr. Role L. 124, 282 Jones, Mr, I Kaufmann, Miss P. 185, 283 ae F. ree 162 a. 283 Lehn and Fink, Messis, 19, 20, 21 Library of Congres 161 Lighte, Mr. 141 Livingston, Mrs. ae a Crane 124 Lloyd, Mr. C. G. Lloyd, Prof. F. z 7 44, 47, 120, 12 oren , Miss Annie McGee, Miss Emma 200 McLean, Mr. 21 Mandy, Mr. A. 185 283 Mori Dr. W. A, 120, 263, 264, ee bold, Mr. F. R. 198, 199, 201 liver, Mr. 18 almer, Mr. L, 185 mish Me 8. B18 142 ark, Davis erry, ap Frances ® 50 ierson, Mr. F. R. Piper, bof. Cc. Vv. Pollard, Mr, Frank A. 239 reston, Mr. Howard W. 282 rinceton University 15 anck, Mr. H. 21 ead, Mr. Daniel P. 19 ichards, Prof. H. M. 18 ichmond, Mr. S 19 ichter, Mr. R. 17 obinson, Mr. C. B. 19, 20, 199, 282 is) H. 162 Sherbondy, Miss Blanche 21, 49 Shreve, Dr 199 , Capt, n Donnell 19, 12 Smithsonian institution 47 ing Mrs. S$. 17 Sykes, M Travers, Mrs is, M M ee Underwood, Prof. L 15,1 123, 161, 179, ie ee 200, 68 281 tae Miss A k, Dr. He sera age Bosse, ee A. Weld, 2 Werc! be, a Cc. ae ee 186 Wheeler, Prof. W. M. Wilcox, . EL ie sie i F, 50 Young, Mr, J. W. psaneeas exceloa 98 Draca mericana 40, 64 pire a 6, aiid 8, 70, 1 Boer hanvit 7O Ir Seely vis) Godseffiani 64 291 Daacena acta 6. Sanderiana 70 Dragon’s- Bland tree, American 39 Dragon-tree — see aie acaena Draco 64 droopi rm pita rca al ey 139 rseaeeie repens 97 Prof. Hugo — see lectures 103 Dye e 74 Bane, Prof. F, S., in Porto Rico 126 Echeveria 7% Feclinn ach 73 Eggleston, Mr. during 1905 31 Elemi, Manila 81 W. W. Publications tC , WH Elephant-ear fern 86 ses t’s-foot—see Testudinaria ele- phantifes 72 _ Emerson, Miss J. T. Publications during 1905 31 aie eer 59 us $9 us 59 Badogenos ar 89 Engler, quiselum 2% rica as rt inp 94 d Pi ace 75, 76 Eporicen re ma yin Porto Rico 126 in His hae pen *nouical Laboratory Arthur, Prof, J. C. 186 Barnhart, Dr. J. H. 120, 161 Berger, , Mr. A, 16, 185 Bicknell, Mr. E. P. 162 Exchanges Botanic gardens, Palermo, Italy 18 Upsala 18. Bureau of forestry, “Mai nila 124 government iaborsioriek, Ma- nila 50 nantes Manila 186, 2co bot Was) er for ety, Washington 50 ae laboratories, Wash- 162 plant nda, Washington 17, 9, 50, 124, 141, 142, 284 Christ, Dr. H. 142 usick, Mr. W. C. 185 Department Agriculture, sub- ‘opical ceed 124 parks, Bronx 17, 13, 284 public gardens and penton _ Jam: aica 19, 20, 124, 200 Cc uba 19, 20, 219 ee ee Mr. W. we 162, 200 Evans .W. Fannouse Park, Philadephia 18 Farlow, Prof. F oo Fletcher Dr. Garret, Prof. A. 0. es 142 Grout, Dr. . J. (for Columbia Oy MacDougal, Dr. D. T. 185, 186 Macke enz K. 50 Missouri oun Garden 85, 186 Yr. Mus seum ie natural history, Ameri- can 1 Unieed Sopies national ae 2 e 49, 50, 142, 162, 186, 84 Rose, Dr. < Setchell, Prof. W. A. 124 292 Exchanges Siebrecht and Son, Messrs. 185 Smith, Mr. Society, New York zodlogical 49, Suey of Canada, Geol. and Nat. 19, 20, 142, 162, 186, 200, oo 282 Thor , Mr. . 8.2 Tattle, Mrs. = B. a 201, 283 aes os . P. 283 g, Mr. Frank 17, 185, 201, Wilkinson, a E. 162, 186 As nae 133 ogical ‘Carn, N. Y. 185, 284 . 5. exploring I 12 Experiment eu Culebra 130 cién Agronomica vn eri E on se of the Atlantic coast, 16. pe hutohiena 67 arigold 74 Fewor family 80, 82 Filicales Filipinas, Blanco’s Flora de 107 3 217 inas, | Blante! 107 Augustinian Y eaitol of 108 North ae 262 Fontaine, Prof. .M. 115 Forsythia viridissima 140 Fossil poe ats the Chesapeake an nal 5 foet: sigan cubensis 63 r, Dr. C. S., Appointed director « nore 5 First decade of the garden 15 Publications during 1905 31,3 214 ; The Garden and the publ schools 156 see lectures 103 Gambo; oge 77 SOQ aiaed: So 69 jaa erta zette, foenies 250 e ate a family 80, 81 esmeriaceae elsemium iy ahaa 38, 98 ipiber Zngiber 68 oO Gi ba Gleichenia orse gO Grains and nuts of the United States, tt wi Gramineae — see Poaceae 54, 59 Grape facaily 81, 83 Forsythia Yair 140 intermedia. 140 frost 213 Grasscloth — see irae ai 82 Grass family are Grevillea alpina robusta 94 lemanniana Grevilleas, Australian 89 Griggs, R Gunnera 215 ‘unnera manicata 118 Symbiosis in 214 nneraceae 118 Guava, Cattleya 100 , Guayanilla 128 uide to the conservatories, A 51 Ca anime Gyrupia —see Urticastrum moroides 8: 293 Habenaria 112, be 115 112 Rimi a ‘ampechiomam 5 Haemodo ees Hariot, see Harper, Mr. R. M., Publications during 1905 32 Harris, Esq., Wm. 187, 245, 249, 250 Hawo' orthia 70 Haynes, Miss C. C., Publications during 1905 33 Heath family 98 Hechtia 74 Hedychium coronarium 69 Gardnerianum 69 Helianthus occidentalis Riddell 213 sess: 64, 66 ureo-striata 64 hase ris var. rubricaulis 64 latispatha 38, 6 Heller, Mr. and’ Mrs, A. A. in Porto ico 12 Hemp, fae —see Sansevieria gui- nsis 65 mile ace Musa textilis 66 237 rof, 226 erbarium, Penoca 230 Ryks 231 Vidal! s A Villar’ refs Eiteastram (Amari gI a Plan Hise of nie in Ned York City 140 the Philippine Islands 104 Aoffmannia 81 Chiesbre ai it 81 Hollick, Dr, Arthur 168, 169 On the origin of the amber g found on Staten Island 11 Publications beta 1905 33 see lectur Type of Zanes montanensis ay family - Humble plant 76 LVAVaN, 2, 94 Panos are (Limnanthemum indicum lymenaea Courbaril 76 Hymenocallis 63 caribaea 63 ition 63 Spectosa 63 Hymenodium a 86 rvillea Sonorae 72 ‘he 95 Tadgetic: depending on forests ; A ae products — see Nature study work 274 Instituto fisico-geografica nacional 188 ris core 62, °s, 91 Lxora 81 teiols in- he vues 61, 62 Jac: Mr, 226 ae in ee plantes 225, 226 pha 78 siaead Ee Canarium com- Mun I ffrey, Prof. E. C. 168, 169 Jessamine, night-blooming 70 ellow ohannsen, Prof. 230, 235 June- -berry or ne sare 213 phe nee 64 Kalancho: i uae 8 Ka: inet, George Seok 104 Hoiead Mr. os 193 Kno Labiatae 98 Laboratory, oo location 251, sani- ary ci 252, climate 252, flora F ee at 254, 255 Lace-bark tre adele eytindracea {Michx.) Kuntze Horne, Dr. W. T. Publications during 1908 33 Horsetails 90 ee 72 How es M. A., in Porto Rico 125, 126, 127 Publi a bs 1905 33 see lectur seedless plane ace Nature study a(L.) oe 213 Paine Bes one Lagetta lintearia fo Lantana 81 Latania borbonica, see Livistona chi- nensis 57 294 Lauraceae 69, 95 Laurel, Alexandrian — see Danaé race- mosa 92 family 69, 95 —see Magnolia foetida 96 98 rat 98 Lawrence, Sir Trevo or 235 , Aut oe announcement of 203 39 mo! © 74 ete, ae 141 a Ha , Mr. 207 a 91 ee 0sa Qt oe grandis Fi Lignu Lifiaceae 93 Lily oy is te 69, 73: 91, 93 a 63 mp 63 Lily- of uevalley oy 70, 92 Limnanthemum indicum —see FHydro- Limnocharis, Plumier’s Limnorchis hyperborea (e :) ob, 213 noe tuberosum L. Linnaeus pide ripholla 38 se re Dr. B. E. 104 pi tions during 1905 3. Tikitona Gahale (Corypha rs chinen. is (Latania borbonica) 57 , 58 oicea maldivica g, 11, 101 Logania ce ily 98 gees Logan L Llo 4, cans C. G. 225 Loni glaucescens Rydberg 213 ily 99 Loosetife fam Lo Lot: are palais Lycopodium ‘mplanatan 213 sabinaefolt 213 Lygodiu 87 Lysiella swat (Pursh) Rydb. 213 Lythrace MacPoue Dr. D. T. at Philadelphi Notice of election as director ¢ a tanical research in the Carnegi nstitution 3 Publications ee 1905 3 Vail, Miss A. , Shul r. G. H. ne ‘Small, ©. J. K. Vanlictton ig I ae 34 Resignation . e lec Madder as re Bo, 31 derwort dder family Ma oat ferns 87 Magnolia family 9 Magnolia foetida (M. hig shinai isn a,—see M, foetida Magnoliaceae 96 Magnus, Dr. Paul 226 Maguey ae Rico—see Furcraea foetids Mahogany 76, 258 75 Mallow al 96 Malvaceae 96 ea americana 77 Mammee apple 77 Mammillaria 130, 248 nivosa 248 Maple, sugar 211 Maranta 64 Fon ace Fe 62, 64, 67 Marattia an Marattiacea Marble, Mis s De i W., in Porto Rico 12! iad 2 3G bad » a 5g = = 755 ogravia Sinteoniogs 79 umbellata Marcgraviaceae 75) 79 Mari rsilea 87. Marstleaceae 87 m R., Report ona collect- n Costa Rica (figs. 23, 24) Medinilla oe 68, 107 Medlar, Jap felocactus 71 Membership Circular relative to Merck and Co., E., collection given a Merkel, Mr. 205 ele weed 118 ciabaani keg - Me en tae yy Js 80, 89 Milfoil, water Mi Ikweed family 70, 80, 81, 99 »@ Mimosa pudi Mimosaceae 75, 76, 96 Mint family 9 Monocotyledons 89 Monstera deliciosa 68 Moraceae 67, 81, 8 mily 95 Moss, Spanish —-see 7i//andsia usnéoides I Mt. Moriyoshi, Collection of plants on 2 somes oy or 81, 83 Mur Dr. LA serious chestnut cease “as. 1 at 9) 1 A summer in Europe ; e foreign foes aa botanical jesioations figs. 32-42) 221 appointed first assistant 4 Further rem ies on a serious chest- nut disease 203 Publications acne 1905 34, 35 see lectures I Woody plants and plants without wood ; protection of trees in cities Nature study work 274 Musa 65, Cavendishii 66 coccinea 66 ornata 66 ES aaicta 85, = testi Hs <6. a 66 Pie in 64, 65 Ae seO y biblioteca at Santiago 256 B useum, British Mutation ies i nueeniae 233 Myriophylt: . 115 doserpinacodes 85 Myrobala fi Myrta ae 24 Nabalus i ari Cass. 213 Nas h, M - Coc oO de mer 7 (isn 21, a 163 ash, Mr. G. V., A guide to the con- servatories 51 Cultivation of plants—see Nature study 2 m the conservatories 37 Sgn during 1905 35 $s IO. Nature ce cas in the public schools Neotoper Neo: oe robusta 58 Neha é 60 Nepenthes 60 Nerine gt rium Oleander 96 Nettle family 80, 82 stingin, Newberry, Dr. J. S New York botanical eanieh » accessions I 158, 197, 217, 279 ie Decade of the Garden 154 The otras and the public schoo Tropical “sbortory — see laboratory 250 Nichols, Mr. 245 opalea 130 60 cinellifera a 71 North American oe Volume 22, part a 12; Volume 7, part 1, 262 Nostoe 215 Notes, from a panaailenaes 37 ment 12, 42, 117, 1 158, 65, 196, 217, 238, 9 Note on a little-known work the natural italy of the Leeward ssa 275 Oak, black 211 pin 154 white 211 Observations in — botany made at Os san Michigan 2 Odonio, loglossum QU Ocno ‘aoe gigds 233 nee is 233 Ol race man’s = beard 86 Oleaceae 9 Olea oe sativa 97 Oleanders 97, 118 296 Olfers Olive ay 97 en ca 97 Oliveri 71 Opuntia 71, 130, 132,170 ie pas oe —see Rutaceae 95 Orkid wioating (fig. 3) 112 89 of = Amber found on Staten naa Ornategaun 92 sae iT ae regran 97 Ostenfeld, 230 0. Pachyphy. tum Palm, cabbage 249 climbing 55 57 Chinese fan —~ see Livistona chinen- sis , George Washington’s 58 olden trait ted hou use—see Conservatories, house no. 15 lume mount 34 ountain cal e—see Pseudo- -aaastian Sargent 6 of the southern U. S., cabbage — see Sabal patna 0 54 Panama silve royal 58, 131 small. fruited thatch 55 silver thatch 130 an ch-leaf 58 ufted 55 West Indian cabbage—see Roy- Pe aie oleracea 56 Pita Palmeto ( Stba!) 1 Pal — see Caan house Pats a 100 Panama-hat plant 59 Pandanaceae 62, 65, 6g Pandanus 6 bee 6 z 65 wit 69 71 65, 69 ee taal Esyptian Paper, rice — see Zé ees Paphiope cditam insigne (Cypripedium insigne Pipe 75, 9 Papyrus — see ‘Sipere Pipe 84 Parachute ‘= Parrot’s fea! ae Parsonsia topes 99 ignea 100 Passifiora edulis 95 Berry, Hon. Joseph I. 279 Berger, nee Borgesen, = 280 Bray, Prof ‘Wiliam L. 196 Britton, D . L. 116, 1§9, 197, 218, 239, 2 261 Britton, Mrs. N. L. 116, 125, 218, 245 Burlingham, oo Gertrude S. 12 _ W. A. 196 Gleason, Mr. Hen be ates 42 297 Personal mention Hanbury, Sir John 170 tou Par Caroline Coventry 13 Her , Mr, Hollick, "Dr, ree 217, 239, 262 9, 279 nson, rof. Duncan S. 111, Mr. udo, Mr. Ma Dougal, Dr. D. T. aaa Dr. C. B. 2, 5,157, 158, 217 Robinson, Miss Winifred J. 196 Rusby, Dr. H. H. 140, 169, 218, 239 Rydberg, Dr. P. A 139, 217 Shreve, Dr. ay ae Small, Dr. ork, re Phili ippines, 5 bistory of 104 Philippine Medusa 78 m ( Pe ea eta 68 Phoenicophorium sechella era 56 Piaropus ¢: crassipes Pickerel- ie aan American 85 atest 130 Pifia Faas fo 92, 93 Pine ae 89, 92, 93 Nerval Island — see Araucaria 93 Norway — see red pine 211 re 21 2 fos Pap Paces ‘61, oo 60, ee, 67, 74 Pineda Pinus wae 211 Maes ined 259 resin Sous. as : sylvestris 221 Piper 8 ea 83 Pipers ee ‘Sirties a, ae Pite a74 ei Se aph ia 7 Pitcher-plant, American 90 ndian 60 » East Indian 60 Pittier MY gs bee see Tonduz 39 Pityonylon pees es Plantations aia les, Mr. oe Cassé hor! cultural eee of Ar Platyclinis latifolia ‘olta eae family 95 Poaceae (Graminee) 54, 59, 84 Podocarpu. P a family 13 Paljeoncle pisses (L.) Meisner 213 onum ee tiforme 8g eum — see Phiebodium aureum anleiehe family 86 Hasan pe tia 223 87 pee ae os Pontederia montevidensis 85 Potamogeton 115, 21 Ri har dsonit (A. Bennett) Rydb. 213 Potato ae 70, 80, 81, 97 Pouch 63 Prain a 1, 237 Precipitation in the garden 13, 43, 118, 159, 170, 198, 218, 239, 262 , 281 Pane dia Martit 5 Protection of native plants 26 298 Proteaceae 94 P Psidium Cattleianum 100 teris 8 Publications of the staff and students of the garden during 1905 29 Pulque 72 Quercus palustris 154 Rainfall — see precipitation Ramie plant 82 Rariorum Plantarum peainis oo Ravenala BSP Collecting in of Santi tiago, Cube 2 collecting ia in Costa Rica (figs. 23, 2 Geeaiiea uf the tropical laboratory mountains 250 para from students’ research fund, Oak "tk wy lightning, a large (fig. Hogs of constiaelion work during the winter 23 Recent explorations in Jamaica (fig. 43) 2 Recent explorations in Porto Rico 2 foreign Europe, some institu- mmer in botanists ond botanical tions (figs. 32-42) 221 Winter ae - oe tropical station of the Resslations regarding resignation of Dr. 13 Ridgway, Mr 299 a 225 , Dr. C. History of botany in fe ePatipine Islands ro 3 Rolfe, Mr. 114 i) ose, chinese — see Aibiscus Rosa-sinen- sts family Rose. » Dr. a L. and, Rosema’ Rothschild, Baron 235 Roystonea 131 oleracet §6, 58 regia Heda ee 80, 81 Rue fam Rusby, D 7H A floating orchid 1 Indus dependingon forests; ae As see Nature study work Observations in races poner at Oscoda, Mich. Publication ring 905 5 ‘36 see lect The wild ee and grains of the ee States 269 Ruscus ae che 9 Hypoglossum g2 Russelia juncea sari ee go Rydberg, Dr. P. A. Publications during 190 fe Small, J. K. and 36 Sabal 131 3 palmetto 54 Saccharum officinarum var. veolaceum 84 Sagittaria cuneata Sheldon 213 Sago-palm family see Cycas revoluéa 5 ee ionantha & Se 86, 8 84 R. J. a 62, 65, 69 Ser ophulariacae 80, 82 m jamaicense Schott and Endl. : dge 84 family &4 edunt 72 Seedless plants — see Nature study work 2 Selaginella 87 93 » J. N Brit Publications dade 1905 3 ry 98 Selaginellaceae 86 299 Sempervivum 72 Senna family 75, rs = ae plant sre tne berry or 213 . J. A. Publications during 117 nter at the oer station of ihe eae das Shull, Dr. G. H. — D. T. Skunk’s Cabbage, 62 Slipper- i a e Ma acDougal, Dr. Small, K. Publications during 190 5 Rydberg, Dr. P. A. Publica- tions during 1905 36 see also MacDougal, Dr. D. T. 34 Smuts — see N, A. Flora 262 Snow-bush 78 Soapberry famil Society of arts ae » Bron Society of New hore 1 oe Society, royal horticultural transactions of the Solandra longi i ae Panes: 6 on 70, So, 81, 97 Solanu al Tel Wn dan ait 67 Solanum, Wen land? s 67 Sophora japonica 225 Sour sop Spiderwort family 62 62, Spiraca Thunbergii Spironema he a (D vadescantia dra- caent, oe ees a ‘ adi 258 eae iat plant 78 Spruce 21 Spurge fai 75. 77s 78 Stag-horn Stapelia 70 wwantea ees Prof. J. B Stenochlaena en Oe 88 Stralaceae 68, 75, 80 Sto’ crop family 71, 75, 78 Strelitn a 66 Stromanthe sanguinea a Students’ Boa ene gra: made : c. B. Robin- 157 Sugar ca ne 84 Sugar e Saccharum officinarum 84 Sullivant “Moss Chapter 13 Sundew go Sunflower family 89, 99 Sacey ae Dr, 228 t- common 92 Japanese 92 Swietenta ‘Mah agoni 76, 258 Swettenham, Sir iAlexanger 250 Tacca cristata 63 , Report on collect- ing in the Bel ratiee west of Santiago, Cuba 256 Tea family 95 Tea—see 7hea sinensis 9§ Tectaric aria Telaranea nematodes var. longifolia 13 peek in the Garden 43, 43, 118, 170, 198, 218, 239, 262, 281 Theacea Thesbroms "naib 68 Thieme, Mr. C. collected Dracaena ‘cana 39 T) Wijmele coe ; Be 7) Vasneonias ee see ( Chaptalia 99 tr Tonduz, Mr. Adolpho, and Pittier, Mr. aia lean of Dracaena amer Poche ood family 80, ae Torrey Botanical Club t Meeting a Tisee of tenth Gar. anniversary of the den I Torreya taxifolia e Tumion 92 Th hui Hornemannians am 76 ra tia dracaenifolia see Spiro- nena senate: 300 ae s tree 66 Tr , Mercado’s medicinal 108 Trick perm Cderclynanthas) 81 Mls pulchellum 81 Triglochin maritimum L. 213 Tristan, 1g! Trumpet-tree 13 Tumion taxifolium ( Torreya taxifolia 92 rene Ulex Europaeus 90 yiiges diferae 99 Uabielle. plant 84 di Underwood, Prof L. M. 110, 112, 126, Report on the condition of the trop- ical laboratory 250 res 103 see lect Urban, a 2 Urticace O Ce moroides 82 Usti ies inales — see North American flora Vaccinium pennsylvanicum 212 Vail, nna Murray, An interesting accession to the librar: Note on a little-known work on the nat say history of the Leeward islands 275 Publications pata 1905 76 0 MacD a). Dr. D. T. 34 Palinria. diali E 213 Van Lare 232 Vanderbilt, Mr. Cornelius 126 Vellozia leptophylla 91 Vellosiaceae gi Veltheimia eee (VY. viridifolia) 92 Venus’s slip Verbena, eae Verbenaceae 81, 97 Vervain family, 81, 97 Viburnum Opulus 212 ‘ord 7a.171 vu: 17 | Vilmorin, M. 235 Vio i ere —see Saintpaulia ion ntha ee ee Saintpauliatonanth 81 Von Tuerckheim, Mr. H. 39 Water-po Wax-plant 81 Wercklé, Mr. C. 191 Wheeler, Prof. W. M., in Porto Ric , 126, 127 Whit, Mr. David 168 Whiting, Mr. E. 256 Williams, Mr. R. 5S. 2, 116 Appointed assista Re ae - nted a Publications dune 1905 3 Wilson, Mr. erican eer s blood tree 39 n Porto R: Publications Surng Ae Bl Winthrop Wittmack, Me ood-sorrel family 75 Reece eee 7 Wood pla nts and plants ees wood pr ee ection of trees in cities — sec Nature study work 274 Xerophytic plants 72 Yatsu, Mr. N., Publications during 190! Yautia 130 Yew family 89, 92, 93 Yucca 73 Zamia 59, 137 pumila 59 floridana §9 Zamites montanensis Font., the type o 115 Zebra plant 6 Zeledon, Don José C. 193 Lingiber Zingiber 68 Priscila 62, 64 ja 114 Cp 280 Members of the Corporation, Pror. N. L. Brirron, a Hon. Appison Brown, 4 W1.u1AM L. Brown, Dr. NicHo1as M. Bur_er, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, Wiuuiam G, CHoatr, CHARLES F. Cox, Joun J. CROOKE, W. BAyarp CurTine, Ropert W. DE Forest, Henry W. De Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopcx, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FirzGERALD, RicHARD W, GILDER, Hon. THomas F. GiLroy, Hon. Hucu J. Grant, HENRY GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K, Jesup, Joun 1. Kang, _ Evcene KELLY, Jr., Pro, JAMEs F. Kemp, _ Joun S. Kennepy, Pror. FREDERIC S. LEE, Davi Lypie, Epcar L. Marston, D. O. Mitts, J. Pierponr Moran, THEODORE W. Myrrs, GEORGE M, O.cort, Pror. Henry i’. Osporn, LoweELu M. PALMER, Grorce W. PERKINS, Jamgs R, PrrcHEr, Rr. Rev. Henry C, Potter, Percy R. Pyne, Joun D. ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JAMES A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WILL1AM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. Stetson, Dr. W. GILMAN TiicoMmPson, Louis C, TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M. UNDERWoob, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. Set Low, Hon. Ecrrton L, WintHrop, Jr., Wi.LiAM H. S. Woop. 14] PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Journal of the New York Botanical Garden, Parti illustrated, con- taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general inter Free to all mem- vers of the Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. Not offered in exchange.] Vol. it 1900, i ee pp. Vol. uv IgOl, vili+ 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, viii + 2. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 pp. Vol. V, 1904, viii+242 pp. Vol. VI, 1905, wi-+ 224 pp- Vol. VII, 1906, sek 300 lletin of th w Yor! Botanical 1den, containing the annual | reports Bulle of the Director-in- ‘Chiets mad oe official documents, and t results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the 3 ol. - 9-EL, 463 pp., 37 plates, ee 3 ol. IV, No. 12, 113 pp.; No. 13, 193 te -» £2 plates; No. 14, in pre: OLDE Sy 105 pp-, 1906 ; No. 16, 88 pp., erican Flora. Descriptions of the wild ee of North America, in Saatng Cen: the West Indies and Central America. ae to be com- pleted in thirty volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each volume to conic of fo more parts Subscription price $1.50 per part; a ae ted number of separate ute will be sold t $2.00 each Not XC Vi 2, part I, issued May 22, 190e co s descriptions on the oe Rosales by Dr. J. Small, and of the families Podeaieaanig ceae by Mr. Geo Nash, Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Pentioaoose and Pee ceae by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. Vol. 22, part 2, issued December 18, 1905, contains descriptions of the families axifragaceae and Boe tre by Dr. J. K. Small and Dr. P. A. Rydberg; the Cane aceae, Itea d Hamamelidaceae es Dr. N. L. Britton; the Pteroste- monaceae by Be 1. kK. Small the Altingiaceae by Percy Wilson and the Phyllo- Vol. , issu ed Oct ae £906, ones descriptions of the families Ustilag- inaceae gua Tilletiaceae, by Prof. G. P. se emoirs of the New York Botan fol" Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $t.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not o offe red in exchange. ol. I. An Annotated Catalogue of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone zy en! d Phane notes from the author’s fie maladie. descriptions of 163 new spec i R fled 49 s . 8vo, with map. Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s researches with a general consideration of the relation er ioes plants. The principal morphological features are illustrated. xvi + 320pp. Roy. 8vo, with ep figures. Contributions from the New York Botanic al Garden. A series of F techs nical papers written by students or members of the staff, aes reprinted oat journals olum: er ol. I. - 400 pp. guri 4 pl Vol. IT. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. Vol. IIL. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 plates. ECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS BACH. No. 83. The ise tn Grove on the Banks of the Bronx River and what it sig- ee by N. L. Brit No. 84. The po ae tube in some of the Seeanacess) by J. E. Kirkwood. All subscriptions anal ania should be se ORK COT Ese GARDEN B x PARK, New Yor« City Teed tener ae SSS SS Meta Ne ao 5 are . Peres : abe eet muses : : ns Resco: : “ee . ao emaleen Poe = x ones : : Sa eae + z ; BB ie ior nner ree revatio err aes yer rgenapeeaeeets : wars Pl ah beds) Wey r ‘ A Test ea : 5 ‘Seat dnt oth ae : : ree : satan ie : : TT aerate = re; eee AE RRaatee ; ; : aera : oes oe Se aerate kil Ms i afta Braistere % abo x f rapa Petrone oh: seayen ugk sity ter treats he meee see tea ae ere RS TE are hig a Ratatat cele er tes s . oe ee Sram Beata ebaataie an veiaa Dep naager ten : ye at MEAT EAA ceive ater Abana ri ce t Lee et x pate ee Non eecere gto tre Seahtcree eR geomet tie ett cate iS Ty Soe Tab Coon lye lpretgneep reer eer ar bei hid at Lea cate a % Mes aretegententtae = 4 wooc tae seer See aia eae PTS ger oe te et ¥ JourNAL OF Tue New York BortanicaL GARDEN VotumME VIII, 1907 PUBLISHED BY 1HE AID OF THE Davin Lypic Funp BEQUEATHED BY CHARLES P. Day JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garde EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assissant VoL_umMeE VIII WITH 5 PLATES AND 37 FIGURES 1907 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN At 4x Nortu Qugsn Street, Lancaster, Pa. a H Era Printinc CoMPANY PRESS OF TmE NLW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER PA OFFICERS, 1907. Pres —D. VICE- Paosoav ANDREW CARNEGIE, TREASURER—CHARLES F, C SECRETARY—N, : BRITT BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1. ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW Ri iode GEORGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTIN G, JAMES A. SCRYMSER, ROBERT W. DE FOREST, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, JOHN I FE, SAMUEL THORNE, D. O. MILLS. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF Pusiic Parks, HON. HENRY SMITH. THE aie OF THE Ciry oF New York, H GEORGE B, McCLELLA AN. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman. DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, PROF. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF ; PROF. FREDERIC 8. LEE H. H. RUSB CHARLES F. COX, PROF. HON. EGERTON L., WINTHROP, Jr. GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, Director-in- Chief. DR. W. A. MURRILL, First Assistant. DR. JOHN Kk. SMALL, Mead avala of the Museums, DR. P. A. RYDBERG, Curator. DR. ARTHUR HOLLICK, Curator. DR. MARSHAL L A. HOWE, Curator. ROBERT S. les AMS, Assistant seh DR. C. B. ROBINSON, pean EORGE V. ee ead Garden DR. C. STUART GAGER, oe Laboratoie, Y BARNH aoe & FER, Maus PERCY WILSON, dies Aine Members of the Corporation. GEORGE S. BowDoln, Pror. N. L. BRITTon, Hon. ADDISON BRown, Dr. NicHovas M. BUTLER, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WILLIAM G. CHOATE, CuHaRLEs F. Cox, Joun J. CROOKE, W. Bayarp CUTTING, James B. Forp, Rovert W. DE FoREst, HENRY W. be Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopae, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FITzGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F. GILRoy, Hon. Hucu J. GRant, HENRY GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K. Jesup, Joun I. KANE, EUGENE KELLY, Jr., Pror, James F, Kemp, Joun S. KENNEDY, Pror. Freperic §. L&E, Hon. SETH Low, Davip Lypie, Epcar I., MARSTON, D, O. MILLs, J. Pizrpont MorGANn, THEODORE W. MYERS, GrorcE M. OLCOTT, Pror. HENRY F. OSBORN, + LoweLt M. PALMER, GEORGE W, PERKINS, James R, PITCHER, Rt. Rev. Henry C. PoTTer, Percy R. PyNE, Joun D. ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, james A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, Wiiiiam D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES.SPEYER, Francis L, STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C. TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror, L. M. UNDERWoon, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. EcErTon L. WINTHROP, Jr., WILLIAM H. S. Weop. TABLE OF CONTENTS No. 85. JANUARY — Cacti in Southern Mexic ‘ id Growth of the Young Paulownia ae oie Nee and Comment . . . . Accessions eh gh eT ae aid 2 3 Nae reer No. 86. FEBRUARY Exploration of Southern Florida he Mitten Collection of Mosses and Hepatic Nature Study as an Education : Notes, News and Comment ea No. 87. Marcu Report on a Visit to Jamaica for Collecting Marine Alga gae Publications of the Staff and Students of the New York Botanical Gian Dies ing the Year 1906... . Notes, News and Comment . Accessions . fe; seal on the Continuation of the Botanical Exploration of the Bahama Islands. Report on a Visit to the Island of Montserrat . Spring Lectures, 1907 . Notes, News and Content y Accession: No, 89. May Need of Additional Funds € gee Early cour cae Botanists i in » Japan gus hy is a Sub oa Some ae of ae Mountain Flora of ide Philippines ee The Economic Garden... .. . A New Flower Caden aoa the Consrvaionel Notes, News and Comment p ‘ Accessions PAGE . gO. Exercises Commemorative of the Two Hundredth Anniversary of the Birth of innaeus Notes, News aa Comment Accessions viii CONTENTS. No. 91. JULy The cen ia Plan Leaf Blight o' ve >Tre An eae Paik ine Shrub i in Flower A Collection of Fossil Notes, News an mm Accessions No. 92. AuGust A Collection of oe Desert Plants - An Old Locust Post Some Little ae Edible Native Fruits of the "United States The Economic Garden Report of Lectures on se Preserration of Wild Flowers Notes, News and Com Accessions No. 93. SEPTEMBER Autumn Lectures, 1907 Water Lilies and Other Aquatics Their Relation to Horticulture. . . Notes, News and Comment He, eT aR Se Accessions 7 cae No. 94. OcToBER Further Exploration m Jam: aic: . . The Absence of Under, ow in the emilee: Foret : ie ee es A Rare Seedling at the aciiies ating Houses Notes, News and Com: Accessions 2... .--.4. No. 95. NoveMBER The Boulder Bridge . ak The Ames Collection of Orchias The Self- Pruning of Tre The Tardy Defoliation 2 he pee, New Museum Cases Notes, News and Comment F Accessions No. 96. DECEMBER The Work of Professor Lucien Marcus Underwood The Evaporating Power of the Air at the New York Botanical Garden Notes, News and Comment Accessions : Index . Vol. VIll JANUARY, 1907 JOURNAL OF No. 85 The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant 4 eA. Hey Sate re frm various sourcés. ildings in the New York Botanical Garden d bui : SsseiBhs of Brofessor : Hugo de Vries’ Garden at Amsterdam. (Given by Dr. D. T. MacDouga 2 photographs of portrait of Governor Cadwallader Colden. (Given by Miss A. ail. tI 1 photograph of Arbor Vitae at Natural Bridge, Virginia. (Given by Miss A. M. ail. I photograph of Botanical Garden at Brussels. (Given by Miss A. M. Vail.) 2 photographs of Idaho scenery. (Given by Miss A. M. Vail.) MUSEUM AND HERBARIUM. 28 specimens of.North American Ustilaginales. (Given by Mr. G. P. Clinton.) 21 specimens of Oxalis from Mexico. (By exchange with the U. S. National Museum. 4 specimens of mosses from New Hampshire. Lorenz, 10 specimens of mosses from Nova Scotia. museum specimens of eee from Ceylon. (By exchange with Miss Annie (Collected by Dr. C. B. Robinson. } 13 (By exchange with Dr. Nils Svedeli ‘200 § ens of fungi from tiie western United States. (By exchange with the Missouri ‘Douuitel Garden. ) I specimen of fungus from Washington, D.C. (Given by Mr. P. L. Ricker.) 6 ee of fungi from Nova Scotia. cS 50 iene eA ae from ena (Collected by Mr. , Conn. (Given by Professor L. M. Under- I aes woo a pecimens of North American plants. (By exchange with the Herbarium of store University +) 8 specimens of Swedish plants. (Given by Dr. Nils Svedelius. ) 172 ene from California. (Collected by Mr. A. A. Heller.) 20 3 specimens from Nova Scotia. (Collected by Mr. C. L. Moo re.) 87 ferns from Cuba and the Isle of Pines, (By exchange oar the U. S. National genes specimens ‘“ Musci Acrocarpi Boreali-Americani”’ (Distributed by Professor a M. Holzinger. ) 224 specimens from Guatemala, f fungi from California. (By ex (Collected by Mr, Charles C. Deam.) xchange with Mr. S. C. Edwards. ) 17 specimens of fungi from Gre! (Cc 1 specimen of Physcomitrium Disa from North Dakota, (Giv en by Dr. J. F, Brenc (By exchange with the Geological Survey of Alabama. ) ec. 23 mosses from Alabama. exchange with the Geological Survey of 97 specimens from British America. (By ex Canada. 1 specimen of Catharinea crispa, (By exchange with Miss Annie Lorenz. ) 7 specimens a fossil plants from North America. (By exchange with Professor D. S. Martin. 32 ce of hepatics from New Zealand. (By exchange with Mr. T. W. re hs Bec (Given by Mrs, W. A. L: I specimen ae oak gall from New Jersey. yall.) (By exchange with the U. S. 3 specimens of conifers from North America. National Museum. 2 ees of Juniperus Knightii from “Wyoming. (Given by Professor A. Nelso 100 specimens of wild vegetable foods of North America. (Given by Dr. H. H. Rusby. 5 specimens of blackberries. (Collected by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. ) 1 specimen of roots of Brauneria angustifolia. (Given by Messrs. Peck and Velsor. 15 specimens from Michigan. (Given by Dr. H. H. Ru imens from the Barbados. ad I sby.) (By exchange with the Department of Agri- oe ted by Mr. Carl C. Engberp: ) and o 57 specimens from British America. (By exchange with ‘he ree sarees: of Canada, I ae of plant impressions in ‘ealearesiis tufa. (Given by Mr. Guy W. Wilso: oe specimens from Nova Scotia. (Collected by Dr. C. B. Robinson. 2,400 specimens from Costa Rica, (Collected by Mr. Wm. R. Max n. ) cted by Mr. Norman Taylor. Solorado. (By exchange with Mr. George E. Osterhout. ) 8 mosses from Rarotonga, Cook Islands. (By exchange with Mr. T. W, Na ylor Beckett. 69 specimens from Utah. (Given by Professor A. O. Garrett.) 21 I specimen of Cuscuta from Georgia. (Given by Dr. R. M. Harper.) 2,000 specimens from subtropical Florida. (Collected by Dr. jane K. Small and Mr, J. J. Carter. 39 specimens of fungi from Nova Scotia. (By exchange with Dr. A. H. Mackay. ) I specimen of Andreaca rupestris from Massachusetts. (Given by Miss Cora H. Clarke. 5,000 specimens from Jamaica. (Collected by Dr. N. L. Britton and others. ) 100 specimens, ‘‘ Fungi Columbiani’’ Century XXIII. (Distributed by Mr. Bartholomew. 92 specimens from Mexico, (By exchange with the U. S. National Museum. ) 279 specimens from California and Lower California. eae by Mr. A. A Heller. 318 specimens from the cee Islands, (Collected by Mr. A. D. E. Elmer.) 2 specimens of orchids from New England. (Given by Miss A. M. Vail. 50,000 specimens of mosses, bene the herbarium of the late Mr. William Mitten. 15 specimens of fungi from New York. (Collected by Dr. W. A. Murrill. 2 specimens of fungi from Oneida, New York. (Given by Mr. William R. Maxon. to specimens of fungi from Brazil. (Given by Mr. G. Bresadola. ) 83 specimens of marine algae from New Zealand. (Collected by Mr. R. M. Laing. I specimen from the Philippine Islands, (By exchange with the Bureau of Sci- ence, Manila. 4 specimens of fungi from Alabama. (Given by Dr. R. M. Harper.) 50 specimens of fungi from New Hampshire. (Colles cted by Mr, P. Wilson. ) 100 specimens of fungi from British Honduras. (Collected by Mr. Morton E. ck 6 specimens of fungi from Europe. (Given by ae ig Paes ) 1 fungus from South Carolina. (Given by Mr. ry.) 5 specimens of fungi from New York. ee ae = 6. W. Wilson.) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 2 plants for the conservatories. (By exchange with Mrs. B. B. Tuttle.) I plant for the conservatories, from Cienfuegos, Cuba. (By exchange with Mr. 8: 2 plants for the conservatories. (By exchange with the N. Y. Zudlogical Garden. ) 2 plants for the conservatories. (By exchange with Mr. F. Weinberg. ) hased, ) +) 2 packets of seeds. (By exchange wih Leas of pee ante ) 1 packet of seeds. (By exchange with Prof. T. D. ell.) ed y eae 1 packet of seeds from Oklahoma. (By exchange with Dr. i C. Arthur.) 1 packet of seeds from Jamaica, (B ie exchange with the Public Gardens. ) 1 packet of seeds from Cuba. "(Colle ted by Mr. N. Taylor. 2 packets of seeds from Nova Scotia. * (Collected by Dr. C. B. Robinson. ) 22 2 sisi of seeds from Pennsylvania. (Collected by Dr. J. A. Shafer.) 34 packets of seeds from the Arnold Arboretum, (Collected by Mr. w.tw. Eggl eston 3 packet from Bartram’s Garden. (Collected by Mr. W. w. Eggleston, ) 2 packets of seeds from Philadelphi Ae a by Mr. W. W. Eggleston es 1 packet of seeds. (Collected by Mr, A. Miller. } Members of the Corporation. Georcer S. Bowpo1n, Pror, N. L. Britton, Hon. AppIson Brown, Dr. NicHo.as M. BuTLErR, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, Wiiu1aM G, CHOATE, CHARLEs F, Cox, Joun J. CrooxE, W. Bayarp CurrTING, JAMEs B, Forp, ROBERT W, DE Forest, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Doper, SAMUEL W. FarRcHILD, Gen. Louis FITZGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F, Girroy, Hon. Hucu J. GRANT, HENRY GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K, JEsup, Joun I. Kane, EuGENE KELLY, JR., Pror, JAMEs F. Kemp, Joun S. KENNEDY, Pror, FReperic S. LkE, Hon. SETH Low, Davip Lypic, Epcar L. MARSTON, D. O. MILts, J. PreERPONT MorGan, THEODORE W. Myers, GEORGE M. Otcort, Pror. HEnrY F. Oszorn, LowE Lt M. PALMER, GrorGE W. PERKINS, JAMEs R. PITCHER, Rt. Rev. Henry C. Potter, Percy R. Pynz, Joun D, ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JaMEs A, SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C, TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M. UNDERWooD, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. Ecerton L. WINTHROP, WILLIAM H. S. Woop. J., PUBLICATIONS The New York Be Botanical Garden Joumal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con- taining sea news and non-technical articles of general interest. Tot. to all me: ° bers of the Garden. To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a year. offered exchange ol. I, 1900, viii + 213 p ol. II, 1901, viti +- 204 pp. Vol. I 1902, viii Vol. IV, 1903, apie 238 pp. Vol. V, 1904, vili-242 pp. Vol. A pee wii-+224 pp- Vol. VII, 1906, viii +- Le e New York Bot arden, containing the annual reports of eis i lef fad other official d ents, and technical articles embod: results of investigations carried out in the Garden. members of th Garden ; S others, $3.00 per volume ol. I, Nos. 1- 3, BPs) 5 Nos. ashi 463 pp. f sh plates, 1903-1905. ol. IV, No. - 113 pp-; No. 13, 19 pp-, 12 die ia n press, V, No. 15, 105 pi , 1906 ; No. 16, 88 PP. 17 plates anes an Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North A including Crean Lg West Indie pene Central America. Planned Mt be co} pleted in thirty volum Roy. 8vo. (Bad volume to consist of four 01 e parts. Subscription price si a per part ; “a Thaited number of separate parts will, be sold for $2.00 each. [Not offered in exchange 22, part I, issued May 22, ut onta) by Dr. J. K. mae and of the families Pedostenotetee eo8 Geo. V. Nash, Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Penthoraceae and Parnassia- ceae by Dr. P. A. x berg. Vol, 22, part 2, issued December 18, 1905, contains descriptions of the families Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae by Dr. J. K. hes ae nd Dr. ey A. Rydberg ; thi Cc i e n ma! Park, by Dr, Per Ax and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the regi notes from the author’s field book, including dueciealbre’ of 163 new §] 92 i eee if . Roy. with detailed map. Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Develo; by Dr. acDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s r with a general “consideration of the relation of light to plants. ri morphological features are illustrated. xvi + 320pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 Contrii tanical Garden. A seri ther than the ab Price, 25 each. per vol ; ol. I. Nos. 1-25, vi 400 pp. 35 figures and 34 plates, Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi +349 pp. 55 figures Hl the text and 18 plates, Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 plates. RECENT we algae 25 CENTS BACH. No. 85. Systematic Palae neOiey of the Pleistocene deposits of Marylani Pteridophyta =a Spetmatophnay y Arthur Hollick. No. 86. Two new coralline algae from Culebra, Porto Rico, by M. Foslie M. A. Howe. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to w YORK JEOTANIBRL hepatic) x PARK, New Yo a ;, Vol. Vill FEBRUARY, 1907 No. 86 JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS Ve PAGE ‘Exploration of Southern Florida ....-...-.---- 23 ‘The Mitten Collection of Mosses and Hepatics SEN ES iS gue 28 Nature Study asan Education... ---. 2s © +e sees: she 32 Notes, NewsandComment ...- .-- +--+ sess sss: 43 MPRRION OR ee a he eee ye Voge 39 071 ; ; PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Av 4x NortH Queen Steegt, Lancaster, Pa. sy Tue New Era Printinc CoMrPany OFFICERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VICE- Passtpenr— ANDREW CARNEGIE, TREASURER—CHARLES F. COX SECRETARY—N, - BRITTON BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, 2 PIERPONT MORGAN ANDREW CARNEGIE, EORGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, ae S A on ae ROBERT W. ve FOREST, SAMUEL ‘SLOA JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMpeam D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORNE. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, HON. MOSES HERRMAN. THE MAYOR OF THE CITY OF NEw YorK, ON. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF, M. UNDERWOOD, Chairm DR. SP ge MURRAY aaa ee Ress KEMP, PROF . CHANDLE . FREDERIC S. LEE, Pete F. COX, tee H.-H RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr. RDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, Diretrn Che DR. W. A. MURRILL, first Assistant. DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Head a ator of the Museums. D A. RYDBERG, Curator. Klee ROBERT S. WILLIA M 1, Assis. an Zt Carat 8 OBINSON, Di rcsit Cur GE V. NASH, Head G Gotan DR. C. STUART GAGER, ae of the Talivitree ANNA AY VAIL, Lidrarian, DR. H. og RUSBY, Curator o the Economic iii hem DR. JOHN A. SHAFER, Muse Custo PERCY WILSON, Administrative anaes JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden VoL. VI. February, 1907. No. 86. EXPLORATION OF SOUTHERN FLORIDA. Dr. N. L. Brirron, D1REcTOR-IN-CHIEF, Sir: Ina former report on an expedition to Southern Florida,* I called attention to the fact that it had been our good fortune to explore some of the islands lying in the everglades southwest _of Miami while they were yet uninhabited. During our recent expedition to the same region, the value of our earlier explora- tions was emphasized by what we saw of the destruction caused by the hurricane that had recently swept south Florida, Had we not acquired a fundamental knowledge of the native vegetation of that unique and fascinating region as early as we did, our knowledge of the relation of the flora of south Florida to that of tropical America would have remained very imperfect. With your permission I left New York on the twenty-second of last October, and proceeded direct to Miami, Florida. I was joined on the way by Mr. J. J. Carter, of Pleasant Grove, Penn- sylvania, who continued my tireless associate throughout the ex- pedition. Upon the invitation of Dr. Ernst A. Bessey, who is in charge of the Subtropical Laboratory of the United States De- partment of Agriculture, we established our headquarters in the laboratory building of that institution, and to Dr. Bessey and his associates, Mr. Fawcett and Mr. Wester, we tender thanks for their constant cooperation and association. We were also accompa- nied during most of the field work by Dr. H. C. Cowles, of the * Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 49. 1904. 23 24 University of Chicago, who, together with Mrs. Cowles, is study- ing certain features of the Florida flora. The object of our field work was mainly two-fold ; first, we had planned a survey of Long Key and several adjacent everglade islands which, taken ne form the southwestern extremity of the chain which appears north of the Miami River; second, we had arranged to continue the survey of the Florida Keys, in order to secure and to preserve the knowledge of the native flora of that singular chain of islands before it becomes further obscured or wholly destroyed by the advance of civilization. The high water in the everglades prevented us from getting more than a distant view of Long Key, consequently we continued explora- tion on the larger group of islands lying between Miami and Camps Longview and Jackson, and through the courtesy of Mr. Johnson, of the Florida East Coast Railway engineer corps, we were enabled to penetrate a wholly unexplored section of the everglades lying between the present terminus of the railway and Key Largo, including a portion of Cross Key. Our interesting experience on the latter island indicated further important dis- coveries when its flora shall be more thoroughly explored. This island, together witha parallel and almost similar formation, consti- tutes the only natural and approximately complete land-connec- tion between the Florida Keys and the mainland of the peninsula. As we reached the field about a week after the occurrence of the hurricane already referred to, we lad an uncpponunity: to OD Seve its effects on the vegetation. full of water, a condition caused not only by the heavy rains of the recent storm, but also by those of a very wet season preceding it. On the islands of coral sand-rock, the pinelands were uninjured ex- cept for the relatively insignificant loss of myriads of pine trees which were blown over by the wind, the number being especially large because of the fact that the trees growing directly on the exposed rock cannot make tap-roots. The islands ranging from the vicinity of Homestead Station southward had been completely submerged during the latter stage of the hurricane; the water lying to the northwest being pushed out of the everglades by the extremely high winds, swept over the islands, and poured 25 into the everglades to the southeast. The hammocks were greatly injured, the very small ones isolated in the higher por- tions of the pinelands being especially damaged. With only the slight external protection of the slender pine trees to break the force of the wind, their vegetation was practically mowed These little hammocks were the homes of many of the botan- ical treasures of the region. Within them were formerly discov- ered numbers of West Indian plants not known to occur elsewhere on the North American mainland. The half dozen of these ham- mocks which we examined critically during this last expedition were found to be almost total wrecks. Their complete natural restoration will be a question of at least a century, if the home- steader does not finish the destruction already accomplished by the wind. Formerly, the spreading tops of the tall trees, whose trunks varied from two to four feet or more in diameter, interlaced with one another, and the branches were further bound together by means of numerous herbaceous and woody vines. The direct sunlight was thus wholly excluded from the inside of the ham- mocks, and no matter at what angle the sun might be, twilight reigned there from sunrise to sunset. Many species of plants, both flowering and flowerless, that could not even exist elsewhere in the vicinity, were found to thrive there luxuriantly. In the case of the Florida Keys, some of the upper islands were twice completely submerged during the hurricane, first by the water blown in from the ocean while the wind came from the southeast, and then by the water blown out from the bay when the wind came from the northwest. Elliott's Key was a conspic- uous example of devastation. Under normal conditions the veg- etation of this key is luxuriant, both the herbaceous and woody plants growing in such masses as to be almost impenetrable at most places, and, as seen from the bay or from the ocean, exhib- iting a solid bank of green. During our last visit this key pre- sented the aspect of a desert; the herbaceous vegetation and deluge of salt water, while the trees and shrubs presented leaf- less and apparently dead skeletons, the wind having whipped off 26 every leaf. Several weeks after the storm all of the trees, as if recovering from the shock, started simultaneously to put forth not only new leaves, but also flowers. Our investigations on the keys were confined to the northern ones, and we have learned that on account of their floras, as well as their position, Virginia Key and Key Biscayne, which lie op- posite Miami and Cocoanut Grove, are to be associated with the mainland, which ends as a narrow peninsula just north of them, and not with the rest of the keys; from which, moreover, they are separated by an interval of almost ten miles, leaving out of consideration the insignificant Soldier's Key, which is a mere iso- lated sand-bar about five miles south of Cape Florida. Their vegetation consists of a dense growth of mangrove on the side facing the bay, the usual tropical beach flora along the ocean and a few of the sand-dune plants which are common for many miles northward along the coast. Our work on the mainland was considerably impeded by the effects of the hurricane, the high water in the everglades, which in some sections partially submerged the islands and filled all of the prairies, and the fallen trees throughout the pinelands greatly delayed our progress. We experienced the most difficulty in making progress to the southwest of the settlement of Cutler, where time was consumed in mending both harness and wagon. Naturally, accidents happened in the more unfavorable places. At one point in the everglades, when the doubletree and one singletree of the wagon and three traces and several minor straps of the harness all broke simultaneously, the driver, before he re- covered from the shock, had the charity to suggest that he ride the horses to the nearest point of dry land and that the rest of us pull the wagon out. Contrary to the exhilarating effect which the environment of these rugged and uninhabited regions had on most of us, it seemed to have a uniformly depressing effect on our drivers. This was most plainly shown by the fact that we had a new driver on each successive excursion. The monotony of wading the submerged prairies, which are usually dry at that season, was varied by both the depth of the soft mud and the number of the treacherous pot-holes in the rock bottom under 27 the mud. In fact, we became so accustomed to an amphibious mode of life that several of the party complained that they did not feel natural when deprived of the aquatic stage for any length of time. We have now accumulated enough knowledge of the flora of these islands of coral sand-rock in the everglades to make the solution of many problems, both general and local, very interest- ing. This chain of everglade keys is a miniature of the Florida Keys, both in its crescent shape and its flora, and also of the West Indies in the character of its vegetation. It is surrounded by the everglades, except where the upper islands touch Biscayne Bay at points from Miami to Cutler. Before these islands were elevated to their present altitude, they were probably surrounded by a shallow sea just as the Florida Keys are at the present time. This being the case, we can easily account for the tropical American flora now inhabiting them. After sufficient elevation had taken place, the surrounding sea was transformed into the vast spring now known as the everglades. Conditions becom- ing favorable, the plants of the flora of northern peninsular Florida advanced southward and naturally took complete posses- sion of the area that was formerly the sea, thus surrounding and isolating the wholly different flora of the islands. In fact, the two floras are so sharply delimited that one can often stand with one foot on plants characteristic of the high northern regions and the other on plants restricted to the tropics. It is not an un- common experience to see colonies of plants common in Canada, such as the arrowarum (fée/tandra), the lizard’s tail (Saururus) and the ground-nut (Agios), growing side by side with tropical palms, cycads, orchids and bromeliads. The total area of these islands is perhaps about one hundred and fifty square miles. Those that we have explored have yielded between five and six hundred species of native flowering plants, surely a very large number when we consider that the solid rock is exposed everywhere and that soil in the sense that we are accustomed to think of it does not occur there. The close relationship of this flora to that of the West Indies is now established by the fact that considerably more than one half 28 of the species found on the islands south of Miami are also native in Cuba and the Bahamas Since the publication of my last report on exploration in southern Florida,* and a subsequently printed paper on the species added to the flora of that state,t we have secured over fifty more species not before known to grow on the North Ameri- can mainland. Eight or ten of these are complete novelties, in- asmuch as they are not yet described. Noteworthy among the recent collections, which make an aggregate of 3,200 specimens, are seven species not previously included in the arborescent flora of the United States. Respectfully submitted, J. K. Smatt, Flead Curator of the Museums and Herbarium. THE MITTEN COLLECTION OF MOSSES AND William Mitten died at Hurstpierpoint, Sussex, England, on July 20, 1906. Following his last request, his daughter, Miss Flora Mitten, offered his entire collection of mosses and lepatics o Mrs. N. L. Britton and the collection was purchased for the New York Botanical Garden for £ 400, the donors being Messrs. D. O. Mills, Andrew Carnegie, J. Pierpont Morgan, Jas. B. Ford, Geo. W. Perkins and Charles F. Co At the request of Dr. Alfred Russell Wallace, Mr. Mitten’s executor, a representative of the Garden, Mr. R. S. Williams, g boxes of hepatics. Mrs. Britton also received as a gift from Miss Mitten a large photograph of her father and his personal copy of the “ Musci Austro-Americani,” his greatest work, which, strange to say, is absolutely without notes or writing of any kind, as Mr. Mitten was in the habit of laying memoranda and descriptions of subsequent additions in the covers with his specimens. * Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 5: 157-164. 1904. t Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3: 419-440. 1904. 29 Two accounts of Mr. Mitten’s life and work have appeared, one in the Journal of Botany for October, 1906, by W. Botting Hemsley and the other in the Bryologist for January, 1907, by William Edward Nicholson, both of which are interesting per- sonal sketches, the latter giving a bibliographical list, but neither of them containing any account of his collections. In a letter dated September 5, 1906, Dr, Wallace states that ‘ Nobody ever touched, or hardly ever saw these collections but Mr. Mitten himself and a few specialist visitors. Although I have never examined them myself, as a friend (and a son-in-law) of Mr. Mitten for forty years, I know something of them and I am inclined to think that they constitute the richest (or nearly the richest) private collection of those groups in existence, while it is doubtful if any public collections are much richer. Mr. Mitten, as you know, has studied and described mosses for nearly sixty years, and for a long time was the greatest British authority on them, and received collections to sort, name, and describe from collectors, museums, and travelers, in every part of the world. Of all these he reserved sets for himself, and has thus accumu- lated an enormous collection, the nomenclature and ar ate nen of which he was at work at up to the end of his life Beginning in 1851 with a list of mosses and hepatic’ from the vicinity of his home in Sussex, ine 57 titles which follow include Zealand, Panama, the East Indies, Tasmania, Fiji, Tropical Africa, the Azores, Japan and China, Samoa, Ceylon, St. Paul, and St. Helena, Bermuda, Kerguelen, Cape of Crea Hope, Morocco, Polynesia, British Guiana, Socotra and Borneo. His largest and chief work was the description of the mosses of South America, including Central American and West Indian species. This was published as Vol. 12 of the Journal of the Linnean Society in 1869. It contains 659 pages and includes 603 species and 19 genera new to the region, of which the types are in his herbarium. It was largely based on the collections made by Richard Spruce in his travels up the Amazon, Orinoco and Rio Negro and across the Andes, and by Jameson, in Peru ; as well as those made by Lindig and Weir in New Granada ; 30 Burchell and Glaziou in Brazil ; Funck and Schlim in Venezuela ; Martens, Galeotti and Bourgeau in Mexico ; Godman and Salvin in Guatemala, and by Seemann in Panama. Collections from the West Indian islands include the following: From Jamaica by Swartz, Purdie, Wilds, Wilson, Hart, Jenman and Harris; from Cuba by Wright; from Grenada by Broadway ; from St. Christo- pher by Breutel ; from Trinidad by Fendler and Cruger ; and from Haiti and Santo Domingo by Swartz. He had very few mosses from the French Antilles, a lack which has already been sup- plied in the Garden collections by the purchase of the herbarium of Pére Duss, made in the islands of Guadeloupe and Martinique, which contains many species whose type localities have since been destroyed by the volcanic eruption of Mt. Pelée. His collections are not as rich in European exsiccatae as that of Jaeger, but they supplement those already at the Garden with several sets that were lacking, notably Spruce’s Mosses of the Pyrenees. There are also two fine sets of Drummond's First Arctic and Canadian Collections of North American Mosses, secured during the second Land Arctic Expedition under the command of Sir John Franklin, in 1828. ne of these sets was mond’s Second Collection from the Southern States, 1841, one of Sullivant’s Musci Alleghanienses, 1845, and one of Sul- livant and Lesquereux’s Musci Boreali Americani, First Edition, James Taylor ; from Lake Winnipeg, Saskatchewan and the Rocky Mountains by Bourgeau in Palliser’s British North American Ex- pedition, 1859; and from the Northwest Coast, Vancouver Island and British Columbia by Menzies, Lyall and Douglas. mosses of the 49th parallel, or the northern boundary of the United States, were named and listed by Mitten, in the Proceed- ings of the Linnean Society, 1864. From John Macoun, he re- ceived a fine set of the mosses of Ontario. He also had speci- mens sent by Dr. C. W. Short from Kentucky, Chapman from Florida, T. P. James from New Hampshire, and John Torrey rom New York. 3l Among the most valuable of his collections are those made by the various Arctic and Antarctic Expeditions. Among these are the sets of mosses from Spitzbergen collected by Parry and Ross in 1819-1820, from the herbarium of Robert Brown, and those collected in Greenland, Baffin’s Bay and Melville Island by Franklin in his search for the Northwest Passage. There are also collections made by Seemann on the Voyage of H. M. S. Herald in 1845-1851 at Panama, by the Transit of Venus Expe- dition in 1874-1875, by Moseley on the Voyage of the Chal- lenger in 1875, including specimens from Bermuda, and by the Roraima Expedition in British Guiana in 1884. Asiatic mosses are represented by collections in the Himalayas by Hooker and Thomson; in Nepal by Griffith ; in Ceylon by Thwaites ; and in Burma and the Straits Settlements by Griffith. A few Chinese and Japanese mosses also were described in 1864. Those from Borneo, Sumatra and Java, including Fleischer’s Musci Archipelagi Indici, will be very useful in naming the recent collections made in the Philippines by Mr. R. S. Williams. The collections from New Zealand made by Hutton and Kirk and from Samoa by Powell seem to be largely duplicated and available for exchanges. Besides these, there are other Polynesian mosses from Fiji and New Caledonia, and Australian mosses from Mel- bourne, Port Philip, Gippsland, Victoria and New South Wales, Aftican collections were received from Central Africa, collected by Bishop Hannington and from Kilimanjaro by H. H. Johnston ; from West Africa from the Cameroons and River Niger; from Southern Africa, including Rehman’s exsiccatae of 1875-1877 ; from the Cape of Good Hope by Milne and Eaton and McGilli- vray and Burchell; from Madagascar by Pool; from Mauritius by Ayres, Balfour and Telfair; from Bourbon and Socotra by J. B. Balfour; from St. Thomas by G. Mann; from Algiers and Morocco by Sir John Ball; and from Fernando Po and St. Helena, the Azores, and the Atlantic Islands of Madeira and Canary. Local mosses from the vicinity of Hurstpierpoint and other parts of Sussex and Kent, which had been made up into sets for exchange, are also well represented ; together with several dupli- 32 cate sets of Drummond's mosses of Scotland and collections of his own from Wales The entire collection abounds in beautiful drawings, which usually accompany the specimens, It frequently happens that every species in a cover is illustrated. NATURE-STUDY AS AN EDUCATION.* Nature-study has been exploited during the last score of years in this country in various ways. It began here as an off-shoot of the so-called object-lessons introduced by Dr. Sheldon into the Oswego Normal School, and received further stimulus in the Cook County Normal School under Dr. Francis Parker and Mr. W. S. Jackman, who attempted the first formulation of nature- study as a distinct subject, and prepared a text-book of numer- ous isolated suggestions for the teacher, these suggestions ranging through many subjects and sometimes going far afield. And yet the key-note of the book as stated by the author rings out strong and true: ‘Let us place the children in the woods and 8 that they may study nature at work.” t the same time (1889), Mr. Arthur C. Boyden of the Hae Normal School championed the new idea, began teaching in the state institutes of Massachusetts, and got out a pamphlet on the “Study of Trees in Plymouth County” ; men and women who, knowing much or little or nothing at all about the subject, have found the theme a good one to write upon. At the same time, also, a department of nature-study was organized in the Summer School of Cottage City under the name of elementary science, and in the latter part of the eighties, na-" ture-study under the name of elementary science was receiving consideration in many schools in several states. From 1890 to 1895, exhibits of nature-work were common in cities, the display at the World’s a in Chicago being the cule nation of this phase of developmen * Read before the convention of the New York Botanical Garden January 23, 1906. Published Soave in'the Garden JouRNAL and the Nature Study Re- view. 33 About ten years after the first introduction of elementary science into the grades, two men came forward to whom children will be grateful for centuries to come. Of all the numerous writers who have considered nature-study from one standpoint or another, the principles set forth by Professor Bailey of Cornell and Professor Hodge of Clark, are as sane and practical as any- thing yet presented. To little people shivering over their first experience in the clear, cold atmosphere of science, a warmer temperature and more genial atmosphere were eagerly welcomed. hile there is no doubt of the constant advance of nature- study over the country as a whole, yet the gain is not the mushroom growth of the first few years, and this is well, There has been lack of fibro-vascular tissue, and in more than one place nature-study has been dropped after atrial. This has occurred in a few large cities where the problem is most difficult, or where the school-board has failed to recognize the value of nature-study as a means of education, or in some cases where the teaching has been inadequate. Nature-study, then, has already passed through various phases with us: first came the experiment followed by the exhibition which so inspired the on-lookers that it straightway became a fad ; then came the period of reaction and criticism when nature- study became less serious— more of a recreation—and here came the opportunity to run in the unusual, the exceptional, the sensational in nature literature, which is not nature-study at all, though it may be very good literature ; and now our leading lights tell us that nature-study is an idea, an atmosphere, an attitude, — in a word, it is spirit. This, then, is the promise of the future, and our prophets prophesy wisely and well. But we cannot hope for any universal fulfillment of the prophesy for several genera- tions to come — not until there has been time to train our teachers, and they in turn have had the opportunity of training the children who are to be the parents of the next generation. In the next generation we may begin to look’ for parents who will not destroy the attitude, the atmosphere of nature-study, which is an inherent part of the nature of the normal child. He inherits from ancestors remote a primitive love of nature and every natural 34 object. Any child of three years turned loose in a small space out-of-doors where there is good clean dirt with worms in it, and pebbles, where green things are growing, where the chance cater- pillar and toad and small snake are free to come and go, has amusement for a summer. Some one has well said: «‘ Out-doors, God amused him ; in-doors his mother ; And the finite can never satisfy as the Infinite.’’ It is only when the child learns from others that he “ must not touch the toad or he will get warts,’ that the harmless garter- snake is a poisonous reptile, that the caterpillar will bite; that his faith in nature is shaken, the nature-study atmosphere dark- ened, and the nature-study spirit hampered. r. M. T. Cook says that in Cuba he frequently gave his one- year-old son small snakes to play with, and the child considered | them the most interesting kind of a plaything, until at the age of four he began to run with other children. In a short time the boy became afraid of snakes and is still afraid of them. Profes- t so nakes which she called her “ little friends.” The child was delighted, and played with them happily until she heard some one call them snakes, then dropped them in fear and disgust. A child in the first primary grade of the University School for Girls in Chicago brought a tiny leafless twig to her teacher and asked her to use it for the nature-study lesson. The teacher thought it a rather small affair, but a leaf-bud or two offered suggestion, and the teacher held out for what seemed to her a very creditable length of time and then turned with relief toa gay picture of an oriole on the wall. But the children did not want orioles in pictures on the wail; they wanted a little live twig, and the small girl who had brought it in raised her hand and asked severely, ‘‘ Why don’t you go on with the nature- science ?”’ That which we are to aim for, then, we have at the very be- ginning ; but by the time that the child goes to school he has lost more or less of it, and it is more difficult to restore it in a 35 soil that has been sterilized than it would be to start anew in fresh soil. Allowing for individual exceptions, I have found it true that interest in nature-study in schools where the subject is not a vital one varies inversely with the age of the children, and that the difficulty in exciting an interest varies directly with the age. The problem that confronts us is, how shall we recover that which has been lost ; how shall we reach the ideal, the pervad- ing atmosphere that colors, the idea that permeates the whole life, the nature-study spirit. Now the child of the graded school has many teachers. It is a chance if he ever has one who really un- derstands and fully comprehends just what Bailey means by atmos- phere and attitude and idea and spirit. It is possible that one may be all this and that the school may have the spirit and never know it. I am not sure but this is the essence of the whole thing —the spirit free because unconscious of itself. At one of the State Summer Schools held in Bennington, Vermont, a young teacher came to me and told me how much she regretted the impossibility of having any nature-study in the little rural school where she taught. “The parents are not willing that the time should be given in school,” she said, ‘“ the programme is already crowded, we have no money with which to buy books. But,” she added, “ there is a little brook back of the school house, and the children and I stay out there about all the time at recess and noon and we all go early in the morning before school. We have a series of pools, and in them we have several kinds of fish, and in one pool we have some salamanders, and in another turtles, and in another pollywogs. We feed them and keep the pools in order and the children do have such a good time. Then a little house-wren came into the school house and built her nest on the stove-pipe by the chimney, right in the school room. And the children would keep just as still as pos- sible so as not to disturb her.” This dear girl assured me over and over again with tears in her eyes that she would be so glad to have nature-study in her school, but that it was siznply an impossibility! This illustrates how difficult it is for one to grasp the real significance of the 36 study as presented by even so plain and simple and straightfor- ward a speaker as Professor Baile Atmosphere is intangible at best, and not an easy mark for the inexperienced. One may be sure the arrow will hit somewhere, even if sent at random, and many of our public-school teachers have evidently taken refuge in this thought, and the result is random and haphazard. The result would be the same and perhaps the idea might seem more definite, if, with the idea of attitude as the ultimate goal, we should begin by aiming at some nearer mar! o in- spire the boys and girls with a vital rational interest in ‘th r im- mediate natural environment— an interest that shall continually widen with the circles of growing experience and } founded on experience, and so lead to a wider environment — this is concrete and feasible In the country, there is such abundance of material that the question is one of choice ; in the more cramped conditions of the larger cities, the question of choice is largely eliminated, and here it is necessary to seize upon every natural object that comes within the reach of the children and to widen their pathetically limited environment by constantly reaching out, always from something they have seen or experienced, to the things beyond, and to inspire them with a desire to learn what lies outside the few blocks which immediately surround them. Settlement- workers tell us that most children in the crowded tenement dis- tricts seldom go beyond the half-dozen blocks which supply the necessities of life. A little girl of nine years was taken to the country for the first time. She was amazed beyond measure; she had attended the public-schools, but she had never been told that the earth was not paved all over, and it had never oc- curred to her that it could be any other way. Let us teach’ the children to love the parks, not simply as pleasant places in which to play but as places where one can know the trees as individuals that in time may become one’s comrades and friends. To know the trees that are in our parks, to know them by their outlines and buds and twigs and leaves and flowers and fruits, and to watch the changes in them from week to week and season to 37 season is to have an unfailing resource for pleasure throughout life. To teach the child a proper appreciation of our parks and scenery and to make him feel a sense of ownership in them is to make him some day a better man. We can do no better and go no farther today than did Aris- totle when he said : “It is clear then that there are branches of education and learning which we must study with a view to the enjoyment of leisure, and these are to be valued for their own sake; whereas those kinds of ee which are useful in business are to be deemed necessary, and exist for the sak er things, It is evident then e of that there is a sort of education in which a sep train their sons, not as being useful or necessary, but because it is liberal or noble In commenting upon this passage, Burnet in ‘Aristotle on Education” says : iy in simple form is the perennial problem as to whether the end of educa- tion is culture, or to fit us for the business of life. The most ardent business men will tell you that they work hard in order that they may be able to retire; the oe i wi me. a good deal to say for itself, and might be quite as ‘‘ practical’? as one which merely anticipated the ‘‘ useful and necessary’? activilies of the business life itself. 1t right sound strange at first, but it would not be amiss if we were once more to speak with Aristotle of the noble enjoyment of leisure as the end of education in its highest sense. It is just the want of such an education that makes men put up with that very poor se cheap substitute for theoria, the life of amusement. ‘ | om 125 specimens, being the plants collected on the late Peary Polar Expedition. (Given by Dr. L. J. Wolf. 8 specimens of fungi from various localities. (By exchange with the Royal Gar- dens, peel England. mens of fungi from western Pennsylvania. (Given by Professor D. R. 11 specimens of fungi from Europe. (By exchange with Dr. P. Sydow. 15 specimens of fungi from southern California. (Given by Mr. S. B. Parish.) pecimen ic fungi Gi by Dr. M. T. mga 92 specimens ngi from Mississippi. (Given by Mrs. . Earle.) 200 museum specimens of marine algae from Jamaica. pene by Dr. M. A. Howe. 163 specimens of fungi from Honduras. (Collected by Mr. Morton E. Peck. ) 113 specimens of fungi from the Philippine Islands. (Given by Professor A. D. E. Elmer. 7 specimens of fungi from ee Laake by Professor D. R. Sumstine. } 70 specimens of fungi from Ver g (Given by Mr. Eine Spaulding. ) 30 specimens of fungi from Jamaica. (Given by Dr. D. S. Johnson.) PLANTS AND SEEDS, FEBRUARY, 1907. plants for the conservatories from Mexico and Lower California. with a Museum through Dr. J. N. Rose. for the conservatories from Acklin’s Is., Bah. (Collected by Mr. L. J. ( By exchange K. Brace. I plant for the conservatories. (Given by Mr. Pauls. 1 packet of seeds from Biscayne Bay, Fla. (Collected by Dr. J. K. Small. ) e 35 packets of seeds from S. California. (Given by Mr. S. B. Par’ Members of the Corporation, GrorcE S. Bowpoin, Pror, N. L. Britton, Hon. ADDISON Brown, Dr. NicHoias M. Burer, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WILLIAM G. CHOATE, CHARLES F,. Cox, Joun J. CRooKE, W. BAYARD Curtinc, JAMEs B. Forp, ROBERT W. DE FOREST, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopce, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FITZGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F. Girroy, Hon. Hucu J. GRAnt, Henry GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K., Jrsur, Joun I. Kane, EUGENE KELLY, JR., Pror. JAMEs F, Kemp, Joun S. Kennepy, Pror. Freperic S. Ler, Hon. Szeru Low, Davip Lypic, Epcar L. Marston, D. O. MILLs, J. PrzERPONT MORGAN, THEODORE W. Myers, GEorGE M. OLcotTr, Pror. HENRY F, Ostorn, Lowe Li M. PALMER, GrorGE W. PERKINS, Jamzs R. PircHeEr, Rr. Rev. Henry C, Potter, Percy R. PyNg, JOHN D. ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JAmes A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WitiiaM D. SLOANE, NELson SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C. TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. Ecerton L. WINTHROP, JR., WILLIAM H. S. Woop. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden New York Botanical Garden, monthly, eyes con umal of the aining notes, news and non-technical articles of apes ee Free toall mem- — vers of the Garden, To others, Io cents a es Not “olen in 0 of exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii 213 pp. Vol EMT, seh viii i 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, vili+ 244 pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 pp. Vol. V, 1904, vili+-242 pp. Vol. VI, a! Pabst Vol. VII, 1906, viii + 300 pp. Bulle’ he New "Zork Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Direct official es and technical articles embodying results of inv Bete a carried out in the Garden. Fre all members of the 3; No. 12 plates; No. 14, in press. No, a 105 pp-, 1906 ; No. 16, 88 pp., ses an Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America, including Greailaui the West ey and Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in thirty volumes. see ach volume to consist of four or more parts. phere i “auc $1.50 per part; “a aca number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 ea [Not potered te in exchan ol. 22, me I, issued May 22, 1905, samtais descriptions of the order Rosales by Dr. J. K. Small, and of the families Podostemonaceae by Mr. Geo. V. Nash, Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Ros c, Pedthoraced and Parnassia- ceae by Dr. Sy ALSRY Vol. 22, part 2, teoed December 18, 1995, ae descriptions of the fut Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae b Dr. J. K. Sm ae Dr. P. A. Rydberg; Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidac a a, . Britton; the Pes monaceae by Dr, J. K. Pa the ‘Altiabinkese by ae “vileoe and the Phyllo- nomaceae ol. 7, part I, issued Oct. 4, 49 1906, c contains aah yon of the families Ustilag- inaceae and Tilletiaceae, eh Professor G, P. Clin - 7, part 2, pie rch 6, 1907, coe descriptions of a ne Coleo- ety Uredinacea ana Acciiacee A as a a Te fessor J. C. A Memoirs of the New Xe rk Bi Price to me of the Garden, Hi 00 ie volum other: sia Not roffaied hin exchan: Vol pbeatedl Carsten e of the Flor ora of Montana and fhe Yellowstone Park, bs Br. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums An arrangement pa wil notes from the author’s field book, including Reser of 163 new species. . Roy. 8vo, with detailed map. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by Dr. es ce eee assistant eee An account of the author’s researches — with ral consideration of the relation of uel to plants. The principal oephoogical features are eae ate a xvi oa ith 176 res, Con nN rs) ° 2 25 oP 3m 3 & ps nee ape neiitten ty van ts Gere a the staff, and epi nted from jo coe r than the abov rice, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volu N i 00 ° a I tS) pee or EN uv uv sy an mh B p Cs) i a igures and 34 vlatex: Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi + 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. 26 aa in the text and 21 plates. sae BERS 25 CENTS EACH. 0. 85. Systematic Palaeontology of the Pleistocene deposits of Maryland: Menidphyta and ‘Spertiatanbgea: by Arthur Hollick. ie reek Two new coralline algae from Culebra, Porto Rico, by M. Foslie and All mibeciotions and remittances should be sent to EW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN ONx PARK, New York City Vol, VIN APRIL, 1907 No, 83 JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant ‘ CONTENTS vs PAGS Report on the Continuation of the Botanical ‘lanes of the Bahama Islands. 71 Report on a Visit to the Island of Montserrat... --. + - +++ eee Bx -siluje ULSI Te) epee ac Pee ves te Notes, NewsandComment ...------+ s+ eset ttre 89 Seay aie aie se weet ee ee Sas or PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN At 4: NortH Quegn Sala api ae Pa. y Tus New Era Print MPANY PPPS ep Oe aN ee ree ee ge 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. LLS, VICE- Paton ANDREW CARNEGIE, TREASURER—CH. S F. , SECRETARY—N, i BRITTON BoARD oF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, NDREW CAR 1) OF, GEO KINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMES A. SCRYMSER, ROBERT DE FOREST, SAMUEL SL JOHN I ; W. GILMAN THOMPSON, D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORNE 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, HON. MOSES HERRMAN. THE MAyoR OF THE CIT ee pee HON. GEORGE B. cee 3. SCLENTIFIC DIRECTORS. . M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman, DR. sietarie’ URRAY BUTLER, PROF. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. eee LEE, CHARLES F. COX, PROF. H. H. R HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr. GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, a DR. W. - MURRILL, firs eg Assistant. DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Pace Cura Gide Museums. DR D MURRAY Ac DR. JOHN HENDLEY a. aden ee DR. JOHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custodian. PERCY WILSON, “5 Sea Assistant. JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Caden VoL. VIII. April. 1907. No. 88. REPORT ON THE CONTINUATION OF THE BOTAN- ICAL EXPLORATION OF THE BAHAMA ISLANDS. To THE SciENTIFIC DIRECTORS. Gentlemen : Pursuant to your authorization I continued botan- ical exploration in the Bahama Islands during parts of February and March of this year, being absent from the Garden for this purpose from February 11 to March 2g. I was accompanied by Dr. C. F. Millspaugh, curator of botany in the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago, who has been cooperating with me in previous work in this field, the expenses of several expeditions and the museum and herbarium specimens obtained having been divided by the two codperating institutions. I was also accom- panied by Mrs. Britton, who rendered much assistance in col- lecting and preparing specimens, and at Nassau the expedition was joined by Mr. L. J. K. Brace, a botanist resident there, who had previously done much collecting in various parts of the archipelago in the interests of this investigation, his remunera- tion and collections being also divided between the Garden and the Field Museum. Dr. Millspaugh, accompanied by Mrs. Millspaugh, proceeded to Nassau by steamer from New York, while Mrs. Britton and I went by way of Florida; this course permitted me to revisit the Subtropical Laboratory of the United States Department of Agri- culture at Miami, Florida, now in charge of Dr. Ernst A. Bessey, the base which has been used by the Garden’s several exploring 71 72 expeditions in southern Florida. The valuable experimental work of this institution is being vigorously continued, especially in plant breeding investigations, and its usefulness as a scientific center has been much increased by the purchase of a power- launch, secured by private subscription which was aided by sev- eral members of the Garden. By. means of this boat we now expect to obtain a much more complete knowledge of the plants. of the Florida keys and of the mainland shores, its ‘use being pro- vided without further expense to the Garden. I discussed some details of this desirable work with Dr. Bessey, and also plans for the further exploration of the Everglades, and hope to be able to detail Dr. John K. Small, head curator of our Museums, to make a part of the needed exploration this year, in continuation of his previous studies, inasmuch as it is most important that the flora of southern Florida be as accurately known as possible by the time the botanical survey of the Bahamas is completed, there being an intimate relationship between the floras of these two regions. Arriving at Nassau by steamer from Miami on February 14, two days were given to outfitting and to the collecting and ob- servation of certain plants growing on the island of New Provi- dence, relative to which additional information was desired. Mr. Brace was commissioned to explore the northern part of Andros Island, situated some 30 miles west of New Providence, where a number of species known in the Bahamas only from that region were collected in 1890 by Dr. and Mrs. John I. Northrop. Dr. and Mrs. Millspaugh had reached Nassau two days before our arrival and had attended to most of the details of preparation for our trip to the out-islands, and on February 16 the party sailed for Eleuthera on Mr. W. J. Pinder’s staunch schooner “Nellie Leonora,”’ previously chartered for our use, and used by ¢ us during our cruise to the northern Bahamas and to the Exuma Islands in 1905. The landing point sought was the picturesque cleft with steep rocky walls, called the ‘Glass Window,” where Eleuthera Island is very narrow, though its total length is more than 70 miles ; here easterly storms send the surf through in tre- mendous volume and with magnificent force. This point is dis- 73 ‘tant only about 60 miles from Nassau, but very light winds de- layed our arrival until late in the morning of February 17. We immediately landed and walked northward about two miles to the beautiful nearly land-locked bay on which the town of Har- bour Island is situated, obtaining among other interesting plants additional living specimens of the Bahaman agave which we had previously seen on many other islands, but which grows here in large quantities, and some plants were in full flower. The plant is really so abundant at this point as to give character to the landscape and is known by the natives here as elsewhere under the name of bamboo. We reached the town by sail- boat and here Mrs. Britton and Mrs. Millspaugh remained for two weeks, Mrs. Britton exploring northern Eleuthera, while Dr. Millspaugh and I returned at once to the “ Glass Window” where the schooner awaited us and proceeded with the study of the flora ~ of Eleuthera from that point southward. On February 18, we walked southward about five miles to Gregory Town, the schooner preceding us along the coast. This walk and the one of the previous day gave us a very good idea of the flora of the north-middle part of the island; the most interesting plant secured was a small cycad (genus Zamia) with very narrow leaf-segments growing in white sand in the shade of shrubs, evidently a rare species, as this is the only point known to us where it occurs, although we were told that it grows else- where on this island; like the other Bahaman Zamiaas it is called “bay rush” and its roots furnish starch similar to that obtained from the sago palms (genus Cycas). Near Gregory Town we saw the spiny shrub Catesbaca spinosa, with its large drooping - yellow flowers, dedicated by Linnaeus to Mark Catesby, a cele- brated botanist who explored some of the Bahama Islands in 1725 and 1726 and subsequently published two folio volumes with two hundred colored plates entitled ‘“‘ The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and the Bahama Islands,” a rare work, of which our library possesses a good copy. It is known that Catesby visited Eleuthera, and it is possible that the shrubs seen by us are descendents of those originally found by him, although the species occurs elsewhere on this island; it is also found on 74 other Bahamian islands and is in cultivation in gardens in Cuba and Jamaica. Sailing south the afternoon of the same day, we reached Governor’s Harbor and devoted February 19 and 20 to the study of the vicinity of that town, the bridle road enabling us to cross the island, here less than two miles wide from west to east, and return a different way; we collected specimens of many interesting species on these section lines, some of them not hitherto known from Eleuthera, the best ground being a valley lying parallel to the eastern shore where fresh water wells supply the washerwomen of the town with water. Here there is also a considerable area of fresh water marsh and numerous small plants seldom seen in the Bahamas occur, among them a rare little grass and a purple-flowered aster re- lated to the asters of our own coastal marshes. In white sand near the town we found a showy yellow-flowered Jiw/sclia, new to the Bahamas. Governor’s Harbor is a center for the cultiva- tion of pineapples, especially on ‘“red-lands,” which occupy swales and valleys where the soil resulting from the washing down of the leached limestone by rainwater contains much iron; these lands are much esteemed in the Bahamas for this industry. Our next collecting point to the south was Rock Sound, a large shallow bay on which the town of New Portsmouth is sit- the Bahamas ; two days were spent here, an east and west road across the island making a cross-section of its vegetation practi- cable: it may be remarked that the Bahaman scrub-lands and coppices are usually nearly impenetrable, except for very short distances, without a road or trail, owing to the dense growth of the shrubs and trees. In this vicinity we first found the “ pep- per bush” (Croton), a fragrant shrub of the Spurge Family which we had long desired to see growing ; a low prickly pear cactus (Opuntia) with extraordinary armament of spines was secured for the conservatories, and complete specimens of another shrub of the Spurge Family (Lasiocroton) with leaves strikingly reticulated on the under side, hitherto known in the Bahamas only from Andros Island. Sailing south around Powell’s Point, the two days of February 23 and 24 were given toa study of the 75 extreme southern part of Eleuthera, where low rocky plains and sand-dunes yielded some species not found further north. Little San Salvador, an island some 6 miles long and averag- ing perhaps one mile wide, lies nearly directly east of the southern end of Eleuthera and about 9g miles distant, and here we spent February 25 and 26. It is uninhabited, but some farming is done by people who come from Cat Island, about g miles to the east or northeast. The soil is mostly white sand, and indian corn and guinea corn are the principal crops, The island is interesting from the great abundance of the hog cabbage palm (Pseudophoenix Sargenti), its common name referring to the use of its trunk for pig food ; this palm, which formerly existed in quantities on some of the Florida Keys, but has now been nearly or quite exter- minated there, exists on Little San Salvador in thousands, and was in full fruit at the time of our visit, the clustered bright-red three-lobed berries being conspicuous in the landscape. The palm occurs on nearly all the Bahaman Islands, but in the inhab- ited ones is much used for pig food, and is thus liable to extinc- tion; we already have good specimens in the conservatories both from Florida and from the Bahamas, but a supply of the ripe berries for growing a crop of seedlings was collected. There is excellent fishing on the reefs about this island and a plentiful supply of several kinds was caught in a couple of hours in one afternoon, The northern end of Cat Island was reached during the night of February 26, and Orange Creek was made the base of opera- tions for the next two days, including a walk under the guidance of a native completely around the northern end of the island, covering some 15 miles or more, the longest tramp that we in- dulged in, which brought us back to the boat after dark, but with large collections. Cat Island was long supposed to be the land first reached by Columbus and the name San Salvador was applied to it and accepted by the English ; in fact, San Salvador is still the name used by the Bahaman government, or at least by some of its departments, though it is now known that the real San Salvador of Columbus is Watling’s Island, which lies some 40 miles further to the southeast. It is unfortunate that the 76 name given by Columbus has now been generally abandoned for either island, although an attempt has been made on the sailing charts to restore the name San Salvador to Watling’s Island, with the result that when San Salvador is mentioned one is left in doubt as to which island is really meant. In the vicinity of Orange Creek we first saw one of the rarest and most interest- ing small trees of the Bahamas, apparently related to the trees known in Jamaica as “pride of the valley” (Spathelia), classified by authors in the Rue Family, but whose botanical relationship is somewhat doubtful. These trees form slender unbranched trunks bearing large pinnate sumac-like leaves in crowns at the top; they grow for several or many years and then produce a large cluster of flowers and fruit above the crown of leaves, after which they die; the tree was seen again further south on the same island, but in both instances in fruit, its flowers being still unknown. The Bight Settlement, some 16 miles north of the southern end of Cat Island, was our next collecting ground, and here we went into camp in a house for six days while the schooner sailed back to the ‘‘ Glass Window,” took the ladies on board and carried them to Nassau, returning to us with stores and mail on the morning of March 7. This stay of six days enabled us to obtain a quite cop knowledge of the plants growing within 5 or 6 miles of the Bight, and we secured specimens of a number of rare and interesting species; among these, mention may be made of another practically spineless prickly pear. cactus (Opuntia) with small red flowers, growing abundantly in rocky soil, and new to our collections, a duck-weed (Lemma) not before known in the Bahamas, covering the surface of a small shaded pond and doubt- less brought there on the feet or feathers of some migratory bird, specimens of an interesting shrub of the Vervain Family, known in the Bahamas only from Cat Island, and a most viciously spiny Acacia, a shrub or small tree to be handled only with great cau- tion. The work on Cat Island was concluded by spending March 8 at Port Howe near Columbus Bluff, a bold rocky head- land at the southern end of the island, where, among other inter- esting plants, good specimens of a rare spiny shrub related to the 17 potato (So/anum) were collected, the species being known only from this island and from Great Exuma, about 50 miles to the southwest, where it was found by us on our trip of two years ago. at Island is some 45 miles long and is more hilly that any of the other Bahamas; the charts maintain that it contains eleva- tions of about 400 feet ; I ascended several of the hills, which in each case were claimed to be the highest on the island by the residents, but could find no altitude by the aneroid barometer greater than 205 feet, though it is possible that some of the hills may be slightly higher; this cited height of 400 feet had been doubted by Mr. Brace, and so far as my observations go there is probably no elevation as great as that on the island. Conception Island, lying about 25 miles southeast of Port owe, was next visited, and studied on March g and 10; this is the smallest of the islands studied by us on this cruise, being only about 2% miles long by somewhat less than 2 miles wide. It is in- habited by only one family, and farming operations are carried on ona small scale but are successful. It is highly elevated in places, but the middle part of it is occupied by one of the most continuous and striking level salt-plains that I have seen anywhere in the islands, subject to overflow at high tides, but quite dry at this time. e flora is not strikingly different from that of the islands further north and west, but good living specimens of the tall woolly cactus previously found by us on Cave Cay of the Exuma chain were obtained and the sandy portions of the island were beautified by the trailing white passion-flower of these islands. A few species known hitherto only from farther south were found here. Watling’s Island, topographically, historically, and in some respects botanically the most interesting of the islands visited and the most eastern point reached on our cruise, was explored from March 12 to 15 and we should have been glad to spend more time upon it, for as it was we studied only its north- ern part. The island is about 12 miles long and 6 miles wide, rather hilly, with a maximum height according to the charts of about 140 feet, and contains numerous salt-water lakes, uncon- nected with the ocean, the two largest of these occupying perhaps 78 one fourth the total area of the island; these large lakes give a character to the topography and landscape not seen elsewhere in the Bahamas. The course of our exploration during these four days eceended from Cockburn Town on the western side across and around the larger lakes to the fine lighthouse on the northeastern side which section was explored from Graham’s Har- bor at the northeast end southward some five miles to where the monument to Columbus stands, and then from Graham Harbor back to Cockburn Town across the northwestern part of the is- land. We found the Agave (‘bamboo ”’) which we were seeking well developed at one point on the shore of the largest lake and obtained good specimens of its fruit, leaves, and young plants for cultivation. As it had passed flowering we were unable to obtain the blossoms. It seems to be somewhat different from the com- mon species of the northern island, having leaves which are much more feebly bristle-margined, and pods which are sharp-pointed and much larger. The common species also grows on Watling’s Island and plants were brought along for comparison. The shrub or small tree of the Mallow Family discovered here several years ago by Professor Coker, during the expedition of the Geograph- ical Society of Baltimore to the Bahamas, and named by me Mal- vauscus Cokeri, was seen in abundance at the type locality where it was obtained by him, and also in many other places along the lakes and on the borders of swamps, and we obtained good speci- mens of its fruit, which was not before known, as well as of its pretty bell-shaped greenish-red flowers. The plants of the north- eastern side of the island proved to be in many instances different from those of the western side and among them we saw for the first time the Bahamian J/imosa, a shrub which grows in great quantities on the borders of marshes, but formerly known only from islands further south. Graham’s Harbor is very pictur- esque, its bold cliffs of white limestone contrasting finely with the green vegetation of the shores and the deep blue water of the ocean, The monument to Columbus erected by the Chicago Herald in 1891 stands on a headland about five miles south of the northern end of the island on the eastern side, and we were much e 79 interested, of course, in going to the locality determined at that time as the most probable point where Columbus first landed, and in taking note of the plants which he presumably saw here. These are all well known Bahaman species and species growing also on the shores of many other West Indian islands; it is probable that the one which first attracted the discoverers of America was the sea-grape (Coccoloba Uvifera), a common shrub or tree of all West Indian sea coasts, which gets its common name from its edible grape-like bunches of fruit. The headland on which the monument stands is locally known as Crab Cay. The structure is unpretentious and was believed by my companion from Chicago to be a chimney of a ruined house until he reached it; it is about 12 feet high and constructed mainly from loose rocks picked up in the vicinity ; it bears a marble globe with an outline of the continents engraved upon it and a marble slab which states that at this point Columbus first set foot upon the soil of the new world. A small cube of granite and a brick, which we were informed by one of our sailors, a native of Wat- ling’s Island, was brought from the house of Columbus in Genoa, complete the decoration of the monument. Our explorations were completed by a visit to Long Island, lying some 50 or 60 miles southwest of Watling’s Island, where there is one good harbor on the eastern side at Clarence Town, which was made a base of operations from March 16 to 19. Long Island lies on the same bank as the Exuma Islands, which we explored two years ago, and contains many of the species which we collected on that chain; a few were found which we had not before collected in We Bahamas, the most interesting of these being a low spurge (Auphordia). Sailing north from Clarence Harbor, or rather drifting, as we were here delayed by two days of calm, we touched for a few hours at Cape St. Maria at the northern end of Long Island on March 21 and returned to Nassau, arriving there early in the pg of Marc 23, and proceeded to pack the collections, Dr. case returning to New York on the Royal Mail Steamer “ peas on March 25, Mrs. Millspaugh having preceded him, and Mrs. Britton and I returning on the twenty-sixth by way of Miami. sO Having March 27 at Miami, I was enabled to again visit the Subtropical Laboratory of the United States Department of Agri- culture and to select some plants for our conservatories and to collect some specimens in the vicinity. We reached New York on the afternoon of Marc Our work in the Bahamas was aided in many ways by the resi- dents, and our thanks are due and are gratefully tendered for information and assistance to Hon. Herbert A. Brook, Registrar of the Colony at Nassau; to Rev. John P. Jackson of Rock Sound, Eleuthera; to Andrew S. M. O’Brien, Esq., Resident Justice ; to Rev. C. P. Shaw of the Bight Settlement, Cat Island ; to Mr. Simeon Devoe, Assistant Resident Justice, at Port Howe, Cat Island; to Mr. F. L. Christie of Conception Island; to Rev. Marshall M. Cooper, and Resident Justice Rigby of Cockburn Town, Watling’s Island, and to R. G, Williams, Esq., of the Harbor Estate, Watling’s Island; to Rev. C. B. T. Wilkinson, M.A., Resident Justice, Gilbert Albury and Charles A. Abbott, Esq., of Clarence Town, Long Island. Before leaving Nassau, I had a very pleasant interview with Sir William Grey-Wilson, governor of the Bahamas, and con- sulted with him relative to the additional exploration work which ‘is necessary to make our survey complete, in so far as an ex- amination of islands as yet unvisited by us or our agents will complete it. The principal points still remaining for examination are the southeastern islands of the archipelago, including the island of Samana, Miriguana Island, the several islands of the Caicos bank, the Ragged Cays, and at the extreme southwest of the archipelago the small islands on the Cay Sal bank. I secured from Mr. Pinder the use of the same schooner for a pro- posed trip to these islands toward the end of the present year. The governor was much interested in the further exploration of Andros Island, the largest of the group, and the nearest large island to New Providence. The interior of this island at its widest part, which is 40 miles or more, is unknown, either geographically or botanically, having never been penetrated, and no one knows what the conditions are in this terra incognita. He assured me of governmental codperation at some future time when it might 81 be convenient to attempt the penetration of this presumable wilderness, and I hope that we may be able to explore it. Respectfully submitted, N. L. Brirton, Director-in- Chief. REPORT ON A VISIT TO THE ISLAND OF MONTSERRAT. Dr. N. L. Britton, DirecTor-1n-CHIEF. Sw. Pursuant to your instructions, I visited the island of Montserrat, and spent about five weekg there in botanical explo- ration. I embarked from this city on the Quebec S. S. Korona, January 5, landing at St. John’s, Antigua, on January 15, where I was somewhat delayed, awaiting an opportunity to cross over to Montserrat, which presented itself on the night of the 17th in the shape of a little sloop, on which I secured passage. Arriving off Plymouth about dawn the next morning, I was quickly passed by the officers of the port and shortly after 7 o’clock found myself in the delightful home of Mr, F. W. Driver, of the Montserrat Company, to whom I had letters of introduc- tion from Mr. T. A. Hedley, their agent in New York. Mr. Driver became very much interested in our proposed work, and after giving me much timely advice drove with me to the house of Mr. Dudley Johnson, on Cocoanut Hill, where I secured ac- commodations and made headquarters during my stay on the island. The remainder of the day was consumed in securing and arranging my equipment, recovering from the effect of the pre- vious night’s experiences on the sloop, and becoming acquainted with my surroundings. The next day, January 19, just two weeks after leaving New York, I was at work collecting the plants of the region immediately surrounding my headquarters, and exploring a nearby “‘ gut,” as the deeply eroded ravines are called. During the weeks that followed almost continuous collections were made in all sections of the island. Owing to the ruggedness of the country, the multiplication of distances by the necessarily circuitous roads and trails, and the 82 steepness of the mountain sides, the employment of horses and negroes was a very necessary inconvenience. Much time was also lost by the nightly return to headquarters, which the lack of suitable camping facilities made necessary, especially as it was prudent to get back, at least to good roads, before the early trop- ical darkness set in. The exploration of the higher and floris- tically richer portions of this or similar islands would be greatly expedited if one were equipped so as to be able to remain in the higher altitudes several nights in successio My plants were dried in numerous well- ne packages of dryers not over three inches thick. These were spread out in the sunshine and frequently turned; also promptly brought under cover in case of showers, which occurred rather fre- quently, by a boy who was employed for this and other purposes about headquarters. This arrangement expedited matters very materially and relieved me of much anxiety concerning the un- dried material while afield. Active exploration was kept up to within a day of the time of departure, early in the morning of February 21, when I took passage on a Royal Mail steamer for Antigua, where I had a day and a half to await the S. S. Parima for New York, thus giving me time to have the partially dried specimens taken to the botan- ical station at St. John’s. Facilities were kindly put at my dis- posal there, which, with a day of bright sunshine, enabled me to dry most of them and prepare the remainder for the rest of the voyage, through which they came in good condition, arriving in New York with me at noon, March 2, just eight weeks from the time of departure, three of which were consumed in transit. Montserrat, situated in latitude 16° 45’ north and longitude 61” west, is one of the British administrative group called the Leeward Islands. It is about 27 miles southwest of Antigua, the seat of government, but about 40 miles from port to port, its greatest length, 11 miles, being approximately north and south, while its greatest width is 7 miles. The outline is quite irregular and is estimated to contain about 40 square miles. The island is wholly volcanic in origin and is very mountainous, the highest peak, Chance’s mountain, reaching an altitude of 3,000 83 feet, while several others are 2,500 feet or more in height. The coast is generally very rugged, except for a narrow beach on either side of Plymouth, about three miles long, and one of smaller ex- terit on the windward side. There are no enclosed bays and the several salt marshes are very small. Two of those which I ex- plored contained little of interest, except for the fact that most of the species one would expect to find there were absent. In one I found a few small bushes of black mangrove, Avicennia mtida L. A third marsh, which I saw from the distant hills, is said to contain mangroves, but I was unable to visit it or to ascer- tain which of the three genera they represented. The beach affords the usual plants common to a similar envi- ronment throughout the West Indies, while the old-world plants, Vinca major L., the. periwinkle of our gardens, and Ca/otropis procera R. Br., the so-called French cotton, were very conspicu- ous, the former exceedingly abundant. The much-feared man- chioneel, Hippomane mancinella L., is very abundant and reaches large dimensions, The most common woody plants near by are “wild coffee,” Clerodendron aculeatum (L.) Griseb., ‘French cashaw,” Prosopis julifiora DC. and the “cashaw,” Acacia tortuosa Willd., the latter very common throughout the dryer portions of the island. On the coastal cliffs the dry thickets are composed of a variety of shrubs and stunted trees, conspicuous among them being several species of Croton, Plumieria alba L., and a tall upright cylindrical cactus belonging to the genus Cae On the windward side the bleak wind-swept cliffs support a species of Agave, two prickly pears, Opuntia, a Turk’s-cap cactus, Melocactus, and Plumieria alba L., while the more gentle slopes are covered with an impenetrable thicket composed mostly of the currant tree, Jacguinia armillaris L., and “ white cedar,” Zecoma Leucoxylon Mart. The northern end of the island is very rough, rocky and dry, its highest point, Silver Hill, being less than 1,300 feet. It is covered with a xerophytic growth composed largely of the above-mentioned plants, together with fiddle-wood, Citharexylum quadrangulare Jacq., white alley, Guettarda, three or four species of Coccoloba, and a great variety of other woody plants in lesser numbers, among which are found several orchids ta and bromeliads, one curious association being an attractive yellow-flowered orchid growing among the spiny stems of a tall cactus. On the wider portion of the island the slope from the sea to the base of the mountains which run east of the longi- tudinal axis is quite gradual and is under cultivation, except where the spaces between the deeply eroded guts are too diffi- cult of access. These guts as a rule are very dry and barren, and are strewn with large boulders, showing the effect of the torrents that occasionally rush through them. The most con- spicuous, if not the commonest, plant here is the silver fern, Gyuimogramme calontelanos Waulf. Near the mountains the guts retain more moisture and harbor many of the plants common to their tributaries higher up the mountain ravines. The mountains, which begin their usually. abrupt ascent at an altitude of 1,000 to 1,200 feet, support a luxuriant and constantly increasing vegetation, except on wind-swept exposures. This dar, Ced'rela odorata ood, Orn ‘a ; ‘Spanish oak,” /uga /aurina Willd., galba, Calophyllum Calaba L., “locust,” Aymenaca Courbaril L., two ki od, Sloanea, bayberry, Amomis caryophyllata ( Jacq.) Krug. & Urb., and a great variety of shrubs, among them many kinds of Melasto- maceat, a Podocarpus and Weinmannia pinnata L. A tall tree fern, Cyathea arborea Swartz, often 25 feet high, is very abundant and frequently forms dense, almost pure, forests up to 2,000 feet, where it is replaced by the mountain cahbage palm, Aucerpe, oleracea Mart., which also forms almost pure growths extending to the highest summits. Throughout all this range there is a great variety of smaller flowering plants both terrestrial and epiphytic representing many genera, such as Begonia, Piper, Peperonia, Marcegraavia, Heliconia, Philodendrum, and Carlu- dovica, together with orchids, bromeliads and ferns in great pro- fusion. Three very small bodies of fresh water, all that I could hear of, were visited, the highest in elevation being Chance’s pond, situated at an altitude of about 2,800 and at a short distance from the top on the eastern side of the mountain of that name. This 85 pond was very disappointing, as it contained no characteristic aquatic plants of interest, neither did its margins support a flora differing materially from that on the surrounding mountain sides. Two ponds in the northern end of the island haibored a few plants each of the water lettuce Pistia stratiotes L., while the larger one, on Silver Hill at an elevation of about 1,100 feet, also contained two or three plants of the white water lily, Castata ampla Salisb. The Soufriéres, of which there are three, are not, as usually supposed, situated on the mountain tops, but in deep ravines at an altitude of about 1,300 feet. They consist of numerous fis- sures containing boiling water and emitting steam and sulphurous vapors, surrounded by deposits of sulphur, white, yellow and red earth and rocks strewn with charred wood, parched grass, and an occasional dead tree or fern trunk still standing. The vege- tation nearest to them consists of mosses and slime-like algae within and bordering the streamlets of hot water, the higher plants thriving nearest being a large bluish Cyperus, a low tree- like Lycopodium called hartshorn, two or three species of ferns belonging to the genus Dicranopterts, and a bromeliad with brilliant scarlet inflorescence. Botanically this island is scarcely known, the only collections of plants made thereon, that we have any knowledge of, having been collected about 1802 by a Dr. John Ryan. I was unable to obtain any information about Dr. Ryan during my visit, and there are no white men of that name on the island now. Economically, Montserrat has been in an unenviable position for sometime past, owing to the visitation of serious earthquakes, floods and hurricanes in rapid succession during the last twenty years, which, added to the depression already caused by the constantly declining price of sugar has reduced the white population to less than 100 persons among a total of nearly 14,000 inhabitants. It is distressing to look upon the great piles of stone, the ruins of once stately plantation buildings and spacious mansions and see near by the cheaply constructed makeshifts that have taken their place. On the other hand, the negroes seem to have profited to xtent, as th diti 86 have made it possible in many cases to acquire small areas of land, so that several of the larger estates are also held by them Sugar, formerly the staple product, has become unprofitable, chiefly owing to the fact that the primitive process of extraction, in which scarcely half of the saccharine contents of the sugar cane is secured and that of an inferior quality, is still in vogue. If a central factory were established on a modern basis, the in- dustry would no doubt still be remunerative, but the transporta- tion of the bulky cane over such a rough territory would make the project seem impractical even if sufficient capital to establish the factory were forthcoming. Although Montserrat is known to the public almost wholly on account of its lime juice, this fruit and its products are pro- duced on a commercial scale only by one concern, the Mont- serrat Company, a British corporation which owns many of the best estates and has hundreds of acres planted with limes. The output of fresh juice, however, is contracted for by another British company in such a way as to give them a complete monopoly of this product. nes considerable more juice is extracted than this concern handles, it is quite impossible to obtain it for shipment into the United States ; the surplus is concentrated to about 12 per cent. of its bulk or neutralized with a calcium salt, forming citrate of calcium, both products being commercial sources of citric acid. Considerable volatile oil of limes is also produced. Arrow-root, the starch obtained from the tubers of Maranta arundinacea L., is produced in large. quantities and of very superior quality. Papain, a digestive substance similar to pepsin, obtained from the milky juice of the ‘ papaw,” Carica Papaya L., was formerly produced in considerable quantities and con- stituted an important industry, but competition from Asiatic countries, it is said, has reduced the price so that it is no longer profitable. e large green fruits are scraped and the juice which flows for a few minutes is collected in a small vessel, this operation being repeated a number of times until the fruit begins to ripen. The fresh juice is brought to persons who prepare the papain, and is paid for by volume. This industry formerly 87 furnished an income for a great many persons without capital, for the plant is very abundantly spontaneous in many places. Cacao, the seeds of Theobroma Cacao L., is being successfully grown in the central mountains, especially by the Montserrat Company, which also has one plantations of vanilla, pepper, pimento and nutm Bay oil, the volatile a nei from the leaves of Amommus caryophyllata (Jacq.) Krug. & Urb., a tree common in some of the mountains, is also produced in considerable quantities. It is the basis of the popular toilet article known as bay rum. Vegetables in great variety are grown, mostly by the peasants ” in their “ provision lands,” which are usually situated in a fertile spot on the side of a mountain, at from 1,000 to 2,000 feet alti- tude. These are often so steep that the soil must be held up in step-like fashion by logs, usually the slender trunks of a tree fern, kept in position by several stakes driven below them. Here are grown in promiscuous confusion sweet potatoes, yams, tanyas, arrow-root, okra, tomatoes, egg-plant, peppers, squashes, beans, etc. Bananas and plantains are also grown here. The peasants also grow with less success such products of temperate gardens as potatoes and cabbage, but these are usually a failure during the summer months. The cultivation of Sea Island cotton has been carried on very successfully and on a considerable scale for several years, and the product from this island has been bringing excellent prices in England. It is to be hoped that this will continue and that the practical results will equal the not too modest expectation of those who advocate the planting of ‘‘ cotton, cotton and more cotton.” If it will do for the whole island what it is reported to have al- ready done for one or two estates, it will deserve to replace the ancient emblem of salvation now prominently displayed on the coat-of-arms of the island. This report would be incomplete if I failed to mention my By: ligations to His Honor, Lt. Col. W. B. Davidson-Houston, Com- missioner of Montserrat, for the gracious interest he displayed in our work; to Mr. Fred. W. Driver for favors already mentioned ; to Mr. W. Robson, curator of the botanical station, for his per- 88 sonal interest and enthusiasm constantly displayed, and for the sacrifices and discomforts endured on my behalf in the ascent of Chance’s Mountain and other excursions; to Mr. Dudley John- on, my host, and to Mr. E. Gilks, his manager at Roches, for barnes afforded while in that most interesting but inaccessible region ; to Miss H. Kirwan for the gracious manner in which she domes the charges of trespass so seriously filed against me by ravines of his remarkable estate; and to Mr. Jackson, curator, and to Mr. Thibou} foreman of the botanical station at Antigua, for aid and facilities afforded me at that institution. Respectfully, . A. SHAFER, Aluseum Custodian. SPRING LECTURES, 1907. To be delivered in the lecture hall of the museum building of the garden, Bronx Park, on Saturday afternoons, at four o’clock, as follows : April 27. “The Life’ Story of a Tree,” by Dr. C. Stuart May 4. “The Flowers of Trees and Shrubs Growing Wild near New York City,” by Dr. N. L. Britton. ‘May 11. “Jamaica: Its Flora, Scenery, and Recent Disas- ter,” by Dr. M. A. Howe May 18. ‘Water Lilies and other Aquatic Plants; their Re- lation to Horticulture,” by Mr. G. V. Nash. May 25. “The Influence of Vegetation in the Formation of Recent and Ancient Swamps,” by Dr. Arthur Hollick. ne “Some Little Known Edible Fruits of the United gives ” by Dr. H. H. Rusby. The lectures will be illustrated by lantern slides and otherwise. They will close in time for auditors to-take the 5-34 train from the Botanical Garden railway station, arriving at Grand Central Station at 6.05 P xt The museum building is reached by the Harlem Division of the New York Central and Hudson River Railway to the Botan- ical Garden Station, by trolley cars to Bedford Park, or by the Third Avenue Elevated Railway to Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Dr. E. B. Copeland, of the Bureau of Education of the Philip- pine Islands, called at the Garden on April 1. Dr. Kristine Bonnevie, Konservator at the University of Kris- tiania, visited the garden on March 29. Professor A. W. Evans spent a few days at the Garden during the last week in March, consulting the Mitten collection of mosses, recently acquired by the Garden Herbarium. Professor Edward A. White, of the Department of Botany, Forestry, and Landscape Architecture of the Connecticut Agri- Massachusetts Agricultural College on July where he has been appointed to the newly established eo. of flori- culture. Dr. Melville T. Cook, who has been pursuing investigations in the laboratories of the garden during the preceding three months, has received an appointment, under the Adams act, as Plant Pathologist at the Delaware Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion, Newark. The appointment took effect on April 1. Dr. Cook will at once enter upon a study of fruit diseases, giving special attention to the crown-gall affecting the genus Rudus. The New York Academy of Sciences will commemorate on May 23, the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus. In the morning of that day there will be addresses at the Ameri- can Museum of Natural History and an exhibition of animals, minerals, and rocks known at the time of Linnaeus; in the afternoon, in Bronx Park, there will be addresses and exhibits at the Botanical Garden and the Zoological Park and the dedication 90 of the Linnaean Bridge; in the evening, there will be simulta- neous exercises at the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute and at the New York Aquarium. Construction work during the winter has been mainly restricted to the excavation of stone from the ledges in the rear of the Mu- seum building, a small force of men and carts having been used continuously, the stone taken out being used for the telford foun- dation of roads and paths and deposited on grades prepared during the autumn. The foundations for all the paths on the Fruti- cetum have now been laid, and the driveway along the east side of the Bronx River, from the Long Bridge north to Newell ave- nue, is nearly all paved. As soon as a supply of broken trap- rock and screenings can be obtained, these paths and roads may be completed. Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton and Dr. C. F. Millspaugh returned during the last week in March from a successful botanical survey of some of the outer islands of the Bahamian archipelago. Visits were made to Eleuthera, Little San Salvador, Cat, Conception, Watlings and Long Islands. This was the fourth in the series of expeditions made by Dr. Britton to the Bahamas, and the third by Dr. Millspaugh. The large amount of material thus brought together, supplemented by collections made for the New York Botanical Garden by Nash and Taylor and by Brace, and the earlier collections of the Northrops, of Hitchcock, and of Coker, will serve as a tolerably satisfactory basis for a descriptive treat- ment of the interesting flora of these islands. The Garden recently purchased from Mr. Charles H. Stern- berg, of Lawrence, Kansas, a choice collection of 44 selected specimens of Cretaceous (Dakota Group) fossil leaves, which includes one of Liguidambar integrifolia Lesq., the ancestor of our sweet gum, about 8 inches in length by 11 inches broad; a branch of Andromeda Pfafiana Heer, with six leaves attached ; two specimens — counterparts of the fruit of Ficus neuro- carpa Hollick, first described in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botan- ical Club for February, 1903, and seven other leaves which apparently represent undescribed species. The two species last mentioned are of special interest for the reason that fossil leaves 91 are seldom found attached to the parent stem and the fruit of figs are exceedingly rare as fossils. Professor Theodore D. A. Cockerell, of Bo ulder, ae state, with the request examine and d e them mong them are several ae preserved flowers and fruits and a moss with fruiting capsules. e matrix is a fine shale in which the impressions of the outlines and even the delicate tissues of the anthers and petals of one of the flowers are clearly defined. An illustrated description of the moss by Dr. Hollick and Mrs. Britton is now in press for the Bulletin of the Torrey | Botanical Club and the other remains are being critically ex- amined and will be figured and described in the near future. The total precipitation recorded for the month of March was 2.31 inches. Of this amount 7 inches fell as snow. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 50.5" on the 2d; 50° on the gth; 61° on the 17th; 77° on the 23d; and 75° on the 29th; also minimum temperatures of 9.5° on the 7th; 9° on the 12th; 26° on the 21st; and 28.5° on the 26th. ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM FEBRUARY 1 TO APRIL 15. Aton di ALYON, PIERRE PHILIP’ gue } servir @ f éd: . AL 1757-88. ASCHERSON, P. & OTHERS. otantk von Ost-Afrika. ee 1879. AuTRAN, E, & DurAND, F. Hortus dias bagu ie nee 6. BryeRINCK, M. W. Beobachiungen un [knosp Nebenwurzin. Amsterdam, 18 Bergen's Elements of Bouiny, ‘Key and page Southern States edition by S. M. Tracy. Boston, 1899. (Given by Dr. L. M. Underwood Botanical Letters. 109 letters from botanists from the collection of Mr. J. J. Crooke. (Given by Miss Vail. ) BROcKMANN-JEROsCH, H. Die Pflanzengesellschaften der Schweizeraipen. 1 Teil. Die Flora des Pushlav. Leipzig, 1907 CeLakovsky, LADISLAV. Beitrége zur tp wesphysiologie der Pilze. Igo6. CtrRILLo, Domenico. Plantarum raviorum regni Neapolitani. Neapoli, 1788. (Given by Miss Vail. } 92 Correns, C. ae Mendels Briefe an Carl Nageli gee Pies 1905. See ae A. X. LL. Curso de silvicultu: Lisboa, » WwW. es und Landevirheckafiliche 3 a Ties. Jena, Jugendformen und Blitenretfe im epee Berlin, 1906. TYING, Hans. Die Retsleitungsvorgdnge bet den Pflanzen. icsbaden 1907. 3 Geogr graphical memoir pis Ipper Cali sornia: ae 1848, (By exchange with the Library of Cong GavuTl R, JOSEPH. TZraité de la taille des grands arbres sh aereiend: Paris, no date. Go.psMiTH, SOPHIE. Bettrdge zur hte der Fibrovasalmassen im pr und in der Hauptwurael der Dico yledonen. Ziirich, 187 GUBERNATIS, ANGELO. La mayahalopie ee es. Par s, 1878-82. 2 vols, HANSEN, . Vergleichende ae tt den Pflanzen. Frankfurt a.M., 1881. HENRY, AUGUSTINE. 4 Uist of plants from Formosa. Tokyo, HOLTERMANN, CaRL. Der Einfluss des Klimas auf den Bau Pes Deas Bee 1907. Xx, JoHN P, A historical account of St. Thomas, W. I. New York, 1852. ee J. in E. Aimee pads genre Reig Fans 1872. LL + Jodnne Andrea Merry: “Gating et Got hae, 1774. Lor. lee Ee trage iiber botanische Stammesgeschichte, Vol. 1. Jena, 1907. raphy and characteristics. New York, 1868. (By re ‘ongress. , Hueco. te Selbsterhiteung des Heus, Jena, I MURILLO, ADOLPH. Plantes médicinales du Chilt. fan ris, a , NICOLAS. Estudio sobre las quinas de los Pstades Unies de Colame: 745 hema & CavENTOU. Analyse chimique des quinguina. Paris, 1821. Persoon, C. H. Tentamen dispositionis gestae a um. Lipsiae, 1797. PIERROT, Epovuarp. Culture du eli : ris : , Davip. Memoirs and memoranda, citehy een Calcutta, 1894. REGEL, E. von. Index ae Petropoli, REGEL, E, von, & Tivinc, H. lorula Ajanensis, Mose u, 1859. SCHGNFELDT, HILMAR VON. Diéatomaceen Germaniae Berlin, 4 1907. SuDRE, H. Les rubus del’ Herbier Boreau. ngers, 1902. : Sypow, P. Deutscher Botaniker-Kalender fiir 1899. Berlin, 1898. TRINIUs, C, anicearum genera. St. Petersburg, 1834. ANDERCOLME, Ep. Histoire botanique des salsapareilies. P. aris, 1870, Arten und Varietéten und ihre Entstehung ar Mutation. +) ALSH, Janes J. Catholic churchmen in science. Philadelphia, 1906. (Given by Dr. N. L. Britto: WENDLAND, Hiway: index palmarum, Hannoverae, 1854, WIESNER, JuLius. Die elementary Structur und das Wachsthum der lebenden INT, PAUL DE. 92. Essais historiques sur les iardins, Paris, 1855. 93 PICTURE COLLECTION. 398 reproductions of botanists’ pital 24 pictures of trees from various so 24 portraits of botanists from the Tene collection. 79 pictures from various sources. 2 portraits of Mr. C. G, Lloyd. (Given by Dr."D.'T, MacDougal. ) caay by Dr. L. M. Underwood) ical (Given by the Royal Gardens, Kew. } framed Sinai print: eee of Ge érard. (Given by Charles F. C 1 framed colored print: portrait of Bernard de Jussieu. Cox, Esq. 107 plates from Jaume St. Hilaire, Plantes de France. (Given by Miss Vail.) 7 illustrations in the greenhouses of the New Y ork Botanical Garden. 6 photographs of a sugar mill in Cuba. (Given by Dr. L. M. 1 photograph of Dr. Charles E. Bessey. ‘ox, Esq: -) (Given by Charles F. Underwood. ) (Given by Dr, Charles E. Tee, ) MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 73 specimens of flowering plants from British America. Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. 6 specimens from Colorado. (By exchange with Professor T, D. A. Cockerell.) 2 specimens of Credaegus from Vermont. (Given by President E. Brainerd.) ‘50 specimens ‘‘ Phycotheca Boreali-Americana,’’ Fascicle 27, for the Columbia i i c (By exchange with the 25 specimens of flowering plants from the eastern United States. “GHen by Mr. K. K. MacKenzie. 18 specimens of Crataegus from New York. (Given by Mr. W. W. Eggleston. ) leston, 747 specimens of flowering plants from Montana. (By exchange with Professor L. M. Umbach. me pene of Crataegus from the vicinity of Philadelphia. (By exchange with . H. Smith 2 specimens oe Crataegus from Rochester, N. Y. (Given by Mr. M. S. Baxter.) 7 specimens of flowering plants from the Philippine Islands. (By exchange with dia (Given by Kern. ns ‘* Musci Frond, Archipelagi Indici et Polynesiaci.’’ (Distributed a I erie of oo foes Indiana. n by Mr, F, D. ik 50 : by Prof ee Fleischer. ) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 27 plants for the ia atien from Montserrat. ae by Dr. J, A. Shafer.) I plant a bamboo for the conservatories from China. (By exchange with Buffalo Botanic Gar 390 ae of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden, Bonn, Germany. ) 80 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Warley Place Garden, Great War- ley, England. 7 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden, Lund, Sweden. ) nh. 138 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden, Hamburg, oe : 94 18 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden, Mt. Holyoke ee ne Hadley, Mass. 2 pac’ of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden, University of eae Be 4 packets Hf seeds from the Platte River, Nebraska. (By exchange with Prof, C. E. Bessey. to packets of seeds from Costa Rica, (Given by Mr. C. Wercklé. ) Members of the Corporation, Grorcer S. Bowpo1n, Pror. N. L. Britron, Hon. AppIson Brown, Dr. NicHoLAs M. BUTLER, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C, F, CHANDLER, WILLIAM G, CHOATE, CHARLES F. Cox, Joun J. CRooxeE, W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMEs B. For, RoserT W. DE ForEsT, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopcg, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FITZGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F, Girroy, Hon. Hucu J. GRANT, Henry GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K. Jesup, Joun I. Kang, EuGENE KELLY, JR., Pror, JAMEs F, Kemp, JouN S. KENNEDY, Pror, Freperic 8. LEg, Hon. SETH Low, Davip Lypic, Epcar L. MARSTON, D. O. MILLs, J. PreRPONT MorGAN, THEODORE W. MYERS, GrorcE M. OtcotT, Pror. Henry F. OsBorN, LoweLL M. PALMER, GrorGE W. PERKINS, James R. PitcHEr, Rt. Rev. Henry C. PoTtTer, Percy R. Pynz, Joun D, ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, James A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMEs SPEYER, Francis L. STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C, TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, GroRGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, JR., WILu1AM H. S. Woon. PUBLICATIONS The New York rk Botanical Garden Joumal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con iaining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. = to all mem- i ae . . 2 bi .I 1902, viii + 2 aes >) ee "4% oe viii + 23} a VOL. Ny oor viii-2, 42 Pp. Vol. a Mie vili+224 pp. Vo 1. ae , 1906, viii + 300 pp- Bul of the New ¥ orkk Be anical Garden, containing the annual | reports of the Director-in 1 documents, ani results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the xarden ol North American Flora. D tio’ including Greenland, the West Indies and ee re America. rennee to be com- in thi me: a se Eack i i Vol. a patt I, issued May ee A ce mtains descriptions of the order Rosales mall, and of te families Podostesian aceae by Mr. Geo. as] ..N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Penthoraceae and Parnassia- ae by Dr. P. A. Ry er; ol, 22, part 2, issued December 18, eh contains ee puens a the ae 5 Saxifragaceae and Hydra ticens by Dr. . Small and Dr. P. A. Rydberg; unoniaceae, Iteaceae and meee OS y Dr. L. Britton ; the Pees monaceae by Dr, J. K. Small; the Altingiaceae by Percy Wilson and the Phyllo- nomaceae by Be . H. Rusby. » part I, issued Oct. 4, ee i ae descriptions of the families Ustilag- inaceae and Tilletiaceae, ce Profes r G. P. Clinton. - 7, part 2, issue rch 6, ae , contains fet Vain of the families Coleo- sroneeeeat ‘or edinaceae th pees (par. eye ae ai or J. C. Arthur. Mem: ° ow rw Xi rae Pri ¢ r a = oO Garden, rey per volum ‘o others, $2. Ro feed in exchange. ] ee as eben ‘Anne Catalogue of the e Flos rs Montan: bei the Yellowstone Park, by Dr. Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museum n arrangement nd critical discussion of a Preridopbytes ain Phanerogams aE the region with notes from the author’s fiel: luding descriptions of 163 new species. F Br oath a map. Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Development, by Dr 1D) ougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s pee i The oe with a gen lai moreHole staal panne e illustrated. xvi + 320pp. Roy. 8vo, with 17 figueed Contributions fori the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- cal papers written by students or members of the staff, and Se ed from journals other ie the above. Price, 25 cents each. oh OO per v Raa ie Nos. 1-25, vi ay 400 pp. 35 figures and 34 vol, Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 vanes sin the a cine 18 plate: Vol. Ii. Nos. 51-75, vi+ 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 plate RECENT NU CENT CH. 87. Studies on ee Rocky Mountain Flora—XVII, by Per Axel ates 88. Jane Colden, an early ey ae tk Bo! een, by “Anna M Murray 90. cSt West Wilson. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to Ww YORK PereNOne GARDEN x PARK, New Yor«K City “Vol, Vill MAY, 1907 No. 89 JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant Weed of Additional Funds... .... +++ -2 esses , Early European Botanistsin Japan. ..... +++ +s+ ubstance Poison?. ...-- sess + sees: Some Features of isan Mountain Flora of the Philippines . . . /TheEconomicGarden ... ©... +--+ seer ee ees A New habit acid Adjoining the Conservatories. ... . _ Notes, News andComment ..------ +--+ +s ee ticns . © Rs OS S09 Siar Se eS PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN At 4: NortH Qugen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. sy Tue New Era Printinc CoMrany OFFIOERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VICE- Paastons— ANDREW. Nea TREASURER—CHARLES F. b.& SECRETARY—N, L. Seon BoARD OF MANAGERS. . ELECTED MANAGE HON. ADDISON BROWN J. PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGI I G W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD eee JAMES A. SCRYMSER ROBERT W. bE FOREST, SAMU. AN, _ JOHN I. A W. GILMAN THOMPSON, F SAMUEL THORNE 2, EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, HON. MOSES HERRMAN. THE MAyor OF THE City OF NEw York, HON. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman, ae NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, eee JAMES F. KEMP, Pace Fs CHA i OF. FREDERIC ey LEE; aes co U H. ON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr. GARDEN STAFF. ne Nek: came ee sg este 8 . W. A. MURRIL t Ass DR. jon K. SMALL, pes eas ae ee aad DR. ERG, Curator. DR. ARTHUR HOLLICK, rita DR. MARSHALL A. HOWE, Cur ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, Assistant te ator, DR. C, B. ROBINSON, ie. Crater: ORGE V. NASH, Gardener. DR. C. STUART GAGER, oe of the Laboratories. ANNA MURRAY VA ae oe DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the omic res DR. WILLIAM Chem ER, ian. PERCY WILSON, Be oi Assistant, NIAXXX aLv1g ‘NIdUVy TVSINVLOY, MUOX MIN IVNG ee are eae a rf ge pe eee ional PENG. CONY. Mr, F.C. Berte. GARDEN, MEMBERS OF THE BOTANICAL SO a = 7 = Zz, < g M w Ss Z o a = a AD ial a) Z, ay < v = Zz a) a < fy .o) Pal ise oe) Ss) DECEMBER 29, 1906. JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden Vou. VIII. May, 1907. No. 89. NEED OF ADDITIONAL FUNDS. (Statement authorized by Board of Managers May 9, 1907.) s the development of the Garden as a great educational in- stitution proceeds, the need of additional funds to supplement its apparent. The Board of Managers now hold three such funds, as follows : 1. A bequest of the late Ex-Chief Justice Charles P. Daly, in meniory of Mrs. Daly’s grandfather, David Lydig, known as the David Lydig Fund, amounting to $34,149.86, and yielding about $1,365 annual income. By resolution of the Board this annual income is devoted to publication and is of great assistance and value. 2. A gift by the Misses Olivia E. and Caroline Phelps Stokes of $3,000, as a fund for the preservation of native plants, yielding $120 annual income, which is devoted to lectures and literature, advocating the purposes for which the Fund was established. 3. Fees paid to the Garden by students registering for special privileges are credited to the Students’ Research Fund, which now amounts to about $2,700, and yields about $108 annual income, grants from which are made to aid the investigations of especially meritorious students when required. Foundations for other objects are greatly desired, and it is believed they would add much to knowledge. They may bear, in general, such personal designations as donors may desire to indicate. 95 96 1. Exploration Fund. The obtaining of plants and of speci- mens of their products from distant regions little known botan- ically for public display and for expert study, is one of the most important duties of the Garden; a fund not less than £250,000, yielding $10,000 or $12,000 annually, is needed. 2. Horticultural Funit.—In order to develop horticultural work, to promptly secure and exhibit all horticultural novelties, to investigate horticultural problems, to establish and maintain decorative plantations, a fund not less than $100,000 is needed to yield at least $4,000 or $5,000 annually, 3. Library Fund. The Library has been built up by gifts from friends of the Garden and is now a noteworthy collection of botanical and horticultural literature. To render it more com- plete and to permit the purchase of all books published on botany and horticulture, a fund of $50,000, yielding about $2,000 a year, is required. 4. Conservatory Fund, For the purchase of rare, large, or otherwise interesting and valuable plants for the public conserva- tories whenever offered by dealers or collectors,a fund of $50,000 is required, to yield about $2,000 annually. 5. Herbarium Fund. The herbarium is the most important of the permanent scientific collections of the Garden, because it pro- vides the necessary means for determining the names, features and relationships of plants. It should be continually increased by the purchase of specimens from collectors all over the world, and a fund of $50,000, to yield about $2,000 a year, should be provided for this purpose. 6. The Lecture Fund. Public lectures on botanical and horti- cultural topics are important educational factors, and the lecture hall in the Museum Building is provided for this purpose. Money for the preparation of illustrations and the payment of lecturers additional to members of the curatorial staff of the Garden is needed, in order that at least one public lecture a week through- out the year may be delivered. A fund of $25,000, to yield about $1,000 a year, would accomplish this, 7. LMlustration of the“ North American Flora.’ It is very de- sirable that illustrations in color of native North American plants 97 accompanied by descriptive letter press should be published, and the collections at the Garden furnish the specimens needed. The preparation. of drawings, their reproduction, and the printing and editing of such a work would need a fund of about $30,000, to yield $1,200 to $1,500 annually. The total cost of issuing sixty to seventy-five plates a year would be about $4,000, but more than half of this cost would be met by subscriptions to the work, and in time they might defray the entire cost. 8. Scholarship Funds. For the support of trained deserving students while investigating botanical and horticultural problems. Several such funds from $10,000 to $25,000, yielding S400 to $1,200 annually, could be operated with signal advantage to science. 9. Laboratory Fund. For the purchase of apparatus and other materials for the laboratories provided in the Museum Building. The laboratories are most important adjuncts to in- vestigation and they should be well supplied with all necessary equipment ; a fund of $20,000 to yield $800 to $1,000 a year ed. 10. Fund for Horticultural Prizes. In order to stimulate the production and exhibition of horticultural novelties, it is desirable that the Garden have a fund of $10,000, to yield $400 or $500 a year for the recognition of such work by experimenters in any part of the world, the prizes to be in money or as medals. lt. Fund for Botanical Prizes. In order to stimulate scientific botanical discovery, the power to recognize original observations and other noteworthy contributions to botanical knowledge, by prizes, either in money or as medals, a fund of $10,000 should be provided to yield $400 to $500 annually. 12. Research Funds. Several funds from $5,000 to $50,000 yielding from $200 to $2,500 annual income are desired, to be devoted to the solution of unsolved botanical or horticultural problems: It is also very desirable that the general Endowment Fund of the Garden be increased. The present endowment has been con- tributed as follows: Columbia University... 2. . +4 $25,000,00° J. Pierpont Morgan 25,000. Andrew Carnegie 25,000.00 Cornelius Vanderbilt ‘25,000.00 ockefeller 25,000.00 O. Mills 25,000.00 Addison ivowa 25,000.00 Witla ge 10,000.00 er 10,000.00 Williem C. Schermerhorn 10,000.00 Mrs. Esther Herrman 0,000.00 arles P. §,CO0,00 cae ald Orendorer 5,000.00 amuel 5,000.00 George 7 ‘Gould 5,000.00 elen me 5,000.00 Joh 5,000.00 William ae ler 5,000.00 rnold, Constable & Co. : 5,000.00 Mrs. Antoinette ood 5,000.00. Mrs. George Wait Collard, in memory of the late osiah M. 5,000.00 Morris K. a : 2,500.00 rs. lissa P. Dodge 1,000.00 ‘Cc. P. Huntington 1,c00.co Tiffany & Company 1,00 David B. Ivison 1,000.00 Hon. Seth Low 1,000.00 Samuel Thorne 1,000.00 C. von Post 1,000.00 Mrs. Percy R. Pyn 1,000.00 Fred F, Thompson 1,000.00 John Innes Kane 1,000, 00 Mrs. Frank Ferguson and Mrs, W. G. Nichols, in memory — their ee the late H. O. Arm 1,000.00 . Plan 1,000.00 ae B. Ford. . 1,000.00 Francis Lynde Stetson. 1,000,00 Hugh N, Camp . ae 250.00 Smaller conte bulibes: 7 Pee Bee eu 160.00 Life Membership Fees . . 18,750.00 Total. . . « . $300,660.00 In preparing a habitation for the Botanical Garden, the city has expended over $1,250,000 upon its buildings, grounds, and roads, and it contributes also to their maintenance as a part of the park system, for the health, instruction and enjoyment of the 99 people ; but for support of the life and soul of the Garden, as a valuable a tific institution, we must look mainly to the ie ed citizens of New York. Much has been already done, as a glance at its work will show. The Directors have expended nearly $300,000 of privately contributed funds and have invested a fund of about $335,000, similarly derived as already stated; and in gifts of plants, books, apparatus and the deposit of collections, have received about $225,000 more, mak- ing a total of about $860,000 contributed by individuals. The Garden has won an honored and a world-wide name for what it has so far done, but it must have méans for progress. Will you not help in this endowment for educational and scien- tific work? Remittances may be made to either of the under- signed C. F. Cox, N. L. Britton, Treasurer, Director-in- Chief, Grand Central Station. N. Y. Botanical Garden. In behalf of the Board of Managers of the New York Botanical Garden, AppDISON Brown, Chairman of the Executive Committee. EARLY EUROPEAN BOTANISTS IN’ JAPAN. For our first knowledge of the rich botanical treasures of Japan, we are indebted to commerce and the Dutch East India Company. With the exception of a few years (1613-1623) in the early part of the seventeenth century when the English had a small trading-post in Japan, the country was closed to all foreign nations except the Portuguese, the Dutch and the Chinese. In 1640 the Portuguese were expelled and until the middle of the last century, entrance was denied to all except the Dutch and the Chinese. Three illustrious names, Kaempfer, Thunberg and Siebold, head the list of European workers upon the flora of Japan. It is interesting to note that each of. these men went out in the employ of the Dutch East India Company ; that each made the 100 difficult journey from Desima to Yedo in order to accompany the Dutch Ambassador on his annual visit to the Court of the Emperor ; that the vocation of each was that of the physician while botany was but an avocation. Each on his return to his native land wrote long and informally of his impressions of Japan, and these works are invaluable in that they picture the condi- tions that obtained in Japan before her ports were opened to the nations; each -also produced a botanical work of permanent value-— works that persist as corner-stones inthe foundations of Japanese botany. Engelbert Kaempfer (1651-1716) was a native of Lemgow in Westphalia and was educated at the universities of Cracow in Poland and Konigsberg in Prussia. He spent much time in the study of “Physick and the Natural Sciences ’’ and so paved the way for the useful observations and discoveries which he after- wards made in his travels. From Prussia he went to Sweden, where his scholarly attainments brought him into great repute at the University of Upsala and advantageous offers were made to him. This was a score of years before the birth of Linnaeus. There is a tendency to forget that botany did not begin with Linnaeus, who is often called the ‘father of modern botany.” He may be the ‘' father,” but if the ancestry should be followed ‘ up, the grandfathers and great-grandfathers of modern botany would form a most respectable family-tree. Kaempfer, however, preferred foreign travel and accepted an appointment as secretary of the embassy which the Court of Sweden was then sending to Persia. Three years later, the negotiations with the Persian Court were concluded and Dr. Kaempfer entered the service of the Dutch East India Company as Chief Surgeon to the Fleet. After touching at various points on the shores of Persia and Arabia, the coasts of Malabar, the islands of Ceylon, Sumatra and Java, he arrived in Japan in the autumn of the year 1690. His experiences in that country are most delightfully told in the thousand pages of his History Japan, In these volumes there is the fascination that comes from telling a thing for the first time when every detail is new, and there is the added charm of the beautiful country with its conservative and art-loving people. 101 The first settlement of the Dutch had been on the Island of Firando, but in the year 1638 they were commanded by the Emperor to demolish their factory and warehouse, and this for, no other reason, says Kaempfer, than that “they were of hewn stones handsomer than the buildings of the country and because the year of our blessed Saviour’s nativity was engraved in the front.’ With this unexpected order they were obliged to comply, “not only without showing the least mark of dislike but even with seeming satisfaction’! Soon after the expulsion of the Por- gives a lucid description of this island or ‘‘ prison” as he calls it. “In shape it nearly resembles a fan without a handle, being of an oblong square figure, the two longer sides whereof are the seg- ments of a circle. It is joined to the town by a small stone bridge at the end whereof is a strong guard-house where there are soldiers constantly upon duty. Just before the bridge towards the town is a place built of square stones where they put up the Imperial Mandates and Proclamations and the Orders of the Gov- ernors. Two orders of the Governors are continually to be seen there on so many boards; one of these relates to the regulation of the Guard, and the other is directed to the street-officers of Desima, and to all persons who have any business there and are on this account obliged to go in or out.” Once a year the Dutch ships put into harbor and the men were allowed to remain on the island for the two or three months of their stay. Then the director with a small number of men, only seven in the time of Kaempfer, remained on the island, where at all times they were watched by guards and inspectors. That , there might be no occasion for the Dutch to acquire the Japan- ese language, the government insisted upon a body of one hun- dred and fifty interpreters. Once or twice a year, the few Dutchmen who remained were permitted to take a walk into the adjacent country, particularly to view the temples. This privilege was more frequently granted to physicians and surgeons under pretense of going to search for medicinal plants. But it was a somewhat expensive luxury as a 102 great retinue must accompany all such expeditions and be treated to a dinner, and one must “see his purse strongly squeezed for the most common civilities.”’ After the departure of the ships, the director of the company with a numerous suite set out on a journey to the court of the Emperor to make the usual yearly presents. This was a great undertaking, for the way was long and tedious, “ three hundred and twenty-three Japanese leagues of different lengths,” nearly a thousand miles by land and sea. Kaempfer says that upon the journey they were “allowed no more liberty than even close prisoners could reasonably claim. We were not suffered to speak to anybody, not even without special leave to the domesticks and servants of the inns we lodged at. As soon as we came to an inn, we were without delay carried upstairs, if possible, or into the back apartments which have no other view but into the yard which for a still greater security is immediately shut and nailed up.” One wonders how with so many restrictions Kaempfer was able to botanize by the way. But he says that in addition to the various things that travelers usually carry along on their jour- neys, he had for his own use a large Javan box in which he “privately kept a mariner’s compass, in order to measure the directions of the roads, mountains and coasts; but openly and exposed to everybody's view was an ink-horn, and I usually filled it with plants, flowers and branches of trees, which I figured and described. Doing this, as I did it free and unhindered to every- so jealous and circumspect a nation. Nay, far from it, I must own that from the very first day of our setting out till our return to Nagasaki, all the Japanese companions of our voyage and par- ticularly the Commander-in-chief were extreamly forward to com- municate to me what uncommon plants they met with, together with their true names, characters and uses which they diligently inquired into among the natives. The Japanese, a very reason- able and sensible people, and themselves great lovers of plants, 103 look upon Botany asa study both useful and innocent, which pursuant to the very dictates of reason and the laws of Nature, ought to be encouraged by everybody.” Still Kaempfer con- fesses that at the very beginning of the journey he took whatever means he could to secure the friendship and assistance of his fel- low-travelers ‘“ obliging some with a submissive humble conduct and ready assistance as to physic and physical advice; others with secret rewards for the very meanest services and favors received from them.” Had it not been for this adroitness and tact and skill in over- coming the prejudice of the Japanese, it is doubtful if much could have been accomplished. The pioneer botanist in Japan must needs be a diplomatist as well as a botanist. Many of the inter- esting facts thus obtained are embodied in a chapter of his history under the heading “ Plants of the Country.” This relates more particularly to those of agricultural or economic value while the Amoenitates Exoticae contains a catalogue of all plants noted in his travels with “‘ descriptions more accurate and botanical.” He tells us of the kus or ‘‘ Camphire-tree’’ and the preparation of “camphire”; of the urusi or ‘‘ Varnish-tree which affords a milky juice, which the Japanese make use of to varnish, or as we call it, to japan all their household goods, dishes and plates of wood, and this from the Emperor down to the meanest peasant”’ ; of the “ Tsianoki or Tea-shrub which is allowed no other room but round the borders of Rice and Corn-fields, and in other barren places unfit for the culture of other things ; the common drink of the Japanese is brewed from the larger leaves of this shrub; but the young and tender leaves dried, powdered and mixed in a cup of hot water into a sort of Soup are drank in houses of people of quality.” He says that “Japan may vie with most, if not all, known countries for the great variety of beautiful Plants and Flowers wherewith kind Nature hath most liberally and curiously adorned its hills, fields, woods and forests. Some of these the Japanese have transplanted into gardens and improved by assiduity and culture to the utmost, and indeed to a surprising degree of per- fection. . . . There are numberless varieties of Feverfews and 104 Lillies growing in this country. The first are the chief ornament of the houses and gardens, the others of desert and uncultivated places. Nor hath Nature been less kind with regard to the Narcissus, Flowers de Lys, Clove-Gilli-Flowers and the like. But these several flowers fall as short as others of their kind, owing in other countries, in strength and agreeableness of smell, as they exceed them in the beauty of their colors. The same holds true with regard to most fruits of Japan which are far from coming up to the pleasant aromatic tastes of those which grow in China and the Eastern countries. . . . Numberless plants grow in the fields, upon hills and mountains, in woods and forests, in morassy grounds, in barren and uncultivated places, along the Sea-coasts and in short, everywhere. Of all these, there are but few but what afford their roots, leaves, flowers and fruits for the sustenance of the people. . . . There is a great variety of mushrooms, most of which are eat. . . . Of ail the soft submarine plants, there is hardly one but what the Natives eat. Fishermen’s wives wash and sell them and are very dex- trous in diving them up from the bottom of the sea in twenty to forty fathom depth.” In the appendix, there are some delightful papers on ‘‘ The Natural History of the Japanese Tea-plant,’”’ “The Making of Japanese Paper’ and ‘‘An account of the Moxa, an excellent caustic, with a scheme showing what parts of the human body are to be burnt with that Plant in several Distempers.”’ After eight years abroad, Kaempfer returned to his native town intending to practice medicine and publish his travels and scien- tific observations at leisure, but his success as a physician so con- sumed his time and energy that only the Armocnitates was pub- lished in his lifetime. To Sir Hans Sloane, who purchased all his unpublished manuscripts, is due the publication of his “ His- tory of Japan,” which was translated into English from the original High German by Scheuzer. From this English transla- tion it was later rendered into French, then into Dutch and finally (1777) again into German. We hear of no further botanical work in Japan until Linnaeus had nearly attained his allotted three score and ten years. Then 105 it was that the young Swede, Carl Peter Thunberg (1743-1778), his pupil in botany and a graduate of the medical department of the University of Upsala, became interested in the botany of Japan. At Amsterdam he had repeatedly heard regret expressed by the professors and botanists of the botanical garden that so little was known of the rich flora of Japan. This suggested to him the idea of visiting that country. Through the instrumen- tality of influential friends he soon secured an appointment as surgeon on board a vessel of the Dutch East India Company and proceeded to Japan by way of the Cape of Good Hope and the island of Java. His Voyages au Japon published in French are as quaintly interesting as the ‘“ History” of Kaempfer, and his experiences were strangely similar. The condition of the Dutch séttlement showed no change and restrictions were per- haps more severe than ever. We cannot improve on his own way of telling his own story : “My first care on landing was to provide myself with inter- preters and to secure the favor of the officers who frequented our little island (Desima). My knowledge of medicine gave me more than one opportunity to be of service to them as well as to their sick relatives and friends. In short my frank and open manners won their confidence. I was not likely to inspire with much uneasiness the inspectors of commerce who could very well see that all my attention was focussed on medicine and botany... . “T was so fortunate as to discover in the wild plants of the country some valuable medicinal properties and took advantage of these discoveries for the purpose of obtaining a permit which had never been granted to any European, to explore the region about Nagasaki in order to collect plants and seeds. I succeeded beyond my expectations, but almost immediately the favor was recalled. . “Before granting the permit, the Governor, fearing some in- novation, had caused search to be made throughout the records of the country to ascertain if such a concession had ever been made to a European surgeon. He discovered that at some time considerably remote, during an extremely fatal epidemic when 106 the ship’s remedies had become exhausted, that a Dutch surgeon had been allowed to land and search the environs of Nagasaki for medicinal herbs. This discovery had the effect of immediately raising all scruples. But unfortunately the Governor examined the case a second time and found that the Dutchman had been of the rank of Second Surgeon while I was a First Surgeon. Therefore was I in no way entitled to the same privilege and it was promptly withdrawn ! ‘“‘A circumstance of this kind is of treniendous importance in the eyes of the Japanese who are conservative to an inconceivable degree. They pride themselves upon the strict execution of the wishes of their sovereign without troubling themselves to inter- pret them or to make the slightest concession to circumstances. As for myself, while I was in no way regardless of the counter- order, still | was more determined than ever. I attempted to ‘convince the superior officer that there was really no marked difference between a First and a Second Surgeon ; that the First Surgeon had passed through the lower rank of the Second, and that the Second had the right to aspire to the rank of the First! These observations so wise met with approval and were sufficient to raise the last scruple of the Governor who once more rendered me the permit, but so late that I was unable to profit by it before the month of February. It was with great regret that I had spent the entire autumn waiting for that miserable revocation.” In the meanwhile, however, Thunberg’s ingenuity had helped him out. He goes on to tell us that ‘ Fortunately several of the interpreters had become my pupils in medicine and surgery. Under my supervision, they treated the sick of the village. As remuneration for my lessons, I demanded of them all the plants, flowers and seeds which they could collect in the neighborhood of Nagasaki.” On the fifteenth of August, they landed the animals from the ship. Cows, calves, sheep, pigs and deer were brought every year from Batavia, not only for the consumption of the Euro- peans at the factory, but also for the provision of the vessel on its return voyage. These animals. were kept in a stable upon the island: and during the winter fed upon rice, rice-straw and 107 the young branches of trees; at other seasons on such leaves and herbage as the native servants were able to gather from the neighboring mainland. ‘‘ Never once,” says Thunberg, “did I forget to examine the fodder which was brought regularly twice a day, and thus it was that I found some very rare plants, some of which I judged worthy to figure in the herbaria of Europe.” Then he adds plaintively, ‘‘ These discoveries only served to ren- der more exasperating the species of captivity which bound all Europeans to the narrow and desolate island of Desima.” n the seventh of February, after the final grant of the long- fowrual and imposing occasion. He was abligs to take a “Vet,” Thunberg adds, “I had not the complaisance to limit them, and it was necessary that they sou accompany me over the hills and through the mountains.’ hese excurstons were made once and sometimes twice a week until the time of the departure of the Dutch Ambassador whom ae accompanied to the court of the Emperor, This umey was a repetition of those of Kaempfer’s experience, and sree Thunberg does not tell us how he did his botanizing, we know from his Flora Japonica that it was not neglected. The mountains of Fakonia and other places along the route and edo are constantly quoted as the localities of plants which he describes. This work published in 1784 contains descriptions of about one thousand species, and is marvellously accurate and complete when one considers the circumstances under which the material for it was collected. On his return to Sweden, Thun- berg was made Demonstrator of Botany at the University of Upsala, and in 1784 was appointed Professor of Botany and oc- cupied the chair left vacant by Linnaeus until his death (1828). 108 He published several important works and numerous memoirs in the transactions of many Swedish and foreign societies, in fifty-six of which he held an honorary membership. Fifteen years before his death, he received the title of Commander of the Order of Wasa, and one likes to think of him as Sir Carl Peter Thunberg, distinguished botanist, traveler, gentleman, a man “ sweet and amiable and who enjoyed general esteem.” Philip Franz von Siebold was the last of the great European botanists to visit Japan in the days before the awakening. was a member of an illustrious German family celebrated for its learning and scientific knowledge. His grandfather was an eminent physician ; his younger brother Carl Theodor Ernst has been called the ‘‘ Nestor of German Zoology.” With a view to improving the trading relations of the Dutch, he was sent out by the East India Company. He went out not only to act as their physician and to plan improvements in the sanitary conditions of their island prison, but also asa man of science with a determina- tion ‘to further its progress in every possible way. Well equipped with scientific apparatus he arrived in Desima in 1822 and for six years made the island his headquarters. Already conditions for scientific work had improved to a consid- erable degree and he had comparatively free access to the coun- try, while his reputation as a physician and scholar, brought him many visitors from all parts of Japan. Some of these became his ardent students. His valuable stores of information were con- stantly increased by trained natives whom he sent to collect for him in the interior. In 1826 he accompanied the Dutch Ambassador to Yedo and was allowed to remain behind, the only foreigner in the city. Unfortunately, however, his zeal in scientific pursuits outran his discretion, and for getting possession of a native map of the country, he was imprisoned and finally compelled to leave Japan. On his return to Germany, he published not only those works on the fauna and flora and natural history of Japan that fora half-century made him the first authority on those subjects, but he wrote also upon the history, language and literature of the country. His most important work from the latter standpoint is 109 Nippon. Archiv sur Beschriebung von Japan, which first appeared in five quarto volumes of text and six folio volumes of atlas and engravings. In 1897 his illustrious son, the Baron Alexander von Siebold, revised this work, the edition appearing in two large attractive volumes with many illustrations and printed in rman. we have already noted the corresponding work of Kaempfer is salable in the quaint English of the early eighteenth Fic. 15. Monument to Kaempfer and | Thunberg erected by Siebold on the island ot Desima. century, while that of the Swedish Thunberg is in French, The scientific descriptions of all are in Latin. g Siebold undertook a second journey to Japan and was invited by the Emperor to his Court. With the consent of his own government, he entered the Japanese service as negotiator be- tween Japan and the powers of Europe, but his services were of short duration, for various intrigues combined to compel him to retire from his post and ultimately from the country. To his son, Baron Alexander, fell the honor of moving in those ever- widening diplomatic circles that were instrumental in rendering Japan accessible to the ideas of the West. 110 The name of Siebold is connected with the introduction of many rare and beautiful plants into the Gardens of Europe, more particularly, Japanese lilies, camellias, and chrysanthemums. His herbarium of the plants of Japan contained about two thou- sand species and twelve thousand numbers. The types of the Flora Japonica are now in the Herbarium of the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg: Thunberg’s Japanese types are in the Deles- sert Collection at Geneva; Kaempfer’s plants of Japan and his manuscripts are preserved in the British Museum. Siebold’s Flora Japonica consists of three large folios contain- ing colored plates of numerous rare and curious plants. On the title-page we find a tangible record, here reproduced, of the In the Lebex und Wirken von Philip Franz Siebold by his son, it is with singular satisfaction that we read that his surviving stu- dents and the nobles and statesmen of Japan have erected a monu- ment in Nagasaki in honor of the man who, according to the closing lines of the inscription, deserves the first place among the men, ‘welche Kenner und Vertreter der europaischen Wis- senschaft waren; folglich ruht der Ruhm der grossen That, der Einfuhrung der Caalication im eee Japan, auf Siebold, des- sen Andenken dieser Stein gewidmet is “ae PERLE ANDERSON. WHY IS A SUBSTANCE POISON? The study of poisons and their influence upon living organisms has always been prominent in animal and plant physiology. The reason for this is, that since poisons more or less disturb the so- called vital processes and tend to change the behavior of an or- ganism, the belief has prevailed that the study of poisons and of poisoning will bring us nearer toa solution of the mystery of life itself, The word poison ordinarily suggests ‘skull and cross-bones,” but the term is rather elastic in meaning so that it is possible for 111 the same substance to be a food in some cases and a fatal poison in others according to the concentration and conditions. poison may accelerate the vital processes, may retard them, or it may stop them. It is now firmly believed that the so-called vital processes are chemical reactions largely. The digestion of starch to sugar which occurs in plants and animals is a chemical reaction. Each advance in chemistry and physics offers a new basis for an ad- vance in physiology so that now considerable attention is being paid to the separate vital processes as chemical reactions rather than to the activity of the organism as a whole, which is of course much more complicated. Gradually more and more of the vital processes can be carried on in test tubes, so to speak, and the real nature of poisoning will probably be discovered by an under- standing of the conditions prevailing when a poison affects a single chemical reaction. Thus the effect of poisons upon the digestion of starch and upon the digestion of protein have been studied. We may think of a chemical reaction between two substances as a rearrangement of the matter composing those substances which results in the formation of a third substance different from the original ones. A poison, then, is a foreign body whose pres- ence alters the rate of reaction between two others. Modern re- search has shown that any third substance more or less alters the tate of a given reaction. In this sense every substance may un- der some conditions be a poison. To understand why a substance is poison apparently involves a knowledge of why any third body has an influence, great or small as it may be. Any number of hypothetical questions might be asked here but it is evident that the fundamental nature of matter and the properties of its ultim- ate constituents are involved. Before modern research had revealed the important part taken by electrical energy in chemical changes numerous attempts were made to correlate the poisoning capacity of the elements with their physical and chemical properties as then known. Thus com- pounds containing the heavy metals, mercury, copper, lead, etc., were found to be more poison than those containing the lighter ‘metals such as sodium, calcium, etc. In all those efforts the ex- 112 ceptions encountered were so numerous as to make a satisfactory explanation impossible. ording to the modern view chemical action is largely an affair between small particles called ions. Each ion carries an electrical charge. Some ions carry a negative charge and others carry a positive one. Some ions hold their charges much more tenaciously than others. When an ion loses its charge or gains an additional one it suffers a change and likewise the ion from which it gained the charge or to which it lost one. Now we may think of a living organism as an association of ions between the mem- bers of which there is a constant interchange of electricity. This interchange is outwardly manifest as the so-called vital processes. As long as the interchange remains in natural equilibrium the organism lives, but when this equilibrium is disturbed the organ- e. pos example, approaches this association of ions (our living organism) and comes within the sphere of influence. It is an experimental fact that the mercury ion does not hold its charge very firmly, so that some ion member of our association steals the charge carried by the mercuryion. The electrical equilibrium previously existing in the organism is thus disturbed by the additional charge and perhaps a total readjustment of the electrical relations occurs —the organism is poisoned. Now suppose some other ton in- stead of the mercury, for example a sodium ion, reaches the sphere of influence of our organism. Since the sodium ion holds its charge too firmly to lose it, the chemical relations of the organism remain undisturbed — the sodium is not poison. This is essentially the latest theory of the real nature of poison- ing. ose substances are most poison which hold their charges least firmly. This theory was advanced in 1904 and has been supported by two subsequent investigations by different men. During the past six months a test of the theory has been made in the laboratory of the Garden. The digestion of fat was selected as the chemical reaction upon which the effect of a series of poisonous metals was tried. This reaction had never been tested and it proved to be more favorable for the pur- 113 pose than others so far tried because the sources of error are much less. The results invalidate the theory. The poisoning power of the metals tried did not bear a definite relation to the energy required to separate a charge from its ion. The results also strengthen the view that a general law formulating the par- ticular nature of poisoning and applicable in all cases, cannot be found. It does seem probable, however, that an explanation more potent than the other. This would be a forward step, and our results have suggested a promising clue. Raymonp H. Ponp. SOME FEATURES OF THE MOUNTAIN FLORA F THE PHILIPPINES. When one thinks of the Philippines and their vegetation, the first idea is that of a purely tropical flora, and until comparatively recently there was nothing in botanical publications and there is to-day practically nothing in current literature to contradict such an impression. And yet, even had no direct evidence been obtained of the presence of a very different element, a little re- flection should lead us to expect something of the kind. Between the extreme northern and southern islands there is a difference in latitude of over sixteen degrees, about the distance which separates New York from northern Labrador or from the central Bahama Islands; though as the Philippines are entirely within the tropics, the resulting changes there should be less pronounced than in regions farther from the equator. But there is another element of still greater importance to be considered, altitudinal variation. The Philippines contain a great many hills, although none are so high as some in Formosa on the north or Borneo on the southwest. The highest are in Mindanao, the most southerly of the large islands, but the greatest mass is in Luzon, at once the largest and the last island of importance to the north. Nearly its whole northern half is mountainous, and the conjunc- tion of northern latitude and high elevation has permitted a very different flora from that of lower levels. The higher peaks 114 farther to the south show the same tendency, but not so noticeably. Naturally, the lower-lying and therefore the warmer portions of the islands are the better known. Until a generation ago, botanical information regarding the Philippines had been obtained either by expeditions which spent a comparatively short time in the islands, or by resident Spaniards, and much of the work of the latter was unreliable. Both explored the country around Manila, and most of the visitors penetrated at least as far into the country as the great lake of Laguna de Bay, and climbed some of the hills in its rear. Another some- what frequent stop was at Zamboanga, in Mindanao ; but atten- tion was almost confined - Luzon. much more strenuous ollector was Hugh ing, who spent several years there gathering shells, plants he birds, and in so doing seems to have visited nearly all of the principal islands. There is strong in- ternal evidence that he never reached very high levels on any of the mountains, and was not beyond the edge of the hills of northern Luzon. The difficulties were not all physical. The Spanish hold upon the wilder portions of the group was so slight that no collecting could be done in any such place until a com- paratively short time ago. About twenty years before the American occupation, Sebastian Vidal, director of the Forestry Bureau, took the initiative in the exploration of Benguet, which is the province forming the south- western portion of the mountain region above mentioned, and more recently Loher penetrated into Lepanto-Bontoc, adjoining Benguet on the nort A few of the species which to us most strongly suggest tem- perate conditions were known before their day. Oaks were de- scribed by Blanco in 1837, and several kinds are now known; the first pine was described in 1847, having been collected by Cuming a few years before. Some beautiful orchids sent to England by him had brought collectors representing many of the leading horticultural firms of Europe to the islands, and one of them, Wallis, discovered the beautiful white Philippine lily, Lidzm philippinense, now frequently cultivated, which is very abundant in the pine forests of Benguet, the most southern home for any species of this genus. 115 It has remained for the new régime to disclose more fully the nature of this northern flora, and to greatly augment the number of species known from the Philippines by the exploration of many other districts as well, including the three highest mountains in the archipelago, Apo and Malindang in Mindanao, and Halcon in Mindoro. At least a thousand species new to science have been found, and already about three fourths of this number have been published. Perhaps we can most vividly realize the character of much of this hill vegetation by glancing at the names of some of the plants which compose it, remembering that while many of them are found only at the highest altitudes, others occur lower down upon the slopes. There are several species of raspberries, blue- berries, sedges, rhododendrons, and violets ; fewer species repre- sent the rushes, everlastings, gentians, hollies, cresses, willow- herbs, loosestrifes, bayberries, wintergreens, barberries, clematis, and honeysuckles ; and there is probably only one kind each of buttercup, rose, meadow-rue, thistle, sow-thistle, St. oe anemone, chickweed, stone-crop, eyebright, bedstraw, lobelia, aster, wild lettuce, golden-rod, strawberry, ash, maple, and willow. Even these familiar names show very inadequately how differ- ent is the general aspect of the highlands from that of the low- lands, which is undoubtedly tropical. It is among such species that we find those that show the most important connecting links with the flora of other countries. Thus, Boenninghausenia albiflora Reichb. f., a plant closely re- lated to the rue, and previously known from the Himalayas and the mountains of western China and Japan, has been collected in Benguet by Mr. Williams and others. Thestum psilotoides was originally described by Hance from a few specimens found n Canton, in China. Mr. Williams found it also in Benguet, ae it has since been collected farther north by Mr. Merrill. Ava- phalis adnata DC. and A. contorta Hook. f., natives of the moun- tains of India and southern China are now also known from uzon., Ten times as many similar cases might be quoted, and instances where the species are closely allied but not identical are still more 116 numerous. These throw a great deal of light both upon the earlier geological history of the islands and the origin of their flora, It is evident from the foregoing that Luzon was connected with con- tinental Asia since these species were evolved, but yet long enough. ago to permit the differentiation that has taken place in a very large number of other cases. till more noteworthy, perhaps, is the presence of a distinct, though much smaller, Auste alian element, first noted over twenty years ago by Mr. Rolfe and recently emphasized by Mr. Merrill, and it is again significant that these species are mainly from the mountains ie shaped island of Celebes, lying to the south of the A Bornean element is also known to oe but investigations in this direction are least developed. It is certain to be very pronounced, if for no other reason than that the geographical limit between the two areas is ill-defined. Important explora- tions have recently been carried on in the large connecting islands of Mindoro and Palawan, but the results are not yet available. The indications are, however, that much the greatest number of connecting links will be found to be with Formosa, as would be expected from its geographical position and general resem- blance to the northern Philippines. Its flora, as recently worked out by Professors Matsamura and Hayata, already makes this evident, and, as little collecting has yet been done at elevations above 2,000 feet, many discoveries of the greatest interest are still to be expected; it is among these that we would look for the greatest number of plants belonging also to other countries. From another point of view, the climate indicated by this semi- temperate vegetation in the north of the islands suggests most important oe for their future. Advantage has already been taken of this more bracing temperature from the standpoint of health. a. of the land, in Benguet at least, is known to be very fertile, and is already under high cultivation, and the rapid improvement in conditions farther north and fuller investi- 117 gations thus made possible will soon make known the agricul- tural capabilities of that part of the region as well. C. B. Rosixson. THE ECONOMIC GARDEN. Ever since the New York Botanical Garden was opened to the public, the need of an economic plot, where visitors, especially the younger and city-bred ones, might see the principal hardy useful plants in a growing state, has been keenly appreciated, but not until the present year have the conditions been favorable for its establishment. Late in the summer of last year, a plot of half an acre, lying just north of the Morphological Gar- den, was set apart for this purpose. This plot, to be known as the Economic Garden, occupies the upper or northern end of a valley which lies to the eastward of the large conservatories. The southern half of this valley is occupied by the Hardy Her- baceous Garden, the three gardens together rendering this valley one of the most beautiful and interesting horticultural sites in the vicinity of New York. The valley, at the site of the Economic Garden, is only about fifty yards wide. An old drain which ran through the center has been converted into a rivulet, connecting a chain of small pools, from which the meadow slopes up toa rocky ridge on either side. Both of these ridges are occupied b a sparse natural forest growth. The margins of the slopes have been planted with the more important useful trees and shrubs, foods being represented upon the western side, and medicines, tanning and dye products, etc., upon the eastern side. The open meadow is laid out in beds, planned upon the unit system, where herbaceous plants may be found, their separation corresponding with that of the woody plants. The units are classified, so far as practicable, upon an economic basis. The growing collections represent one or more varieties of many of the plants cultivated for their material uses which will endure our climate. Besides these, a large number of the plants used by the aborigines, especially food plants, are represented. In the rivulet and the pools, many aquatics and marsh plants, such as calamus, cat-tail, 118 rice, both cultivated and wild, taro, and wap have been plante It is Sopnecied that this garden will become a very popular feature in the grounds, after its plants have become well estab- lished. It is notoriously true that many of our city people, even adults, have no idea of the character and appearance of the plants from which our most important vegetable products are derived, Aside from this fact, people of much more pretentious knowledge will be likely to find here subjects of novelty and even of surprise. The economic garden, moreover, is expected to furnish much new or complementary material to the Economic Museum. It is planned to form an economic department in the new series of glass houses soon to be built, which will complete our present economic series of exhibits. H. H. Russy. A NEW FLOWER GARDEN ADJOINING THE CONSERVATORIES To the north of the Conservatories, between the terrace and the opposite ridge on which the pines are located, is a flat area lying between the paths, about five hundred and fifty feet long and fifty-six feet wide, divided into five rectangular plots. This tract has been retained in green sward until very recently, but it was decided this spring to plant the two largest of the five plots with flowers and shrubs Each of the two plots referred to is about one hundred and seventy-six feet long and fifty-six feet wide, making a total in the two plots of about 19,712 square feet. It seemed desirable to so arrange the planting as to make it attractive during both win- ter and summer. This was of easy accomplishment so far as the summer was concerned, and to insure this for the winter it was decided to plant large masses of conifers and broad-leaved ever- greens in the center, allowing them to run out here and there in small masses. Between the irregular margin thus produced and the surrounding border, measuring ten and one half feet wide, have been planted deciduous shrubs in masses. 119 The entire central rectangular area, measuring about one hundred and fifty-five feet by thirty-five feet, is planted with ever- greens and deciduous shrubs. This will give during the summer a solid effect of green, relieved by the masses of color produced by the flowers of the deciduous shrubs ; while during the winter the dark green of the evergreens will make a pleasing contrast with the surroundings. Of the border of ten and one half feet referred to, a band eight feet wide has been devoted to herbaceous plants, made up largely of perennials, with some annuals, among which will be found many old-time friends. The remaining two feet and a half has been retained in grass, making a green frame to the whole planting. Suitable show labels, giving desirable information, will be placed in position shortly. _ In the planting of these plots, about one thousand conifers and broad-leaved evergeens have been used, five hundred decidu- . ous shrubs, and two thousand two hundred herbaceous plants. It is a pleasure to again refer to the generosity of Mr. Lowell M. Palmer, who has contributed the large number of conifers and broad-leaved evergreens necessary to make this planting effective. Grorce V. Nasx. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Under a Park Department contract with Kelly & Kelley, ground was broken on May 3 for the boiler house of the new public conservatories to be erected on the east side of the garden near the Bleecker Street entrance. During the building of the masonry retaining walls at the driveway and path approaches to the Mosholu Parkway and the Woodlawn Road, it was of course necessary to break the border screen of trees and shrubs along the railway at those points. The gaps have been filled this Spring and the border screen is now intact from the Elevated Railway Station north to the Woodlawn Road. Considerable planting has also been done at the base of the retaining walls at both these driveway entrances. Active work in the construction of the stone bridge to replace 120 the old wooden ‘ Blue Bridge” near the north end of the Hem- lock Grove, has been in progress during the month of April under the Park Department contract with M. J. Leahy. The same underlying stratum of sand and gravel on which all the other bridges in the garden rest was found at this point and forms a footing for these structures which could not be better. This layer occupies a position about six feet below the average surface level of the river. As already described, this bridge is being built of boulders selected from old stone walls in the grounds and of others which grading operations have unearthed. Much progress has been made in grading, sodding and sowing the banks about the lakes during the month of April and the telford foundation of the path system around the lakes is now very nearly complete, so that as soon as a supply of trap-rock screenings can be obtained they may be completed for the use of the public. It may be of interest to record that the price of broken trap-rock and trap-rock screenings has been greatly advanced since last year, competitive bidding last year bringing out a cost of $1.87 per cubic yard delivered at the garden, whereas the lowest bid obtainable this spring is $2.15 per cubic yard, and even at that figure it is difficult to obtain screenings free from a large amount of finely comminuted stone or sand. Arbor Day exercises were held at the garden on May 2 and May 3 in connection with the nature-study lectures given to the children of the public schools of Manhattan and the Bronx. Re- marks appropriate to the occasion were make by Dr. Britton and Dr. Murrill. De. Hollick addressed ue pupils of Curtis High School, New development of the movement and calling attention to the fact that the inauguration of Arbor Day in New York State was due to an act introduced in the State Assembly in 1888 by Assem- blyman George Cromwell of Staten Island, now President of the Borough of Richmond The total precipitation recorded at the Garden for April was 4.93 inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 70° on the 5th, 56° on the 11th, 57° on the 21st, and 68° on the 25th; 121 also minimum temperatures of 26° on the 2d and 6th, 31° on the 11th, 29° on the 2oth, and 37° on the 2sth. The mean temperature was 48°, or 4.3° above the normal for April for New York State. ACCESSIONS. PLANTS AND SEEDS. 430 plants for the outside collections. (Purchased. ) 26 plants for the outside collections. (Collected in the vicinity. ) 64 plants from the Bahamas for the conservatories. (Collected by Dr. N. L. Britton. ) 1 plant for the conservatories. (Given by Mr. Harding.) 1 plant for the fruticetum. (Given by Mrs. Dyer. 1 plant for the nursery. (By exchange with the Bureau i Plant Industry. ) 3 plants for the conservatories. (By exchange with Dr. 1. D. Cardiff. 24 plants for the conservatories from Cuba. (Collected _ Mr. W. R. Maxon, by exchange with the United States National Museum. lants for the conservatories from the Bahamas. (Collected by Mr. L. J. K. I plant for the conservatories. (Given - Mr. D. Griffiths. 3 packets of seeds from Corea. (Given b . T. Morris. ) 89 packets of seeds from Siberia and Cons collected by Mr. T. N. Meyer. (By exchange with the Bureau of Plant Industry. ig packets of seeds. (By exchange with the United States National Museum through Dr. J. N. Rose.) 1 packet of seeds. (Given by Dr. H. H. Rusby.) 2 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Royal Gardens, Kew, England.) 179 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the aa Garden at Leiden: and 18 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden at Dublany Austria. 18 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden at Groningue, Holland. 102 packets of seeds. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden at St. Petersburg, Russia. 3 packets of seeds from Smee (Given by Prof. M. T. Cook.) 1 packet of seeds. (Given by Mr. R. C. Schneider, ) 3 packets of seeds from Monet W. I. (Collected by Dr. J. A. Shafer.) 130 packets of seeds. (Purchased. ) MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 61 specimens from British America. (By exchange with the Geological and Nat- 2 ae of Crateerus from New Hampshire. (Given by Mr. Percy Wilson.) E eee “Fungi Columbiana’? Century XXIV. (Distributed by Mr. aes w.) 122 2 specimens from Mexico. (Given by Mr. C. G. pe I specimen of Nothoscordium from Florida. (Given by Mr. S. Rapp.) ,000 specimens from Montserrat and Antigua. (enieead by Dr. J. A. Shafer. ) 2 specimens of Crataegus from eastern Pennsylvania. (Given by Professor C. L, oa oo specimens ‘‘Cryptogamae Formationum Coloradensium.” (Distributed by oe F. E. Clements. 20 eel of Crataegus from Missouri. (By exchange with Professor William ‘Trelease. ) 2,000 specimens from the Bahamas. (Collected by Dr. and Mrs, N. L. Bri Io specimens from California. (By exchange with the Universiy - ee Members of the Corporation, GerorcE S. BowDOoIN, Pror. N. L. BritTon, Hon. ADDISON Brown, Dr. NICHOLAS M. BUTLER, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WituiAM G. CHOATE, CHARLEs F. Cox, JouN J. CRookE, W. BAYARD CuTTING, JaMes B. Forp, ROBERT W. DE FoREST, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopcg, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FirzGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F. Giiroy, Hon. Hucu J. Grant, HENRY GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K. Jesup, Joun I. Kane, EUGENE KELLY, JR., Pror, JAMEs F. Kemp, Joun S. Kennepy, Pror, FREDERIC S, LEE, Hon. SerH Low, Davip Lypic, ¥ Epcar L. MARSTON, D. O. Mitts, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, THEODORE W. MYERs, GEORGE M. OLcott, Pror. HENRY F. Osnorn, LowELt M. PALMER, GEoRGE W. PERKINS, JAMEs R. PITCHER, Rr. Rev. Henry C. Potrra, Percy R. PYNE, Joun D. ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, James A. SCRYMSER, HEnrY A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WILL1AM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louts C, TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. EGERTON L, WINTHROP, JR., WILLIAM H. S, Woop. PUBLICATIONS oF umal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, i ai en ining notes, news and non-technical articles of pas ae sod toal 38 Vol. VI, 1905, viiit224 pp. Vol. VII, 1906, viti + 3 sols ule’ tanical Gar arden ; Bye otters, PES per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, P-, 3 maps, and 1 Sing 1896-1 Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, 190I-1905 es Vol. III ae S. 9-11, 463 pp. ie pe plates, mane oe Vol. 1V, No. 12, 113 pp.; No. 13, 19, , 12 plates; No. 14, in pre , No. 15, 105 pp., 1906 ; No. 16, 88 pp., He ‘plates, ae sash ae 115 p aks ; m Flera. Ppaceiad ions of the pie plants of North Ai Se Greenfand "the West Indies eld Central America. Planned to he ee 0 plet rty vi volumes. Roy. 8vo, ‘h volumé 2. feeceiet of four or more pai Sabscition price $1.50 per part 5, 3 a re nited number of separate parts will be old ‘or $2.00 ea [Not chtieds in exchange. Vol. 2 22, part I, issued May 1905, contains dese ions of the order Rossles by Dr. J. K. Small, aut of a fee ilies Podostem eae by Mr. Geo. V. bes, i Crassulaceae by Dr . Britton and Dr. J. N. Ros e. Penthoaiaere and Parn ia ceae by Dr. P. Ryd me ol, 22, part 2, issued December 18, 1905, contains dee ee fie ‘ui axifragaceae and Hpdiahpeacene by Dr. Se . Small and oe noniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelida y Dr. Bie Prevost monaceae b Small; the Altiueiieenee by Percy Nwileos: aaa the Phyllo- ol. 7, part 1, issued Oct. 4, 1906, contains descriptions of the families Ustilag- inaceae and Se se eae, by Professor G. P. Clinton. ol. 7, part 2, issue arc 1 1907 contains ae of oS ree Coleo- sporiaceae, Tieanares and Aecidia eae (pars), by Professor J. C. A Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden. “Price to seis of the Garden, $1.00 per volum ‘0 ot Not offered in exchange. Vol. I. na () notes from the author’s field book, including descriptions of 163 new species ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with detailed ma Vol, II. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Developm acDougal, assistant rete An account of the author’s research i ion an the considera’ Eee = ae to plate he principt Dovphologia Rapes are illus Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures. ‘on! Ne fe) Garden. A series of tech papers nares by student! embers of the staff, and rp d from jo other than the above. Price, 25 cents ea a $5. it Nos. I-25, vi + 4 . 35 figures and 34 plate OVALE Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi + Caan 55, gu ures in the text a 18 plates. Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 plates. ENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. $7. Studies on the Rocky Mountain Flora—X VII, by Per Axel Rydberg. 38 yee Colden, an early mide ee Botanist, by Anna Murray Vail. new species of Aytonia from Jamaica, by Caroline Coventry Hayne: 99. Stes in North ‘Araereanl Peneueparaler—T. The Genus Albugo, by West oe d itt should be sent to NEw YORK SO OTABIESY GARDEN RONX PARK, New York Gt JUNE, 1907 No. 90 JOURNAL OF New York Botanical Garden EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS ME eee Ne aloe ec eieia (er eet ee eee ve 123 (8 CO TAN Gy Dy Ld Sf aR an ere ea eae ar 139 . oe Cony eS COR ei en ae a 140 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Art 4s Nortru Quzen Srreet, Lancaster, Pa. By THe New Era Printinc CoMPany OFFICERS, 1906. ee O. MILLS, VicE-PRESIDENT—ANDREW CARNEGIE, eeaane LES * Cox SECRETARY—N, L. BRITTON. BoARD oF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, 4 ae MORGAN, ANDR. i RGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, Tine A. cpt RO T W. DE FOREST, SAMU: JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMSON, D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THOR 2, EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF oe DEPARTMENT OF PuBLIC Parks, HON. MOSES HERRMAN. THE Mayor OF THE CiTy OF NEw York, HON. GEORGE B. nectae LLAN. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chai DR. NICHOLAS nie heihe alae PROF. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, CHARLES F, COX, PROF. H. H. RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr | GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, Director-in- Chief. DR. W. A. MURRILL, First Assistant. DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Head Curat or ties Museurss. DR. » Curator. ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, spunea Curator. DR. C, = ROBINSON, Assistant Curator. G V. NASH, Head Gardener. DR. C. sie GAGER, =e of the pai ANNA MURRAY me Librari: DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator es Economic ” Collections: Che: COHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custodian PERCY WILSON, Administrative Assistant. ‘NTCUVD ‘IVOINVLOG NHOA MAN TYNUNOL JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden Vor. VIII. June, 1907. No. 90. EXERCISES COMMEMORATIVE OF THE TWO HUNDREDTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE BIRTH OF LINNAEUS. Exercises commemorating the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus were held May 23, under the auspices of the New York Academy of Sciences, at the Museum of Natural History, the Botanical Garden, the Zodlogical Park, the Aquarium, and the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute. In the forenoon, at the Museum of Natural History, American animals, shells, minerals and rocks known to Linnaeus were exhibited by a committee in charge, and letters and cablegrams from other societies appreciative of the work of Linnaeus were read by the Secretary of the Academy. Short addresses were also made by some of the representatives of these societies who were present. Then followed the main address of the morning by Mr. J. A. Allen on “ Linnaeus and American Zoology.” ExHIBITION OF AMERICAN Prants Known To Linnaeus. The exercises were continued in the afternoon at the Botanical Garden. Visitors were received under an arch bearing the name of Linnaeus decorated with flowers known to him and draped with the American and Swedish flags. After luncheon, an exhi- bition of American plants known to Linnaeus was held in the museum building. Nearly a thousand species of flowering plants, including potted plants and cut flowers, were shown, besides several species of ferns and a few of the lower cryptogams. The J24 botanical writings and oe of Linnaeus occupied a conspicu- ous place in this exhibitior The following address was heh delivered by Dr. P. A. Ryd- berg, Curator : LixnaEus AND AMERICAN BorTany.* Lr. Chairman, Ladies and Gentlemen: fell on me was not because I was the most able one to deliver such an address, for there are many abler men present, but a because I was born in the same country as Linnaeus. In fac my grandfather came from the same province of Smaland a 1G. 16, The twin-flower, Linnaca ee a plant especially beloved by Lin- naeus and oe to him by Gronoviu even from a parish adjoining that of Stembrohult, in which my illustrious countryman was born n the early part of the seventeenth century there lived in Jonsboda, Smaland, Sweden, a farmer named Ingemar Svenson. He had three children, two sons and one daughter, the grand- * Address delivered at the New York Botanical Garden, May 23, 1907, by Per Axel Rydberg, on the commemoration of the two hundredth anniversary of the birth of Linnaeus by the New York Academy of Sciences. 125 mother of Linnaeus. On the Jonsboda farm stood a very large linden tree, so old and with so many traditions that it was re- garded by the people as a holy tree. Any damage done to this tree, it was claimed, would surely bring misfortune upon the head of the perpetrator. When the two sons began to study for the ministry, it was natural that they should think of this tree in selecting a family name. They called themselves Tiliander ; Tita is the Latin for the linden or basswood, and axdvos the Greek for man. It may not be amiss to state that at that time the common people of Sweden did not have any family names, and this is true to a certain extent even to-day. A man was known by his given name, the given name of his father with the word son appended, and the place where he lived. The farmer mentioned above was known as Ingemar Svenson from Jonsboda. His father’s name was Sven Carlson and that of his grandfather, Carl Johnson. The names of his two sons would have been Carl and Sven Ingemarson had they remained in the peasant class, instead of Carl and Sven Tiliander. The daughter married a farmer, Ingemar Bengtson, and her son’s name was Nils Ingemarson, until he entered the “ gym- nasium.”’ He was also born in Jonsboda and, when selecting a name, he naturally also turned to the same old linden tree as his maternal uncles had done. He called himself Linnaeus. It is remarkable that two of his father’s maternal granduncles also linden tree, but this is scarcely in accordance with the facts. More likely it traces its origin from the Linden Farm in Dannas Parish, where their ancestors lived. But what has this genealogy to do with Linnacus’s relation to North American botany? Perhaps nothing directly, but in- directly a great deal; for the circumstances and surroundings under which a man is born and reared to a certain extent make the man. In his younger days, Sven Tiliander was the house- chaplain of Field-marshal and Admiral Viscount Henrik Horn, who was for many years Governor of Bremen and Verden, two cities with territory in Germany acquired by Sweden through the 126 Thirty-years War. During his stay in Germany, Tiliander learned to know and love botany and horticulture and established around Viscount Horn’s residence in Bremen a garden which was remark- able for that period. When both returned to Sweden, Tiliander brought with him the choicest plants from this garden and planted them around the parsonage of Pjetteryd Parish, of which he had been appointed rector. Here at Pjetteryd, Nils Linnaeus spent most of his youth, studying in company with his uncle’s sons. Later, both as curate at Rashult and as rector at Stenbrohult, he surrounded the parsonages with gardens, in which he grew many rare and interesting plants. In the midst of these, Carl Lin- naeus, the famous botanist, was born and reared. Later, while a student at the university, he spent a summer vacation at home in 1732, and made a list of the plants in his father’s garden. This list is still to be seen in the Academy of Sciences at Stock- holm. Although defective, the first four classes being unrepre- sented, it enumerates 224 species. Of these, many were at that time very rare in cultivation. Professor Theodore Fries in his Among them we notice six American plants, viz., Rhus Toxtco- dendron, the poison oak, Mirabilis iene four-o-clock, Asclepias syriaca, milk-weed, Phytolacca decandra, poke-weed, Antennarta (now Alxaphalis) mar, see caatel ees and Solanum tuberosum, the pot t may marked that the cultivation of potatoes was ae into Sic, about ee years later. e see from this that Linnaeus had learned to know some American plants even in his early childhood. Carl Linnaeus was born the 13th of May (old style), 1707, at Rashult, an annex to the parish of Stenbrohult. His father was the curate there, but two years later, at the death of his father- in-law, Samuel Broderson, he became rector and moved to Sten- brohult. In the fall of 1714, Carl Linnaeus entered the school of Wexid, and graduated from the “ gymnasium” in 1727. His parents, especially his mother, wanted him to study for the min- istry, but he had no love for theology, nor for metaphysics, nor the classics. He learned on tolerably, however, because that language helped him to study the natural sciences. He decided 127 to study medicine and entered with that view the University of Lund, which was nearest his home, but remained there only one year, learning that there were better facilities at Upsala. At the latter place he soon became acquainted with Professors Rudbeck and Celsius, two of the most prominent scientists of that time, Fic. 17. Linnaeus at the age of thirty, in Lapland dress, and was allowed to use their libraries. The former, who had many duties to perform, soon asked Linnaeus to give for him the public lectures in Botany. The income from these gave Linnaeus means to support himself and linked him closer to his favorite study. He became acquainted with practically all the plants of 128 the gardens and fields of the whole region around Upsala and learned all the scientific names given in the books at his disposal. The latter was not an easy matter, when we take into consider- ation the form of scientific names at that period. For example, the most approved name of the common blue-grass that adorns our lawns was: ‘‘Gramen pratense paniculatum mazus, latiore folio, Poa Theophrasti.” Other names of the same grass were: “Gramen vulgo cognitum,” “ Gramen pratense majus vulgatus,” and “ Granien alterum et vulgare.’ In the first publication by Linnaeus, it appears as “Poa spiculis ovatis compressis muticis.” I think that Linnaeus and his contemporaries had much more cause than we to exclaim: “ Those horrible Latin names!” To us the same plant is known as Poa pratensis L., the name adopted by Linnaeus in his “Species Plantarum.” The lectures given by Linnaeus for Professor Rudbeck became very popular. This was especially the case after his return from his Lapland journey. Some persons, especially Dr. Nils Rosen, became jealous of his success and induced the University faculty to pass a resolution by which no one who had not taken the corresponding degree was permitted to give university lectures. Linnaeus had not yet received his doctor's degree, and hence was debarred. As Holland was offering at that time excellent facilities both in medicine and in botany, and as living expenses were lower than elsewhere, Linnaeus decided to visit that country d take his examinations there. He received his doctor's wealthy burgomaster of Amsterdam and president of the East India Company, was a great lover of plants and had a splendid botanical garden at Hartecamp as well as a rich library and her- barium. On the recommendation of Boerhaave, Linnaeus became Clifford's physician and curator of his collections and garden. Here he lived in luxury, beloved as a son. Clifford furnished Linnaeus with means to publish five of his first books, ‘Systema Naturae,”’ ‘‘ Fundamenta Botanica,” “ Bibli- otheca Botanica,” “‘ Genera Plantarum ”’ and “ Flora Lapponica,” 129 the manuscript of which he had brought with him from Sweden. In the first of these, Linnaeus presents his system of classification. plants. He divides the kingdom into 24 classes, the first 23 Fic. 18. Linnaeus at the age of forty. containing the phanerogams and the last the cryptogams. In the first 11 classes are included plants which have from 1 to 12 free and practically equal stamens ; in the 12th and the 13th, plants with many stamens ; inthe 14th and 15th, plants with 4 and 6 stamens respectively, of which 2 are decidedly shorter; in the 16th, 17th 130 and 18th classes the stamens are united by their filaments; in the 1gth they are united by their anthers, and in the 20th they are adnate to the pistil ; in the 21st and 22d the flowers are uni- sexual, 7. ¢., the stamens and pistils are in different flowers, on the same individual in the 21st and on different individuals in the 22d ; and the plants of the 23d class have both unisexual and bisexual flowers. The classes were divided into orders. In the first 13 classes the orders were determined by the number of the pistils, in the 14th and 15th by the fruit; and in the 16th to 18th and 20th to 23d by the number and distinctness or union of the stamens. The classification of the 19th class is too complex to enter into here. The 24th class was divided into 4 orders: Filices, Musci, Algae and Fungi. is system of classification is purely artificial. Linnaeus himself regarded it only as temporary, and expected that it would oon be supplanted by a more rational one, based on natural re- iationchi The Linnaean system served its purpose, however. It became a means by which it was possible to tabulate every known genus of plants. Before this time there had been no sys- tems at all, or such crude ones as we find even to-day in some popular flower-books, where the plants are classified by the color of their flowers. If the natural systems of DeCandolle, Bentham and Hooker, and Engler and Prantl are too complicated for popular books, why not go back to the simple system of Linnaeus? It would at least give a good insight into the struc- ture of the flower instead of the mere color. In his “ Genera Plantarum ” Linnaeus applied this system to all known genera of plants and gave each of them a concise and plain description. ifford had many American plants in his garden, but he sent Linnaeus to England to visit Sir Hans Sloane, Professor Dillenius, them. Both Sloane and Dillenius treated Linnaeus at first with coolness, because he “confounded” botany. On his farewell visit to Dillenius, Linnaeus politely asked him what he meant by “confounding botany.” Dillenius took from the library’ the first few pages of Linnaeus’s own “Genera Plantarum” and 131 showed him where there was written at numerous places “ NB.” Dillenius stated that all the genera so marked were wrongly de- scribed. The first example he pointed out, if I am not mistaken, was Canna, placed by Linnaeus in his first class, which contains plants with but one stamen. Botanists before ie time had several days and foind that the older botanists in most cases were at fault and the young Swede correct. From being an opponent, he became a friend of Linnaeus and let him have all the plants he wanted. After his return to Holland Linnaeus continued his work in Clifford’s garden with renewed zeal; and completed his “ Hortus Cliffortianus,” a large folio, in which are enumerated and de- scribed all the plants found in Clifford’s collections, together with synonyms and citations of nearly all botanical works then in ex- istence. In preparing this work he became thoroughly acquainted with almost all the literature referring to American botany, such as Morison’s ‘“ Plantarum Historia,’ Plukenett’s ‘“Almagestrum Botanicum” and ‘“ Phytographia,” Petiver’s “ Gazophylacium,’’ Sloane’s ‘ Jamaica,’ Plumier’s “ Plantarum Americanarum Genera,” “ Plantarum prnenice nae Fasciculus Primus” and “ Filicetum Americanum,” Catesb “ Historia Naturalis,” and, later, Cornuti’s “ Coe Plantarum After completing the “Hortus Cliffortianus,’’ Linnaeus re- turned to Leyden, where he spent some time helping Gronovius with the editing of his ‘‘ Flora Virginica,” based on a large col- lection of plants collected by Clayton. Here again he came in contact with American plants Linnaeus then returned to 5 Sweden and became a practicing physician. e€ was soon appointed Professor of Medicine at Upsala, but by common agreement he exchanged chairs with Rosen, who held the ei of Botany. He now began work upon the most important book of his life, his ‘‘ Species Plantarum.” In this he tried to include a short description of 132 every known species of plant, eae with the most important synonyms and citations. In this book the Linnaean binomial system of nomenclature was ne for the first time. Linnaeus was not the first to give plants names; nor was he the first to name genera. Many Latin plant-names had come down from antiquity, while others had been proposed by his predecessors. Men like Tournefort and Micheli had in some cases clearer ideas of genera than Linnaeus himself. Neither was Linnaeus the first one to use binomials. In Cornuti’s work on Canadian plants, for example, we find almost as many binomials as polynomials ; but it is doubtful if Linnaeus had seen Cornuti’s book when he first wrote his “Species Plantarum.” He does not cite it in the first edition, but does so in the second. Linnaeus was, how- ever, the first one to use binomials systematically and consist- ently. Before his time botanists had recognized genera and ese consisted sometimes of a single adjective, as in Quercus alba, the white oak, but more often of a long string of adjectives and adjective modifiers, as in the case of the blue-grass mentioned above. The specific name had hitherto been merely a description modifying the generic name; from this time it became really a name, although a single adjective in form. An illustration of the pre-Linnaean form of plant-names might be had if, instead ot ‘Grace Darling,” one should say, “Mr. Darling’s beautiful, slender, graceful, blue-eyed girl with long golden curls and rosy cheeks.” ‘‘Grace”’ is just as descriptive of the girl as this whole string of adjectives. It may be that “Grace” is not always appli- cable to the person to whom the name is applied ; but this is also often the case with many specific plant-names. Asclepias syriaca and Rumer Brittanica are American plants, and Rudus deliciosus is one of the least delicious of the raspberry tribe. This inven- tion and strict application of binomial names could not but cause a revolution in Botany. ince the appearance of ‘ Species Plantarum” in 1753 it has been possible to pigeon-hole not only genera, but also species of plants. Before this useful book was printed, Linnaeus had become 133 better acquainted with North American plants, and in another way. Baron Bjelke, the vice-president of the Court of Appeals of Finland, had proposed to the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm to send an able man to Iceland and Siberia, countries partly in the same latitude as Sweden, “to make observations and such collections of seeds and plants as would improve the Swedish husbandry, gardening, manufactures, arts and_ sci- ences.” Dr. Linnaeus suggested North America instead, and recommended one of his pupils, Professor Pehr Kalm, of Abo, for the proposed expedition. Kalm spent two years in North America, traveling through Pennsylvania, New Jersey, New York and Canada, and making large collections of seeds and plants, which were preserved as living or dried specimens or as alcoholic material. During his stay at Raccoon, New Jersey, he discov- ered our mountain laurel. The Swedes of Raccoon called it spoon-tree, because the Indians made spoons from its hard wood. Kalm adds in his journal about this tree: ‘The English call this tree a Laurel, because its leaves resemble those of the Laurocerasus, Linnaeus, conformably to the peculiar friendship and goodness which he has honored me with, has pleased to call this tree Kalmia ae ovalis, corvimbis terminalibus, or Kalmia latifolia”’ Here Linnaeus himself gave an illustration of both the pre-Linnaean a the post-Linnaean eee Kalm became acquainted with several of the naturalists of this country, . Colden and his daughter Jane, Bartram and Clayton, and through Kalm a correspondence was established between them and Linnaeus. Linnaeus also corresponded with John Ellis, who resided in the West Indies, and Dr. Gardiner, who botanized in Carolina and Florida. Later he bought a set of plants collected by Patrick Browne in Jamaica, and received a part of the collec- tions made by Jacquin in the West Indies. When the second edition of the ‘‘ Species Plantarum ”’ appeared, in 1762, Linnaeus knew and had described nearly 1,000 plants indigenous to the United States and Canada. Besides these, he described about 1,000 more, natives of the West Indies, Mexico and Central America, and 400 or 500 South American plants. His knowledge of American plants was small compared with 134 what he knew of plants of the Old World. ‘* Codex Linnaeanus,” which enumerates all plants named by Linnaeus, contains not fewer than 8,551 species. Linnaeus died January 10, 1778, honored and esteemed by all. ‘Some of his work will doubtless live as long as Botany is studied by man We see from the preceding account that we may consider Linnaeus one of our American botanists. Even the little plant earoue - country home of Linnaeus near Upsala, Sweden. From rill. Fic. 19. a recent i photograph by W. A. Muri which Gronovius dedicated to the Father of Botany, the twin- flower of our woods, with its exquisite perfume and its dainty pink flowers, belongs to a genus essentially North American. The genus Lixnxaea contains four forms, all closely related. One of these, the original Linnaea borealis, is confined to the mountain regions of northern and central Europe. Linnaeus discovered it on his Lapland journey and it was then considered a very rare plant. Now it seems to be more widely distributed than it was 136 at the time of Linnaeus. Perhaps it is of American origin and has become modified since it transplanted itself on the other side of the ocean. The other three forms are North American. Zin- naea americana Forbes, which has usually been confounded with its European cousin, is common in the woods from Labrador to Alaska, and extends in the Rocky Mountains as far south as New Mexico, L. dougifora (Torr.) Howell, is found in the mountains from Northern California to Alaska. The fourth form is, as far as I know, undescribed and unnamed. It is with great pleasure that I here propose the following name and description for this species : Linnaea serpyllifolia sp. nov. A delicate plant with long creeping stems, 1-4 dm sparingly hirsute ; petioles 2-3 mm. long, ciliate ; blades broadly nee or round-ovate, 5-8 mm. long, minutely crenulate, obtuse, mice beneath ; peduncles 3-5 cm. long, sparingly Fae and more or less glandular above, 2-flower ‘ac : linear or lance-linear, obtuse ; pedice mm. long, glandular- long, glandular-puberulent, purplish ; calyx-lobes 2-2.5 mm long, linear-subulate ; corolla pink, open-funnelform with a very short tube, decidedly oblique, about 6 mm. long and 5 mm. wide. This species differs from ZL. doreatis and L. americana in the very narrow and almost glabrous calyx-lobes. In this respect, it agrees with LZ. Jougiflora: but it is distinguished from that species by the differently shaped corolla and by the leaves, which are broadest at or below the middle, instead of above it. It di from all three in the smaller size of av flower and of the ee and in the indistinct toothing of the lat Alaska: Cape Nome, 1900, F. £. See (Type in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.) ; Kotzebue Sound, Arnott. Apparently the same plant has also been collected on the island of Sachalin by F. Schmidt, but his specimens lack flowers. EXHIBITION OF LANTERN SLIDES OF AMERICAN FLOWERS Known To LINNAEUS. Dr. H. H. Rusby then showed selected colored lantern slides of the flowers of the following North American plants known to Lin- 136 naeus ; early blue violet, hardhack, partridge pea, purple flower- ing raspberry, dwarf cornel, jack-in-the-pulpit, harebell, alum- root, meadow beauty, ground-nut, button-snakeroot, wake-robin, swamp rose-mallow, marsh-marigold, skunk cabbage, water hem- lock, cardinal -flower, large blue flag, butterfly-weed, pickerel-weed, sea-side goldenrod, five-finger, large blue gerardia, black-eyed susan; sweet elder, swamp honeysuckle, witch-hazel, rhododen- dron; laurel magnolia, flowering dogwood, sweet-gum, locust- tree, black birch, fringe-tree, tulip-tree, and American linden. AMERICAN TREES Known To LINNAEUS. At the conclusion of the exhibition of lantern slides, Dr. W. A. Murrill led the way through the grounds of the Garden from the museum building to the Linnaeus Bridge and pointed out certain species of American trees known to Linnaeus. The fol- lowing trees were observed, in the order given, and some of their characteristics briefly mentioned; tulip-tree, sweet-gum, red maple, red cedar, sweet birch, white pine, white ash, sugarberry, flowering dogwood, sassafras, buttonwood, butternut, white elm, red oak, white oak, hemlock, chestnut-oak, and American linden. DEDICATION OF THE LINNAEUS BRIDGE. A handsome new bridge over the Bronx River on Pelham Parkway, between the Botanical Garden and the Zoological Park, was then dedicated by the unveiling of a bronze tablet commemorative of Linnaeus placed thereon by the Academy of Sciences. Dr. N. L. Britton, Director of the Garden and Presi- dent of the Academy, made the following address : ADDRESS BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE ACADEMY.* The recognition of the work of famous men is one of the hap- piest duties of mankind. It stimulates our endeavors and en- courages us to make efforts which we would probably not make without their examples before us. To-day we do homage to a distinguished man of science, and * Delivered at the dedication to Linnaeus of the Pelham Parkway bridge over the Bronx River, by Nathaniel Lord Britton, President of the New York Academy of Sciences, May 23, 1907. 137 the unanimity with which the scientific societies and institutions of the City of New York join in this tribute is in itself evidence of the value which is placed upon his contributious to natural history. Science has made great progress during the two centuries which have elapsed since the birth of Linnaeus. Theories have in large part given place to ascertained facts or have been replaced by other theories based on more accurate knowledge of natural objects and of natural phenomena. The contributions of science to the wel- fare, comfort and happiness of mankind have made present human life widely different from that of two hundred years ago, and this amelioration of our condition, and the more general diffusion of knowledge has been accompanied by a vast improvement in morality. e ceremonies of to-day are worthy of the great naturalist subjects they teach and illustrate. Public and private philan- thropy have developed them with a rapidity almost phenomenal, for they are all yet in their infancy, and on a scale commensurate with the dignity of the metropolis of America. The cordial co- operation of a municipality with public-spirited citizens to build and maintain such institutions for the welfare of the people and of science, finds here, in New York, its maximum evolution, which has as yet, however, by no means reached its complete develop- ment nor its maximum usefulness. What shall be said of their position and importance when after fifty years the New York His ie Society opens the tablet which we now place upon this ridge nd, what discoveries will Science have made for the benefit a the human race during these next fifty years? The selection of this bridge recently constructed by the Park Department, as a permanent memorial of Linnaeus, is most appro- priate. It is situated just outside the New York Zodlogical Park, with the New York Botanical Garden a short distance to the north, ¢ 138 being thus between the two institutions which teach the subjects on which the fame of Linnaeus chiefly rests. The suggestion that having been placed in it copies of to-day’s program and other documents befitting the occasion. The tablet was then unveiled by Dr. N. L. Britton and accepted for the City by the Hon. Joseph I. Berry, Commissioner of Parks f AT) TAPES NIST /, NI DAOO! (ta) ‘ Fig. 20. Tablet placed on the Linnaeus Bridge by the New York Academy of Sciences, of the Borough of the Bronx. Its location is shown in the frontispiece, and its wording in the accompanying photograph. he key of the tablet was accepted by the New York Histori- cal Society for safe keeping until May 23, 1957. Addresses were made by Mr. G. F. Kunz, President of the American Scenic and Historic Preservation Society, and Mr. Emil F. Johnson 159 President of the United Swedish Societies of New York. Appro- priate music was furnished by the American Union of Swedish Singers. rom the Linnaeus Bridge, the party entered the grounds of the Zodlogical Park and, under the guidance of Dr. W. T. Horna- day, the Director, and several members of his staff, examined the zoological collections with special reference to animals known to. Linnaeus he exercises were continued in the evening at the Museum of the Brooklyn Institute with addresses by Messrs. F. A. Lucas. and E. L. Morris, with an exhibition of lantern slides, and musi- cal numbers by the Glee Club of the United Swedish Societies. A reception at the Aquarium given by the New York Zodlog- ical Society to the New York Academy of Sciences and Guests, about five hundred people in all, closed the exercises of the day. Features of marine life known to Linnaeus were then demon- strated, and the first view was had of the Aquarium collections. under illumination by night. The centennial of the Aquarium building was commemorated at the same time. W. A. Murri_t. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Miss Anna Murray Vail, Librarian, is at present in France, where she intends to remain during the summer. The seventh annual meeting and exhibition of the Horticul- tural Society of New York was held at the Garden on Wednes- day and Thursday, May 8 and 9. The seventh summer exhibi- tion was held pe 12 and 13. r. Per Rydberg, Curator, delivered an address at Augustana ie Rock Island, Illinois, on May 13, in con- nection with exercises commemorative of the two hundreth anni- versary of the birth of Linnaeus. The exercises at the Garden in honor of Linnaeus were attended by the Swedish Minister, from Washington, and by the: Swedish Consul, Vice-Consul, and President of the United Swed- ish Societies, from New York 140 Mr. Wladimir H. Lipsky, the well-known Russian botanist and botanical explorer, recently spent several days at the Garden examining the library and collections. The nature-study lectures and demonstrations for the benefit of pupils of the public schools in the borough of the Bronx and a portion of Manhattan closed for the spring term on June 4, to be continued in the autumn. A collection of fossil gums containing some very rare and choice specimens has just been presented to the Garden by Messrs. G. W. S. Patterson & Co. of this city. A description of this collection will be published at an early date. The total precipitation recorded for May, 1907, was 4.05 inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 72° on the 10th, 83° on the 14th, 70° on the 24th, and 71° on the 30th; also mini- mum temperatures of 34° on the sth, 30° on the 12th, 44° on the 18th, 37° on the 22d, and 41° on the 28th. ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM APRIL 15 TO JUNE 1. NSAS. Annual report of the geological survey cs 7888. Vol. 3. Little Rock, 1888. (By ex aes with the Library of Congress. ) AILEY, EDw watian ferns. Honolulu, 1883. Batrour, EDWARD, Cn of India and of Eastern and Southern Asia. 30 edition. London, 1885. 3 vols. BELLI, SAVERIO. Lxdoderma e periciclo nel G. Trifol Le della stelia di V. ses me Doultot. Torino, 1896. ry De N. L, Britton. ) ELLI, S. bservationes py sur la rbalité des es en nature au point de vue de la etna des végétaux. Turin, 1901. (Give n by Dr. MN L. Bri atten) BENINCASA, MICHELE. Ge i coltiva il tab Roma, 1907. 9 Botanical magazine; index from its commencement in 1787 to the end of 1904. seen {Deposited by the Tae of Columb CH R. Principes de botanique. 7 cee. rt CLARIDGE. Zhe Dillenian eee Edited, with an introduction, b : ia University. ) : "ay she Untersuchungen itber die Beweglichkett der Pflanzen und der Tiere. Leipzig, 1906. (Deposited by the Trustees of Columbia J C. Narrative of the exploring expedition to the eas Mountains in the es oe and to Oregon and North California in the years 1843-. ats n, 1840. Another edition: Washington, 1845. Another aes rise Vouk 1846 141 Goprrin, J.,& N6Ge., Cu. Atlas manuel de Vhistologie des drogues simples. Paris, 1887, GREENWOOD, Laura. Life among the flowers. New York, 1880. (By ex- change ee oes eel 7 Congress. HAN . FF. ¢ Nahrungs- und Genussmitiel aus dem Filanzenreiche. Kassel, em a HANSEN, ADOLPH. Goethes Metamorphose der Pflanzen. Giessen, 1907. 2 vols. HIL., LEONARD, Recent advances in physiology and bio-chemistry. London, KyLin, HARALD. Studien aber die Algenflora der schwedischen Westkuste. Up- sala, 1907. (Given by Dr. M. A. Howe. ANGE, JOH. Revisio specierum generis Crataegt imprimis earum, quae in hortis Daniae coluntur, Kjobenhavn, 18 “MANN, GUSTAV. hi the prot pee 1906. MICHAEL, HELEN ABB es in pla: and erganic chemistry and literary papers. Cambridge, 190 a ee y Mr. pau R. ott. na ANDRE. gaa west one the Alleghanies a in 1793-96 by André jichau. 1802 by F. A, Michaux ; rae in 1803 by Thaddeus Mason Harris. ae ty Resbe Gold ae Clevela 1904. Lxkursi sieaseee von Dia ci zum bestinmen der hdufigere pene ad wild: Pflanzen, Leipzig, 1906. 2vols. (Deposited by the ci taies of Columbia University. ) EWSTRAD, ROBERT. Monograph of the Coccidae of the British Isles, London, Pe 1, Nisset, JOHN. geen and woodlands, London, £900. N[orton], E. H. razilia: sesh drawn from ates in ae years 1880-1882 tn the bis actrees 7 rs de Jane: . Coombe Croft, 1893. Ovr GONZALO ne DE. Historia general y natural de las pe pees la real academia de la historia. Madrid, 1851-55. 4 vols. Paris, _G. Index bryologicus : editio secunda. Paris, 904-06. 5 vols. itio s Prain, D, Botany of the Laccadives. Bombay, 1893. ie Ropert. Geraniaceae, the natural order of Gerania, London, 1820-30. ee ARARELLA H. Trees of Worcester. ss ter, 1894. ARDER, JOHN A. sea hile and forestry. Washington, 1875. WILLAN, RHODA Maria. a Parvula; or, sowios _ favourite flowers. London, no date. o cxcnge wit ve pues of Con Wi.iaMs, H. N, E.C. From one pe to another, New York, 1906, che a rm . L. Britto’ ie ZE ILLER, R. Zitedes sur - ie Sossile ihe Bassin Houiller et permien de Blanzy et du Creusot. Paris, 190 oe 2vols, (Given by Dr. Arthur Hollick.) MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 4 mosses from Connecticut. (By exchange with Mr. George E. Nichols.) 287 specimens of Auédus from eastern North America. (Collected by Mr. W. H. Blanchard. 300 specimens of marine apes from the Barbados. (Collected by Miss Annie L. Henderson. ) 142 1 specimen of Polyporus anceps from Massachusetts. (Given by Professor E. A. Burt. 30 specimens for the economic museum from Montserrat, W.I. (Collected by Dr. J. A. Shafer, 1 bow] made of a redwood burl from California. (Given by Mr. Rodney Burns. ) 6 specimens of cassava starch and products from Montserrat, W. I. (Given by Mr. A, S. Weeks. 39 specimens from Central America. (Collected by Mr. H. Pittier. ) tspecimen of Claytonia multicaulis from lowa. (By exchange with Mr. M. P. somes. ) 1 specimen of Puccinia melothriae from North Carolina. (Given by Dr. F. L. Stevens. 1 specimen of Prerospora Andromedea from California. (Given by Mrs. H. L. Britton. ) . 490 specimens from Mexico. (Collected by Dr. C. A. Purpus.) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 55 plants for woody collections. (Purchased. ) 1 plant for herbaceous garden. (Given by Mr. E. S. Steele.) d. r con: chase 1 plant for herbaceous garden. (Given by Dr, L. R. Abrams.) 6 plants for herbaceous garden. (Given by Miss D. W. Marble.) 1 plant for herbaceous garden. (Collected by Dr. Shafer. ) 520 conifers for nurseries. (Given by Messrs. I. Hicks and Son 1 plant for herbaceous garden. (Given r . Howell. 8 ) 1 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with United States National Museum, through Dr. J. N. 2 plants for iieriaceous garden. (Given by Dr. D. T. MacDougal.) 1 plant for herbaceous garden. (Given b . Banker. 9 plants for conservatories. (Given by Meanes Siebrecht cad Sons. ) I plant for herbaceous garden. (Collected by Dr. P. A. Rydberg.) I plant for conservatories. (By exchange with Mr. Oakes Ames. } 1,800 plants derived from seeds from various scources. 1,127 plants for woody collections. (Given by Mr, well M. Palmer. ) 24 plants for conservatories. (Given by Mr. Lowell Pal 1 packet of seeds from the Bahamas. (Collected by Dr. N. L. Britton.) 1 packet of seeds fro lorado. (Given by M Andrews. ) 3 packets of seeds from California, (Given by Mr. S. B. Parish ) I packet of seeds exico. (Given id ee ue T. Nagle.) 8 packets of seeds from California. (Give . H, L. Britton.) I packet of seeds from Antigua. oe . oo J. A. Shafer.) Members of the Corporation, Grorce S. Bowpo1n, Davin Lypic, Pror. N. L. Britton, Epcar L. MARSTON, Hon. ADDISON Brown, D. O. Mitts, Dr. NicHOoLAs M. BUTLER, J. PirrPonT MorGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, THEODORE W. MYERS, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, GrorcE M. OtcortT, WILi1AM G. CHOATE, Pror. Henry F. Oszorn, CHARLES F. Cox, LowELi M. PALMER, Joun J. Crooxz, GrorGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, James R. PircHER, James B. Forp, Rr. Rev. Henry C. Potter, ROBERT W. DE ForREsT, Percy R. PYNE, Henry W. DE Forest, Joun D, ROCKEFELLER, CLEVELAND H. Dopcg, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Pror. H. H. Ruspy, Gen. Louis FITZGERALD, JAmEs A. SCRYMSER, RICHARD W. GILDER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, Hon. Tuomas F. Giiroy, SAMUEL SLOAN, Hon. Hucu J. GRANT, WILtiAM D. SLOANE, Henry GRAVES, NELSON SMITH, Henry P. Hoyt, JAMEs SPEYER, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., FRANCIs L. STETSON, Morris K. Jxsup, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Joun I. Kang, Louis C. TIFFANY, EUGENE KELLY, JR., SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. JAMEs F. Kemp, Pror. L. M. UNDERWooD, Joun S. KENNEDY, GrorGE W. VANDERBILT, Pror. FREDERIC S. LEE, Hon. Ecerton L, WINTHROP, Jr., Hon. Setu Low, WItuiaM H. S. Woop. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden Joumal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy;, $1.00 a Mae ot offered in xch : ol. I i i Il, 1992, viii + pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 p eer viii--242 Pp. Vol. VI, 1905, ee 1 1906, viii + aietin of otanical Garden, containin f the Director-in- Chief and other official documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free bers of en; to others, $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. » 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. 1. II, Nos. 18 pp., 30 plates, 1901-1903. Vol. III . nel E 518 p Nos. 9-11, 463 pp., 37 plates, 1903-1905. Vol. IV, No. 12, 113 pp.; No. 13, ree pp-, 12 plates; No. 14, in press. Vol. V, No. 15, 105 pp:, 1906 ; No. 16, 88 p; +» 1907. fe) merican Flora. Pheanphed s oe the wild plants of North America, including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in thirty volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each alan to consist of four or more parts. 5 i part; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 each. [Not offered in eaciaterd ol. 22, part I, issued May 22, 1905, contains loci of the order Rosales by Dr. J. Small, ben of the families Podcstenion by Mr. Geo. V. Nash, Crassilicen by Dr. NL Sas on and Dr, J. N. Rose, S Perithomieene and Parnassia- ce ay Dr. wy i=] com g a | mol f= ° 5 ie} aoN z. oO -s = rin ° uo) . Ry 2, pa art 2, ined D cember aie See contains descriptions of the families Susitapacian and "Hy As jacperiese by ‘ as oe and Dr. P. A. Rydberg; the Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae om N. L. Br ritton ; the Pteroste- monaceae by Dr, J. K eed the ‘Aldupiacens: ee Percy Wilson and the Phyllo- nomaceae by Dr. H. usby. ol. 7, part 1, issued Oct. 4, 1906, contains descriptions of the families Ustilag- Aeareee and Tilletiaceae, ay Professor G. P. Clinton. 1 7, part 2, issued March 6, 1907, contains descriptions of the families Coleo- sporiaceae, Uredinace ae and Aecidiaceae pene by Pro’ eget: C. Arthur. Memolra of ae ae we pacha: tanical den, e to members of the Gaiden, $1.00 00. bc cred in exch e. Pedy Ant i Pai Dr. Per Ax and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the jeatog itt notes from the author’s field book, including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. oy. 8vo, with detailed map. Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Darknes: ss upon Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s researches au acDo with a general consideration of the relation of light to plants. e principal E Boueieal features are illustrate: xvi + 320pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures. Coniributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- cal papers wiitten by students or members of the staff, and reprinted from journals other than the above, Price, 25 cents eac a 2 per volumes Vos. I-25, v’ i + 400 pp. 35 fiew and 34 plate Vol, 1, Nos: 26-50, vi+ 340 pp. 55 Beuren in the text ‘0d 18 plates. Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vi+ 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS BACH. 99. Studies in North American Peronosporales—I. The Genus Albugo, by Guy Ww ae Wilson " Gavia Rican orchids.—1., by George Valentine Nas! ee An occurrence of glands in ie embryo of Zea Mays, ay Charles Stuart Gager. 93. American fossil mosses, with description of a new species from Florissant, Colorado, by E. G. Britton and Arthur Hollick. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to ‘NEW YORK tefeliealbele.: GARDE x PARK, New York City Vol, Vill JULY, 1907 No. 91 : JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS PAGS MeeBtedthineiof Plants. ke wh eh ee ee 143 Deaf Blight of the Plane-Tree ..--.-- +--+ ese sesh ew nee 157 i An Attractive Philippine Shrub in Flower. --..- 1... 122+. ee 161 SeeseCnllection of Fossil Gums... -.. 60 ee 163 : , Notes, News and Comment ....-.------ sss eee ee ee eee 165 ss RII ir eicy et te ir techy a tee eye $l) mieten wee le 167 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar 41 NortH Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa sy Tus New Era Pruvrinc Company OFFICERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, meee ESIDENT—ANDREW CARNEGIE, REASURER—CH. F. 4 SECRETARY—N. L. BRITTON. BoARD oF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, ae PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, G INS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, cae A. SCRYMSER, R OREST, SAMU: JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, . O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORNE. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, HON. MOSES HERRMAN. THE MAyor OF THE City oF NEw York, GEORGE B. McCLELLAN. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman, DR. NICHOLAS senees BUTLER, PROF. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF, C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, R CHARLES 104) Cone ROF. H. H. RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr. GARDEN STAFF. DR. He L. BRITTON, ae DR. MURRILL, First Assi DR. jor x ere Head ae af th oe Sen . A. RYDBERG, MU VAIL, Liér: DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the Economic Collections. DR. Mie J. GIES, ing Chemist. Consulti: A. SCHILLING, Superine: tendent. Toute _ BRINLEY. , Landscape Engineer. WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant. DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, L£éitori rial Assistant. DR. JOE m Custodian. PERCY WILSON, Aipnieesieratios Assistant, JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden Vor. VIII. July, 1907. No. 91. THE BREATHING OF PLANTS.* There is probably no scientific question concerning which er- roneous notions are more wide spread than the one regarding plants have not; and, second, that plant respiration is just the reverse of animal respiration. Animals, he says, ‘breathe-in oxygen and breathe-out carbon dioxide, while plants breathe-in carbon dioxide and breathe-out oxygen.” It is with the latter of these ‘differences’ that we are concerned in the following paragraphs. By way of a gentle introduction it may be stated at once that plants breathe precisely as do animals, and, second, that they do not “breathe”’ at all. This seeming contradiction is explained when we remember that, as we think more accurately, our terms must be more carefully defined. In ordinary conversation “breathing ” refers to the inspiration of fresh air into the lungs, and the expiration of the air that has been used. Obviously plants have no lungs. We cannot see them breathe. But this exchange of fresh and foul air is only incidental to the real physiological process, properly termed respiration. Not all animals have lungs. Earthworms, insects, jelly-fish, and others may be mentioned as familiar examples of this fact. The * From a lecture delivered at the New York Botanical Garden, October 27, 1906. 145 144 real process, to which the physiologist applies the term respira- tion, has to do with the use that is made of the inspired air. From the lungs this air, in man for example, is taken up by the blood. Part of it the blood uses in its own respiration, the re- mainder it carries to all the tissues of the body, and delivers it to the individual protoplasmic units or cells. These cells take up the oxygen according to their needs, use it in performing their work, and return to the blood the carbon dioxide that re- sults. Carried by the blood back to the lungs, the carbon dioxide is given off to the air in expiration. All of this is com- mon knowledge. Respiration refers to that part of this process which goes on in the individual cells, while the term breathing may be to advantage restricted to the work of the lungs. Res- piration, then, is a cell-process, and every organism that is alive, and every living cell of that organism must respire. The cells of our fingers, our eyes, and our hearts respire, as well as do those of the lungs. All plants are built up of cells, some of which are alive and some not. All the living cells of plants respire, just as truly as do those of animals. Itis difficult to demonstrate the cell processes, but the out- ward manifestation of them — the absorption of oxygen and the evolution of carbon dioxide — is very easily shown. Into each of six fruit jars place portions of the different parts of plants as follows: into the first fresh roots, into the second stems, into the third leaves, into the fourth flowers, into the filth germinating seeds, and into the sixth nothing. A lighted candle will continue to burn when placed in any of the jars. Seal them all air tight. If, at the end of twelve hours, a lighted candle is thrust into each of the jars, it will be extinguished in each of the first five, but will continue to burn as usual in the sixth. This shows us that the air in the five jars has become poorer in oxy- gen, while that in the sixth jaris apparently unchanged. If now we pour clear lime-water into each of these jars, the water will become milky in each of the first five, but will remain clear in the sixth. This indicates that in the first five the amount of car- bon dioxide has been increased, but not so in the sixth. Since the only difference between the first five jars and the 145 sixth is the presence, in the former, of parts of living plants, we must conclude that the change in the air is due to the vital acti- vities of the roots, stems, leaves, flowers, and seeds. But an absorption of oxygen and an evolution of carbon dioxide, we have learned, is the outward indication of the cell-process called respiration. In this, and in many other ways, it may be shown that plants respire. It will be seen here that plant respiration is not confined to the leaves. Nothing can be more misleading than to speak of leaves as the “lungs of plants.” If any comparison at all is to be made they could better be called the stomachs of plants, for in them processes of digestion go on with as much, if not more, vigor than does respiration. Moreover many kinds of plants such as bacteria, algae, fungi, liverworts, and others, have no leaves, but respiration goes on in them notwithstanding, and trees in winter, after all the leaves have been dropped, continue still to respire. No vital activity is as important as respiration. Food may be supplied, water and air may be abundant, but without respiration life is impossible. The power to respire marks the chief difference between the living and the non-living. In the realm of living things it is universal and incessant. It is always in all essentials, the same process, whether in plants or in animals, The failure to recognize this fact gave rise in the latter half of the last cen- tury to the doctrine of vital dualism. Because of the supposed difference between animal and plant respiration, it was argued that there were two kinds of life. A clearer understanding of the vital processes of animals and plants, however, has taught us that life is one. No clearly defined line can be drawn between the two kingdoms. As great differences exist between certain animals, and between certain plants, as are found between animals and plants. But the process of respiration is everywhere the same. ven dry seeds, which certain German physiologists have considered as in a condition of “ Scheintodt” (apparent death), are respiring. The boquets in our vases, the celery and lettuce on our tables, the potatoes and apples in our cellars, as well as the trees, shrubs and herbs, indoors and out, are constantly, day and night, taking 146 in oxygen, exchanging it in the living cells for carbon dioxide, and returning the latter to the surrounding air. Even in regard to the amount and rate of respiration the sup- posed difference between animals and plants breaks down. Under favorable conditions the process may be even more active in plants than in animals. In man the carbon dioxide produced in twenty-four hours equals about 1.2 per cent. of the body weight, but in some of the moulds the amount has been found to equal 6 per cent. of the dry weight of the plant. Bulk for bulk, very active bacteria may consume oxygen 200 times more rapidly than man. In both kingdoms respiration is accompanied by an evolution of heat. In plants, as in animals, the rate of respiration varies with the age of the organism, and with external conditions. Breathing, which is the expression of respiration in man, is most rapid with infants, and decreases with the approach of old age. So it is with plants, for germinating seeds and young seedlings fespire process is more vigorous in the spring, during the work of bud- opening and the putting forth of new leaves and flowers. Under bodily pain or mental excitement we breathe more rapidly, so also does a plant that has been cut, or otherwise injured, or sub- . jected to any stimulus, as, for example, violent shaking. A ther- mometer placed in a dish of cut onions, for example, will indicate the existence of a fever (due to the wounding of the tissue), just as surely as if placed in the mouth of a typhoid patient. This question is far from having a merely academic interest, Practices that have been in vogue since man first began to till the soil, and that must be continued as long as agriculture is carried on, depend, in part, upon the respiratory function of plants. I refer to plowing the soil and hoeing the crops. It is not alone to get the soil into a suitable physical condition that it is broken up by the farmer. The roots and other underground parts must have air to respire, just as much as the parts above ground, but if the soil is hard and compact this need is but poorly met. The plow, the spade, and the hoe facilitate the thorough 147 aération of the ground. For the same reason it is desirable fre- quently to loosen the surface of the soil in flower pots, and this, in part, is why flower pots are made of porous material. Emphasis has been laid upon the fact that only living things respire. While this is perfectly true of the physiological process, it is not true of the mechanical act which may be designated as breathing. The entire soil area of the globe is subject to great inspirations of atmospheric air, and expirations of the gases re- sulting from life processes underground. This process is neces- ary to the healthful respiration of soil-organisms, and of the underground portions of all land plants. Without it land vege- tation would perish and the world would become a desert. The “ breathing” or aération of the soil is accomplished in a variety of ways. In all regions where it has a depth of fifty faa: are completely filled. The upper surface of this moisture is called the water-table, and above it the soil contains only capillary water. The interspaces between the soil particles are filled wit air from above ground enters the soil. When the water-table rises, gases are forced out The gradual heating of the soil during the day causes the soil- air to flow out, while the nocturnal cooling is accompanied by a current in the opposite direction. Wind blowing over the sur- face causes an outflow, the calm that follows an inflow. Thus the great soil-breathing goes constantly on. It is in this way that fresh air is continually supplied, not only to roots, but also to the soil-bacteria, some of which are able to convert the nitrogen of the air into a form available to other plants, others of which are able to convert the ammonium-com- pounds into nitrates and the nitrates into nitrites, in which form it may be utilized by higher plants. For we must remember that bacteria must respire as truly as ourselves. 148 The question as to what becomes of all the roots, and why the soil never becomes clogged, may possibly never have occurred to some of us. Several causes explain this, one of which is the process of putrefaction, which is explained by the respiration of acertain kind of microscopic plants. These plants are called anaérobes, because they normally respire anaérobically, that is, without the presence of free external oxygen. Some of them are unable to respire at all if free oxygen surrounds them. If, therefore, the aération of the soil is interfered with, these plants find ideal conditions for their growth and activity, and the soil becomes “sour,”’ and unfit for crops. From the above considerations it becomes clear that agricul- ture, the most fundamental of all human industries, depends for its successful pursuit upon practices whose whyfore is found in the fact that plants respire. But husbandry is not the only point where the respiration of plants touches our daily lives. Upon the respiration of the yeast- plant depends the enormous brewing industry of our own and other countries, and upon the respiration of another yeast-plant e are dependent for the lightness of our daily bread, for the fermentation involved in “ raising’ dough is a kind of respiration. The difference between a “ good” anda “bad” cigar is partly attributable to a similar cause, for the difference is connected with the curing of the tobacco, and this process involves the respiration of bacteria. So, too, does the tanning of hides, and the separation of flax and hemp fibers from the plants that pro- duce them. Cold storage warehouses and refrigerator cars are made neces- sary, in part, because of the respiration and universal presence of myriads of microscopic plants that float in the air, for, whereas heat accelerates respiration, cold retards it. The turning rancid of butter, the souring of milk, the formation of vinegar from cider, are all dependent upon the same process. If plants did not respire canned fruits and meat would seldom spoil. That a hen’s egg is a miniature botanical garden js a bit of that truth that is stranger than fiction. The ovophytic flora enters the egg in the body of the fowl, before the formation of the shell, 149 and the respiration of the entombed plants is one reason why eggs will not always remain “strictly fresh,” and why cold storage will prolong the period of their freshness. The difference between green and black tea is largely owing to the fact that, in the case of the latter, microscopic plants have been allowed to respire among the moist leaves of the tea plant until a critical point is reached, when the plants are killed and the respiration stopped. A well regulated banquet must termi- nate with cheese and black coffee; but is the cheese Camembert, Roquefort, Neufchatel, Brie, or Schweitzer? That depends upon the kind of plants that respired within the cheese during the process of its ripening. Formerly it was not thought possible to produce a given kind of cheese except in a given native locality ; but this is no longer so, for, since it has been known that the difference depends upon the activity of plants, these little organisms can be shipped to any locality where it is desired to manufacture a given kind of cheese. The wide range of relationships indicated above depends upon the fact that carbon-dioxide and water are not the only by-prod- ucts of respiration. Many other substances result, the discus- sion of which would lead us into technicalities beyond the scope of the present lecture. But someone may be raising the question of the value of plants in the sick room. It is hardly necessary to more than mention the subject, for now that we know that plants are con- tinually respiring, and in precisely the the same manner as are animals, it is at once recognized that they would have the same kind of an effect on the air of a room that a person or a burning gas jet would have, though possibly not to the same degree. If the plants were abundantly supplied with green leaves, and were well exposed, even to bright diffused sunlight, they would sup- ply an insignificant amount of oxygen to the air. But at the same time they would be sources of carbon dioxide. And when we recall that the “plants”? in a sick room are usually cut flowers, often not over fresh, and that flowers respire more vigor- ously than any other part of aplant except germinating seeds, we do not need to be further enlightened as to their power of puri- 150 fying the air. Our scientific knowledge, however, should not, as it is often liable to do, get the better of our ‘‘ sense uncom- mon, men call common sense,” for the brightness and cheer that flowers bring to the sick need never be sacrificed for fear of their evil effects upon the air he discovery and elucidation of plant respiration was one of the most, if not the most, important contributions ever made to the science of plant physiology. It throws a flood of light upon metabolism, and in metabolism is locked up the secret of secrets, whose finding out is the ultimate problem of all biology, viz. the answer to the question, What is life? It is fitting, therefore, that we should know something of those masters of experimental investigation, to whose wonderful skill and — labors we are indebted for what is now known of the s Since the process involves an ee ae of the relation between plants and air, it is obvious that it could never be under- stood until the nature and properties of air were clearly compre- hended. On this question we are all familiar with the fantastic notions of antiquity. Thales, of Miletus, had taught that all things were made from water, but Anaximenes, his fellow towns- man, declared that everything is made of air. And, since it is the air that gives his life to man, it must be his very soul. From this it was justly inferred that the infinite air was God, and that it is the source of all the gods and goddesses. Diogenes, of Apollonia, went a step farther, and said that the whole world is a living being. Air is not only the soul of man, but also the soul of the world. By an ingenious logic, he reasoned that air ‘knows much.” “But that which has knowledge,” said he, “is that which men call air; it is it that regulates and governs all, and hence it is the use of air to pervade all, and to dispose all, and to be in all, for there is nothing that has not part in it.” * How surprised he would be to-day to find how near he came to expressing the truth! Since, said Diogenes, plants have no air cavities, and since they are wholly unintelligent, the intelligence of man is due to the flowing of air through his body in the blood. * Draper, Intellect. Devel. Europe, p. 73. New York, 1870. 151 These early notions persisted for centuries and were slow to disappear, for when the early investigators discovered the com- ponent fluids of the air they called them ghosts. The term has persisted to this day, only we translate the German Ga/st or Geist, by gas, and speak of the various gases of the air. We are indebted to Van Helmont for the first experimental knowledge of the nature of air, and of the relation to it of plants He is one of the most peculiar figures which the history of sci- ence presents to us. Born (in 1577) in an epoch of transition, he formed, says Claude Bernard, the connecting link between the mystic savants of the middle ages and the modern experi- mentalists. As many of his biographers recall, Van Helmont possessed concerning fire, air, gas, earth, and water knowledge well in ad- vance of those of his time. He hada clear per en of aériform fluids, and of their role in chemical phenomena. rst gave attention to organic chemistry, was the first to fee the balance and computation into his researches, determined the nature of flame, and laid the foundation for the chemistry of air. It was he, moreover, who coined the word gas or gas, and used it as it is understood to-day. Chemistry and plant physiology are indebted to Van Helmont for an experiment that is very remarkable, considering the age in which it was made. This experiment consisted in effecting the combustion of 69 pounds of oak carbon. After the carbon had been consumed there remained only one pound of ashes. Van Helmont concluded that 68 pounds of carbon had been converted into an invisible air, which he called the gas, or spirit of the wood. It was he who discovered the property of this gas of turning lime-water milky. Subsequently he found it in fermen- tation vats, and in air that will not support respiration or com- bustion. It was the gas which to day we call carbon dioxide, the discovery of which is thus due to him. Van Helmont died in 1644. He was the last of the alchemists. Notwithstanding the example of Van Helmont, the world was slow in adopting the experimental method. Scientists continued to discuss what they ‘tought was so, or what ought to be so. 152 For this and other reasons we find scientific literature for the next hundred years, and even as late as the middle of the nineteenth century, burdened with a mass of misinformation, such as, for example, the notion that leaves are the lungs of plants, that they inhale by one surface and exhale by the other, that in breathing the inspiration was at night and the expiration at day. One preconception that was a hindrance to progress was the idea that plants possessed a system of organs and functions analogous to those of animals. This thought is most fully elaborated in that strange poetical-scientific book, The Botanic Garden, published in 1791 by Erasmus Darwin, grandfather of the great evolutionist. ‘‘ It is easy to conceive,” says the author, how a peristaltic contraction produces the flow of sap in plants. “‘There is . . . a complete circulation in the leaf; a pulmonary vein receiving the blood from the extremities of me artery, on the upper side of the leaf, and joining again in the foot-stalk of the leaf, these veins produce so many arteries or aortas, which disperse the new blood over the new bark. ... And I was induced to believe the existence of a venous system correspond- ing to the arterial one in the barks or roots of plants, as well as in their leaves and petals. . . . I think there can be no doubt that the leaves of trees are their lungs. . . . The circulation in the lungs or leaves of plants is very similar to that of fish.” So late as 1830 Brongniart described a circulation in plants analogous to that of the blood in animals. It is easy enough for us to smile at these crude ideas, but I wonder what the scientific world will be saying of us one hundred years from now, or how broadly the audience will smile then as some lecturer quotes from the books we take so seriously, to emphasize how superior is the knowledge of his time over the hazy notions of 1906. The difference between the Darwin who died in 1802 and the one who was born in 1809, is not so much a difference of mental ability, as of mental inheritance. The pioneers of science have labored, we have reaped the benefits. I must pass over the work of Black, who discovered that car- bon dioxide is a constituent of the atmosphere, of Ray and Boyle, who discovered that seeds would not germinate in a vacuum, of 153 Saluce who “ demonstrated” that air in which candles had burned out was vitiated by the heat, and could be restored by exposure to extreme cold, and of Hales, who, as late as 1769, taught that respired air was vitiated because it had lost its elasticity. The scientific successor of Van Helmont was Joseph Priestley, preacher, historian, linguist, theologian, revolutionist, scientist. Born in 1773, he became pastor of the church at Needham at the age of twenty-five, but was forced to leave the place because of his Unitarian tendencies. He was versed, not only in Latin and tory and Criticism, The Constitution and Laws of England Matter and Spirit, Comparison of Heathen and Christian Philos- ophy, The Doctrine of Necessity, The French Revolution, On the American War, Laughed at in France for being a Christian, he would be torn down. Shunned by members of the Royal Society, he took refuge in America, and made discoveries enough in science to make half a dozen men fam “The intee Oeste" a ” said Pe ae “is the key to all the sciences.” Wit s key Priestley unlocked the door that led to the discovery aaa became the foundation of both chem- istry and physiology, the discovery of oxygen gas. This dis- covery was celebrated at the grave of Priestley, in Northumber- land, Pa., on August 1, 1875, as the starting point of modern chemistry. It was Priestley, also, who discovered the osmosis of gases through a bladder membrane. He rejected Van Helmont’s term “gas,” as being a needless introduction of a new term, and in its stead employed the word air in a generic sense. The discovery of oxygen, in the year 1775, is described in his “ Treatise on different kinds of air.”’ Chemists in that day knew that the atmosphere contained “fixed air’’ (carbon dioxide), ‘‘phlogisticated air” (nitrogen), and “ phlogiston,” a term used 154 then as many of our terms are used now, to cover up ignorance. Priestley furthermore recognized that all of these components were unfit to support respiration and combustion. They extin- guished flame and life alike. Whatis it then, that makes burning and respiration possible ? He sought the answer to this question in nature herself. The method was that of experiment. In order to ascertain the effect of these different ‘‘airs,”’ he placed in them small animals. He clearly showed that combustion, respiration, fermentation, and putrefaction all have a similar effect on the surrounding air. He became especially interested in trying to find out why the air never becomes permanently vitiated by respiration, and why ani- mals do not suffocate, though a multitude of generations of living beings have worked for millions of years to vitiate the air by ab- sorbing immense quantities of “ dephlogisticated”’ air (oxygen), and returning oceans of “ fixed air’’ (CO,), and though the fixed air is continually supplied from flames, volcanoes, and other sources. The theory of Saluce, referred to above, was based upon the fact that cold prevents fermentation and putrefaction, while heat promotes them. Priestley resolved to test that theory no longer support combustion or respiration. This air was then exposed to the cold of a hard frost, but even then flames went out, and animals expired when placed in it. Thus the theory of Saluce was disproved, as well as another current theory that heat vitiated the air, for animals lived at ease in air that had been passed through hot tubes. What could the true explanation be? Again the question was put direct to nature. “It becomes,” said Priestley, ‘‘a great object of philosophical inquiry, to ascer- tain what change is made in the constitution of the air by flames, and to discover what provision there is in nature for remedying the injury which the atmosphere receives by this means.” Priestley found that animals could not live in air in which a candle had burned out ; he also demonstrated the converse, show- ing that a flame would not burn in air vitiated by the respiration of a mouse. We can hardly overestimate the importance of this 156 experiment. It was the first experimental evidence of the simi- larity between combustion and respiration (confirmed later by Lavoisier), and marks the first step into the realm of physiological chemistry. See now the unlocking power of the interrogation point. Do plants, said phe behave as animals do? Can they live in an atmosphere where animals suffocate and flames go out? Then followed that famous experiment in which, after a mouse had suffocated under a bell-jar, and it was shown that another mouse expired instantly when introduced into the same jar, that a sprig of mint was placed in the same space. Not only did it not die, but it thrived with unusual vigor. Moreover the air after ten days, would enable a mouse to breathe with the greatest of ease. When later experiments of Priestley gave sometimes different results, and seemed to indicate that plants may also vitiate the air, he rejected these as ‘“‘bad experiments,’ and accepted only the “‘ good experiments.” ee, in his own words, by how narrow a margin he missed the discovery of plant respiration. ‘I have found that a fresh cab- bage leaf, put under a glass vessel filled with common air for the space of one night only, has so affected the air, that a candle would not burn in it the next morning, and yet the leaf had not acquired the smell of putrefaction.’”” However he attributed the result to incipient putrefaction. It is a source of regret to us all to know that the discoverer of oxygen died in ignorance of the fact that it is concerned in plant respiration, or even that it had anything to do with combustion, for his last etd ies was a lengthy and spirited defence of phlogiston, anda of the theory that combustion is merely rapid oxidation. Priestley is universally acknowledged as the discoverer of oxy- gen, but his claim rests partly upon priority of publication. Two years before the appearance of his treatise, the same discovery had been made in Germany by Karl Wilhelm Scheele, but no public announcement was made of it. Priestley had called oxygen dephlogisticated air; Scheele called it “fire air.’ He proceeded at once to find out all he could about it, and found, among other things, that germinating pea seeds convert it into 156 what he called ‘‘ aérial acid,” his name for carbon dioxide. Thus, in a chemical laboratory, by a chemist, was made the discovery of plant respiration. These experiments were afterwards con- firmed by Lavoisier, the father of modern chemistry. In 1770, Jan Ingen-Housz, trying to straighten out the con- tradiction of Priestley’s experiments, placed green plants in sun- light under water and showed that sunlight and leaf-green were both necessary for the evolution of oxygen, but he thought that the oxygen came from the water. Twelve years later Senebier proved that the oxygen came from the plant, and resulted from the carbon dioxide which the leaves had first taken from the ~ water. Finally, in 1821 and 1822, Théodore de Saussure established the fact that oxygen is indispensable to the life of the plant, and that all parts of the plant, in darkness as wel! as in light, take in oxygen and give off carbon dioxide. The famous Liebig, in 1841, rejected the entire theory that plants respire, as based on ‘‘a weak and unstable foundation.” He considered that the carbon dioxide given off at night was merely that taken in by the plant during the day, but not decom- posed because of the absence of the sun’s rays. To his great prominence and authority may doubtless be attributed the per- sistence, even to this day, of erroneous notions concerning plant respiration. It was Garreau who, in 1851, insisted on the necessity of con- sidering the two processes of respiration and photosynthesis sep- arate and distinct, and this position was afterwards accepted by Sachs, and formulated into a general theory. I have given only the barest outlines of this history. The battle raged long and fiercely over questions of fact and questions of priority. But, fortunately for the world, the settlement of scientific questions seldom, if ever, depends upon opinion or the majority vote. They are not matters of opinion, and not debat- able, but must be settled by direct appeal to nature, through observation and experiment. C. Stuart GAGER. 157 LEAF BLIGHT OF THE PLANE-TREE. The plane-trees in the Garden grounds have been seriously attacked this season by a fungous disease which causes the leaves and young twigs to die and change color as though scorched by fire. During the month of June the disease was at its height and the results most conspicuous. It is not confined to this locality, but occurs wherever the plane-tree grows, appearing each season about the time the first leaves are mature. Last year I observed it on the oriental plane in Italy, where the trees usually begin to recover from its attack about the middle of June. A late spring with damp weather is favorable to the growth of the fungus and induces an epidemic of the disease such as oc- curred here this season. The fungus (Glocosporium nerviseguum Sacc.) was first described by Levéillé in 1848, but was not recognized in this country un- til nearly forty years afterwards. Three species of plane-tree are subject to its attack: Platanus occidentalis and Platanus racemosa of North America, and Platanus ortentalis of the Old World. The active vegetative portion (mycelium) of the fungus lives within the leaves and twigs; the fruiting portion appears in brown patches on the twigs or veins of leaves that have been killed. If one of these brown patches is examined with a lens, a number of dark dots will be found; these dots are small pus- tules containing numerous minute, colorless, egg-shaped spores, which when mature are distributed broadcast by the wind and communicate the disease to other plane-trees. The effects of the fungus are usually not lasting except in the case of trees already weakened by disease or starvation. The plane-trees are rendered unsightly for a few weeks, then new foliage appears, and by midsummer all traces of the disease have disappeared. It often happens, also, that many of the branches, especially those near the top of the tree, remain entirely untouched and are able to tide the tree over the period of attack with very little loss, Not so, however, during a season like the present one, when every tree, in all its branches, appears to be infested with an ex- 158 ceedingly active form of the disease. Leaves, petioles and young twigs have rapidly succumbed to its attacks and young branches Western plane-tree, Platanus occidentalis, in the Garden ground Fic, 21. attacked by leaf blight. two or three feet long have been found entirely killed by girdling. The dormant buds that develop later will find little nourishment 159 at hand and a short season for growth and preparation for another year; the number of branches already dead will doubtless be considerably increased by the ravages of the winter's cold among unseasoned twigs; and another spring will probably find the plane-trees much less able to cope with the fungus than they were this year. On the other hand, fortunately, the trees will probably have several years to recuperate before another epi- demic appears like the present one. No treatment of the disease can be suggested. Spraying is out of the question because of the immense size of the tree and because the fungus lives within the leaves and twigs and cannot be reached by the spraying solution. It is always desirable to see that the general health of the trees is good and that all dead wood that can be easily reached is removed. The plane-tree is of little use except for shade. The wood is coarse-grained, difficult to smooth and cannot be split. Of the Fic. 22, Twigs from the tree shown in Fig. 21. Most of the leaves are attacked. three North American species, P/atanus occidentalis is by far the best known. It is one of our very largest trees, occurring in river-bottoms as far north as Massachusetts, and often growing to the height of 100 feet. The oriental plane-tree, Pratanus orien- 160 talis, is often met with in cultivation, especially in cities. It dif- fers from our native species chiefly in having smaller and more deeply cut leaves and usually somewhat clustered fruit. It isa native of western Asia fe was brought to Europe by the Ro- mans, who, with the Persians and the Greeks, held it in great veneration, planting groves of it and using it for shade about their homes and shrines. The Persian fire-worshippers often held their aoe beneath this tree, as the Druids were accus- tomed to do beneath the oaks in the forests of northern Europe. The plane-tree is an excellent shade producer, the leaves ap- pearing at the proper time in this latitude and remaining on the tree as long as could be desired, when they give place to the per- sistent and graceful fruit. With a little protection it passes the northern winters uninjured and develops rapidly into a splendid and shapely tree large enough for the widest avenues or capable of being adapted by pruning, to which it most readily submits, to very narrow streets. Such is the activity of its young wood and bark that the stem is at times completely girdled without appre- ciable injury, and the outer layers of its cortex are annually sloughed off during late summer and autumn, leaving the new layers beneath entirely free from soot and dirt accumulated during the summer. It is partly due to this, perhaps, that it enjoys with the Adanthus the distinction of being best adapted to parts of cities where smoke and dust abound. Plane-trees are comparatively free from either insect or fungous pests, with the exception of the leaf blight. The annual sloughing of the bark is considered by some a drawback to its use on city streets ; its foliage is rather late for southern latitudes, but often persists in a healthy condition after that of other trees has suc- cumbed to heat and dust. In some cities of southern Europe complaint is made of the thick hairy covering which becomes detached from the young leaves and twigs and gets into the nose America it is deservedly growing more popular as a street tree every year. In London it is considered by many to be the only tree that will thrive in the dirt and smoke of so large a city. 161 Of the two commion species of plane-tree, the eastern is smaller and of closer growth than our native species, though less hardy and less beautiful in form. It was for some time thought, also, blight, but this is probably not the case. In this country the oriental plane-tree is usually preferred, while in Paris the western species is used exclusively, since it seems to conform better to the style of pruning adopted in that city. W. A. Mvrrict. AN ATTRACTIVE PHILIPPINE SHRUB IN FLOWER. The shrub from which the accompanying illustration was made has been referred to before in the pages of this Journal. Always beautiful at its flowering period, it has surpassed its former efforts in the magnificence of its display for the past few weeks. This Fic. 23. An attractive Philippine shrub, A/edinid/a magnifica, in flower in the conservatories of the Garden. This specimen has a spread of twelve feet and a height of seven feet. 162 shrub, Aledinilla magnifica, may be seen in the conservatories on the north side of house no. 4, not far from the large plant of Anthurium Veitchii. It was originally secured as a small plant through an exchange with Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, in 1900. The accompanying illustration, in which over fifty flower clus- ters may be counted, gives no idea of its rich coloring. The leaves are of a deep green, which color serves to intensify the bright pink of the flower clusters, which are sometimes a foot and a half long. Not only the flowers themselves are pink, but the rachis of the cluster and the large bracts are of the same color. It is frequently found in cultivation, but is not often seen so large as this. The plant is well worth a place in any collec- tion, for it is not difficult to grow and flowers often when only two or three feet tall, although to see it in its greatest beauty it should have attained something like the dimensions of this of men at the garden, which has a spread of about twelve feet and a height of seven feet. This species was first brought to the attention of inseaeuliddeee by the Messrs. Veitch, a famous English firm. It was exhibited by them at the spring meeting of the Royal Horticultural Society in 1850, where it was awarded a large medal, under the name of Al. bracteata, a Javan species, an error which perhaps gave tise to the statement made in the original publication that the plant was a native of Java. This was later corrected by Hooker, who gave the correct locality as Manila, where it was discovered about 1847 by Mr. Thomas Lobb, a collector sent out by the Messrs. Veitch. Mr. R. S. Williams, who has spent considerable time in the Philippines collecting plants for the Garden, says that he found it eecunins not infrequently ir in north central Luzon, especially about 5,000 feet. He describes the shrub as of a straggling habit, broader than high, with a diameter sometimes of twenty feet and a height of eight to ten feet. The specimen in the con- servatories, although not so large as this, fits well the above general description, so it may be taken as a characteristic example 163 of this showy shrub in its native home. Mr. Williams secured no specimens of this plant except at Baguio. It has, however, been found by other collectors in the vicinity of the Baco River, in the northern end of the island of Mindoro, about three hun- dred miles to the south. Its present known range may therefore be taken as indicated above. Data would seem to indicate that in its southern station it grows at a lower elevation than in its more northern home. EORGE V. Nasu. A COLLECTION OF FOSSIL GUMS. The Garden has recently acquired an interesting and valuable collection of fossil gums or resins, donated by the firm of G. W. Fic 24 A mass of yellow Kauri, from New Zealand, 17 in. in diameter and weighing 29 Ibs. 164 S. Patterson & Co., 81 Pine St., New York. The specimens include a number of large single masses and several boxes of smaller fragments, all of them representing material utilized in the manufacture of varnish. The largest single piece, weighing about twenty-nine pounds, is shown in Fig. 24, and smaller pieces in Fig. 25. Such gums are generally known under the rather loosely applied trade names of gum Animé, Copal, Dammar resin and Kauri or Cowrie. They are all natural products of species of trees now living, but the only material used in making varnish is obtained from the ground, in a semi-fossilized condition at the bases of the trees, or in localities where the trees are now extinct." The Kauries are derived from species of the coniferous genus Dammara or Agathis ; the Copals are for the most part products of leguminous species belonging to the genera 77rachylobium and . 1G. On the left, a mass of brown Manila copal from Borneo, 8 in. bigh; the center, yellow Kauri from New Zealand, 10 in, in diameter; on the right, nee Kauri from New Zealand, 8 in. high. FTymenaea, while the so-called ‘ black-dammar resin” is derived from the burseraceous species Canariuim strictum Roxb., and the ‘‘white dammar” from the dipterocarpaceous species Vateria Indica L, ibis the varieties represented in the collection are yellow A discussion of this subject from a commercial standpoint may be found in the ational Standard Dispensatory, pp. 1306-1308. 1905. 165 and brown Kauri from New Zealand (Dammara (Agathis) aus- tralis Salisb.), Dammar resin from Java (D. orientalis Lamb.), al or gum Animé from Zanzibar (Trachylobium Horneman- nianum Hayne), white dammar or Manila copal from Borneo (Vateria Indica L.), and Brazilian Copal (Aymenaca Cour- baril L.). None of the living trees produces such quantities of gum as are frequently represented in these fossil masses and the reason for this extraordinary production in the past has never been satis- factorily explained. Apparently certain conditions favoring the secretion of gum must have prevailed which were different from those of more recent and modern times. ArTHUR HOLtick. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. . A. Shafer and Dr. M. A. Howe represented the Garden at co second annual meeting ‘of the American Association of Museums held at Pittsburg, June 4 to Dr. W. C. Coker, Associate Professor of Botany at the Uni- versity of North Carolina, was engaged in cytological research at the Garden during the greater part of July. Dr, J. E. Kirkwood has recently been promoted to a profes- sorship of botany in Syracuse University, and the botanical work there is now recognized as an independent department of the university instruction. Dr. M. A. Howe attended the summer meeting of the Vermont Botanical Club at Pownal, Vermont, July 2 and 3. Pownal is in the extreme southwestern part of the state and is celebrated as a botanical collecting ground. Professor F. S. Earle, formerly in charge of the mycological collections at the Garden and later director of the Cuban Agri- cultural Experiment Station, is spending several weeks here, con- tinuing his investigations of the gill-fungi. 166 Dr. N. L. Britton represented the Garden at the fourth annual field Botanical Symposium, held at Newton, New Jersey, July 1 to 8. The region about Swartswood Lake is of great interest botanically and was formerly one of Dr. Britton’s favorite collect- ing grounds. Dr. Arthur Hollick, Curator, delivered an address at the open- ing exercises of the St. George branch of the New York public library at Central avenue and Hyatt street, Staten Island, June 26. He also participated in the commencement exercises of Curtis High School on June 27. Mr. Guy West Wilson (M. S., Purdue University, 1906), who during the past year has been engaged in mycological studies at the Garden, has been appointed professor of biology in the Upper Towa University at Fayette, Iowa, and expects to begin work there next autumn. Mr. Fred J. Seaver, university fellow in botany in Columbia Uni- versity during 1906—'07, has been appointed assistant professor of botany in the North Dakota Agricultural College and assistant botanist of the agricultural experiment station at Fargo, North Miss Winifred Josephine Robinson, Instructor in Biology at Vassar College, has been granted a leave of absence for one year. During this time Miss Robinson will act as Laboratory Assistant at the Garden, and continue her investigations on the taxonomy of the ferns of the Sandwich Islands, the life history of the filmy ferns, and the nutrition of the pitcher-plants (Sarraceuza). Professor M. A. Barber, of the University of Kansas, Professor W. L. Bray, of the University of Texas, Professor F. E. Lloyd, of the Arizona Agricultural Experiment Station, Professor F. L. Stevens, of the North Carolina Agricultural and Mechanical Col- lege, and Messrs. Hermann Schmidt and Louis Weiss, explorers of the valley of the Amazon, were among recent visitors at the Garden. Meteorology for June. —The total precipitation recorded for 167 June was 3.85 inches. The heaviest rainfall (1.88 in.) occurred on June 29-30. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 76° on the oth ; 87° on the 16th; go° on the 22d; and g1.5° on the 26th ; also minimum temperatures of 42° on the Ist and 13th; 44° on the 4th; 59° on the 2oth; and 57° on the 28th. The mean temperature for the month was 66.75° ACCESSIONS. MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 8 specimens of mosses from Connecticut. (By exchange with Mr. George E. Nichols. } 15 museum specimens from Montserrat. (Collected by Dr. J. A. er.) 25 specimens of marine algae from the East Indies. (By ae on Mrs. A. Weber-van Bosse. 25 specimens of fleshy fungi from Vermont. (Collected by Miss Gertrude S, Bur- lingham. 3 herbarium specimens from Canada. (Givendy Brother Louis Arsene. ) 520 specimens from Egypt. (By exchange with the Botanical Garden, Zurich, Switzerland, 300 specimens ‘‘ Plantae Mexicanae.’’ (Collected by Mr. C. G. Pringle. ) to museum specimens of fossil] Kauri, Copal, and Dammar. (Given by Messrs. G. W. Patterson & Company. ) 2 specimens of mosses from Massachusetts. (Given by Miss Cora H. Clarke. u 25 specimens, *‘ Ustilagineae’’ Fascicle 8. (Distributed by H. and P. 4 specimens of es s from Miami, Florida. (By exchange with the Sansui Laboratory, Miami, Fla. ) 1,667 specimens ie the Philippines. (By exchange with the Bureau of Science, Manila. 1,854 specimens from Colombia. (Collected ky Consul Lehmann.) 49 specimens of lichens from Jamaica. (Collected by Professor Duncan S. John- on, ) PLANTS AND SEEDS, 3 plants for nursery. (Given by Dr. A. Endy.) I plant for conservatories. (By exchange with Mr. F. Weinberg. 88 plants from Panama for conservatories. ( Purchased ea we Otto Munch.) 1 plant for herbaceous garden. (Collected by Dr. J. A. Shafer.) 30 plants for nursery. (Given by Mrs. Dyer 9 plants for os (By e exchange with the U. S. National Museum, through Dr. . Rose 5 plants ion nursery. (Given by Mr. ©, FE. Jennings. ) 4 plants for herbaceous garden. (Given by Mr. nati Shafer. } 1 plant for herbaceous garden. (Cae ie Mr. R. C. Be aeact ) 9 23 plants for herbaceous garden. (Cotte cted ie Mr. Norman Taylor.) 2 plants for herbaceous garden. (Given by Miss D Marble. 6 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Subeopical Laboratory, Miami, -) i Florida. Members of the Corporation, GrorcE S. Bowpoin, Davin Lynic, Pror. N. L, Britton, Epcar L. MarsTon, Hon. ADDISON Brown, D. O. MILLs, Dr. NicHoLas M. BuTLer, J. Prerront Morcan, ANDREW CARNEGIE, THEODORE W. MyErs, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, GEORGE M. OLcotTT, WILu1AM G. CHOATE, Pror. Henry F. OsBorn, CuaRLEs F, Cox, LoweEL. M. PALMER, Joun J. CrooxeE, GrorGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, James R. PITCHER, JaMeEs B. Forp, Rr. Rev. Henry C. Porrsr, RosertT W. DE Forest, Percy R. Pyne, Henry W. DE FoREsT, JouN D, ROCKEFELLER, CLEVELAND H. Dopcg, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Pror. H. H. Russy, Gen. Louis FITZGERALD, James A. SCRYMSER, RICHARD W. GILDER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, Hon. Tuomas F, Girroy, SAMUEL SLOAN, Hon. Hucu J. GRANT, WiLr4M D. SLOANE, Henry GRAVEs, NELson SMITH, Henry P. Hoyt, JAMES SPEYER, ADRIAN IsELIN, JR., FrAncis L. STETSON, Morris K. Jesup, Dr. W. “1LMAN THOMPSON, Joun I. Kane, Louis C. TIFFANY, EucEnE KELLY, JR., SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. JAMEs F, Kemp, Pror. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Joun S. Kennepy, GrorGE W. VANDERBILT, Pror, FREDERIC S. LEE, Hon. EcertTon L. WINTHROP, JR., Hon. SrtTu Low, Wii H, S. Woop. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden ‘ a oo New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con al notes, s and non-technical articles of pene interest. Fr tee all mem- Bees of the Gane To others, Io cents a copy; $1.00 a year. offered in exchange.] Vol. I, 1900, viii + 21 Vol. I, 150%, vith Be v ol. III, 3 PP. 1902, vili + pp. Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 p Vol. V, 1904, viii-+-242 pp. Vol. VI, 1905, viii+224 pp. Vol. VII, eee vil 300 Netin of the New York Bot goed containing the annual Teports of the Dir results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per rolereS Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp-, 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1 Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 Come h 1901-1903. Vol. III, Nos. 9-11, 463 pp. acyl plates, bg ig Vol. IV, No. 12, 113 pp.; No. 13, 193 pp-, 12 plates; No. 14, in pre: V, No. 15, 105 a ane No. 16, 88 pp., PP. Le S North American Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America, including Greenland the West Indies and Central America. Pena Les a com- pleted in thirty volumes. mn ove 8vo. Each volume to consist of four Pape price $1.50 per part; a er number of separate nae will ‘tee a for $2. ach. [Not ofered is ae — ae spe 1, issued M paar tains descriptions of the hee Rosales by Dr. I K. mail, ane of the amie Padaietnoiuanse yy Mr. ifs Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Bri and Dr. J. N. Rose, Penthoraceae acd Parnassia- ceae by Dr. P. . z , part 2, issu melee ember 18, 1905, contains descriptions of the families Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae by Dr. J. K. su a and Dr. if a & ydberg ; the unoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae by N. L. Bri the Pteroste- monaceae by Dr, J. K. Small; the iieasaces yy Percy Wilson naa the Phyllo- nomacese by Dr. H. H. aca - 7, part I, issued Oct. 4, 1906, contains ae of the families Ustilag- inaceae and Tilletiaceae, ou Prvfes essor G. P. Clin - 7, part 2, issued March 6, Igo’ spatiatens Uredinaceae can Accidiacene (past byt Proesor rd io re Memoirs of the New =e oye to yee of the Garden, ee oo a volume. TS, en Bee Not eteren 2 exchange. ] Vol, n Annotated Gane of the Flora of Montana and te Yellowstone Park, by Oe Re ae Rydberg, assistant curator of the museum: a arrangement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of the es with notes from the cathora eld book, including descriptions of 163 no species oy. 8vo, with detailed map. Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and Darkness upon Growth and Der by ae s a MacDougal, assistant director. An account of aa uthor’s with 1 consideration = the relation of light to plants The. per morphological ial are illustrated. xvi + 320 La Ran Bro, with 176 figures. Contributions from the New York Botanical Garden. A series of tech- cal papers wutian PS Sip or members of the staff, and reprint ed from journals er than the above. e, 25 cents each. $5.00 per volum Vol. os. 135, i 400 on 35 baa and 34 p) nee Vol Nos. 26-50, vi-+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the text and 18 plates. Vol. Iii. Wao 51- 75, vi-+ 398 pp. 26 ae in the text and 21 plates. ECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. scree in North American Peronosporales—I. The Genus Albugo, by Guy weit Wilso I. oe) Rican orchids.—I., by George Valentine Nash. 92 n occurrence of glands i in He embryo of Zea Mays, by Charles Stuart Gager. American fossil mosses, with description of a new species from Florissant, Golgate, by E. G. Britton and iaetitte Hollick. All s abot! and remittances should be sent to NEw YORK Bd Mabelaie GARD . NEw rou City Vol. VIII AUGUST, 1907 No. 92 FOURNAL LS Oe ee Oe The New York Botanical Garden WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant ] BoemconomiciGarden. 189 Report of Lectures on the Preservation of Wild Flowers... --...- >: 193 Notes, Newsand Comment .....-.----- +s eee eee errs 196 Accessions ges 38. sie ice ete ea eel e § ers 197 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar 4x Nortu Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. sy Tue New Era Printinc CoMPANY OFFICERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VicE-PRESIDENT—ANDREW CARNEGIE, TREASURER—CHAR Eee F, COX SECRETARY—N. L. BRITTON. BoARD OF MANAGERS. . ELECTED MANAG HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, GEORGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, J A. SCRYMSE ROBERT W. be FOREST, SAMUEL ; JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORNE. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, MOSES HERRMAN. ; THE MAyoR OF THE City oF NEw YorK, N. GEORGE B. RceEn LLAN. 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chaz ar Be cage MURRAY BUTLER, PROF JAMES F. KEMP, F. C. F. CHANDLER, ROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, CHAR ao BY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, at: GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, Divrector-in- mee DR. W. A. MURRILL, first Assistan DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Head oe en ees DR. DR. C. STUART GAGER, Director fos the ie Laboratories ANNA MURRAY VA ee DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the Economic ” caletions: hem PERCY WILSON, Administrative Assistant, ‘LYNOO ANOLVAMASNOOD SILL NI SINVTd LUasSAd NVOWaNV ere sce . JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden Vou. Jou. VII. August, 1907. No. 92. A COLLECTION OF AMERICAN DESERT PLANTS. In many parts of the world, wherever local conditions are such as to result in a small precipitation, dry arid regions, known as deserts, occur. In America there are many of these. One of them extends from our own southwestern country down through parts of Central America, including the vast region of Lower California. Many of the islands of the Bahamas, as well as many parts of the West Indies, are of this desert character. In South America large desert areas occur on the western slopes of the Andes It has been our aim in the past few years to bring together here at the Garden as large a collection as possible of living plants from these arid areas, especially from those of North America. The result has been a collection of desert plants second to none in the country —a collection especially rich in the cactus and orpine families — and it is from this collection that the plants have been selected which fill the large bed in the court of the conservatories. These form only a portion of the entire collection. Many other plants will be found in houses no. 5 and 6 in the conservatories, and a large study collection is grouped in the propagating houses. Many other desert plants from other parts of the world may also be seen in the conserva- tory houses referred to above. In the court of the conserva- tories, however, only such plants are to be seen as have origi- nated in the American deserts. Deserts, or regions subject to long periods of drought and at 169 170 the best having but a small rainfall, have a vegetation all their own, and the plants which go to make this up are provided with various means by which they can live through these long dry spells. Plants as ordinarily constructed could not survive the extreme conditions which the desert plant is called upon to meet. The perpetuity of such species is insured in a number of ways. In the first place, a great many of the desert plants are annuals, that is, the plant dies, root and stem, after completing its life cycle, depending for the continuance of its kind upon seeds, which it usually makes in great abundance. These seeds lie dormant in the ground until favorable seasons of moisture arrive, when they germinate and make the desert look like a flower garden. This method, of course, is not peculiar to desert plants, but it is one means by which they are perpetuated. It is, however, among the perennial plants, those which live for several years, that the adaptive methods which make up the characteristics of the desert plants and give to many of them their odd and queer forms are most conspicuous. A glance at this collection of plants in the conservatory court will show how different from most plants they appear. Various methods are resorted to in order to accomplish the same essential end, the storage of nutriment and water to carry them over the drought. Some have the stem much enlarged at the base, as in the hua- riqui, Lbervillea Sonorae, of Sonora. A specimen of this queer member of the watermelon family will be found in house no. 6 of the conservatories. These large bodies lie around in the desert like large knots of wood, with apparently no life in them, but when the rains come they start into growth and send up long condition until the next rainy season. In some cases, as in certain cacti, tubers are made in the ground, which serve the same purpose. In others, the stems and branches, or both, are enlarged and fleshy, and serve as storage organs. This latter condition is found largely in the cactus family. In the hedge- hog cactus, Echinocactus, it is the stem that is greatly enlarged, often forming globose or cylindric bodies, a foot or more through © 171 and several feet high. The capacity of such plants to store water is often taken advantage of by the Indians who inhabit the region where these plants grow. Selecting a large-sized specimen, the thirsty Indian cuts off the top, macerates the pulp within, and squeezes it and drinks the water which it contains. In other plants of the cactus family the stems and branches are aise of flat or cylindric joints, which serve the same purpose. This is especially the case in the genus Opuntia, to which the prickly pears belong. Here the large flat joints are often referred to as leaves. This is not true, however, the real leaves being usually very small and inconspicuous. They are to be found on the young shoots only and soon drop away. The stems and branches in these plants act not only as storage organs but also perform the functions of leaves. In the century plants, which belong to the genus Agave, of which many representatives will be found in the center of the bed, the leaves become thick and fleshy and serve as storage organs. This sometimes leads to the plant’s own undoing, as man, taking advantage of this storing capacity of the plant, deprives it of its sap, which he manufactures into an intoxicating drink. This is particularly true in Mexico, where century plants are very com- mon; several species are used by the Mexicans in the manufac- ture of “ pulque.” Some of the century plants also yield a fiber which is of great value. Sisal hemp, an example of this, is man- ufactured from the fiber of the sisal plant, Agave rigida, which is cultivated in many tropical regions for this purpose. In the orpine family, also, it is the leaves which act as sore organs. A number of species of Echeveria and related genera will be found in the bed. Inthe genera Dasylirion and Beaucarnea it is the much-enlarged base of the plant which acts as a storage organ. In all of these plants which have a perennial stem, whether it be the leaves or the stems which are of primary importance to the plant, it will be noted that the epidermis, or outer layer, is so constructed as to prevent the free transpiration of water, thus pro- tecting the plant from the extreme evaporation which would result in the hot sun of the desert —a drain which the plant could not supply from its scanty water supply. ‘syurid jiasap uvoriairy Jo uoysa{[oo y 9% “ONL 175 The bed containing this collection of American desert plants is fifty-nine feet long and eighteen feet six inches wide. It contains about five hundred and sixty plants, representing seven families and about two hundred species. The families are arranged as follows: the amaryllis family, to which belong the century plants and furcraeas, is confined mainly to the center of the bed, the furcraeas running out to the border on the northern end. In the center of the bed are a few of the,tall columnar cactuses, rep- resented by the genus Cereus. A group of these, as well as some species of the genus FPilocereus, a closely related group, will be found in the southwestern corner. Conspicuous among these are the saguaro, Cereus giganteus, and the rare Cereus Pringle. The western side of the bed is devoted to a group of the prickly pears, the genus Opzzfia, in both the cylindric and flat-stemmed types. In the northwestern corner are a number of plants of the hedge-hog cactus, Achinocactus, already referred to. Here also will be found plants of the turk’s-head cactus, Melocactus, on two of which will be found the dark-red spiny cap, which gives to the plant its popular name. It is from this portion of the plant that the flowers and fruits appear. On the eastern side of the bed are the members of the orpine family. In the southeastern corner are the members of the lily family, represented by the genera Yucca, the Spanish bayonet, Dasylirion, Beaucarnea and Hesper- aloe. Near by, in the southern end, will be found a single large plant of the genus Fouguieria, which contains five or six species, all American. A small specimen of the desert palm, Meowwash- see also finds a place here. Two much larger spec- imens of the same genus, Neowashingtonia robusta, will be found in ae no. 13, on the north side. The pine-apple family is represented by a plant of the genus Dyckia, GrorGE V. Nasu. AN OLD LOCUST POST. Not far from the eastern boundary of the Garden there is a neglected family burying-ground about one hundred and fifty years old, formerly enclosed by a fence, the posts of which were made of black locust. A single post about four inches thick 174 and a yard high is all that now remains of the fence, and this doubtless owes its preservation to a wild black cherry tree with a forked trunk which has grown from a seed dropped at its base by a passing bird and has for some years enclosed the post and effectually protected it from mechanical injury. This tree is now fifteen feet in circumference at the base and the larger fork is nearly three feet thick, indicating an age of from sixty to a hun- dred years. During all these years the post has been exposed to the elements, but is still fairly well preserved and will probably last for many years to come. The black locust, Robinia Pseudacacia L., grows naturally from Georgia north to Pennsylvania and west to Iowa, and has been extensively planted and naturalized far beyond its original bound- aries. It is abundant about New York City, some of the trees being very old. Early in the seventeenth century it was intro- duced into Paris by Jean Robin, herbalist of the King, from seeds gathered in Virginia; and in 1636 Vespasien Robin planted a single specimen of it in the Jardin du Roi, which is still alive. In 1753 Linnaeus assigned to this tree the name Roéinza, in honor of Jean Robin and his s There are four species of ne in the United States, three of which are trees and onea shrub. They are all ornamental, being cultivated for their foliage and flowers. Robinia Psendacacia, the most abundant and best known species, has probably been planted more extensively both in this country and in Europe than any other North American tree. Its foliage is light and graceful, and its conspicuous clusters of flowers, which appear in May and June, are both showy and fragrant. Over thirty ornamental varieties are known. _ This species also furnishes an exceeding valuable wood, which is hard, heavy, close-grained, and very durable. It is used for osts, treenails, clubs, bows, fuel, the construction of houses, shipbuilding, street-paving, etc. The durability of its wood is remarkable. The post mentioned above is a proof of this, and many other similar cases might be cited. It is said on good au- thority that the locust posts used by the early Virginia colonists in the construction of their first rade huts were still standing in 175 a fair degree of preservation a hundred years after they were placed in the ground. As a shade tree, the black locust is successfully cultivated on the streets of Paris, where the top is kept small and spherical and the branches thickly clustered; in this country, however, it cannot be recommended for shade. It is a rapid grower, hardy, easily propagated and transplanted, and does well in poor soil; but is angular and scraggly in form, with brittle branches, short- lived foliage, unsightly pods, and troublesome sprouting roots; and, moreover, it is often seriously attacked by insects and fun- gous pests. The chief enemy of the locust is the locust borer, Cy/lene Robiniae Forster. This insect riddles the trunk and not only kills the tree but renders the wood unfit for use except for fuel. Another enemy of the black locust is a bracket-fungus, Pyro- polyporus Robiniae Murrill, the large brown fruit-bodies of which may often be seen in great numbers on the trunks of old locust trees throughout the southern states and as far north as Con- necticut. Several insects and fungi attack the foliage of the locust, but the damage they do is usually insignificant compared with that done by the borer and the bracket-fungus mentioned. W. A. MurriLe SOME LITTLE KNOWN EDIBLE NATIVE FRUITS F THE UNITED STATES.* 2There is probably no other center of population in the world where the variety and abundance of fruit is so great as in New York, nor where the supply represents such an elaborate series of systems of production, transportation, storage, and wondrous hor- ticultural arts by which our new varieties are originated and de- veloped. Our citizens may be regarded as epicures in these products. Not only have we at all seasons a liberal variety of fruits to select from, but we have learned to be content with noth- ing less than the choicest varieties of each. It is somewhat difficult for such people to even imagine con- ditions which are easily recalled by those of us who are able to *From a lecture delivered at the New York Botanical Garden, June 1, 1907. wild black cherry tree. we rs] re vo Ba € au 77 a s a | 2 7 3 a o wa | Q 8 < Z 3 3° g < 27. 1G. 177 look back to a childhood of half a century or so ago, when many of our staple fruits were absolutely unknown in the markets, and when the varieties of those then staple were few and so poor that the best of them would now scarcely find a sale. There were seasons when such commion things as apples, oranges and lemons were absolutely unobtainable. The banana came occasionally, to the extent of a few bunches, and might be had at the rate of ten or fifteen cents each, and its tropical associates, now so com- mon, were known only through the accounts of travellers. Many of our present small fruits were either known only in the wild state, or were cultivated merely for a domestic supply. There was no regular trade in them, though the accidental surplus was often marketed, yet as often allowed to go to waste. When we endeavor to picture these conditions to our pampered children, we find it like ae to picture hunger and thirst to one who never experienced t It is almost erie difficult for us to realize the relatively worse conditions which faced our early settlers and constituted the status naturae of the aborigines. They knew practically noth- ing of improvements under cultivation, and but little of preserv- ing methods, yet they depended upon the fruit supply, not for their luxuries merely, but to eke out the quantity of food neces- sary for actual existence. We can, however, readily understand that it would be necessary for a people so circumstanced to eat many things which we would, at first thought, regard as unfit for human food. It is of this class of fruits, particularly, that I wish to speak to-day. The subject is perhaps of more than mere histor- ical interest. Some of these fruits have been pronounced by ex- pert and learned judges to be worthy of a place among our modern supplies, and amenable to great improvement by modern methods of treatm We shall first as a group of fruits of a peculiarly acid or correctives in addition to that of ordinary fruits. The type of this class is the cranberry, the cultivation of which, scarcely known in my boyhood, is now one of our important agricultural industries. The small cranberry (Oxycoccus Oxyeoccus) is but 178 little known in this locality, being a plant of northern bogs. The slender stems run through the sphagnum, and the berries, about half as large as those of the cultivated species, lie, usually singly, partly concealed in the moss. These berries are largely collected by the Indians, and are marketed by them in many northern towns. They are very sour, but are preferred by some persons to the common cranberry. Two fruits are commonly known as “mountain cranberry,” one in the southern Alleghenies, the other in nearly all far nor- thern localities and southward in high mountains. Both grow on small erect shrubs instead of on creeping stems like our cran- berries. The former is, however, classed as a cranberry (0. erythrocarpus). Small is probably correct in maintaining it as a distinct genus, under the name Augeria. Its fruit is small, red to purple, and sour, and is not largely eaten. The other is the well-known mountain cranberry of Europe (Vaccinium Vitis- Jdaea). It is very largely used, and is a commercial article. It is classed with the blueberries. Its fruits resemble those of the smaller cranberry in size, but are of a deeper red. When fresh they are slightly bitter, but lose this flavor when properly cooked. Although the discussion of such well-known fruits as blue- berries and huckleberries is out of place in this lecture, two members of the group call for special mention. Every berry- gatherer is familiar with a fruit known to country-people as “ poison huckleberry,”’ or “ green huckleberry.” In the books it is mostly called deerberry. We used to know the plant as Vaccinium stamineum, but it is now quite properly kept apart from that genus asa Folycodium. Contrary to popular belief, there is nothing poisonous about these fruits, which were very generally used by the aborigines. They are not palatable like the blueberry, being sour and slightly bitter, but may be cooked like the mountain cranberry. The other is the so-called southern or mountain gooseberry, of the southern Alleghenies. It is described as especially valuable for cooking and more ought o be known concerning it. Even its botanical identity is in question, though it is probably Polycodium neclanocarpum, e two remaining fruits of the cranberry group are not even 179 distantly related botanically with the preceding species. The high bush cranberry (Viburnum Opulus) is a close relative of the black haw or nannyberry (V. prunifolinm and V. Lentago). The latter are also sometimes eaten, but are dry, of weak flavor, and palatable only after the action of severe frosts ; while the former, the cultivated form of which is our snow-ball shrub, is juicy and acid, and a fair substitute for the cranberry. It inhabits the northern part of the north temperate zone, the world around. Not only was it an article of the aboriginal cuisine but it is still eaten by country-people in northern North America and ev gets occasionally into their markets. The fruit of 7% ene is of very similar appearance but I cannot be certain that it i eaten. To our ancestors the barberry was the ante-type of our present cranberry, being largely cultivated for its fruit, strongly acid, and of a peculiar flavor, which the cranberry, good as it is, cannot approach. It is probably due to its smaller size and ‘seedy ”’ character that its use has been so largely abandoned. Neverthe- less it has not yet altogether lost caste. Only very recently an old-fashioned friend has informed me that she never fails to procure a supply of this fruit for making a winter preserve that she and her favored acquaintances regard as unequalled. Very similar to the cranberries, in nature and value, were the native crabapples of this country. The cultivated crabs, though sour enough in the unripe state, have had their acidity much mitigated by cultivation. In their natural condition they were extremely acid, but were stewed and used, not only by the Indians but by generations of settlers, as we use cranberries and pie-plant, as much for their wholesomeness as for their pala- tability. One of the most valuable properties of this fruit was its permanence after being cooked when unripe, without the addi- tion of sugar. In the northern parts of our southern states these trees were very abundant, often forming dense thickets, like the wild plum. Four native species of this genus (J/a/wus) are recognized. In the arid regions of the west and especially in the far north- west, a substitute for the crabapple is found in the large fruits of 180 some species of rose, notably R. Nutkaensis. These fruits are far less acid and more sugary than the crabs, and the “apple” sauce and pies made from them are of the utmost importance to the Alaskans. It is a long step, both botanically and geographically from these to the “apple pies” of the far southwest, made from the Mexican banana, the fruit of the Spanish bayonet (Yucca éaccata), a plant of the lily family. It is not difficult for any of you to picture this plant in your imagination. Think of the common Yucca of our gardens twice enlarged and much stouter, with leaves ending in spines so stout and sharp that a falling horseman may be impaled upon them, and bearing upon its flower stalk several fruits much resembling in form a stout banana. Between the inner seed capsule and the skin there is a pulp from a quarter to a half inch thick which, when sliced off, may be made into a pie resembling an apple pie of rather weak flavor. Not all of the fruits used under the name crabapple pertain to the genus Malus. The thorn-apple, produced by the enormous genus Crataegus, has probably been much more largely used than is known. These fruits are very inferior to the crabs, being dry and of a weak flavor, with a slightly mucilaginous consistency. Nevertheless, the best of them occasionally find their way into the market, and several species have been considerably improved by cultivation. One species is the commonly cultivated ‘“ crab- of the city of Mexico and its environs. e go posed: and currants, of similar mature to the fruits it will surprise most persons to learn that we have some sixty species of these plants growing wild in the United States, and that in many localities they occur in masses, producing large quanti- ties of delicious fruit. Of the currants, probably the most used sort is the yellow-flowered, tall species, eight to twelve feet high (Ribes tenuiflorum), of the southwest. Its fruit is said to be equal to the currants of cultivation. In the northwest occurs a species that produces heavy fruit-racemes six inches or more in length. O gooseberries, we have two series, one with smooth, the other with prickly fruit. In general, the latter are of richer favor and would be preferred but for their forbidding exterior and their very thick 181 skins. Like the currants, they are of various shades of green, yellow and red. It may be remarked that several species of the Rocky Mountains (R. cereum, R. inebrians, etc.) are narcotic poisons. One of the least known, yet, to the taste of the speaker at least, one of the most delicious of our native small fruits, is the Buffalo berry (Lepargyraca argentea). The plant, in many parts of the northwest, and fortunately in partially arid regions, covers square miles of ground, to the exclusion of most else. It produces its one-seeded oblong berries, as large as huckleberries, greenish or pinkish with purple blotches, in the densest profusion. The Indians spread skins beneath the bushes and shake the fruits off by the bushel. During the season they almost live upon them, and they dry great quantities for winter use. The flesh is juicy, sweet and acid, and its flavor may be compared with that of a rich and sweet lemonade. They are prepared in many ways, some of which involve the crushing up of the seed with the pulp. The seed is soft, of not unpleasant flavor, and apparently fatty and nutritious. There are many species of this genus in the northern hemisphere, and a number, even of those cultivated as orna- mental shrubs, are delicious. They exhibit a considerable va- riety of acidity, sweetness and flavor. A related and similar, though larger, fruit is the silverberry (E/eaguus argentca), which extends farther north. Closely related to the crabapples and thorn-apples, but of to- tally different character from any of the fruits so far considered, are the service-berries, also called June-berries, sugar-berries, shad-berries, and by various other local names. They pertain to the genus Amelanchier, now recognized as containing about twenty species. These fruits have the structure of the apple and pear, but the core is thin and soft, so that the entire fruit can be eaten, like a blueberry. The specific determinations of these plants are so obscure that one hesitates to use their botanical names. The one most largely used is the Canadian service-berry (Amelanchier Canadensis and probably one or more closely related species). It is a large shrub, and often becomes a small tree. Its fruits are eaten in almost every conceivable form. One of their 182 most important uses is that of being pounded up with chopped meat and the mass frozen for winter use, the ‘‘ Pemmican”’ of the Canadians. In the northwest occurs a similar group (4. a/nifolius, A. Cusichii, etc.), regarded as the best and most important fruit of the region. The Canadian Amelanchier is common about New York, where it is known as shad-bush, but it rarely fruits so far south. We have, however, several small shrubby species, like blue-berries, which produce delicious sugary black fruits, Of our blackberries, raspberries, grapes and plums, I shall not speak, since all are well-known and have contributed important cultivated forms, but there are some important facts concerning aboriginal uses of our native cherries which are not generally known. It may be mentioned in passing that the wild red cherry (Frunus Pennsylvanica) so very abundant everywhere to the northward, is far from worthless when well-grown and perfectly ripe. It is rather sour, but yet contains much sugar and is de- cidedly rich in flavor. Its chief defect is the small amount of esh in comparison with the large stones. Our common wild black cherry (Prunus serotina, but more appropriately separated in the genus Padus) has well-known uses in wine making. It is represented in the arid western regions by others with larger fruits, but these consist almost wholly of the large stone, the flesh being so slight in amount and of such poor quality that their use on its account is out ofthe question. These fruits are largely used by the Indians for the sake of the seeds contained within the stones. To understand this subject, we must recall well-known facts regarding our sweet and bitter almonds. The former is well regarded as one of the most nutritious, wholesome and delicious of our table delicacies. The latter possesses the same constitu- ents, but associates with them substances which, as soon as brought into contact with water, develop prussic acid, not only poisonous, but intensely bitter. The cherries are close relatives of the almond, and agree with the bitter almond in these partic- ulars. The western Indians have learned that water will re- move the objectionable substances and leave a very useful food substance; so they pound up these fruits in great quantity, pulp and seeds together, and subject them to an ingenious 183 leaching process, forming the residue into durable cakes for use in time of nee A far more important cake-making fruit is what might be ap- propriately called the black checkerberry or wintergreen of the northwest. The limited use of our common red checkerberry (Gaultheria procumbens) in the northeast is well-known, the fruit even finding its way, in small quantity, into the New York market. The use of these fruits is very healthful, and mixed with sugar, or even eaten plain, they are quite palatable; yet they are dry and rather insipid. The black one (G. Shallon), on the contrary, is sweet, somewhat juicy and of excellent mild flavor. It grows on the northern Pacific coast and adjacent islands, on a bush three or four feet high. These shrubs cover large areas, as do our huckleberry bushes, and produce their fruit in great profusion. It is a staple article of food with the Indians during its season, and the cakes made by pounding it up constitute in some sections almost the sole vegetable food of the winter season. Related to these fruits, and of similar flavor to a our checker-berry, is the little white teaberry (Chiogenes hispidula) of northern regions. It grows on a creeping, matted plant, amidst the moss. e fruit is unimportant, yet constitutes an item in the aboriginal A of fare. The same may be sai the little partridge berry (Mitchella), the special value of which consists in the fact that it can be collected in early spring, upon the melting of the snow. Even the fruit of the little A/oveses or one-flowered pyrola, is collected by these hard-pressed natives. This is known to us as a very rare and beautiful little bog-plant, but far to the northward it grows freely among the wet sphag- nums, and yields sufficient fruit to be worthy of collection. nthe same class of products belongs the little bunch-berry (Cornus Canadensis), which can be collected in great quantity in all our northern districts, where the plants grow in great beds. The fruit is a dry, mucilaginous and weakly-flavored drupe, but is not devoid ‘of nutriment. . Let us pass from the consideration of these very small and relatively unimportant fruits to two very large ones, the largest of our wild edible fruits. Their very similar names, papaw and 184 paw-paw, have caused them to be nota little confused in the popular mind, The papaw (Carica Papaya) is a distinctly trop- - ical fruit, but has been introduced into southern Florida, where it makes a scanty growth and produces fruit of fair quality. It is a peculiar soft-wooded tree, bearing at the summit an umbrella- shaped crown of huge leaves. At two or three years of age it begins to fruit, and thenceforward produces fruit freely during its life, of from seven to ten years. The fruit has the form and size of a musk-melon, though somewhat pointed. Its pulp is similar and the cavity is thickly covered with rounded blac seeds resembling swan shot. The pulp is of peculiar flavor and one must learn to like it, but it is sweet and agreeable. It might be compared in flavor and consistency to an over-ripe and in- ferior musk-melon. Its great value lies in its high percentage of nutriment and in its power to aid in the digestion of other food eaten with it. When unripe it is irritant and even somewhat a owing to its milky juic w-paw is probably to be ates as our richest and most ee native fruit. Indeed, people are not wanting who esteem it the most delicious of all fruits produced in this country. It is a close relative of the sour-sop, sweet-sop, custard-apple and chirimoya, queen of American tropical fruits. The small tree is abundant in the southern United States, from Arkansas east, and produces its fruits in late summer. Those who know them best say that they should not be eaten until dead-ripe and touched by frost. The fruit resembles a small short and stout banana, but is one-sided and slightly curved. Its seeds, as large as marbles, make bulging points upon its outline, and between them lies the rich, creamy, deliciously sweet pulp. It passes in ripening through the same color changes asa yellow banana. It is common in western and southern markets, and there is a no more needed and promising field for experimentation in horticulture than this remarkable fruit offers The fruits thus far considered are mostly of very considerable importance, and not very “little-known.” Let us now pass on to consider some which are rather in the nature of curiosities to us, yet important products to those whose general supplies are scanty and poor, 185 The shallon, which I have described as a very important small fruit of the northwestern tribes, is represented southward by a most distinctly related one, of very inferior quality, yet consider- ably used for the simple reason that little else is offered over most of the districts where it grows. It is the manzanita (mean- ing little apple), produced by several species of Arctostophylos, especially by A. pungens. They are very interesting and beauti- ful shrubs, with pale-green or glaucous evergreen leaves and terminal clusters of reddish-yellow fruits. The latter are apple- shaped, but scarcely exceed a half inch in breadth, and are usually more or less grooved from base tosummit. They are rather dry and sour, and quite astringent, but cooking renders them suffi- ciently palatable to the Indian. They are also pounded up with other substances to form cakes for preserving. The apple family itself supplies a similarly used fruit, the Cali- tornia holly (Heteromeles arbutifolia), in southern California and adjacent Mexico. It is closely related to our mountain ash (Sorbus), and isa very handsome plant. The shrubs grow thickly and exhibit dense masses of dark and glossy foliage, against which lie the large clusters of rich crimson fruit. e latter is not very astringent, but bitterish, and it would be difficult for isn those impoverished people. The closely related choke-berry or choke-pear (drouia arbuttfolia) aoe ms a very similar role for the eastern tribes. is small an ore slender erect shrub is many sandy salt-marshes, and all berry-pickers are familiar with it. The fruits are of a rich glossy purple-black and much resemble our large black huckleberry. They look very tempting, but are found to be flat and puckery in taste. The very puckery properties of the unripe persimmon, and its sweet and edible properties when thoroughly ripe, are too well- known to require more than mention, but reference may be made to the extensive use of another very astringent fruit, the sumac- berry, produced by various species of Rhus. Its use for the preparation of an acid, refrigerant drink, when nothing else is obtainable for the purpose, has been handed down to the present 186 day. The Indians also pound it up into cakes, for use as a food. It is not unlikely that the nutrition of the contained seeds has much to do with this use. An even stranger fact is the use by the northern Indians of cakes made by pounding up soap-berry (Sapindus). This fruit, as large as a marble, consists of a thin, translucent, gummy, wrinkled pericarp, of red or orange color, loosely enclosing a single large hard seed. The pulp is not only acrid, soapy and un- palatable, but contains considerable saponin, a distinctly poisonous constituent, and one can but wonder at its use. Quite a number of vegetable substances containing saponin are used as Indian oods, but always after some leaching process for the removal of this constituent. A fruit that reminds us much of the soap-berry in its appear- ance is the saw-palmetto of our southeastern coast region, where it is produced in prodigious quantity. Its properties are, how- ever, very different. Although it leaves an acrid taste after free eating, it is sugary and nutritious. It is used in large quantities for fattening hogs and chickens, and it was formerly eaten to a considerable extent by the natives. northern visitor to our south Atlantic resorts ‘looks with curiosity upon the use of the fruits of the passion-flower, known as may-pops, but people from the tropics are familiar with the use of a number of related species, some of almost sickish sweetness, others as acid as the lemon. This fruit is elliptical and as large as anegg. It has a crustaceous rind, like a mock-orange gourd, which, when stepped upon, emits a popping sound, whence the common name. The interior is a mass of translucent, slippery pulp, clinging tenaciously to a large number of small seeds. It is commonly eaten by swallowing the mass entire, like an oyster. Unfortunate is the modern lover of fruits who has not access to a supply of our native eastern black mulberry (A@orus rubra), one of the most highly esteemed, and justly so, of aboriginal fruits. This tree, when well grown in an open space, is widely spreading and thickly clothed with large leaves, making it an admirable shade tree. In early July it is loaded with deep purple-black fruits nearly an inch in length and about as thick Vs7 as the little finger, full of rich purple juice, and so tender and soft as to be scarcely marketable. They are highly esteemed by most persons, though of too heavy a flavor for some. The European mulberry, much cultivated, is not to be compared with this. Southwestward we have several smaller, less juicy, and in every way inferior species. A group of fruits not nearly as well known as they should be are those produced by many of our southwestern Cactaceae. Some of these are very small, no larger than the sharpened en of a lead pencil, and of clay form. It is probably for this reason that they are not better known, for some of them are really excellent. Many, even among those of larger size, are sour, slimy or “flat,” and would not commend themselves to the civilized taste; but a few are large, well-flavored and highly nutritious, and are not only among the most important of Indian foods, but have been highly valued by all travelers who have become familiar with them. The most important of them is the pitahaya of the Apaches, produced by a large columnar cactus, Cereus Thurbert, of Arizona and northern Mexico. The fruit is of the form and size of an orange, green externally, containing a rich crimson-scarlet pulp with innumerable small, imbedded seeds. This pulp is sugary, juicy, rich and well-flavored and is the cream of Indian existence during the late summer, when they subsist almost entirely upon it. While the pulp is the flavored portion, the seeds are more important, owing to their highly nutritive qualities. This fruit is cooked and preserved in many ways, and from it are made both syrup and alcoholic bev- erages. The famous giant cactus of Arizona (C. giganteus) pro- duces the saguaro, a fruit similarly used. It is elliptical in form, and the pulp is of a deeper crimson. The facts stated suggest the use of the fruits of the common prickly pear cactus of the Atlantic coast. These small, yellowish, shriveled fruits, about as large as plums, are rather dry, mucilaginous and insipid, ex- cept for their mild acidity, and we do not find them palatable. Nevertheless, history records their use, by both aborigines and settlers. They were usually stewed and strained into a mass much resembling apple-sauce. 188 A fruit much more agreeable to the civilized palate, though of a peculiar flavor that is as objectionable to some as it is esteemed by others, is the ground-cherry, husk-tomato, or cherry-tomato, produced by various species of Physalis, in the tomato family. There is a wide variation in sweetness and flavor among the several species. The best is produced by the very sticky plant that we know botanically as P. viscosa, The plant grows in sandy soil near the coast, rarely reaching a foot in height, but spread- ing out to twice that breadth. It bears an ovoid, pointed husk an inch or more long, inside of which is a yellow, sticky, sweet berry. It is ripe in the late blackberrying season, when it is much sought by children, and is relished by adults. It reminds us slightly in its flavor of the much Jarger berry of the mandrake, or may- apple, a rather well-known fruit also often eaten, though scarcely to be called goo decrees are also fruits of a peculiar strong flavor, in pie-making is also quite well known, but their former very ex- tensive use as a food among the savages is a historical fact not commonly recognized. There are quite a number of species in America, black, red and even blue in color, and all seem to have been employed. A fact more difficult for us to realize is the use, apparently never extensive, of the wax-berries (Sym- phoricarpos), and the fruits of various species of honeysuckle, both reputed as somewhat poisonous. My lecture should include an account of a number of interest- ing semi-tropical fruits growing along our southern borders, from Texas eastward, including the sea-grape (Coccoloba), the cocoa- plum Se ecthia a) the downward plum (Sumelia), and fruits of the ondalia, Zizyphus, Forestiera, Cordia, Ehrectia and a The qualities and uses of most of these fruits are, however, very little known as yet and I will content myself with having exhibited these pictures and made reference to them. H. H. Russy. 189 THE ECONOMIC GARDEN. In the May Journat reference was made to the new Economic Garden then in process of installation. Since that time much has been done in the development of this feature. Many of the more common economic plants are now represented, and the collection has been labeled. Each bed is furnished with a large sign indicat- ing the general nature of the contents, and each plant in the bed is supplied with a smaller individual label giving useful informa- tion in regard to that particular plant. Through the center of the tract devoted to this garden is a broad aisle of sod about thirty-two feet wide, at the southern end of which is a pool; from this pool flows a narrow brook running the length of the valley to the southern end of the Herbaceous Grounds, with several widenings here and there in the shape ot small pools. To the east of this aisle are the beds containing the plants from which are derived fibers, medicines, condiments and relishes. The bed containing the fibers is the most southern one, and is not far distant from the pool referred to above. Here will be found some of the plants which furnish important fibers, such as cotton, linen, ramie, and jute. Following this are several beds devoted to medicinal plants. In these will be found, among others: foxglove and aconite, both valuable remedies in heart troubles; rhubarb; belladonna ; licorice ; tobacco ; dulcamara ; castor-oil plants, from the seeds of which is extracted the well- known castor-oil; coltsfoot ; wormwood, which is used in the manufacture of absinthe; horehound ; stramonium, with its poi- sonous leaves and seeds, which is known under a variety of com- mon names, such as devil’s apple, mad apple, apple of Peru, devil’s trumpet, and Jamestown weed, from which last has arisen the corruption Jimson weed ; catnip ; pennyroyal, from the leaves and flower-tops of which is obtained the oil of pennyroyal ; tansy; eupatorium, or boneset; valerian; and conium, or poison hemlock. Among the shrubs lining the woodland border will be founda number of medicinal plants familiar to many. Among these are: Hamamelis Virginiana, from which is obtained the common and 191 popular remedy known as witch hazel or Pond’s extract ; prickly ash, Xanthoxylum Aimericanum, also known as the (ogthache: tree and Angelica-tree ; Rhamnus Frangula; ceanothus, belonging to the same family as the Rhamnus, and sometimes known as ‘New Jersey tea and red-root; hydrangea; and the shrubby yellow-root. Along the brook referred to above will be found additional medicinal plants, such as sweet flag and magnolia, placed there on account of the moisture which they require. At the extreme northern end of the series is a bed devoted to condiments and relishes. Here will be found such old and well- nown plants as lovage, fennel, lavender, thyme, i spearmint, nasturtium, mustard, horse-radish, anise, marjoram, savory, alm, and caraway. In the brook will be found ate common To the west of the grass sie are the food plants. Here are used. Three of the beds are devoted to such plants as furnish roots, tubers, corms or bulbs for food, or,in general, those in which the underground parts are used. Among these may be mentioned the potato, onion, leek, yam, oyster-plant, beet, carrot, radish, tur- nip, parsnip, sweet potato, and Jerusalem artichoke. To plants in which the stems or leaf-stalks are used a single bed is allotted. Here will be found such common food plants as asparagus, celery, rhubarb, kohl-rabi, and sea kale. The leaves of many plants are used for food; to such plants two beds are devoted. Some of the commonest vegetables belong here, such as cabbage, kale, Brussels sprouts, parsley, lettuce, spinach, dandelion, and chicory. A small bed is devoted to such plants as furnish edible flowers, represented here by broccoli, globe-artichoke, and cauli- flower. To such plants as produce fruits, eleven beds are allotted. Here many of our commonest foods will be found, such as the egg-plant, tomato, okra or gumbo, peppers, squash, pumpkin, cucumber, muskmelon, citron, and watermelon. Some of these, as for example the tomato and egg-plant, may not be popularly known as fruits, but they are strictly so, for a fruit is a product derived directly by growth from the flower. These are usually 192 classed among the vegetables, a term of broader scope than the term fruit. To grains and seeds are given four beds. Some of the common cereals are planted here, including wheat, rye, and barley. Among other well-known plants in which the seeds are used for food are buckwheat, beans, lentils, peas, sweet corn, pop corn, and peanuts. To fodder plants, in which the herbage is used, are given two beds. Here will be found such well-known plants as white clover, red clover, crimson clover, alfalfa, spring vetch, winter vetch, timothy, red-top, Kentucky blue grass, and fiel corn, In the collection of shrubs between the beds and the westerly path are a number of plants which produce foods of various kinds. Here will be found, among the nuts, the chinquapin, the filbert fe t the blackberry, and the raspberry, all of which are represented here. A fruit of this kind is known as a compound fruit, for it is made up of several smaller fruits, each the product of a developed ovary in the flower. In the strawberry it is the receptacle on which these ovaries are placed which enlarges and furnishes the luscious flesh of that fruit, the seeds appearing as the small yel- lowish objects on or near the surface. In the blackberry each of these seeds is enclosed in a juicy covering, a collection of these forming the so-called berry. The receptacle in the best black- berries is also enlarged, so that there are two elements of food in such fruits. In the raspberry, as is well known, the receptacle remains on the bush when the fruit is picked, so that only the seeds surrounded by the juicy coverings are used. Some of the food plants will be found along the brook. The taro, Colocasia esculenta, is one of these. It is a member of the family to which our common jack-in-the-pulpit belongs, and like it has acorm. It is this part which is edible and is used in trop- ical regions, including the West Indies, very much as the potato is used in temperate regions, Rice, Orysa sativa, will be found 198 growing in the smal! pool referred to above. This is largely grown in our own southern states, and also in immense quantities in Asiatic countries, where it is the staple article of food. Near this is a clump of the wild or Indian rice, a native of North America. It grows in swamps, and in some places covers large areas. It is of frequent occurrence on the Hackensack marshes in the neighborhood of New York City, and in other places of similar nature. It was largely used by the Indians for food. There are at present in the Economic Garden thirty-one beds. In these, and along the brook and in the shrub borders, are con- tained about two hundred and thirty different kinds of economic plants, classified as follows: food plants, one hundred and forty ; fibers, six; medicinal, sixty-five; condiments and_ relishes, eighteen. . GrorGE V. Nasu REPORT OF LECTURES ON THE PRESERVATION F WILD FLOWERS New Bricuton, New York City, August 2, 1907. Dr. N. L. Britton, Director-in-chief, New York Botanical Garden. Dear Sir: Upon receipt of your letter of May 9 last, authoriz- ing a grant to me of $200 from the Stokes’ Fund to be used in defraying the expenses of a lecture tour in aid of the cause of plant protection, I proceeded to New York, and, after making a selection at the Garden of about fifty colored lantern slides from the Van Brunt collection, continued to Summit, New Jersey, from which place an invitation to lecture had been several times extended me by Mrs. Georgiana K. Holmes, founder and secretary of the Nature Study League. Bad weather and a local Board of Trade dinner on May 10, the evening of the lecture, inter- fered somewhat with the attendance, but the interest displayed by the school children, many of whom spoke to me after the lecture, was very gratifying. n May 11,1 went to Nantucket, where a day was spent walk- ing about the island and observing the interesting flora of the sandy prairies and scrub pine groves. e mayflower is here 194 the most abundant of spring wild flowers, carpeting the moors on the south side of the island and lending a rich, spicy fragrance to through carelessness or accident, run rapidly over the dry vegeta- tion of the moorlands, but fortunately do no lasting damage. The later blooming wild flowers suffer more or less at the hands of summer tourists, but I was glad to observe that the residents of Nantucket as a whole are keenly alive to the importance of preserving the natural beauties of the island, and carefully guard the localities for many rare plants, especially the Scotch heather and the two European heaths (Arica cinerea and £. tetralix) which occur there. I lectured May 13 in the historic old Unitarian church to a large and appreciative audience, every pos- sible courtesy being extended by the pastor, Rev. Edward Day, and by Principal B. D. May of the High school. The following day I left for Boston, lecturing there in the rooms of the Boston Society of Natural History under the au- spices of the Society for the Protection of Native Plants by in- vitation of its president, Professor Robert T. Jackson of Harvard University. The talk there was rather in the nature of a com- parison of the work of the two Societies, the relations between which have always been of the most cordial nature. There can be no doubt that the large population of Boston and its en- virons has been greatly enlightened on the subject of plant pro- tection by the many excellent leaflets distributed by our sister organization. I then went to Springfield, where several days were spent visit- ing friends, resuming my tour May 22 with a lecture at Brattle- boro, Vermont, in the Baptist church, under the auspices of the Young People’s Society. On May 23 I addressed a large audience in the music hall at Woodstock, where the preliminary arrange- ments had been kindly made by Mr. and Mrs. Franklin S. Billings. On May 24 I spoke in St. Johnsbury in the attractive Fairbanks Museum, whose curator, Miss Delia Griffin, is keenly alive to the importance of plant protection, and is doing an ex- 195 cellent work among the school children. May 25 I reached Bur- lington, where Professor L. R. Jones of the University of Ver- mont, one of our own members, had made all arrangements for the lecture in the science hall of the university. The attendance here was one of the largest that the ‘hall has contained, and several new members were enrolled. I remained three days in Burlington as the guest of Professor Jones, visiting points of botanical interest, and on May 29, at the invitation of President Brainerd, spoke in the chapel of Middlebury College at Middle- bury, enjoying afterwards the privilege of inspecting his wonderful violet garden. May 30 I left for Ottawa, where I was hospitably received by Mr. J. M. Macoun, of the Geological Survey, and entertained that evening by the Ottawa Naturalists’ Field Club, under whose auspices the lecture was given the following evening in the Normal School, with a large attendance. June 1 I spoke at the University of Toronto, in Toronto, through the courtesy of Pro- fessor R. Ramsay Wright, enrolling more new members for the Wild Flower Preservation Society here than in any other place. Indeed, my experience in Ottawa and Toronto indicates that the people of Canada are fully as interested in this subject as those of our own country, and suggests the advisability of an extended tour among the smaller cities of Canada at some future time. I had expected to lecture in Montreal, but owing to the dis- asters by fire which McGill University has recently sustained, it was thought advisable by Professor Penliallow to defer it. My tour came to an end June 6, when I spoke at the Murdock school in Winchendon, Massachusetts, with a large attendance of school children. Although the total number of new members gained for the Wild Flower Preservation Society is not, perhaps, as large as might have been expected, I consider that the tour has been highly successful from an educationai point of view. The leaf- lets printed by the Society and the linen posters issued by the Garden have been widely distributed, and an effort has been made in each locality to indicate the specific line of work that is Most required. 196 It seems to me that we may already detect evidences of suc- cess in our campaign for plant protection, and that we may look forward to more important accomplishments in the future. saan submitted, Cuarces Louis PoLvarD, ” Se cretary-Treasurer, Wild Flower Preservation Society of America. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton will sail for Jamaica August 24. Professor F, S. Earle returned to Cuba August 10. Mr. W. R. Maxon spent several days at the Garden during July and August studying the fern collections. Mr. Charles L, Pollard has recently been appointed Curator of the Staten Island Association of Arts and Sciences. He will be located in the new Richmond Borough Building, to which the collections belonging to the Association will shortly be moved. Dr. H. H. Rusby, Curator of the Economic Collections, has recently been appointed official expert in drug products to the United States Government, his chief duties being to determine whether or not importations are true to name and suitable for use in medicinal preparations. Dr. Rusby has for nearly two years occupied a similar position with the Department of Health of this city, in which the drugs and medicines sold here were tested and passed upon by him as to quality. Among recent visitors at the Garden were Professor Douglas H. Campbell, of Stanford University, California; Dr. H. N. Whitford, of the Bureau of Forestry of the Philippine Islands ; Dr. C. D. Howe, of the Biltmore School of Forestry, North Carolina; Dr. D. T. MacDougal, of the Carnegie Institution of Washington ; Professor and Mrs. T. D. A. Cockerell, of Boulder, Colorado; Dr. J. McK. Cattell, of New York; Professor Duncan . Johnson, of the Johns Hopkins University; and Professor William Bateson, of the University of Cambridge, England. 197 Mr. Samuel Henshaw, who served for some years as head gardener of the New York Botanical Garden, died on Staten Island on July 16. Mr. Henshaw was active in the preliminary work of developing the Garden, and was employed in 1895 to oversee the planting of a temporary nursery on the east side of the grounds near the site of the present nursery, and in 1896 did the prelim- inary planting of a portion of the border screen along the New York Central and Hudson River Railroad near the station. He was appointed head gardener in 1897 and served until the end of 1900, at which time he resigned. He served on the Commis- sion of six experts appointed by the Board of Managers on July 17, 1896, to prepare a general plan of development of the grounds, this report having been submitted to the Board of Managers November 30, 1896, and approved December 14, 1896. In 1901 he was commissioned to proceed to the West Indies to obtain specimens of living plants for the conservatories. Meteorology for July, —The total precipitation recorded for July was 1.66 inches. e heaviest rainfall (0.51 inch) oc- imum temperatures of 55° on the 3d and 13th; and 59° on the 21st and 26t ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM JUNE 1 TO AUGUST 1. Anprews, H.C. The heathery ; or a monograph of the genus Erica, Ed. 2. 6 MERE, nt ae desmidiées de France, Paris, 1901, Daupeny, C, Essay on the trees and shrubs kes ancients, Oxford, 1865. De Vries, Huco. Plant breeding ; comments on the experiments . Nilsson and Burbank, Chicas go, 190%: ‘ARLOW, W Ge if tf fd rinki rg water t by +4 bl. ég th Boston, 1880. Gaurié, ALBERT. Les théories et les adplications nouvelles de la greffe. Paris, 1907. Hampel, W. Die moderne Teppich-gartnerei, Siebente Auflage. Berlin, 1907. Hinbi, MazzeTri, HEINRICH FREIHERR VON. A/onographie der Gattung Tar- axacum. J.eipzig, 1907. OHNSON, CHARLES. British poisonous planis. London, 1856. Jost, Lupwic. Lectures on ieee tystology. Autherized English translation by R. J. Harvey Gibson. Oxford, 1907. 198 NK, WILHELM. Carl v. Linné und seine Bedeutung fiir die Bibliographie. Berlin, 1907. Kens, GErorc. pase Riinstliche Metamorphosen. pan KiGcker, ALB. Fermentation organisms; a laboratory peat tr. from the n by G. E. rae nd J. H. Millar. ae 1903. (Deposited by thg aces of ae Uatverity: NaPpP, F. H. t of B: h fr Bath, 1846, KRAEMER, HEN Tex ao ied and pharmacognosy. Philadelphia, 1907. fa by ee “Torrey I au Larne, R. M., & BLACKWELL, E. *) Pred of New Zealand. Christchurch, Igo Lou UDON, JANE. The ladies’ flower-garden of ornamental greenhouse plants. London, 1848. ‘aryland Geological Survey. Baltimore, 1907. 4 vols. (Given by Dr. Arthur Hollick. MenzeL,P. Uber die Flora der Senftenberger Braunhohlen-Ablag gen. Ber- lin, 1906. (Given by Dr. Arthur Hollick y Jena, Mo.iscH, Hans. Die Pupiviehain nach neuen Untersuchungen, Mot LER, GUSTAY, Mikroskopisches und physiologisches Praktikum der Botanik R gar: Anew and profitable industry in the United States. (By exchange with the Library of Congress. New York, 1846. Sechste Auflage. Leipzig, x rl fo a jan) o B son 2] el 4 Re) © alan M. ¢ Phlanze und ihr Leben. I Scuwana, G, FREDERICK. The longleaf pine in virgin forest. New York, History of British forest trees, London, 1842. aes Joun. 7 New Yor, 1847. SMEE, The potatoe plant, its uses and properties. SMITH, ee Historia filicum; an exposition of the nature, number, and organography of ferns. London, 1875. I NIAN INSTITUTION. Annual report of the board of regents of the Smith- M SO: sontan Institution. Washington, 1854-93. 27 vols. (Given by the Smithsonian ion, WEISMANN, AuGuST. Ueber den Einfluss der Isolirung auf die Artbildung. Leipzig, 72. (Given by Dr. J. H. Barnhart. ILBRAND, J. B. Die natiirlichen Phlanzenfamilien in ihren gegenseitigen Stel- Cie, 1834. (Given by Dr. J. H. Barnhart. ) , Kart HERMANN. Die Hicracien der Schweiz. Tiixich, 1906, MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 20 specimens of ferns from Staten Island, New York. Dowell, ) oo specimens of fungi from the Philippine Islands. (Given by Mr. A. D. E. Elmer. 63 specimens of mosses from Japan. (Given by Dr. Philip (By exchange with Mr. J. Cardot. ) 199 86 specimens of yaaa plants from Cuba. (Given by Professor F. S. Earle.) f Rhododendron catawbienese from eastern North Carolina. (Given er. soles by Miss Clara E. oe } (Given by Miss Annie Lorenz, ) (Given - Mrs. F, S. Earle.) ns ‘ Uredineen,’’ fasc. 42 and 43. (Distributed by Drs. H. and P. ° eos specimens from Cuba. (Collected by Mr. W. R. n. ) : specimens - mosses from Jamaica. (Given by nae SSOr + D. S. Johnson. ) from Costa Rica. (By exchange with Mr. J. Cardot.) : specimens of Fomes roseus from Newton, New Jersey. (Collected by ae N.L. Britto 6 specimens from the vicinity of Philadelphia. 1 specimen of Phytophthora Phalictri. (Given 228 specimens from California ay by Mr. S. S. Van Pelt.) y Mr. Guy West Wilson.) Heller, e 18 specimens of North American Peronosporales. . (Given ae Mr. Guy West Wilson. 60 specimens of mosses from Connecticut. (By exchange with Mr. George E. Nichols. ) : PLANTS AND SEEDS. 17 plants for conservatory pools. { Purc aoe 3 plants for conservatory. (Given by Mr. . Rix.) I plant for conservatory. (By exchange at ee States National Museum, through Dr. J. N. Rose. 8 plants for conservatory. (Given by Miss Helen M. Gould.) g plants for conservatory, (Giv Mr. E. F. Cabada. ) 27 plants for nursery. (Collected by Mr. R. C. Benedict.) 1 plant for nursery. (Given by Mr. P. 84 plants derived from seed from various sources. Members of the Corporation. GrorceE S. Bowpo1n, Pror. N. L. Britton, Hon. ADDISON BRown, Dr. NicHoLas M. BuTLer, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WILLIAM G. CHOATE, CHARLES F. Cox, Joun J. CROOKE, W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMes B. Forp, RoBEeRT W. DE ForEST, Henry W. DE FoREsT, CLEVELAND H. DopcE, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis FITZGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F. Giiroy, Hon. Hucu J. GRANT, Henry GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K, Jesup, Joun I. Kang, EvuGENE KELLY, Jr., Pro, JAMEs F, Kemp, Joun S. KENNEpy, Pror. FREDERIC S, LEE, Hon. SETH Low, Davip Lypic, Epcar L. MARSTON, D. O. MILLs, J. PreRPONT MorGAN, Tuxopore W. Myers, GEORGE M. OtcortT, Pror. Henry F. Ossorn, LowELL M. PALMER, GrorGE W. PERKINS, JaMEs R. PITCHER, Rr. Rev. Henry C. Potter, Percy R. Pyne, Joun D. ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, James A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, SAMUEL SLOAN, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, NeEtson SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STETSoN, Dr. W. “GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C. TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L. M. UNDERWoop, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. Ecerton L. WinTHROP, fr., WiiuiaM H. S. Woop. PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con ining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to oe mem- I year. bers of the Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a t red in exchan; Vol. I, 1900, viii-+ 213 pp. Vol. II, ges viii + 204 pp. Vol. III, 1902, viii + . Vol. IV, 1903, viii + 238 Vol. V, 1904, Pang pp. 300'pp- w York Botanical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Director Chiet a other en documents, aad technical articles embodying e den 1 m results of investigations carried out Free to all members of the arden; to oth 3.00 pe volunis. I, Nos. 1-5, aps, and plates, 1896- Vol. II, Nos. , 518 pp., 30 plates, 1901-1903. Vol. III, 9-11, 463 pp., 37 plates, enseen Vol. IV, No. ey Pas No. 7 19. pp: ; No. 17 set oe aly 17, 115 p Pies a an Flora. Descriptions of the wild plants of North America, inc luding Greetioda the West Indies one Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in thirty volume es. ey vo, Each volume to consist of four or more parts. Subscription price $1.50 per part; a init number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 each ot o ange. ol. 22, part 1, issued May 22, 1905, contains descriptions of the ma Rosales y Dr. J. Small, and of the families Podostemonaceae by Mr. V. Nash, — Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Penthoraceae ae Parnas ae by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. ol. 22, part 2, eae December 18, 1905, ernie descriptions of the families Saxifragaceae and Hydr: aioe by Dr. Pe eerie nd Dr. P. A. Rydberg; the Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelida . Britton ; the Pteroste- monaceae by Dr, J. K. Small; the Allti earl se Percy Wilson and the Phyllo- nomaceae by Dr. H. H. Rusby. ol. 7, part 1, issued Oct. 4, 1908 contains descriptions of the families Ustilag- eae and Tilletiaceae, by Professor G. P. Clinton. - 7, part 2, issued March 6, ee 7, contains at ete of ae recs Coleo- apotiaceig, i srs aceae ae beac ee ther Ales ek = Ey C. Arthur. Memotr ee oe ear eee to members of the asta ae bole volum: = Be a ica oe in exchange. An fv rata Gnas of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone Pa i i oo Per Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the museums. An arrangement and critical discussion of ch aicay and Phanerogams of the region with notes from the author’s field book, nator descriptions of 163 new ‘species. ix + aon pp- oy. it wit! re) detailed m: we Il. The Influence of Light and Datiners upon Growth and Development, by . T. MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s researches mith a gen neral consideration of the ap of light to plants. The principal morphological features are illustrated. xvi + 320pp. Roy. 8v0, with 176 figures. a ontributions from the New Ye ork Botanical Garden. A series of tech- 1 papers qa by students or members of me staff, and pie ed from journals other ae the ser ee 25 cents each. er volum vi ore 35 figu ean Gl plat ve r Il. eee mate vi ie 340 pp. 55 aoe in the text and 18 plates, Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. 26 oath n the text and 21 plates. RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS BACH. 91. Costa Rican orchids.—I., by George Valentine Nash. 92. An occurrence of glands in the embryo of Zea Mays, by Charles Stuart Gager. _ 93. American fossil mosses, with description of a new species from Florissant, 2 mie 198 ritt ollick. 94. tion tension and toxicity in fipelyat s, by Roma H. Pond. All ceri and remittances should be sent w YORK “BOTANICAL GARDE x PARK, NEw York City SEPTEMBER, 1907 No. 93 JOURNAL oF EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS 7 PAGS RMCUOTER NGO iiieis ls hele Nelinyih ears ego) He 8 Bue ca raloe cin elaine 201 er Lilies and Other Aquatics: Their Relation to Horticulture 202 MCOUNPRTICR CH EIMIGH Lae ate. iota «i 0). fo da ed tiem eer egepletle wus ses 220 PRT CCEA PO Grol win Tel, 6 Te! oe 0. wet eNO ee we fe a ern 222 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar 4x Nortu Qugen Street, LANCASTER, Pa, by Tue New Era Printinc Comrany FFIOERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VicE-PRESIDENT—ANDREW CARNEGIE, ‘TREASURER—CHAR, Se al COx, SECRETARY—N, L. ‘ON. BoARD oF MANAGERS. 1, ELECTED MANAGE J. PIERPONT MORGAN, HON. ADDISON BROWN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, EORGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMES A. SCRYMSE R DE FOREST, SAMU: O. JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON, D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THOR: 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT ie THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, . MOSES HERRMAN. THE matic OF THE City OF NEw YorK, HON. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN. NTIFIO DIRECTORS. PROF. RWOOD, Chairman, DR. Seas MURRAY sone PROF. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. C. F. CHANDL PROF. FREDERIC S. LEE, aicen F. Cox, PROF. H. H. RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, Jr. GARDEN STAFB. ee N. L. BRITTON, Director-in- Chief. . W. A. MURRILL, pine Assistant, DR. jou cs SMALL, Head Curator of the Museums. RYDB 6) a rator, DR. C. B. cee anal Cur ad Gard if Pei of ie catetery Cotes ulting Che Beet ‘ne DR. WILLIAM J. GIES, Consultin, = SCHILLING, Superinnde RINLEY, a Ba R. PERCY WILSON, Administrative Assistant. {NAL OF THE New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN. P VIPW IN THR NATIIP AT DANTH JOURNAL The New York Botanical Garden Vo.Vi. |!” Sepienibe 1607, Ng, 93, AUTUMN LECTURES, 1907. To be delivered in the lecture hall of the museum building of the Garden, Bronx Park, on Saturday afternoons, at four o’clock, as follows: “ Oct. 5. ‘The Salton Sea and its Effect on Vegetation,” by Dr. D. T. MacDoueat. Oct. 12. “Collecting Fungi in the Wilds of Maine,” by Dr. Oct. 19. ‘The Forms and Functions of Leaves,” by Dr. C. STuART GAGER. Oct. 26. ‘The True Grasses and their Uses,” by Mr. ‘GrorcE V Nasu. ~ Nov. 2. ‘The Giant Trees of California: Their Past His- tory and Present Condition,” by Dr. ARTHUR HOLLIck. - Nov. 9. ‘The Progress of the Development of the New -York Botanical Garden,” by Dr. N. L. Brirron. "Nov. 16. ‘Edible Roots of the United States,” by Dr. H. +H. Russy. The lectures will be illustrated by lantern slides and otherwise. FThey will close in time for auditors to take the 5:33 train from the Bronx Park railway station, arriving at Grand Central Station at 6:02 P, M. - The Museum Building is reached by the Harlem Division of the New York Central and Hudson River Railway to Botani- cal Garden Station, by trolley cars-to Bedford Park, or by the 201 202 Third Avenue Elevated 2 to Botanical Garden, Bronx Park. Visitors coming by the Subway change to the Elevated Railway at 149th Street Ae Third Avenue WATER LILIES AND OTHER AQUATICS: THEIR RELATION TO HORTICULTURE.* Why is it that aquatic gardening is not more frequently resorted to in landscape effects? Is it the fear that it may involve too great an expense, or that it may be difficult to secure plants for the purpose? In this asin many other things you can spend money, and plenty of it too, in developing a water garden, but beautiful results may be obtained with a comparatively small outlay of money, for many of the plants may be secured in the immediate neighborhood, the only expenditure necessary being one of time and patience. There are so many spots, now unsightly or adding co) vastly improved by even a little care in planting, that it seems incredible that they should be allowed to remain as they are. old swamp or bog, or a pond or lake with unsightly ne may be turned from a dreary waste of weeds and tangle into a thing of beauty, awaiting but the touch of the artistic hand to effect this transformation. Here may be found many plants, called weeds in their uncultivated condition, which, if but trans- planted and given a change, will respond quickly and well repay the care and attention bestowed upon them. This is the height of the horticulturist’s art — to remove the enemies and unfavor- able conditions, thus allowing each plant to tell its own story in its own way and bring its message to mankind. With the site in view, the question arises, how shall we develop it into a water garden? If the old swamp be near a wood, as many of these old swamps are, the work is partly done for us, for this wood will make a delightful background, giving dainty modulations in green during the summer, and in the fall an ever- changing scheme of autumn tints. The absence of a wood need * From a lecture delivered at the New York Botanical Garden, May 18, 1907. 203 not deter one, however, for much may be done in the planting of the margin of the water garden to supply this want. The ques- tion now arises, how shall we do this planting ? In the first place, what kind of water garden do we want — what kind of a water garden will lend itself to our surroundings ? An old swamp or bog cannot be so developed without the ex- penditure of a considerable sum, for it may be necessary to build a dam to retain the waters of our spring-fed or brook-fed site, or it may require considerable digging and dredging, so the finan- cial element must obtrude at times, and cause us to pause in our artistic impulses. If means are at hand, it is hard to imagine a more delightful occupation than turning one of these old neg- lected spots into a thing of beauty, and watching it develop day by day, as it more nearly approaches the ideal. Perhaps a pond is already at hand, and needs but a touch here and there to trans- form it. In such a case the task is much easier, and the expense involved comparatively light, for the purchase or transplanting of plants is the main item. Where an old swamp or pond is not available, an artificial pond may be made, and by properly locat- ing this and exercising care in its planting, beautiful and natural effects may be secured. Or if only a small yard or lot is at one’s disposal, let him not despair, for his love for aquatics may be in- dulged, to a limited extent of course, by building an aquatic tank of cement and brick; but let it appear as such, for frank artifi- ciality is much to be preferred to poorly imitated oe and in narrow quarters landscape effects are not natur half barrels may be used as receptacles for aquatic ae if these are sunk in the ground, and kept supplied with water. Disregarding the smaller attempts at water gardening referred to above, let us consider the development of the larger efforts. In a well-arranged water garden there are two features which must be borne in mind, the fringe or margin, or what we should use as a frame for our completed picture, and the picture itself, or water garden proper. The first of these is by no means an un- important factor, for upon the proper selection of plants to com- pose this frame much of the beauty of vista and harmony depends. Here we may fail at the start, especially if the site selected re- 204 Fic. 29. The old cilae as it was for years. The large tree on the right is a kaa willow, show! Ss summer attire on the left of c following picture. The of the aan is ieee < the old fence. The same swamp after its transformation, viewed from the opposite Fic. 30. direction. The dam may be noticed running out from the weeping willow on the eft, 205 quires the use of cement in forming the margins of our pond, tor this well-defined artificial rim must be obliterated by the plant- ing, if we hope for any but stiff and unnatural effects. We wi assume that the drudgery of forming our pond is over, and that all is ready for the planting. Perhaps, if care has been exercised in the preliminary operations, we already have a number of shrubs on the edge of our pond; at all events, this must be our first consideration, for they are essential features in the scheme. It will not be possible here to enumerate all the plants which may be used in the making of a water garden, but some will be men- tioned as suggestions for others. It is always well to bear in mind that many of the plants of the immediate neighborhood may be used to advantage for this purpose. In the planting of the frame referred to above there is quite an array of shrubs from which to select. The smooth alder (Asus rugosa) is one of these, with its mass of staminate aments borne in tassel-like profusion in March or early April, more attractive at that time from the lack of other signs of approaching summer. The American elder (Sambucus canadensis), more commonly known as the elder berry, deserves a place here for its profusion of flowers in early summer, followed by the large masses of purple- black fruit. Then the arrow-wood (Viburnum dentatum) may be used for its showy flowers ; and the sweet pepper-bush (C/ethra alnifolia) for the same reason and for the added charm of a de- licious perfume. The swamp honeysuckle (Azalea viscosa) and the Carolina rose (Resa Carolina) may both be added to our list of desirable plants, both old-time favorites of our s and lo lands, The Virginia winterberry or black alder ee pias should not be forgotten, its bright-red fruit being very attractive. The calico bush or mountain laurel (Ka/mza latifolia) is too pop- ular a favorite to need an introduction here, and its usefulness for this purpose is quite evident. The sheep laurel (Kalua angustifolia), a small shrub of our swamps and low grounds, may be used where rose-colored flowers are wanted. The leather-leaf (Chamaedaphne calyculata), the privet andromeda (Xolisma ligustrina), and the stagger-bush (Pieris Mariana), all members of the heath family, are valuable for this purpose. The 206 sweet bay (Magnolia virginiana, or M. glauca as it is sometimes called), itself an inhabitant of swamps, should not be forgotten in making our selection. Its flowers are of waxy whiteness and sweet-scented. The button-bush ( ee occidentalis), ion its white flowers in ball-like masses, may be desired by me. The American holly (//ex opaca), with its dark evergreen foliage and bright-red berries, will add much to the effect. There are, of course, many other shrubs which may be used, but from these a good selection may be made, or they may serve to sug- gest others. It may be desirable to use a few trees, if the effect seems to require them. The sweet gum (Liguidambar Styraciflua), the leaves of which are 5~7-pointed and turn a deep crimson in autumn, is a favorite. The pepperidge or sour gum (iVyssa sylvatica), the swamp oak (Quercus palustris), and the red maple (Acer rubrum) suggest themselves here. The weeping willow (Saliaz babylonica) is effective where a tree with pendant branches is desirable. Of herbaceous plants there are many which may be used in the composition of this frame. Any swamp or lowland will fur- rods, sunflowers and daisies, tickseeds and coreopsis, an abundance of material is at our hand for the mere transplanting. Among others of our native plants may be mentioned our two common blue flags (/rts versicolor and J. prismatica) ; the pickerel weed (Pontederia cordata), that picturesque inhabitants of the swamps and river margins, often giving a blue tinge to the shore vegetation with its spikes of flowers ; the lizard’s-tail (Saururus cernuus), in contrast with the last with nodding spikes of white flowers; the marsh mallow (Caltha palustris) with its bright yellow starry flowers ; the American white hellebore (Veratrum viride) with its stately culls of green, adding a touch of variety; the swamp loosestrife or willow herb (Decodon verticilatus or Nesaea verticil- fata), a rampant grower, and especially well adapted to conceal an artificial margin; and last, but not least, the swamp rose mallow (fiibiscus Moscheutos), cending forth its bright pink blos- soms in Fucus when it is exceedingly attractive. 207 Among the ferns which may be used are the American roya fern, the cinnamon fern, and Clayton’s fern. Do not forget t add to these the stately ostrich fern. Some of our native orchid may be employed also. Among these are the yellow fringed orchis (Blephariglottis ciliaris), the small purple fringed-orchi (Blephariglottis psychodes), the grass-pink (Limodorum tuberosus or Calopogon pulchellus), and the showy lady’s-slipper (Cypripe dium reginae), Of course there are many plants from other clime to select from. The Japanese iris (/ris /aevigata, or I. Kaemg fert, as it is more frequently called) is a prime favorite amon these, its flowers being perhaps the largest and showiest amon: the irises. It may be had in a host of forms, remarkable fo their beauty of coloring and shading. If a mass of purple i desired, nothing, perhaps, will give it more effectively than th spiked loosestrife (Lythrum Salicaria), an old-world plant, bu found sometimes quite commonly as an introduction here. Fo stream borders, the cardinal flower (Lodeha vardinalis), Thi planted in a mass with a border of green produces a most strikin; effect. Its near relative, with blue flowers (Lodelia syphilitica the great lobelia or ‘blue cardinal flower,” is useful wher masses of blue are desired. The aquatic garden would not be complete without the grasses Showy and ornamental kinds suitable for this purpose are no numerous. One of the most striking, an annual, is the wild rice or Indian rice (Zisanza aquatica), This is a luxuriant growe and very decorative, its large panicles making their appearanc: in August and September, and its bright green foliage adding a touch of spring freshness to the season. Another which ma: be used is the common reed (Phragmites Phragmites or P. com munis) of our meadows here, with grayish-green foliage. Thi: is a taller grower than the wild rice, and its inflorescence whe1 mature has a feathery effect, much resembling that of the old world reed (Avundo Donax), a much more vigorous plant, bu not as hardy here as its American relative. The Japanese reed grass (Miscanthus sinensis) and its various forms have the a vantage of being late bloomers, when almost all else has failed 209 and hence are a decided addition to the frame. At all times they are graceful in their foliage effect, and later with their feathery plumes are very attractive objects. Among the sedges our choice is rather limited, and we must borrow our most effective plant from northern Africa. This is the Egyptian paper plant (Cyperus Papyrus, or Papyrus antiquorum), from which the ancients made their papyrus. It is a noble plant, of a deep rich green, raising its large inflorescences six to eight feet in the air. These are unusual in appearance, and give an aspect of unique- ness to the surroundings. It is not a hardy plant, requiring the protection of a greenhouse during the winter, and this is its one drawback, It is often desirable to produce an effect of upright lines, and for this purpose nothing is better than the cat-tails, which are so abundant in some of our marshes. Either or both species may be used, the one with the narrow leaves (Zypha angustifolia) perhaps being more graceful than the broad-leaved orm (Zypha latifolia). For a decorative plant for the shallow water near the margin of the pond, one should not forget the arrow-heads (Sagittaria), of which there are several species available. With the above plants to select from and such others as indi- vidual taste may choose, a varied and effective frame may be made for our water garden. If you wish to introduce something of a tropical effect into the surroundings, use some of the aralias, already referred to, to which add a few specimens of the castor- oil plant (Ricizus communis), its star-shaped leaves standing out against the other foliage. If you wish to carry this tropical effect still further, introduce a plant or two of the Abyssinian banana (llusa Ensete),a quick grower from seed, with ample broad leaves. The thalias (Thalia dealbata and T, dtvaricata) are available also. It is hardly necessary to state that all these plants, with the ex- ception of the aralias, are tender, and need the protection of a greenhouse during the winter. o much for the frame or fringe of our water garden. Now, what shall we use in the garden itself? Here we may explore the realms of horticultural knowledge and select some of the choicest plants. Of course the plants of first interest are the 210 water lilies. The large royal water lilies of South America belong here also, but I will consider them later. The horticulturist’s art has supplied many superb things by the careful perpetuation of occasional strains or by the creation of new ones through the me- dium of hybridization. I shall consider first only the hardy sorts, leaving the more tender kinds for consideration when I treat of the royal water lilies (Victoria), which require a similar treat- ment. mong the white-flowered forms, there is nothing more dainty or attractive than our own native pond lily or water lily (Castalia odorata), that graceful frequenter of our lakes and ponds or slowly moving streams. Its delicious fragrance and dainty orm place it in the foremost rank. The tuberous water lily (Castalia tuberosa), also a superb white, but lacking the delicious perfume of the other, is a welcome addition. The collection is not complete without the little pygmy water lily (Castalia tetra- gona, or C. pygmaea), the smallest of its kind, with white flowers sometimes under two inches in diameter. In native hardy yellow lilies, we have the Florida plant (Castalia fava), unfortunately a shy bloomer, and less desirable for that reason ; and the Mexi- can lily (Castalia mexicana), a native of Mexico and western Texas, more desirable as it is equally hardy and blooms freely. The only pink lily we have native is a form of our common pond lily, known as the pink or Cape Cod water lily (Castalia odorata rosea). This differs from the white form only in its pink flowers. n we approach those produced artificially we have a larger selection. And here the productions of that wizard of hardy water lilies, M. Latour-Marliac, a Frenchman, stand without rival. He astounded the world of horticulture between 1885 and 1890 with his creations, and since then has been making almost annual additions to his achievements. He guarded so well the secrets of parentage of his hybrids that little is definitely known about them. His yellows were perhaps derived from Castalia mexicana ; his pinks from Castalia odorata rosea; those with red at the center from Castalia alba rubra, of northern Europe ; Castalia tetragona was certainly one of the parents of one, his dwarf yellow, Cas- talia helvola ; while Castalia odorata must certainly enter into the problem. With these factors he has produced combinations and 211 effects of color which have wonderfully broadened the field of 1 of these flowers in water gardens, All of the many beauti things created by this genius cannot here be enumerated, but o1 a few of the choicest. Standing in the front rank is Castalia M. hacea chromatella, one of his first introductions, and perhaps | most popular of all. It is perfectly hardy, a vigorous grow and a free bloomer; its charming yellow flowers, always a « light, resemble in form those of our own native white lily. V low lilies are scarce, and this is a gem among them. It v introduced about 1888 and was said by its creator to be a hyb of Castalia alba and C. mexicana, Another desirable yellow Castalia helvola, also said to have C. mexicana blood in it, 1 other parent being Castalia tetragona, the pygmy lily. Certai: it has the yellow color and spotted leaves of the former, and intermediate in size between the two. It is well worth growi About 1889 Marliac introduced two pink forms, said to hybrids between Castalia alba and C. odorata rosea, These. Castalia Marhiacea carnea, and C. Martiacea rosea. They . very close, differing only in the deeper color of the variety ros which is the preferable form. With Castalia alba rubra apparently as one of the parer Marliac produced a number of surprising forms, all being p meated to a greater or less degree with the deep color of 1 parent referred to above. The most pronounced of all of thi in the depth of color is Castalia Wm. Falconer, of a deep ric claret, a lily which should grace all collections. Near to this color is Castalia James Brydon. ose in which another e ment becomes prominent, introduced perhaps by Castatia me cana, have the center of the flower a deep red, with the ends the petals yellow. Castalia Seignoreti, C. aurora, and C. glori are of this kind, and are revelations among the water lili There are other hybrids to be had, differing in color and ma ings, so that individual tastes may be consulted. Among the white-flowered lilies, next to Castalia odorata C. alba candidissima, said to be a hybrid of C. candida and alba, of Greece. It is a vigorous grower, and must be held check or it will run wild. Another desirable white-flowered | Pus si9jse Surpnypour ‘uoyriedaa peanyeu ogi Jo avd ur dn apvur si Bury oy. EPA JOU even. ff: Pee Es : 213 is Castalia Gladstoniana, with large flowers, said to be a variant from Castalia alba, and introduced by Mr. Richardson, of Ohio. Belonging to the same family as the water lilies are the lotuses, that from the Old World (Melumbo Nelumbo, or N. nucifera), and the representative from the New World (Nelumbo lutea). The former is frequently known as the Egyptian lotus, quite another plant, and should more properly be called the Japanese lotus. It was highly prized by the ancients, and was described by Theophrastus as growing spontaneously along the Nile, al- though not known to occur there at the present time. It is highly prized by both the Chinese and Japanese, and many forms, dif- fering in color, have originated through the latter people. It is one of the most striking features of a water garden, its large pel- tate leaves, with the luster of satin, standing well out of the water, and swaying in every breath of air, presenting beautiful modula- tions of green. The large flowers ranging in different forms from the deepest pink to white, add a feature which must be wanting if this flower is left out. Itis perfectly hardy and spreads rapidly ; in fact it must be checked if its natural enemy the muskrat does not do this unasked, and sometimes too thoroughly. The American lotus (Ve/umbo lutea) resembles its Japanese relative in general habit, but is far less attractive, its yellow flowers being eclipsed by its more showy rival. All of the lilies referred to above are of the hardy sort and will withstand the rigors of our winters, of course with the natural protection of the water around them. There is another large class of water lilies which have been derived from species inhab- iting tropical or warm-temperate climes. As the artificial heat- ing of the water, especially during the early summer and spring, is of prime importance here, it is necessary to have constructed a tank or pond in which the water supply may be controlled, and the temperature raised considerably above that at which the hardy sorts will thrive. The construction of such a tank or pond is purely a mechanical process, and hardly enters into the scope of this lecture. Provided with a proper tank or pond, however, what shall we put into it in the shape of water lilies ? The tender water lilies available for this purpose are divided 214 into two groups, one group containing those flowering in the day time, while the other comprises those in which the flowers appear at night. Taking up the day-bloomers first, one of great interest is the blue lotus of the Nile (Castalia coerulea), with light-blue flowers. Another and closely related species is the Cape of Good Hope lily (Castalia capensis, sometimes known as C. scuti- folia), also with light-blue flowers. Still another of this day- blooming group is the Zanzibar lily (Castaha sanzibariensis), with fragrant flowers of the deepest blue. is is one of the ich 0 pink. Among the hybrids of the day-blooming kinds pulcher- vima and Wm, Stone are of great merit among the blues, while C. IV. Ward is a superb pink. eee the night-blooming kinds we have the old favorite, and one of the first to attract attention, the Devonshire lily (Cas- taha devoniensis). It originated in the gardens of the Duke of Devonshire, hence its name. It is one of the best, being a free bloomer and of easy culture, with flowers of a brilliant rosy-red and sometimes a foot across. The Egyptian white lotus (Castalia Lotus) and the African white lotus (Castalia Lotus dentata) are both desirable sorts with white flowers. Another, a hybrid, is Castalia Sturtevantii, and very desirable. Its flowers are large and more cup-shaped than is usual in this type of lily. Others which may be used are Casta/ia Omarana, and a seedling variety derived from it, Castalia George Huster. In addition to the water lilies, there are other aquatic plants which may be introduced into the collection. The blue water hyacinth (Piaropus azurea, commonly known as Eichhornia asurea) is arampant grower, sending out its long stems in all directions. It is a free bloomer, its flowers being borne in large masses re- sembling in shape those of the hyacinth, hence its popular name. Another is the water hyacinth proper (Piaropus crassipes), of evil repute in Florida waters, with a more tufted habit and lavender flowers, and the petioles of the leaves swollen into large spongy organs which serve to keep the plant afloat. The water snow- flake (Limnanthemum indicum), with its white star-like flowers, and re ‘natural pond, showing the background of woods, the Japanese lotus thoroughly at home, 215 the fairy water lily (Zz: th ), also with white but smaller flowers, are useful. The. aaiee poppy (Aydrocleys nymphoides) is desirable for its bright-yellow flowers, and the parrot’s feather (A@yriophyllum proserpinacoides) is a charming plant, its feathery green foliage forming masses upon the surface of the water. The water lettuce (Pistia Stratiotes), that odd mem- ber of the same family to which our jack-in-the-pulpit belongs, forms floating masses of a peculiar light-green, and is welcome for this reason and for its oddity, All of the above are, unfortu- nately, tender and require the protection of a greenhouse during the winter, with the exception of the parrot’s feather, which is hardy in water which does not freeze to the bottom. If one has succeeded in growing the ordinary tender water lilies, his next ambition is to grow the queen of all aquatic plants, the royal water lily, Victoria, This, too, prefers the night in which to open its fragrant flowers, perfuming the air with an odor reminding one much of the pine-apple. Of this there are two species, one growing in the slow streams and lagoons from British Guiana to the Amazon region, and known as Victoria regia,; the other a native of similar habitats in Paraguay, and called Victoria Crusiana, or usually by the much more recent name of Victoria Trickert. The latter, being from a more southern region, and hence cooler, is much easier to grow than the former. For suc- cess with Victoria regia a temperature from eighty to ninety de- grees must be maintained. For Wictoria Crusiana success may be assured with a temperature considerably below this, but even then a little heat early in the summer, particularly if several days of cool weather occur, does not come emiss, and your plant will re- spond gratefully to this little attention. A noticeable difference in the two species is to be seen in the leaves. Those of Victoria Crugiana show the upturned margin, the unusual feature, almost as soon as they expand from the bud, even very young plants exhibiting this peculiarity. In Victoria regia the plant must have attained considerable size before this feature is in evidence, and each new leaf is slower in showing this development. For gen- eral purposes, therefore, it is better to choose, at least for the first experiment, Victoria Crusiana, 217 A digression here from the purely horticultural side to the his- torical may be of interest. The Victoria regia was apparently first discovered about the year 1801 by that unfortunate explorer, Haenke, who was sent out by the Spanish government to investi- gate the vegetable productions of Peru. He found it in the marshes by the side of the Rio Marmoré, one of the tributaries of the Amazon. There seems to have been no records preserved of Haenke’s impressions on beholding this wonder of the vege- table world, but perhaps they were like those of Sir Robert Schomburgh, who, on behalf of the Royal Geographical Society of London, made extensive explorations in British Guiana in the year 1837. He remarks as follows: ‘‘ It was on the Ist of Jan- uary, 1837, while contending with the difficulties that nature in- terposed, in different forms, to stem our progress up the river Berbice (lat. 4 deg. 30 min. N., long. 52 deg. W.), that we arrived at a part where the river expanded, and formeda currentless basin ; some object on the southern extremity of the basin attracted my attention, and I was unable to form an idea what it could be; but animating the crew to increase the rate of their paddling, we soon came opposite the object which had raised my curiosity, and, be- hold, a vegetable wonder! All corns were forgotten ; I was a botanist, and felt myself rewarde There were eae leaves, five to six feet across, flat, with a rivesd rim, lighter green above and vivid crimson below, floating upon the water; while, in character with the wonderful foliage, I saw luxuriant flowers, each consisting of numerous petals, passing in alternate tints, from pure white to rose and pink. The smooth water was cov- ered by the blossoms, and, as I rowed from one to the other, I always found something new to admire. The flower-stalk is an inch thick near the calyx, and studded with elastic prickles about three quarters of an inch long. When expanded, the four- leaved calyx measures a foot in diameter, but is concealed by the expansion of the hundred-petalled corolla. This beautiful flower, when it first unfolds, is white, with a pink center; the color spreads as the bloom increases in age; and, at a day old, the whole is rose-coloured. As if to add to the charms of this noble Water-Lily, it diffuses a sweet scent. As in the case of others 218 in the same tribe, the petals and stamens pass gradually into each other, and many petaloid leaves may be observed bearing vestiges of an anther. The seeds are numerous, and imbedded in a spongy substance. Ascending the river, we found this plant frequently, and the higher we advanced, the more gigantic did the specimens become ; one leaf we measured was six feet five inches in diameter, the rim five dpaue and a half high, and the flowers a foot and a quarter across.’ A lover of aquatics who has seen this queen of water lilies at its best in cultivation can appreciate the feelings of Schomburgh when he beheld this wonderful plant for the first time in all the beauty and novelty of its natural surroundings. hen the existence of this wonderful lily became known to the horticultural world, all were anxious to introduce it. The first perfect seeds which reached England were collected by Mr. Thomas Bridges, and were received at the Royal Gardens at Kew in 1846. The result from these seeds was two plants, which met an untimely end, after giving fair promise of success. Other at- tempts were made at introduction, both from seeds and from rootstocks, but all were unsuccessful. Finally, in 1849, seeds were secured at Kew from parties at Georgetown, Demerara. These arrived in excellent condition, and from them and several other consignments from the same parties about fifty plants were secured. One of these was sent to the famous gardens of the Duke of Devonshire, at Chatsworth. Mr. Paxton, of horticul- tural fame, was in charge of the gardens there, and to him be- longs the honor of having flowered the Victoria regia in Europe for the first time, the first flower bud beginning to expand on the evening of November 8, 1849, marking the birth of this flower into the world of horticulture. Now a word as to the enemies with which one must contend in his water garden. There is no pleasure unmixed with alloy, and the lover of aquatics cannot hope to escape this general law. He will find enemies on all sides, and these must be met and con- quered. Perhaps his worst foe will be the wily muskrat. He may be caught in traps, or if too keen for this one may resort to shooting. The rootstocks of these plants seem to be very en- 219 ticing to him, and this may be especially true of some choice and high-priced variety. He seems to be a connoisseur in such matters, and at times appears to select with unerring instinct the costly plants. The aphis, or green-fly, is sometimes troublesome, and is perhaps best disposed of by their natural enemy, the “ lady bird.” Syringing and spraying with tobacco water is also effec- tive. Another troublesome pest is the leaf-miner, which makes unsightly furrows in the leaf surface. He can be pretty thoroughly exterminated with kerosene emulsion, applied in the same manner as with other plants. Fungous diseases, if they become troublesome, may be conquered with Bordeaux mixture. To emphasize what I have said in the foregoing pages, permit me to call attention to the illustrations accompanying this article, which were made from photograghs taken some years ago by my father in his water garden at Clifton, New Jersey. On his place there was an old swamp full of tussocks and little pools of stagnant water, as old swamps are, and-the breeding place of countless mosquitoes. The first illustration depicts this as it was. Taken in the winter time, it does not show the tangle of weeds which made this place unsightly during the summer. Through this swamp meandered a brook which had its origin in a swampy woods near by, and on either side gently sloping hillsides rose to the higher ground beyond. My father conceived the idea of de- veloping this as a water garden, and I will let the succeeding illustrations tell the story of how well he succeeded in carrying out this conception. I will, however, add a word as to the gen- eral development of the tract. A dam was thrown across the lower end, backing the water up several feet. The tussocks were eradicated with the mattock, a laborious and costly operation, and one which experience has now shown can be done much more simply and with much less cost by merely keeping the leaves of the tussocks cut down as they appear at or near the surface, thus drowning the plants out, since such plants must have access to the air to live. The water of the pond thus formed was too cold for the more tender lilies and for the Victoria regia. That these might be grown, a cement pond, irregular in shape, was placed on one of the sloping sides of the swamp, sufficiently 220 removed from the pond to permit the placing of a hot-water boiler between the two bodies of water. In the pond thus made were grown all the tender lilies and the Victoria regia, the latter to a perfection perhaps not surpassed elsewhere. I have spoken of the necessity of concealing the rim with plants in ponds artifi- cially made. Let some of the photographs here reproduced illus- trate how this may be done. The heating apparatus was placed in a small shed which was effectually concealed by the planting of vines, giving it the appearance of a mound near the water’s edge. This site was an ideal one for the purpose, but there are many others throughout the country equally well located. Here the two types of water garden were developed side by side : the one, the transforming of an old swamp into a beautiful lake by means of a dam; the other, the creation of a pond out of a dry hillside by purely mechanical means and artistically concealing the mechanism, Let me emphasize not only the beauty of water gardens, but their usefulness also. ld swamps, the breeding places of mos- quitoes, and hence the birthplace of much malaria, may be trans- formed from these pest holes into objects of beauty —- may be converted from tangles of bush and briar, and scattered pools of stagnant water, into little ponds or lakes, around whose mar- gins may be grown some of the most beautiful of flowers, and whose waters may be decked with the daintiest and most attrac- tive members of the aquatic plant world. GrorGE V, Nasu. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Dr. William L. Bray has resigned the professorship of botany in the University of Texas in order to accept the professorship of botany in Syracuse University, recently vacated by Dr. J. E Kirkwood. Mr. Homer D, House has resigned the associate professorship of botany and bacteriology in Clemson College, South Carolina, and will spend the coming year at the Garden. 221 Mr. Elmer D. Merrill, Chief Botanist of the Bureau of Sci- ence, Manila, Philippine Islands, spent some time at the Garden during September examining the Philippine collections. Volume 25, part 1, of the North American Flora, appeared August 24,1907. It contains descriptions of the family Gerani- aceae by Miss L. T. Hanks and Dr. J. K. Small, the Oxalidaceae and Linaceae by Dr. J. K. Small, and the Erythroxylaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton. Mr. Oakes Ames, of North Easton, Mass., well known asa student of the Orchidaceae, has presented his valuable collection of living orchids to the Garden. This collection is the result of many years work. It contains many valuable plants, some of great rarity, and is a valuable addition to the orchid collection of the Garden. A detailed account of this collection will appear in a later number of the Journal. Some recent visitors. — Dr. J. N. Rose, of the National Her- barium, Washington, D. C.; Mr. J. L. Sheldon, of the West Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station, eae own, W. Va.; 1. W. Brown, o t. Kisco, . Mrs. Flora W. ot the Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.; William Dilger, Assistant Commissioner of Parks, Detroit, ne Miss A. re of Utrecht, Holland; and Mr. W. G. Cowell, i Auburn, Y. The collection of Agaves has recently been supplemented by a large plant of the species which grows on the island of Cule- bra, where it was studied by Dr. Britton in the spring of 1906, at which time he enjoyed the hospitality of the Naval Station, then in charge of Commander B. T. Walling. It was not prac- ticable at that time to get a large plant shipped to New York, but Commander Walling thoughtfully left a memorandum with his successor, Commander G. R. Salisbury, who, in July, had one of these interesting plants boxed and sent to Norfolk, Vir- ginia, on a government vessel, from which point it was shipped by freight and received at the Garden later in the month. Meteorology for August. —The total precipitation recorded for August was 2.59 inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded 222 of 92° on the 8th, 89.5° on the 18th, 89° on the 21st, and 80° on the 29th; also minimum temperatures of 62% on the 10th, 52.5% on the 1sth, 55° on the 23d, and 50% on the 30th. ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM AUGUST 1 TO SEPTEMBER 1, 1907. tn the f Sa th BAERECKE, JOHN F. Atlant section fie Florida. De Lai ae 1906. (Given by Dr. J. HL Barnhart. } BattLon, Henri Ernest. De la famille des Aurantiacées. Paris, 1855. fon le des é i LLoN, H, BarBeu-Dusoure, J. Le botaniste frangois. Paris, 1767. 2 vols. Ba[s]Tarp, T. L£ssai sur la flore du daained o Maine et Loire. Angers, 0 BatscH, AuG. Jou. Georc Cari. Der gedffnete Blumengarten. Weimar, 1798. BauTier, AL. TZaéleau analytique de la flore Parisienne. Seiziéme édition. Paris, 1879. EER, J. G. Beitrége zur Morphologie und Biologie der Familie der Orchideen. Wien, meee Beer, J. G. Praktische Studien an der Familie der Orchideen. Wien, 1854. BLARINGHEM, L. Afutation et traumatismes. Paris, 1907. (Given by the author Boparp, P. H. H. Cours de botanique médicale pes Paris, BoreEau, A. Flore du centre dela France et du des piantes, Troisiéme édition. Paris, 1857. 2 vol an Breépisson, A. DE. Considérations sur tes Diatomées. Falaise, 1838. BréEBIsson, A, DE. Flore de la Norma euxiéme édition. Caen, 1849. 1 2 vo in de la Loire ou in BuLLiarp, P. Afistotre des plantes ae: et suspectes dela France, Seconde édition. Paris, 1798. Bunce, AL. OCTOBER, 1907 No. 94 JOURNAL OF EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant CONTENTS v PAGE - Further Exploration in Jamaica ©... ~~... ee tt ttt ee eee 229 ‘ The Absence of Undergrowth in the Hemlock Forest. ......- Mes F| i A Rare Seedling at the Propagating Houses... ...--+-+s-+--- 240 , Notes, Wenpatand(Gomimlent <1 cc cs Siete ce cep ey edel ele ee itt erie 243 (LP SELGTTIE) pps sage) ene On pei a ue ect aru 245 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar 4: NortH Queen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. zy Tue New Era Printinc CoMPany OFFIOERS, 1906. PRESIDENT—D. O. MILLS, VicE-PRESIDENT—ANDREW CARNEGIE, REASURER—CHARLES F, COX, SEcRETARY—N. L. BRITTON. i=] BoaARD OF MANAGERS. 1. ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, GEORGE W. PERKI hy W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMES A. SCRYMSE ROBERT W. bE FOREST, W. GILMAN TEONEEOR JOHN I. KANE, SAMUEL THORNE, D. O. MILLS. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, THE MAYOR OF THE CiTy oF NEw York, NN. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN, 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. . UNDERWO! ene nig piste DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY = TLER, F. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, pared gens S, LEE, CHARLES F. ee PROF. H. H. RUSBY HON. EGERTON L, WINTHROP, Jr. GARDEN STAFF. DR. N. L. BRITTON, Director-in- Chief. R. W. A. MURRILL, First Assistant. DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Head Cues of the Museums. ' B DR HALL A. HOWE, ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, Assistant Curator DRAG OBINSON, Assistant Curator. Vv. H, ‘ardener. GEORGE V. NAS ea a DR. C. STUART GAGER, Director of the Laboratories. DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, Librarian. DR SBY, ee of the Economic ae DR WILLIAM , Consultin, é A. S HI q G, Superinte ne naib Ni yi JOHN R. BRINLEY, Landscape Engineer. WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant. DR. JOHN A. SHAFER, Mus ian. PERCY WILSON, Aer aace Aatone eee. JOURNAL ~The New York Botanical Garden Vor. VIII. October, 1907. No. 94. FURTHER EXPLORATION IN JAMAICA. To THE SclENTIFIC DIRECTORS, Gentlemen: —In accordance with your authorization to con- tinue botanical exploration in the West Indies, I sailed for the island of Jamaica on August 24, on the Royal Mail Steam Packet “Tagus,” arrived at Kingston, August 29, was in the field until September 28, leaving Kingston that day on the “Trent” of the same line, and reached New York on October 2. I was accom- panied by Mrs. Britton, who aided greatly in the es and preservation of specimens. On arriving at Kingston I at once called on the Hon. William Fawcett, Director of Public Gardens and Plantations, at Hope Gardens, and discussed with him plans for a month’s work. He most obligingly detailed Mr. William Harris, Superintendent of Public Gardens and Plantations, to accompany us, and to this kind codperation a large part of the success of the expedition is _due, Mr. Harris's intimate knowledge of Jamaica and of its flora making field operations simple and without difficulties. Mr. Fawcett also spent nearly a week with us in the field and had plants and specimens sent to Hope from the field properly cared for. A-kind invitation to breakfast the following morning with His Excellency, Sir Sydney Olivier, Governor of Jamaica, at King’s House, gave me a delightful opportunity to discuss with him many features of our plans for field work, and I am grateful for his advice and suggestion ; it was hoped that we were to have the honor of the governor's company in the mountains during 229 230 the latter part of our trip, but official duties prevented the reali- zation of this part of the program. We also discussed the trop- ical research laboratory at Cinchona, held by the garden under a lease from the Jamaican government, and it is most satisfactory to know that all damages to the buildings there, aces by ia earthquake of last January, have been repaired by t King’s House, the gubernatorial residence, was reeked by the earthquake to such an extent as to make it uninhabitable. I had learned that Sir Sydney and Lady Olivier had expressed some desire to occupy Cinchona for a time, the delightful and salubrious climate and the surpassingly beautiful mountain scenery of that part of Jamaica making it most attractive, and in- asmuch as we have no students there at present I took great pleasure in requesting them on the part of the garden to use it as a residence. ; The days August 29 and 30 were thus mainly occupied, though opportunity was taken to observe many interesting plants at Hope Gardens and in the gardens at King’s House, and some botanical collecting was done on the hills near Constant Spring. Ialso found opportunity to read the proofs of my account of “The Sedges of Jamaica,” written for the Bulletin of the De- partment of Public Gardens and Plantations and published as a supplement to volume 5 of that journal. This document will also be issued as Ne; 97 of ‘‘ Contributions from the New Nore Botanical Garden.’ The first region selected for exploration was the Santa Cruz Mountains, a range of limestone situated near the southern coast in the parish of St. Elizabeth, running northwest from the coast and reaching altitudes up to 2,580 feet, and the Pedro plains, lying between the mountains and the coast. Malvern, located on top of the range, was made the base of operations. We proceeded ro) h tains, taking three days travelling by railway to Williamsfield and thence by carriage ; considerable collecting was accomplished about Mandeville and on the way to Malvern, which was reached on the afternoon of September 2, and where we were joined in the evening by Mr. Fawcett and Mr. Harris, who had travelled 231 by rail to Balaclava. The climate at both Mandeville and Mal- vern is delightful, the roads excellent and the accommodations good ; both are favorite resorts, both by Jamaicans and by tour- ists. The Manchester Mountains and Santa Cruz Mountains are separated by a low wide and hot valley; the views from the mountain sides are most attractive and interesting and many of the plants seen were new to us, the climate being much drier than that of the parts of the island visited in 1906, and the vege- tation conspicuously quite different. The most conspicuous floral feature was the low tree Bauhinia porrecta, of the Senna Family, covered with its showy white blossoms, its new leaves just unfolding. Several orchids and bromeliads were also of special interest. The vegetation of the summit and upper slopes of the Santa Cruz Mountains was studied at points all along from Lovers’ Leap, a sheer cliff of 1,600 feet on the coast, to the inland end of the range, carriages being freely used in moving from one good collecting ground to another. Several tracts of woodland, collector sent to Jamaica from the Royal Gardens at Kew, Eng- land, and not since seen in Jamaica by botanists ; specimens of it are extremely rare, and were much needed in connection with the studies of Rutaceae by Mr. Percy Wilson for publication in the “North America Flora.” We sought this tree for six days, ex- amining a large area of the mountains, and were finally rewarded by finding it in considerable quantity on the southern side of a single wooded hill at Potsdam, nearly or quite at the summit of the mountain range. Our delight can be imagined, and the luck was quite equally divided, because while Mr. Harris was gloating over the prize near one end of the hill and endeavoring to make me hear him rejoice, I was experiencing quite the same enjoyment at the other, the two colonies being perhaps half a mile apart, though we subsequently found that they were irregu- larly connected. The tree was in young fruit and bore some of 232 the old fruits of last year, but no flowers could be had, and a visit to the locality at another time of year, presumably in July, will be necessary to obtain them. We prepared a large number of herbarium specimens, cut down a tree for wood specimens, and pulled up seedlings, which were abundant, for growing at Hope Gardens and at the Bronx. Our thanks are gratefully tendered to A. E. Harrison, B. A., Head Master of the Potsdam School, and Mrs. Harrison for their aid and hospitality while ex- ploring this woodland, which is fortunately the property of this well-known school, ensuring the preservation of the Peltostigma ; also to Miss C. Gertrude Pearman who aided in the collecting of specimens there. Lovers’ Leap, already mentioned as a precipice at the coastal end of the Santa Cruz Mountains, is on the Yardley Chase estate, the property of Mr. W. Panton Forbes. The rock cliffs support a variety of interesting plants and we made a large collection there and in the vicinity. One of my principal objects in explor- ing the dry south side of Jamaica was to study the native cac- tuses and obtain additional specimens of them, and here we found one of the large species, the Jamaican Pilocereus, a branched columnar plant 15 feet high, in quite an unexpected position on the cliffs at 1,600 feet altitude. We had not previously observed it growing at more than 200 or 300 feet altitude above the sea, and I think this must be the greatest elevation known for any plants of this genus in the West Indies. Pedro Bay, situated across the Pedro Plains south of the Santa Cruz mountains, was described to us as a cactus region and three days were devoted to collecting there and in the vicinity ; this work was made con- venient and comfortable by the kindness of Mr. W. Panton Forbes who gave us the use of his cottage on the shore. This from those growing along the coast near Kingston, though many other plants were of much interest, notably the rare wand-like shrub Lasiocroton macrophyllus of the Spurge Family, which grew in honeycombed limestone. We thought that we might find here the little yellow-flowered cactus Mamillaria simplex, of special 233 nterest as the type of its genus, and which Grisebach credits to Jamaica in his “ Flora of the British West Indies” as found hy Dr. Patrick Browne about the middle of the eighteenth century and not since seen in Jamaica, but we were unsuccessful. Search and inquiry were also made here and later further west along the coast for two other rare or perhaps dubious plants of Jamaica, one a Cycad, Zanua integrifolia, accredited to Jamaica by Grise- bach ‘in arid places along the coast,” on the evidence of a speci- men in the museum at Kew, the other a low palm with prickly leaf-stalks, Copernicia tectorum, the occurrence of which in Jamaica is also indefinite. The work on the Santa Cruz Mountains was brought to a close on September 11 by a visit to the forests on the Stanmore Hill estate, toward the northwestern end of the range, from which we had been driven out by rain on a previous visit a few days before. Permission to explore these interesting woods had kindly been given by the proprietors, the Hon. John V. Calder and Mrs. Calder, who have carefully preserved them in a natural state ; they contain many rare or unusual trees, some of which were in bloom at the time, and some are probably new to science. One of the most interesting is the tall Smooth Mountain Pride, Spa- thelia glabrescens, with its columnar unbranched trunk over sixty feet high, crowned by a tuft of pinnately compound leaves, of which we secured the fruit, hitherto unknown. These Stanmore Hill woods will well repay further exploration, inasmuch as we observed a number of trees in leaf only which neither Mr. Harris nor I could recognize. Our second base was made at Newmarket, a small market town at an elevation of about 1,150 feet, located near the boun- dary of the parishes of Saint Elizabeth and Westmoreland, con- veniently situated for the exploration of the morass and coastal regions of western Saint Elizabeth and eastern Westmoreland and the hills adjacent. We travelled to Newmarket from Mal- vern by way of Black River, a seaport town where parts of two days were given to a study of the coastal flora. Our thanks are gratefully tendered to Dr. A. R. Todd for information, and for guidance to Longacre Point west of Black River, and vicinity, 234 where considerable collections were made, perhaps the most interesting plant being a tall palm of the sand dunes, a species of Thrinax, known there as Bay Thatch and Pimento Thatch, with bright green, stiff leaves, apparently quite different from the Thrinax excelsa of the hills and mountains ; good fruiting speci- mens and a number of seedlings were secured. A morass on the property of Dr. Todd yielded many interesting marsh plants, and in a ravine along the road on the way to Newmarket we collected some hillside species not elsewhere observed. Newmarket was made a base of operations from September 13 meliad of the genus Hohkendergia was abundant on trees and good living specimens of it were obtained ; it is either a rare or unde- scribed species and is an important addition to our collection of these interesting air-plants ; several fine orchids were also secured and a large flat-stemmed drooping cactus of the genus Rhzpsalis growing on rocks and trees was a prize which pleased us greatly. Several species of trees were new to us, and the cabbage palm and long-thatch palm grow there in great perfection and large size. We are indebted to Mr. H. W. Farquharson for permission to explore the woodlands on his Hopeton estate near Darliston, where a rare leafless ground orchid, perhaps new to science was obtained. From Newmarket two trips were made by carriage to the low- lands. One of these was to the valley of the Black River at La- covia, where we secured the services of a negro with a dug-out canoe and explored the river-banks for about two miles above the town. The stream is arched over by many kinds of tropical trees with vines hanging from them, and the experience was a delightful one, although obtaining specimens from the canoe was not without difficulty. Another of the long-sought Jamaican trees was found here in considerable abundance ; this is the leguminous species described by Grisebach under the name Crudya spicata, previously 235 recorded as growing in the great morass of Westmoreland ; it has pinnate leaves and large, flat roundish pods. A fine white-flowered Crinum grows in the muddy banks and specimens for cultivation were obtained. On the same day we visited Mr. M. H. M. Far- quharson’s estate, Cornwall, near Lacovia, in order to see the pond where the Yellow Lotus of Jamaica (Melumbo) was known to grow; we were received with great cordiality, and Mr. Farqu- hansen enol conducted us to this interesting pond and marsh. The Ne/wméo was both in bloom and in fruit; spec- imens were carefully prepared for comparison with the similar plant of the United States, and seeds, kept in water to make their faa likely, were taken for planting at Hope Gardens and at the Bronx. number of other interésting marsh and pond- shore pants were collected h other low-land ees was to the Font Hill estate, D and drove to Bluefields, passing through the beautiful ravine known as Tea Gully, which abounds in ferns and mosses, and from Bluefields to Black River, collecting some specimens along the way. The next day we drove from Black River to Lacovia, passing along the western side of the large morass at Middle Quarters. An elegant tall palm, resembling the cabbage and royal palms, had been observed by us in this morass on our previous trip to Lacovia, but access to it at that time seemed im- possible. On this occasion, however, a tree was seen in flower and fruit at no great distance from the road, and after securing the guidance of a negro who could climb trees, I finally made my way to it through the swamp and was ultimately rewarded by securing good specimens, including seeds for planting, together with material of other marsh plants not previously seen by us. 236 Arriving at Lacovia, we sent the carriage along some five miles to Santa Cruz, and made a further study of the banks of the Black River, this time in a rowboat belonging to Mr. Farqu- harson, and ascended the stream for about seven miles to Elham wharf, where we arrived at dark; our special search was for the vine Combretum Jacquini, another rare Jamaican plant, the peculiar four-winged fruits of which we had found floating on the water during our previous canoe-trip; we finally encountered the vine just about dusk, a short distance below Elham wharf, but could obtain only its foliage, its flowering time being evidently earlier in the year. We reached Santa Cruz during the evening. Return from those interesting regions was made by way of Mandeville, where we arrived on September 24, reaching Kings- ton the next day. September 26 and 27 were passed at Hope Gardens in the delightful hospitality of Mr. Fawcett. The last collecting done was in the valley of the Hope River, below anuary, on the sides of Long Mountain and Mona Mountain, where the Hope River runs through a narrow gorge, and where the fallen debris of rock and earth has dammed the stream, form- ing a long narrow lake. The expedition has added much to the knowledge of the Jamaican flora and the plants and specimens secured are important additions to our collections. Nearly 1,000 field numbers repre- sent some 2,000 specimens for the museums, herbarium and greenhouses, and, in addition to these, are the collections made y Mr. Harris, of which we will receive the duplicates. The work was made possible by the kind liberality of Mr. Mills, tea of the Garden. Respectfully pie RITION Director-in- Chief. 237 THE ABSENCE OF UNDERGROWTH IN THE HEMLOCK FOREST. The contrast in the character of the forest floor in evergreen and in deciduous forests is a familiar fact. Ina forest where narrow-leaved, evergreen conifers predominate the floor is almost wholly devoid of the shrubs and herbs of low habit, which form so conspicuous a feature of the floor in a forest of broad-leaved, deciduous trees. In walking through a hemlock forest for example, one passes unhampered over a carpet formed of the dry; brown, fallen leaves. This leaf-cover is broken only at irregular and rare intervals, and usually where the sun has easy access, by small groups or isolated individuals of herbaceous plants. But, walking through a deciduous forest, one can often scarcely take a step without treading on the green herbs. In the photograph (Fig. 34) this contrast is shown in a striking manner. The picture was taken from a path that passes through the forest near the recently constructed rubble bridge. The area to the left marks the edge of the hemlocks, that to the right the beginning of the deciduous trees. Under the conifers there is a practically entire absence of shrubs and herbs, while under the broad-leaved trees they grow abundant and varied. Fa/cata comosa, Parthenocissus quinguefolia, Rhus toxicodendron, clster, Solidago, Ambrosia trifida, and Deringa canadensis predominate. The boundary between the two types of floor is clean-cut and conspicuous, and the invitation it presents to strollers through the woods has been generously accepted. This is attested by the well-worn path along the edge of the undergrowth, and the path serves to further emphasize the contrast. Scarcely an herb is found in the area under the hemlocks. The illumination of the two areas, especially where they adjoin, is, to all appearances, practically the same. This difference in the undergrowth of the two kinds of, forest is probably due to a combination of causes. Difference in illumi- nation may be a factor, but this alone cannot account for the difference, for the seedlings of the hemlock, which is a tolerant, or shade-bearing species, do not normally come to maturity 239 under the shade of the parent tree, nor of neighboring trees of _ that species. This fact suggests that conditions in the soil are also afactor. The suggestion is rendered all the more probable by the fact that hemlocks are frequently not among the plants growing in the open areas, and especially by the fact that hemlock seedlings readily develop under the white pine (Pinus strobus), so that the latter species is sometimes replaced by hemlock.* The fact that white pine seedlings will not develop under hem- lock may be explained, in part at least, by the fact that the white pine is an intolerant, or light-demanding, species. It fails to de- velop under the shade of oaks, chestnuts, etc., as well as under hemlocks, while hemlock develops easily under the shade of those species. It has been asserted ¢ that the seeds of hemlock “ cannot ger- minate under the trees that bear them.” This certainly is an erroneous notion as can be demonstrated by careful observation. In the hemlock forest in the New York Botanical Garden young seedlings may be observed in the spring in abundance under the trees, even to within less than a foot of the trunk. In no case however, has the writer ever found these seedlings attaining a height of more than eight or ten centimeters (three or four inches). Some cause interferes with their further development. Since the species is a tolerant, or shade-loving one, and since the seedlings may develop into vigorous saplings in the shade of a broad-leaved, deciduous forest, the conclusion seems warranted that their failure to develop near the parent trees is due partly to conditions in the soil. It is a well-known fact that many plants, grown in a substra- tum of soil or other nutrient medium, excrete into the substratum substances that are deleterious to that species, so that it is difficult or even impossible, to grow a second or third crop of the same species in the same soil. Thus Livingston { found that wheat seedlings grown in clean glass sand in which wheat had previously * Pinchot, Gifford. A primer of forestry. Part I., p. 33. Washington, 1903. { The Hemlock Grove on the Banks of Bronx River. Trans. Bronx Acad. Arts & Sci. 1, Pt. 1.:6. 1906, Also, Cont. N. Y. Bot. Garden, No. 83, p. 6. 1906. t}Livingston, Burton Edward, Bull. 28, Bur. of Soils, U. S. Dept. Agric. 1905. 240 grown for twenty-one days, attained a growth less than one half that attained by wheat seedlings similarly grown in clean glass sand not previously thus used. More recently Shreiner and Reed * have shown that “healthy growing plants excrete from their roots substances which have a deleterious effect upon the growth of the root.” It seems not improbable that in these facts may lie a partial explanation of the failure of hemlock seedlings to reach any considerable development under trees of the same species STUART Cee A RARE SEEDLING AT THE PROPAGATING HOUSES. Through the kindness of the Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, we have been so fortunate as to secure several seeds of the wonderful “Tumbo,” or Welwitschia mirabilis.* The seeds were planted early in April, and at present there are two healthy seedlings, that give every indication of becoming strong and robust examples of their kind. The upper half of the accompanying Sande a os 5 De shows the first two seed-leaves, or cotyledons, as they hese are narrow spatulate leaves about one and one in ae long * Shreiner and Reed, Bull. Torrey Club 34: 279. 1907. Owing to an unfortunate error the above name cannot be used for this plant. In a letier to the Linnaean Society, Dr. Welwitsch, its cise uae that it be called Zuméoa, from its.vernacular name of ‘* Tumbo. To this Sir Joseph urred. e asked, and received, permission from eae to name it hoe mirabilis, in honor of its collector. afterward a Mr. T. Baines sent in some plants that were erroneously supposed to be different from the plant of Welwitsch, and temporarily received the name of Zumboa Bainesii, during the discussions of the soci results of this controversy lis in the regular minutes of the society, appearing in the Gardeners Chronicle, together with a o the effect that nt was sub- sequentl be desc by Hooker in the Transactions of the Linnaean Socie wo years later a comprehensive monograph was published, in which the Welwitsch ere pro upon, was Weluitechia mirabilis, but, aeeomiaet o the rules of nomenclature now in use, a name once allowed to slip into print is considered a — publication, whether it was the intention to really name and describe the plan ot. We must in the future, therefore, refer to this a iat as Tumboa Sti. Seedling ot Tumboa Bainesii. ag. Fie. 242 and three cighths of an inch broad. In the original description of the plant it is stated, on the authority of Welwitsch, its discoverer, that these are the only leaves that are ever produced during the conjectural one hundred years of the plant's life. This was a some- what gratuitous assumption, as neither Dr. Welwitsch nor Sir Joseph Hooker had ever seen a seedling. What really happens is that after the seed-leaves are about a month old, a second pair of leaves springs out from between the first, and opposite them. These later ones develop into the only adult leaves that the plant ever produces. The lower figure shows the two pairs of leaves when the plant is about six months old One is apt to question, in view of these pictures and th description, why the plant should ever have been called remark- able; for at this stage it seems to be a very ordinary little seed- ling. Little does one suspect that this inconspicuous plantlet will develop into a gigantic vegetable monstrosity, weird in its unique ugliness, and well deserving the discussion and amaze- ment that its discovery occasioned. he mature ‘’ Tumbo is a “tree” with a “trunk” abo two feet long shaped much like an inverted cone. Almost all . “trunk ’’ is below the surface of the ground, the visible part rarely exceeding a few inches. But the remarkable feature of the stem is that it is often fourteen feet in circumference, and becomes more or less two-lobed in age. The stem looks more like a great mass of ‘the burnt crust of a loaf of bread,” to quote Dr. Welwitsch’s letter, than the trunk of a tree. The underground portion becomes greatly elongated and its continua- tion is the tap-root of the plant. This goes down several feet, in its effort to get the few drops of water that the arid conditions of the country permit. There are never more than two leaves after the seed-leaves drop off, and very curious leaves they are. Starting from a groove on opposite sides of the depressed mass, they stand straight *«Tumbo’?’ is also a name used for a number of other plants in Portugese West Africa. There are also several other names ee to our plant, notably ‘* Ghories”’ (Hottentot) and ‘¢ Nyanka-Hykampop’”’ (Damara). 243 out on both sides of the plant. They are often six feet long and two feet wide and usually split into ribbons that undulate over the ground in a way strikingly suggestive of the tentacles of an octopus. With its great ugly body and its tentacle-like leaves, it is no wonder that it should have been the most remarkable plant novelty of the last century. The flowers are borne in scarlet cones on a cymose inflorescence coming from the crown of the “trunk.” * Tuntboa Bainestz belongs to the Joint-fir family, or Gnetaceae, and is known only from Portugese West Africa and Damara is is a region that seldom gets any rain, and desert concider: prevail almost completely, except for the sea fogs. oT ’ is thus a desert plant par ercel/ence and it is only by a close approximation of these very arid conditions that we can hope to cultivate it. It is exceedingly rare in cultivation and there seem to be scarcely any recorded cases of its successful germination under glass, nearly all the previously cultivated specimens having been brought directly from Africa. Norman TAYLOR. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. Dr. C. B. Robinson, assistant curator, spent two or three weeks of his summer vacation in making collections at the Bay of Seven Islands, Saguenay, Quebec. Mr. Allen H. Curtiss, well known as a collector and student of the plants of the southern United States and of the West Indies, died in Jacksonville, Florida, on September 1, in the sixty-third year of his age. Mr. W. D. Hoyt, of Baltimore, Maryland, spent some time at the Garden during September and October examining the collec- tions of marine algae. Dr. Heinrich Hasselbring, assistant in botany in the University of Chicago, has been appointed assistant botanist at the Cuban Agricultural Experiment Station, at Santiago de las Vegas. * re good illustrations of 7umdoa Bainesii in the Botanical Magazine and in the eee of the Linnaean Society of London for the year 1863. 244 An international conference on plant hardiness and acclimati- zation was held in this city October 1, 2 and 3, under the auspices of the Horticultural Society of New York. On Octcber 3 the members of the conference were guests of the garden ; the fore- noon being devoted to the reading of papers and the afternoon to the i) perON of the collections. Luncheon was served in the laboratories. A very interesting fungus was recently presented to the garden by the China and Japan Trading Company, of this city. A bale of cotton cloth, made in this country, stored for a year in Shang- hai, China, and lately returned to New York by a Suez steamer, was wet in the voyage home, and, standing in the warehouse of the company here, developed the fungus. The fruit-body is (mycelium), which permeates the inside of the bale in the form of numerous minute white threads. The plant is readily recognized as belonging to the genus Plewrotus, of the fleshy fungi, but the species has not yet been determined. Some Recent Visitors. — Professor C. F. Austin, of the Cuban Agricultural Experiment Station; Mr. P. L. Ricker, of the Na- tional Herbarium, Washington, D. C.; Mr. Charles E. Monroe, of Milwaukee, Wis.; Major E. W. Woodward, of Oakland, Cal.; Mr. H. C. Irish, of the Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis; Professor N. E. Hansen, of Brookings, S. D.; Mr. E. M. East, of New Haven, Conn.; Mr. W. H. Evans, of Washington, D. C.; Professor W. A. Munson, of Morgantown, W. Va.; Professor . Hutt, of Guelph, Canada, and W. T. Macoun, of Ottawa, Canada. Meteorology for Septembcr.— The total precipitation for the month was 7.93 inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 80° on the Ist, 81° on the 7th, 85° on the 15th, 89% on the 21st, and 79° on the 23d; also minimum temperatures of 59° on the 7th, 55° on the 13th, 53° on the roth, and 34° on the 27th. 2-45 ACCESSIONS. MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 58 specimens of mosses from Salisbury, Connecticut. _ (By exchange with Mr. Geo. E. Nichols. ) 77 ee of ferns and flowering plants from tropical America. (By exchange with the U. S. National Museum en a Gentiana Dowlasiine from British Columbia. (Given by Pro- ee Tees Fletcher. 2 specimens of Adrosace from New Mexico. (Given ee Professor E. O, Wooton. ) 17 mosses from Hayti. (By exchange eH Mr. F. Ren 9 specimens of flowering plants and ferns from New peas (xe by Mr. Macy hart. 3 specimens of flowering plants from Canada. (Given by Mr. J. M. Macoun. ) Ig specimens from Colorado. (Given by Mr. H. L. Shantz, t specimen of Rosa Maximiliani from Colorado. (Given by Professor T. D, A. 2 specimens of mosses from Madagascar. (By exchange with Mr. F. Renauld.) 4 specimens of So/idago from Staten Island. (Given by Dr. A. Hollick 1 specimen of Quercus from Connecticut. (Given by Professor L. M. Under- od. 2 specimens of fungi from Bronx Park. (Collected by Mr. R. C. Benedict. ) 5 specimens of fungi from Redding, Conn, (Given by oe L. M. nder- wood. Io specimens of fungi from Connecticut. (Collected by Mr. R. C. Benedict. ) 3 a from the iia of the New York Botanical Garden. (Collected Dr. W. A. Murr’ 12 specimens of tae from Ithaca, New York. (Given by Mr. C. J. Humphrey.) 1 fungus from Maine. (Given by Mr. C. C. Hanmer. 1 fungus from China, (Given by the China and Japan Trading Company. ) I specimen of Porodiscus cae from Guatemala. (Given by Prof. W. A. Kellerman. 50 specimens of fungi from North Carolina. (Given by Miss Gertrude S. Burling- ham.) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 1,530 orchids for conservatories. (Given by Mr, Fe ia ) 6 plants for conservatories. (Given by Mrs. H. L. Bri 14 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with ea ae National Museum, through Dr. J. £ plant for eonservatorie® (Given by Commander Salisbury. ) § plants for conservatories. (By exchange with La Mortola ane Italy. ) Io plants for herbaceous grounds. (Collected by Mrs. E. G. n, ) Io plants for conservatories. (Given by Mr. Pratt.) 8 plants for conservatories. (Given by Miss Helen M. d.) 5 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with i. - re Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. ) 246 g plants for conservatories. (Given by Mr. E. F. Cabada.) 13 plants for conservatories. (Given by Mr. F. F. von Wilm owsky. ) 3 plants for conservatories. (Given by Dr, Hochreutiner, Geneva, Switzerland. ) 1 plant for conservatories. (Give: Mr. A, Miille 67 plants for y. (Collected by M C. Benedict. ) 1 plant for nursery. (Given by Mrs. J. E. Messenger. ) I plant for c atories. (Collected by Mr. W. E. ane Trinidad.) 6 plants for conservatories, (Given by Mr. Gilbert A. Albu 1 plant for conservatories. (Given by Mrs. Beckwit 2 packets of seed. (By exchange with Dr. C. F "Baker, Cuba. ) 316 plants derived from seed from various sources. Members of the Corporation, Grorce S. Bowporn, Davin Lypic, Pror. N. L. Britton, Epcar L. MARSTON, Hon. ADDISON Brown, D. O. MILLs, Dr. NicHoias M. BuTLer, J. PrzerPont MorGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, THEODORE W. MYERs, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, Grorce M. Otcort, WILLIAM G, CHOATE, Pror. HENRY F, OsBorn, CHARLEs F. Cox, LowezLu M. PALMER, Joun J. CROoKE, Grorcez W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CuTTING, James R. PITCHER, James B. Forp, Rr. Rev. HENRY C. POTTER, ROBERT W. DE FoREST, Percy R. Pyng, Henry W. DE ForgEst, Joun D. RocKEFELLER, CLEVELAND H. Dopcg, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Pror. H. H. Russy, Gen. Louis FITZGERALD, James A. SCRYMSER, RicHARD W. GILpeEr, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, Hon. THoMAs F. GiLroy, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, Hon. Hucu J. GRANT, NELson SMITH, Henry GRAVES, JAMEs SPEYER, Henry P. Hoyt, Francis L. STETSON, ApRIAN ISELIN, JR., Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Morris K. JEsupP, Louis C. TIFFANY, ' Joun I. Kang, SAMUEL THORNE, EucEneE KELLY, JR., Pror. L. M. UNDERWOoD, Pror, JAMEs F, Kemp, GrorcE W. VANDERBILT, Joun S. KENNEDY, Hon. Ecerton L. WINTHROP, JR. Pror. FREDERIC S. LEE, WiuaM H, S. Woop, : Hon. Setu Low, PUBLICATIONS The New York Botanical Garden oumal of the New York Botanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con taining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. yeas pe mem- bers of the Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 a ce t offered in — . 1 Vol. VI, 1905, viii-}+-224 pp. Vol. VII, AT, 1906, vt vit 300, Bulletin of the New York Botant en, containing the annual | reports f the es oe and other official sees results of investigati carried out in the Garden. Free to = members of the Garden ; to others, ee per volume. Vol. I, Nos. 1-5, 449 pp., 3 maps, aed 12 plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 PP» 2? plates, ae “1903. Vol. III, Nos. 9-11, 463 PP. 4 at plates, 1903- 1905. V, No. 12, 113 PRS No. 13, 193 pp-, 2 plates; Ni D pre: V. No ie 105 pp-, 1906 ; No. 16, 88 pp., ’ — ©} erican Flora. Descriptions aan the wild plants of North America, including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Planned to cs com- pleted in thirty volumes. Roy. 8vo. Each sila to consist of four or more parts Subscription price $1.50 per part; a a ted number of separate parts will be sold © $2.00 each. . Vol. 22, part 1, issued May 22. ae ntains descriptions of the order econ yD bes Small, end of ane ‘fais Podostemons ceae by Mr. Geo. V. Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Brit ir. J. N. Rose, Penthoraceae and Peraaeti ae by Dr. P. A. 2 yd ‘ Vol. 22, part 2, issued December 18, 1905, contains descriptions of the families Saxifragaceae and Hydrangeaceae b Dr. J. K. Su all and ware a A. Rydberg; the Cunoniaceae, Iteaceae and Hamamelidaceae by N. L. tton ; the Pteroste- monaceae by Dr. ne K. Small; the Alusciabese = Percy ‘Witews and the Phyllo- nomaceae by . H. Rusby. Vol. 7, part 1, issued Oct. 4, £906, contains descriptions of the families Ustilag- inaceae and Tilletiaceae, by Profes ssor G. P. Clinton. Vol. 7, part 2, issued March 6, 1907, contains Se ee of the families Coleo- sporiaceae, Uredinaceae and Aecidiaceae (par: Ss) by Professor J. C. Art a Vol. 25, part 1, issued August 24, 1907, contains casero the family Geraniaceae by Miss i T. Hanks and Dr. au K. Small, the Oralidacene and — Linaceae by Dr. J. K. Small, and the Faces by Dr N L. Bri emoirs of the New Yo rk Botanical Gar ae Price to’ members of the Garden, dog es volume. To others, $2.00. [No offered in Vol. L. ‘Antiotated Catalogue of the Flora oe aera ‘and Va Yellowstone ‘ark, by Dr. Por Axel Rydberg, assistant curator of the arrangem\ oe critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phan neiaeel ie the region ith notes from the author’s field book, inclu ma descriptions of 163 new species. 8y ith detai Vol. Il. The Influence of Light and a Dar ‘ness upon Growth and Development, by Dr. D. T. MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s researches — cipal with a general consideration of the relation of light to plan The prin morghalerieal eee are illustrated. xvi + 320pp. Roy. 8vo, with 176 figures. _ Con 2) ew York Botanic ar A series of tech- sical papers written by students or members of the staff, and ee from journals other than the above. ice, 25 cents each. Bi sles per volume, ol. I. Nos. 1-25, vit 400 pp. 35 fi and 34 pla Vol. If. Nos. 26-50, vi + 340 pp. 55, igure in fe ee se 18 Lari Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vit 398 pp. n the text and 21 plates RECENT NUMBERS 25 CENTS EACH. g2. An occurrence of glands in the embryo of Zea Mays, by Charles Stuart Gager. 93- American fossil mosses, with bas ae a of a new species from Florissanty = P 94. Sol ution tension and toxicity in iol si, ae ss mond H. Pond. All subscriptions and remittances should b: ace. “OTANICAL GARD P x PARK, New wane City NOVEMBER, 1307 No. 95 JOURNAL oF EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assistant <- A : FapuL ses & "a © CONTENTS PAGS A peat Se eemn vey tne curn oust ener e tthe eros TS 247 he Ames Collection of Orchids. .----- +--+ + ete tte ets 250 Fincz(. 314i Peet a ee Cee na aac a Tata aaa aa 252 he Tardy Defoliation of the Trees. - -- - +--+ +--+ ett 254 (CLA(SEL > ASE Me PRE ae hee tie a). oes at eC lS 254 otes, NewsandComment ....------- sees e errr tre 255 ac eaten a coins ao-tipth es vacates artes) eh cel es Ae: Tas or ype 258 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN AT ee Norra Qugen Street, LANCASTER, Pa. Era Printinc COMPANY OFFICERS, 1907. a PRESIDENT. . MILLS, op Bees = ADEM CARNEGIE, Fy TREASURER—CHARLES F,. COX, SEcRETARY—N. L. BRITTON. BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1. ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, J. PIERPONT MORGAN, GEORGE W. r sees ANDREW CARNEGIE, W. BA See oy eee JAMES A. SCRYMSE ROBERT V FOREST, W. GILMAN pee JOHN I. ine SAMUEL THORNE, D. O. MILLS. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PusLic PARKS, THE MAyorR OF THE City oF New York, HON. GEORGE B. McCLELLAN 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PROF. . UNDERWOOD, Chairman. DR. ager: MURRAY BUTLER, PROF. AMES F. KEMP, PROF CHA PROF. FREDERIC Pi LEE, H = RUS eeantae . COX, OF. HON. EGERTON L, WINTHROP, ARDEN STAF DR. N. L. BRITTON, yee Chie BRINLEY, Zan Engin WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant. A. SHAF m Custodian. ER, Mus PERCY WILSON, pen Sec a Assistant. JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical Garden Vor, VIII. November, 1907. No. 95. THE BOULDER BRIDGE. The bridge built during the last year on the site of the old wooden structure across the Bronx River at the northern end of the hemlock grove, was completed in September, under the con- tract awarded by the Commissioners of Parks on October 18, 1906, to M. J. Leahy. It consists entirely of boulders, selected from old stone walls, and unearthed during grading operations; very nearly all these stones are trap-rock (diabase), brought by the glaciers of the ice-period from the Palisades of the Hudson, which lie directly in the line of the glacial movement, as evidenced by grooves cut in the ledges of gneiss and schist, so abundantly exposed in parts of the Garden grounds and beautifully illustrated on the ledges along the western side of the valley of the herba- this line continued northward would strike the Palisades about opposite Yonker These trap-rock boulders are the most abundant vanes stones in the glacial drift of Bronx Park and the surrounding country, and in places they are exceedingly numerous, so abundant in fact as to make grading operations difficult and ex- ive. During our first grading work we hauled a great many of these boulders into low grounds which had to be filled, but it occurred to us several years ago that a bridge might be built of them, and Mr. John R. Brinley, landscape engineer of the Garden, made astudy for such a structure, which was subsequently 248 approved by the Board of Managers, by the Commissioner of Parks, and by the Art Commission. After this had been deter- mined, the boulders were saved rather than buried, and the re- sult is now to be seen, complete, in so faras the stone work is con- ned. The bridge is unique, we believe, for this part of the country, and it fits into its natural surroundings as well, or perhaps better, than any other type of structure would have done. The total length of the bridge is 172 feet, the width of the pathway across it 15 feet, and the three central arches and the two arches at the ends of the bridge are 16 feet wide. In order to insure suffi- cient area in the cross-section of the valley for freshets, the bridge has been built eight feet higher in the center than the wooden structure which it has replaced, and, asa further precaution, the path approach from the east will be built at a low elevation in order to permit flood water to pass over it, which is not apt to happen more than once in several years, and it may be that the arches will take it all even at the periods of greatest flood. The bridge foundations rest, like those of the three driveway bridges, on a stratum of gravel and coarse sand which underlies the whole northern end of the Garden from the lakes to Williams- bridge at just about the same level, being some six feet below the surface of the river at average flow. The presence of this ex- of the three driveway bridges shows no trace of settling in any of them. The method adopted by Mr. Leahy for building the arches in such a way as to get a boulder finish on the under-side was in- genious. The wooden centers were first erected and the boulders were placed in a layer of sand about six inches thick and thoroughly groutted together with strong cement; after this had set, and the centers were taken away, the sand fell to the ground, leaving from four to six inches of the underside of the stones exposed, when a small amount of trimming of the rough cement edges gave the desired finish. The beauty of this, and in- deed of the entire structure, is largely due to the care and in- genuity of Mr. John Baxendale, the foreman of the work ; scarcely 249 any of the boulders have been nicked or otherwise damaged, and Mr. Brinley’s design has been carried out most accurately. A temporary earth and ash path has been laid across the bridge so that it can be used, and a permanent surface, with path approaches, may be built next spring after the filling needed at the east end and between the arches has settled down. Mr. Brinley’s landscape design for the surroundings of the bridge calls for an excavation under the eastern of the three larger Fic. 36. The Boulder Bridge. arches so as to permit the river to flow through all three of them, and the continuation of this excavation southward through a swale leaving a narrow island, about two hundred feet long, south of the bridge: the plan also contemplates the excavation of the marshy ground north of the bridge on the east side of the river for the establishment of a small lake to be used for water- 250 lilies and other aquatic plants, the cultivation of which at this point, however, can only be satisfactorily accomplished when the river valley is freed of muskrats, on which a more or less con- tinuous war has been waged for several years and large numbers of the animals taken by traps, but, while less numerous than a The contract price for the bridge was eleven thousand dollars ; the cost of path approaches, excavation for the river, and for the pond, will probably amount to fifteen hundred or two thousand dollars. N. L. Brirron. THE AMES COLLECTION OF ORCHIDS. In the September number of this Journal reference was made to this valuable collection of orchids, recently acquired. The collection has now been temporarily arranged so that it has been possible to study and briefly describe it. Early in September Mr. Oakes Ames offered this collection to the Garden, and the writer immediately went to North Easton, Mass., to superintend its proper packing and transportation. This work was greatly facilitated by the assistance of Mr. Ames, who not only gave his own time in going over the collection and carefully inspecting the labels, furnishing such as were miss- ing, but also the service of his men in packing and shipping the plants. The collection was, until last summer, located at his greenhouses at North Easton. At that time, however, it was re- was not a small undertaking. It took six wagon-loads to ac- complish it, the wagons being arranged to accommodate two tiers on each trip. Arrangements were made with the railroad company for a freight car which was placed on a siding. fege) g was placed in the car, as the floor space was by no me ade- quate to accommodate the collection. Two tiers of ae were placed in one end and one in the other, and the smaller plants, 251 packed in boxes, were placed on these. The larger plants were packed in hay on the bottom of the car. Unfortunately the selection of the car was a poor one, as it broke down in transit, and was located in a disabled condition at New Haven, where the contents were transferred to another car. The collection finally reached the Garden just one week after its shipment, fortunately suffering no harm whatever from the delay. Owing to the crowded condition of the conservatories, this collection has been divided, a part of it, mainly the venus’s-slip- pers (Paphiopedilum and Phragmidepium) and the cattleyas, being placed on the central bench in house no. 15 of the conser- vatories, while the remainder, for the present, is located in house no. 3 of the propagating range. This collection, brought together at much expenditure of time and money, hardly needs comment as to its value. It is exceed- ingly rich, not only in genera and species, a feature of especial interest to a botanical garden, but also in hybrids, among which may be numbered some of great beauty and rarity. Among other interesting plants are many secured by Mr. Ames in his personal explorations in Cuba and in the southern parts of Florida, or by collectors whom he sent out especially in search of orchids. Many things have come to him from Mexico and other parts of Central America ; and from the-Philippines he has received many plants, some of these being the types of new species which Mr Ames has recently described. All these interesting and valuable species are included in the gift to the Garden. e collection is particularly rich in forms from the New World, this region being represented by about fifty-five genera and over four hundred species and varieties. Among the New orld genera rare in cultivation are, among others, the following : Hexadesmia, Schlimia, Mesospinidium, Aspasia, Trichocentrum, Trigonidium, Lockhartia, Cirrhaca, Amblostoma, Scuticaria, Dichaea, Lanium, Eviopsis, and Anguloa. Those from the New World which are represented by five or more species or varieties are the following: Maxillaria, 24; Catileya, 72; aad 65; Mittonia, 7; Schomburgkia, 5 ; Onctdium, 40; Sobraha, 5; Stan- oped, 8; Odentoglossum, 22; Brassavola, § ; Laelia, 26 ; Lycaste, 252 10; Phragmipedium, 53; Pleurothallis, 17. This will indicate the value of the collection for a comparative study of forms from the new world. The Old World is also well cana by about thirty-one genera and three hundred and sixteen species. mong those un- usual in cultivation are: Ceratostylis, Mystacidium, Spathoglottis, Ree hys, Tainta, Neobenthamia, Otochilus, and Oberonia e following genera are represented by five or more species or arieties: Evia, 13; Cirrhopetalum, 10; Sarcanthus, 5; Cym- hidkum, 12; Flatyclinis, § ; Buibophylian. 25; Angraecum, 14; Coelogyne, 20; Dendrobium, 52; Vanda, 11; and Paphiopedi- lum, 108. The genus last named contains the largest repre- sentation in the whole collection, and embraces some plants of great value, now rather difficult to obtain. Of genera which are common to both the Old World and the New are: Polystachya, Liparis, Vanilla, Spiranthes, Eulophia, and Microstylis. The entire collection contains about 1,530 plants, representing nearly 100 genera and about 750 species and varieties. A num- ber of the genera and many of the species were not previously inthe Garden collections. It is hardly necessary to state that the acquisition of this material adds greatly to the value of the arden collections, not only for the purposes of study, but also from the viewpoint of beauty and decoration. GroRGE V. NAsH. THE SELF-PRUNING OF TREES. The natural pruning of trees has long been well known. By natural pruning is meant the loss of certain branches after their death, caused usually by overshading and consequent poor nutrition, Thus is explained the lack of lower branches on trees growing close together in a forest. In this process the tree remains passive until the branch is dead, after which the dead branch is cut off by the formation of a ‘“‘collar’’ of tissue by the cambium. Trees that have been pruned by “nature,” that is, as the result of the action of environmental forces outside the trees 2538 yield lumber that is much freer from knots than that cut from trees growing in the open, where the lower branches have per- sisted, but natural pruning appears to be.of little advantage in the economy of the plant. Many trees, however, prune themselves. This phenomenon, though described by Foerst* in 1893, and more fully by Schaffner and Tyler, in the “ Ohio Naturalist’ for 1901, appears to be not widely known. This se//-pruning is distinguished from natural pruning in that the tree itself is throughout the active agent in the process. The branch dies as the result of the pruning, rather than being pruned after it is dead. In some trees there is formed at the base of certain branches an abscission layer, like that formed at the base of petioles in leaf-fall, and thus the branch is severed from the tree. A striking demonstration on a may now be ha along the walks leadin um building. The sapling poplars (Populus ee a jae with the tulip- trees on either side of the walk, are vigorously pruning them- Selves, and the fallen branches are so numerous as to attract general attention. Most of the pruned branches are two years old, though some are older and some younger, They bear numerous, well-formed winter buds, and in some instances many leaves still remain on the branch. elf-pruning, in some families, is accomplished in other ways than the one mentioned above. In the willow, for example, instead of the abscission-layer, a brittle zone is formed at the base of the branch. Out of about twenty-five genera where self- pruning occurs, Catalpa, Ailanthus, horse-chestnut, elm, lilac and mulberry, may be mentioned as illustrative examples in the garden. The significance of self-pruning seems to be quite analogous to that of artificial pruning, vés., to get rid of superfluous or of weak branches. It does not seem to be a means of vegetative propagation, for in most cases the branches cut off either do not take root, or do not fall into conditions suitable for that. Some trees, as, for example, the red and the sugar maples, and the * Bull, Torrey Club 19: 267. 1892. Ibid. 20: 157. 893. “ 254 American elm, are self-pruned in the spring or early summer, while others, as the a postpone the process until fall. C. Stuart GAGER. THE TARDY DEFOLIATION OF THE TREES. The significance of leaf-fall as a protection against excessive drought rather than against extreme cold, as is popularly sup- posed, is well shown in the late persistence of the foliage this fall. Normally, most of the deciduous trees and shrubs in the Garden are almost entirely barren of leaves by the last of October, but this year the foliage, though richly colored with autumn tints, has persisted until the last week in October, with almost no sign of falling. Some of the maples, the hornbeams, sweetgums, and even the plane-trees (which have already been once defoliated this season by a fungus disease attacking them in the spring), show, at a distance, almost no loss of foliage. This fact is doubtless largely due to the copious precipitation during September. Seven and ninety-three hundreths inches of rain were recorded at the Garden last month, or almost one fifth of the entire average annual precipitation. Thus tardy leaf-fall is correlated with a tardy autumn and winter drought, and the several frosts that have occurred have not appreciably hastened defoliation. Of course loss of water by transpiration ceases some time before the leaf actually falls. C. Stuart GAGER. NEW MUSEUM CASES. The crowding of specimens resulting from the naturally uneven growth of the different parts of the museum during the last few years has necessitated an increase in the case equipment for both the public exhibits and the study collections. To meet this con- dition, a number of cases were recently constructed and set up under a contract of the Department of Parks. These represent several standard units, and are built of quartered oak to match the cases of their respective styles. 255 Six cases for displaying fossil plants have been placed in the west hall of the basement. These occupy positions relatively the same as similar cases in the east hall. Thus the entire exhibition space of the basement will be used for the display of fossil plants. As the space in the new cases is equivalent to that of the old ones, many of the more valuable and characteristic specimens of fossil plants that have accumulated for several years in storage, can now be put on exhibition. Sixteen cases have been placed in the west wing of the economic museum, They were arranged to complete the eight standard blocks consisting of six cases each, thus using up the available space in that wing. The collections displayed in that portion of the museum can now be more satisfactorily developed. The added space will be taken up mainly by the exhibits of plant constituents, oils, beverages, spices, and tanning material. Forty-one cases were added to the equipment on the top floor. As many cases as possible were placed in the main herbarium room in order to relieve the congested condition of the herbarium of flowering plants, which has been brought about chiefly by the addition of specimens secured by means of exploration and ex- change. However, the majority of the new herbarium cases were arranged in the room at the extreme western end of that floor. Here the entire fungus herbarium is being installed, while the cases in the room formerly devoted to fungi will be used for the rapidly growing fern herbarium. This addition of cases enables us to arrange the public exhibits and the study collections of the Garden to much better advantage than was possible heretofore. J. K. Smarr NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. The bi-weekly botanical conventions of the Garden were re- eran’ on ae 6, and will be continued until June 1. Mr. H.S. Jackson, of the State Experiment Station, Newark, De was at the Garden from November 4 to 6, consulting the herbarium. 256 L. M. Underwood, Professor of Botany in Columbia Uni- versity and Chairman of the Board of Scientific Directors of the Garden, died at his home in Redding, Connecticut, on Saturday, November 16. Dr. Raymond H. Pond, who has been studying at the Garden during the past year, sailed for Europe on November 7 to spend several months in visiting German botanical laboratories. Dr. Murrill visited the Biltmore Forest School, at Biltmore, North Carolina, in October, where he secured collections of Polyporaceae and made some observations on diseases of trees. M. A. Howe and Mr. Percy Wilson sailed for the Bahamas on November 15. They have planned to spend several weeks there in botanical exploration. Dr. C. B. Robinson, assistant curator of the Garden since July I, 1906, has been appointed economic botanist of the Bureau of Science of the Government of the Philippine tans. and is planning to sail for Manila early in the comin e regular autumn exhibition of the Horticaltural Society of w York was held at the Garden on November 13 and 14. An attractive display of varieties of apples was a feature of the exhi- bition. At the meeting on November 13 addresses were made by Messrs. Hedrick and Fullérton., Professor C. F. Baker, for three years past chief of the depart- ment of botany in the Estacion Central Agronomica, at Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, has been appointed curator of the herbarium and botanic garden at the Museu Goeldi, Para, Brazil. His special work there will be the further development of the her- barium and garden at Para, and the botanical exploration of some f the most interesting parts of the Amazon valley. Professor Baker visited the Garden on November 20, on his way to Brazil. he brook running through the center of the herbaceous grounds, which was becoming wider than first designed by the squeezing out of soil from its sides into the water by the crowds of people walking along its banks, making it necessary to deepen it continually for several years, has been made permanent this fall by the construction of a loose stone wall along each side rising to about the water level ; this construction will make the care of 257 the grounds adjoining the brook much easier, and does not inter- fere in the least with the planting of aquatics. A contract for the construction of the park wall and fence on the southwestern side of the Garden, extending from the Elevated Railway station to the Southern Boulevard entrance along the property line of Fordham University, was awarded by the Com- missioners of Parks in October to Guidone and Galardi, who plan to begin work during November. The structure will con- sist of a low rubble stone wall surmounted by an iron fence broken at intervals by granite columns. A fence along this boundary line has long been greatly desired, inasmuch as the path running parallel with this line from the Elevated Railway station is used by thousands of people and the old stone wall which is at present there is no barrier. The contract price is $17,000, the total distance being about two thousand feet. he fence will be stepped at intervals in order to conform to the natural grades as much as possible, each section being horizontal. It was designed by Mr. John R. Brinley, landscape engineer of the Garden, in consultation with Mr. Samuel Parsons, landscape archi- tect of the Department of Parks, and the design was approved by the board of managers of the Garden and by the park com- missioner. The total precipitation recorded at the Garden for October was 4.44 inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 74° on the 4th, 73° on the 7th and 18th, and 61° on the 23d; also minimum temperatures of 40° on the 2d, 34° on the 1oth, 31° on the 21st, and 28° on the 27th. The first fall frosts occurred during the first week of the month. 258 ACCESSIONS. LIBRARY ACCESSIONS FROM SEPTEMBER 1 TO OCTOBER 31 Historiae Aegypti naturalis: pars prima. Lugduni Bata- First steps in economic botany. London Manual of British botany. Ted ene ALPINO, PROSPERO. vorum, 1735. 2 vols. in I. HER, THOMAS CROXEN. BABINGTON, CHARLES CARDALE. London, 1851. BackHousE, James. Monograph of the British Hieracia. York, 1856. BARRERE, PIERRE. Zssai sur Ll histoire naturelle de la France éguinoxiale, Paris, 1749. LACKST: OHN. Fasciculus oe circa Harefield sponte nascentium cum iain ad loci historiam spectante. Londini, 1737. E, : Caen botanicum quo plantarum plurium rariorum pa Me iageate loci natales illustrantur. Londini, 174 B , GEORG RUDOLF. Tora tpsiae indige: ipsiae N, Ri otanical guidMto the flowering plants, hee mosses, and i a 7, Londo 49. N 0 Cuore, WILLARD Netson. Zhe fern allies of North Aneviea north of Mexico. New York, £ ee , Tacave Histoire gintrale des ee Es, H wa botanology. London, 1 . lements . agricultural oe Lon 1813. is 1a. Lyon, 1615. 2 vols. don _ Maas, 1664-65: 3 vols. teaching botanist. New 1899 GARDINER, WILLIAM EDDES, PA 2 93. GENEVIER, Essai pionoevaphigue sur ae “Rubus du bassin de la Loire, Angers, 1869. Harris, JosepH & Myers, WILLIAM SHIELDS, ood for plants. New edition. y-) if Ges by the Trustees of Columbia Universit: HARVEY, ALEX Trees and their nature. London, 1856. Hooker, JOSEPH ee ON, Himalayan journals. London, 1854. vols. HoucH, RoMEYN BECK. Handbook of the trees of the ee States and anada. Lowville, 1907. IrvINE, R. H. Short account of the materia medica of Patna. Calcutta, 1848, Mathematische und mikroskopisch- aa Studien New York, 190 Ir N, GER ‘AN, diber See eal ae 1907 259 Journal of the Institute of Jamaica. Vol. IJ., Kingston, 1894-99. (Given by Dr. N. L. Britton. KIRSCHLEGER, FRIEDRICH. Prodrome de la Flore d’ Alsace. Strasbourg, 1836-38. KIRSCHLEGER, FRIEDRICH. wu oe de la flore d' Alsace et des Vosges, qui font partie de cette province. _ 1831. KIRSCHLEGER, FRIEDRICH. ee végttale des environs de Strasbourg. 8 45. WILHELM DANIEL oie Synopsis der deutschen und sehweizer Flora. , KRAMER, WILHELM ee Elenchus vegetabilium et animalium per Aus- AM triam eres 2 observatorum, Niennae, 1756. H, CARL SIGISMUND. Bemerkungen iiber die Familie der Piperaceen, 1840, INDLEY, JOHN. ‘any. London, 1849. LINDLEY, JOHN. ea ws the British es London, 1829. LinpLey, JouN & PAXTON, JosEPH. axton’s flower garden. London, 1853. vols. yas WILLIAM LAUDER. Contributions to New Zealand botany, London, ot eos JANE WELLS. Ladies’ flower-garden of tal /s, London, 1840. Loupon, JoHN Ciaupivs. Arboretum et frulicetum britannicum. London, 1838. vols. Lowe, Epwarp JoserH. Beautiful leaved plants. London, 1866. , EDWARD JosEPH, Natural history of new and rare Vins London, 1868. Massex, GEORGE. Evolution of plant life. London, 1891. $s. RGE. Zext-book of fungi. London, 1906, (Given by the Trustees ity. OUISA ANNE, Some of my bush friends in Tasmania. London, 1860. Another edition. London, 1891. MIALL, Louis Compton & Se BENJAMIN. Flora of the West Riding. London, © Moncrepien, Aucustus. Trees and shrubs for English plantations, London 1870, Noszrrz, Louis. Le jardin fruitier. Paris, 3 vols. N. Paradisi in sole Ppa terrestris. Second impression, PARKINSON, London, 1656. HELPS, WILLIAM. pees botanicum, London Pits, Aucuste & PLEE, FRANGOIS. Hurdotiabions ae aux environs de Paris. Sane 1811, Piugs, MARGARET, Sritish ats London 1867. aad, ames Listor,; hird wait on. London ry of dr 1737. Por: Versuch einer er pylegecien Erklérung ae Embryosackes und der depp ‘Bernt ee ler giospermen. Jena, 1907. (PR UR. as ora 0 ee London, 1863. ea oe steer description of British ae ald aie: Avon, 1817-21, 3 vols 260 Ray, JouN. Catalogus plantarum Angliae et insularum adjacentium. Londini, 670. REINBOLD, THEODOR. Die oe der deutschen Tiefsee- Expedition 1898- M. A. How ed Jena, 1907. (Given by Dr. ENDLE, ALFRED BARTON. List ve led: and ferns. London, 1907. ou eutung der Reinkultur. Berlin, 1907. Rota, Lo ORENZO. "Prospetto della flora della provincia di Bergamo Bergamo, 185 3: OYLE, JOHN ForBES, Assay on Lact? maia. London oO. SCARELLA, GIAMBATTISTA. Breve sues intorno Lge del? Aloe ameri- cana. Padova, 1710 7 . EEMANN, BE Viti: anaccou BO government mission to the Vitian or 862. SHOR’ n, 1746. Si eos, GrorcE. Aortus gramineus ee Second edition. London, nae Joun Bernuarpt. Economic entomology. Second edition. Philadel- 906. Spry, Henry HARPUR. Suggestion. dia for extending the heats ana actatraduriion of oe and orna- ty of Indi mental plants, Calcutta, 1841. ‘ABERNAEMONTANUS, JACOBUS THEODORUS. Basel, 1 Neu vollkommen Kréuter-buch, Lehrbuch der Botanik fir landwirtschafiliche Lehranstalten. Relation d'un voyage du Levant. Amster- 907. ‘OURNEFORT, egies PITTON DE, dam, 1718. (Vicigr, yeas BAPTISTE E.) Histoire des plantes de l’ Europe, et des plus usitées gui viennent a’ Asie, d’ Afrique et d’ Amérique. Lyon 2. 2 vols. VILMORIN.. pen ux & Cin, Les fleurs de plone terre, Troisiéme edition. Paris, 1 WADE, WALTER. Catalogus eid plantarum indigenarum in comitatu dublinenst inventarum. Dul 04. AGNER, Max. Pflan: nenbrieie Studien im Walde, Berlin, 1907. Watson, Hewett CotTr Remarks on the eae distribution of British eee London, 1835. WETT C et oe part I. London, , JOHN. ” essay on the indigenous hee of Ireland. Dublin, 1808, a ae J Synopsis of British weastle upon Tyne, 1744. WITHERING, WILLIAM. Systematic arrangement of British plants, Fourth dition as 1801. 4 vols, Eighth edition. Londo on, 1852. Ninth edition, Wooos, ine _ The tourist's fora. London, 1850, 261 MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 8 specimens of Piperaceae from tropical America. (By exchange with the U. S. National Museum. 6 specimens of Pimpinella magna from eastern Pennsylvania. (Given by Professor C. L. Gruber. 2 specimens of Arvalia hispida from Quebec. (Given ee Brother Louis Arsene. ) 13 mosses from New Hampshire. (Given by Mr. H. H. Bartlett. I specimen of So/idago juncea from Pennsylvania. (Gren ry Dr. Philip Dowell.) 3 mosses from Connecticut. (By exchange with Mr, George E. Nichols. 1 specimen of Polygonum tenue from Minnesota. (Given by Mr. L. R. Moyer.) 5 specimens of ferns and mosses from Grenada, West Indies. (Collected by Mr. W. E. Broadway. 2 mosses from Brazil. (By exchange with Professor V. F. Brotherus. ) 207 mosses from the tropics. (Distributed by Mr. F. Renauld. 2,000 specimens from Jamaica, West Indies. (Collected by Dr. and Mrs. N, L. Britton, ) f fi from Long Island pearen by. Dr. R. M. Harper.) 30 gece mens ** Musci fen Boreali-Americani.’’ (By exchange with Pro- "fessor J. M. Holzinger. ) 19 specimens of flowering plants from Colorado. (Given by Mr. H. L. Shantz.) 9 ete of flowering plants from the Old World. (Given by Mr. H. D. Hou: bn mosses from the West Indies. (By exchange with Mr. J. Cardot. ) I specimen of Razoumofskia pusilla from Maine. (Given by Mr. J. Loring Arnold 2 specimens of /issidens from Japan. (Given by Mr, E. B, Chamberlain. ) 3 mosses from New England. (Given by Miss Annie Lorenz. 54 specimens from South Carolina and Alabama. (Given by Messrs. H. D. House and W. C. Dukes. 65 aaa of fungi from Biltmore, North Carolina. (Collected by Dr. W. A. Murr 7 speeiicas from the Philippine Islands. (Collected by Mr. A. D. E, Elmer.) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 102 plants for herbaceous grounds. (By exchange with Prof. W. J. Beal.) lant for conservatories. (By exchange with Dr. J. N. Rose, ‘hough United oe National Museum. plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Dr. C. F. Baker, Cuba.) 1 plant for conservatories. (Given by Miss A. M. Clark. 2 plants for conservatories. (Given by Dr. Philip Dowell.) edict. } 25 a. for herbaceous grounds. (Given by Mrs. W. Spalding. ) §8 plants for conservatories from Jamaica. "Chiles cted by Dr. and Mrs. N. L. 20 planté for nursery. (Given by Mrs. K. L. Prentiss.) 262 16 plants for conservatories, (Given sas Mr. M. A. Sav: Given by Dr. D. T. MacDougal. ) ootstocks for conservatories. eee by Dr. and Mrs. N. L. Britton in Jamaica. 3 antes of seed. (Collected by Mr. G. V. Nash, at che N. ¥.) e.) 1 bulb for conservatories. (Collected by Dr, and Mrs. N. L. Britton in Jamaica.) Members of the Corporation. GrorceE S. Bowpoin, Pror. N. L. Britton, Hon. AppIson Brown, Dr. NicHoLAs M. BuT ier, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WILurAM G. CHOATE, CHARLEs F. Cox, Joun J. CRooxke, W. BAYARD CUTTING, James B. Forp, RoserT W. DE Forest, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Dopce, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Grn. Louis F1TzGERALD, RICHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F. Gitroy, Hon. Hucu J. Grant, Henry GRAVEs, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K. Jxsup, Joun I. Kang, EuGENE KELLY, JR., Pror. JAMEs F. Kemp, Joun S. KENNEDy, Pror, FREDERIC S. LEE, Hon. SetuH Low, Davip Lynic, Epcar L. MARSTON, D. O. MILLs, J. Prerpont Morean, THEODORE W. Myers, Grorce M. Otcort, Pror. HENRY F. Osporn, LoweLL M. PALMER, GEORGE W. PERKINS, JaMeEs R. PITCHER, Rr. Rev. Henry C. Potter, Percy R. Pynz, Joun D. ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JAmMrEs A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIESRECHT, WILLIAM D. SLOANE, NELSon SmitTH, JAMEs SPEYER, FrAnNcIs L. STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C, TiFFany, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror. L, M. UNDERWOOD, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. Ecerton L. WINTHROP, Jr. WiuiAM H., S. Woop. PUBLICATIONS OF The New York Botanical Garden Joumal of the New York B ie Bee al Garden, monthly, illustrated, on lzining notes, news and non-technical articles of general interest. Free to pea? 1 Pp. Vol. a ak cee 4 pp. Vol. ee 1906, viii +- 300 pp. he New r York Bot anical Garden, containing the annual reports of the Direct 1 documents, and technical articles embodying results of investigations carried out in the Garden. Free to all members of the Garden ; to piers $3.00 per volume. Vol. I, Nos. VS 449 pp., 3 maps, and 12 plates, 1896-1900. Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, 1901-1903. Vol. I; Nos. 9-I1, 463 pp., ff plates, ee toe: Val. IV, No. 12, 113 pp.; No. 13, 193 pp., 12 plates; No. 14 V, No, 15, 105 pp., 1906 ; No. 16, 88 pp., plates. ; Ni . a - Worth American TUS pois 1907 of the wild plants of North America, including Greenland, the West Indies and Central America. Plann = aa igh pas pleted in thirty volumes. oy. 8vo. Each volume to consist of four Se Subscription price $1.50 per part; a limited number of separate pa will te ole ‘or $2.00 each. it c e. Vol. 22, Ae 1, issued May 22, 1905, contains descriptions a the onthe Rosales by Dr. Small, ant of the “families Podostemonaceae by Nash, Crasilcens byl Dr. N. L. Britton and D: r. J. N. Rosi E eeutionse aad ae ace De A. Ry: 2, part 2, jastied December 18, ree contains cuir of va families ee sas and Hysngeree by D: io os and me a erg; the Cunoniaceae, Itea and H; Haraileies aceae INA tton ; pA poe monaceae by D. ae K. Sm she the Arana eh Percy Wilton and the Phyllo- momaceae a Dr. H. usby. Vol. art I, issued Oct. 4, 1906, contains descriptions of the families Ustilag- inaceae ond" Tilletiaceae, by Profes ssor G, P. Clin Vol. 7, part 2, issued March 6, 1907, contains descriptions of the oe Coleo- sporiaceae, “Utedinacese and Aecidiaceae (pars), by Professor J. C. Arthur. Vol. 25, part 1, issued August 24, 1907, contains descriptions of the family Miss L, Hank K. Small, Peidtiuceee by Miss L. T. Hanks and Dr. J. the Oxetees and Linaceae by Dr. J. K. Small, and the Sate ae by Dr. N. L. Brit moirs of the rid Yor! es ical Garden. Price to civinets of the Garden, $1.00 per volum To others, $2.00. [Not t offered i in exchange. Vol. I, An Avastabel Catalogue re the Flora of Montana and a Yoloweees Park, by Dr. 1 Rydberg, assistant cee of the museums. ent and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes rogams of 2 pelle a notes from the author’s field book, including Acatintsas of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with detailed m: Vol. II. The Influence of Light and Deckaeke s upon Growth and Development, Dr. = MacDougal, assistant director. An account of the author’s researches with ral consideration of the bergen of light to plants. The Pa somphologc Renee are illustrated. xvi + 320pp. Roy. 8vo, with te Sigur Contributions fro: ew orl Botanic ral m. A seri ical papel itten by stude embers of the staff, and reprinted fran: journal other than the above, Price, 25 cents each. er vol - I. Nos. 1-25, vi 400 pp. 35 figures and 34 plates. Vol. II. ee aa , Vi-+ 340 pp. 55 figures in the test t and 18 plat Vol. III. s. 51-75, vi+ 398 pp. 26 figures in the text and 21 pistes RS 25 CENTS EB 96. Studies on the Rocky eee ane Flora—XVIII, by P. A. oe 98. The Genus Agranhy —I, . Benedict. 99. Some Philippine Polyporacese, | by W. A. Murrill. All subscriptions and remittances should be sent to YORK ih apliials GARD x PARK, New Yan City TO REPLACE DEFECTIVE COPY. Vill DECEMBER, 1907 No. 96 JOURNAL OF EDITOR WILLIAM ALPHONSO MURRILL First Assissant SF ae Y Nita: AY S19 CONTENTS : PAGE The Work of Professor Lucien Marcus Underwood. .----.--.--+-+--- 263 The Evaporating Power of the Air at the New York Botanical Garden. . . . . 269 I iB) WewsandComment ......---- 2st rr c tte 274 PUBLISHED FOR THE GARDEN Ar 4x NortH Queen STREET, LancasTER, Pa. by Tue New Era Printinc CoMPANY OFFICERS, 1907. PRESIDENT—D. ILLS, VICE-PRESIDEN ~T_ANDREW CARNEGIE, TREASURER— Siege F. COX, SECRETARY—N. L. TTON. BoARD OF MANAGERS. 1. ELECTED MANAGERS. HON. ADDISON BROWN, I see MORGAN, ANDREW CARNEGIE, ORGE W. PERKINS, W. BAYARD CUTTING, cae n Senate ROBERT W. pre FOREST, W. GI HOMPSON SAMUEL THORNE, JOHN I. KANE, D. O. MILLS. 2. EX-OFFICIO MANAGERS. THE PRESIDENT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PARKS, HON. HENRY SMITH. THE ee OF THE City oF NEw York, HON. GEORGE B. ee AN 3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS. PRI . M. UND idee Chairmar DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY RoR ROF. JAMES F. KEMP, PROF. >C. Bi JCu. Roe FREDERIC S. LEE, CHARLES F. eu PROF. H. H. RUSBY, HON. EGERTON L. WINTHROP, jr. RDEN STAFF. fe ae L. BRITTON, Director-in-Chief. . A. MURRILL, First Assistant. DR. jor 3 X. eng Head Curator Ae the Museums, . P. A. RYDBERG, Cur DR. WE, Curato: ROBERT S. WILLIAMS, Vasshvane Curator. DR. C. B. ROBINSON, Assistant Curator. GEORGE V. NASH, Head Gardener. DR. C. STUART GAGER, ges oe pease BA : E , Libra DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator a he: rena Collections MJ. G C J ‘ WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Acton DR. JOHN A. SHAFER, Museum Custodian. PERCY WILSON, oi aes Mists JOURNAL OF THE New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN, LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD, From stereograph copyright by Underwood & Underwood, September, 1907. JOURNAL OF The New York Botanical maencen Vou." Vl. December. 1907. ‘No. 96. 96. THE WORK OF PROFESSOR LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD The success of a life work is measured by the character and extent of its influence. When this work is embodied in the form of such voluminous records for permanent reference as have been left by Professor Underwood, it is important that its characteristics should be generally recognized. This is the more necessary in the present instance, because interest in many of the subjects streated by this author is yet in its infancy, and the work known .to but few in comparison with those who will in future require its ‘assistance. | A complete bibliography of Professor Underwood’s writings is in course of preparation by another; it is the purpose of the present contribution to make use of only such references as shall illustrate the peculiar character and value of his work in general. Professor Underwood was born on the 26th of October, 1853, at New Woodstock, New York, of John Lincklaen and Jane H. (Smith) Underwood. He died at his home in Redding, Connec- ticut, November 16, 1907, and was buried in the Redding ceme- tery. A copy of his latest photograph, taken a short time before his death, is shown in the frontispiece. His boyhood was passed upon the farm and his subsequent love of natural history was here foreshadowed in his interest in living things and in the keen and inquiring intelligence with which he observed them. Dur- ing his student days these propensities were notable to his school- mates, even to those who were not interested in the same sub- 263 264 ects. His natural history collecting might be said to have begun spontaneously, in his boyhood, before he knew anything of such work asa pursuit. It began systematically as soon as his student life had given him a knowledge of this branch of study, and, before he had received his collegiate degree, his collections were already of considerable extent and of no little local value. The wide range of these collections, through animate and inanimate nature, plainly indicated the character of his mind and the nature of his future work as a teacher and investigator. His interest in the inorganic world extended to chemical composition, so that chem- istry early became one of his favorite studies, and he spent some time in teaching it. When he took the degree of Ph.D. at Syra- cuse University in 1879, he was recognized by both faculty and students as a young man of many broad attainments. These facts are here dwelt upon by virtue of their relation to what the writer tata as Professor Underwood’s special characteristic, breadth o From ree een of study, it resulted that his superiors felt able to assign him, at different times, to a wide variety of teaching duties. He once informed the writer, with a smile of amused reminiscence, that he had taught about everything that could, with any degree of grace, be crowded within the range of work of any one teacher. The many positions which he occupied as a teacher indicated neither restlessness nor incompetence, but a determina- tion to settle only where there was opportunity for the pursuit of his real life work. This opportunity he secured in 1896, when he became Professor of Botany at Columbia University, and assumed important associated relations with the New York Botanical Garden asa member of its Board of Scientific Directors, of which he became Chairman in 1901. His opportunities here were enhanced by the possession of unexcelled assistance in the teach- ing department of the University, making it possible for him to work in freedom from many of the distractions which often impede the work of the scientific investigator Professor Underwood's first actual scientific publication seems to have been an account of original observations of the evergreen wood fern (Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club, October, 1878) 265 This published observation was but one of the many which he had treasured, and, the ice being now broken, he became disposed to direct attention to the ferns generally as he knew and loved them, which he did in 1861, through a small volume entitled ‘Our Native Ferns.” The volume was dedicated to his sister, and its title page bore the following quotation from Coleridge : ‘*He prayeth best who loveth best All things, both great and small, He made and loveth all.” The work contained synoptical descriptions of 147 species, and its object was to guide to their study as well as to their classifi- cation. This work has passed through six edidenss a fourth u in his treatment of the subject; it includes the fern allies, and adopts a modern classification and a rational nomenclature it created a widespread interest in the study of ferns is shown b the successful career of the Fern Chapter and Fern Bulletin, both of which profited largely thereby. A more striking evidence is the great-number of fern specimens that soon poured in upon the author from students in all parts of the country, which enabled him to accumulate a very valuable collection, now possessed by the New York Botanical Garden. During the progress of his work on ferns, Professor Underwood became impressed with the need for some systematic presentation of the North American Hepaticae, which, serving as a convenient guide, might lead to the more general study of this neglected group. This project was carried out in 1883, when he published his descriptive Catalogue of these plants in the Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History. One of his most cherished objects was the publication of an elaborate Index Hepaticarum, and in 1893 its first part, on bibliography, appeared. It is characteristic of the author that this first part is presented so that it can form a convenient basis for the continuation of the work by another. In 1894, he pub- lished a highly scientific paper on the evolution of the Hepaticae Professor Underwood’s natural tendency to breadth of study 266 was fas in his relations with the work of the Indiana Academy of Scienc This society was established in 1885 and the publication me its peas was begun in 1891, the first volume containing two papers by him. In that year he proposed the undertaking of a biological survey of the state. The follow- ing year he was made chairman of a committee to provide for its organization, with the result that in 1893 the Proceedings con- tained a report of work covering 192 printed pages. Of these, 55 were by Underwood, and the remainder by a number of con- tributors, indicating his influence in enlisting the interest of others, an ability that characterized his entire career. In this first report, he published a map of Indiana, with those counties shaded in blue from which no collections of ferns or fern-allies had been reported, the area thus covered representing about three fifths of the state. The same idea of making provision, where none existed, for encouraging new interest in little-worked fields of study led him in 1899 to publish a work entitled “‘ Moulds, Mildews and Mush- rooms.’ The author’s idea was expressed in the following prefatory statement: “The increasing interest that developed in fungi during the past few years, together with the fact that there is no guide written in the English language to the modern classification of the group and its extensive but scattered literature, has led the writer to prepare this introduction for the use of those who wish to know something of this interesting series of plants.” In accordance with this idea, guides to the literature here accompany his exposition of all the groups. Two years earlier, he had published his “ Preliminary List of Alabama Fungi.” It would perhaps be too much to say that the author's interest in fungi had been incited by economic considerations, but these unquestionably had much to do with his special study of them. The publication of his studies of the cedar-and-apple rust proved of great interest in horticultural circles. In 1896, he published, in codperation with Earle, an important paper on the “ Treatment of Fungous Diseases,” in the Bulletin of the Ala- bama Agricultural Experiment Station. About 1902, he became interested in the establishment of mycological clubs throughout the country, the work of these organizations being largely eco- 267 nomic. It is doubtless due to the fact that most of Professor Underwood’s work dealt with groups having few economic rela- tions that his interest in vegetable economics was not more generally known. The writer is better informed, through long and intimate acquaintance, and has been for several years past impressed with a belief that he contemplated some important publication on economic botany. During the entire period that these other studies, so fruitful of results, were occupying his attention, Professor Underwood was making steady progress in his investigations of the ferns. It is this which we regard as his special work, and it is to it that we must look for our best knowledge of him asa scholar. We have seen how, in the fourth edition of his fern manual, he broke from old traditions and thenceforth pursued his work with greater freedom to discover the truth and intelligibly present it. It was a momentous me and one that marks the beginning of his best work. It gave to his views concerning the inter- relations systematic arrangement. It forced him to go backward as well as forward in his researches, one of which was represented by a critical paper published in 1899 on the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832. A little gem, which may be credited to the same impulse, was his paper of 1905, entitled ‘A Glimpse at Early Botanical Literature ”’ ; it had led him in 1go1, in a paper entitled ‘A Changed Conception of Species,” to say the following : “‘ Two pernicious principles early invaded the study of botany in this country, and some traces of the spirit they engendered still per- sist in conservative settlements, along with other provincialisms strikingly un-American: (1) the habit of regarding as many American species as possible identical with European congeners 2) the more or less blind acceptance of European writers ’” This position was more on American plants as ‘authorities. definitely stated a year later in a paper entitled ‘Some Features of Future Fern Study.” Herein he refers to observations care- fully recorded at Kew in 1898, and treats of the advance that 268 will be made in the future study of our American ferns, viz.: “the delimitation of closely allied species that have hitherto been tied up in specific groups under single names.” He speaks also of what will be “a very conspicuous feature of the fern study of the next few years,” that is, of the early stages of our native ferns. He refers to the value of anatomical studies as casting light upon systematic relationships. The writer had knowledge of much deeper problems concerning the significance of fern anatomy which occupied our author, problems indicating such questions s ‘“ What is the frond,’ and ‘‘ What is the relation of the fern caudex to the ordinary stem.”’ In the paper here considered he speaks of the broadening of our present limited conceptions of American ferns by including those of the American tropics. “ But these thoughts,” he says, ‘“‘take us far beyond the origi- nal intent of my ‘subject ; yet they only emphasize the fact that the world is a unit, and that even in fern study we will do well to bear in mind not to become too narrow in our conceptions.” The attitude of Professor Underwood toward fern study at the time of his death is to be seen in the following quotation from his very last paper: “‘ The two ferns of the genus Lindsaea here to be described, one from Colombia, the other from Cuba, we regard as very distinct and readily recognizable; otherwise we should hesitate to add to the list of names in a genus so thor- oughly in need of careful revision.” As a summary, from a careful review of this whole field of labor, it may be said that Professor Underwood’s systematic study of the ferns was one of the most profound in its class, and was performed in a manner to compel the admiration of all com- petent critics. Convinced that the existing views of inter-rela- tionship among the ferns were not only confused, but wrongly founded, and that correction could be accomplished only through a general readjustment, he undertook this enormous task with- out faltering, although he did not in the least lack appreciation of its magnitude. Although he dissected unsparingly the work of others, his sense of responsibility as a critic was so keen as to save him from any tinge of offensiveness, and he was never known to yield to the personal in viewing either another's work 269 or his own. In his studies, he was equally appreciative of the general and the detailed, and he balanced the two in a way that is very rare among systematists. In work of this kind, every conclusion reached becomes the key to other questions, so that the publication of a group always represents the accomplishment of much more than appears in the publication. It is thus true that by far the larger part of Professor Underwood’s results are recorded only in the herbarium cases where his annotated specimens are arranged. When one shall appear who is ready and able to take up this work where Professor Underwood has left it, he will find it no light task to prepare himself by traversing the ground already covered and by bringing himself to a point where he can compass Professor Underwood’s view. H. H. Ruspy,. THE pe POWER OF THE ive AT THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GAR In May, 1g00, three meteorological stations were established in the Garden.* Station 1, located in the herbaceous garden, was equipped with a standard rain-gauge, a thermograph, and a set of maximum and minimum thermometers. Station 2 was on a low ridge in the center of the hemlock forest, and station 3 in the central portion of the elevated plain of the fruticetum. The last two stations were equipped with thermographs only. Late in September, 1904, these three stations were abandoned. The catchment basin of the rain-gauge was installed on the roof of the Museum building over the physiological laboratory, and, by means of a lead pipe extending down through one of the sup- eee pillars, it was connected with the gauge at the base of e pillar, inside the laboratory. The amount of precipitation eae: at the new station was found to be approximately the same as at the old one. The thermometers and thermographs were all transferred to a shelter house located within the experi- * Journal N, Y. Bot. Garden 1: 76. 1900. t Journal N. Y. Bot. Garden §: 211. 1904. 270 ment-garden, near the propagating-houses, on the eastern border of the garden. Until June, 1907, the meteorological records at the Garden include only the dates and amounts of precipitation, and the temperature of the air and that of the soil at two depths. The amount of precipitation, however, is not an index of the amount of water available to vegetation. Part of the meteoric water drains away through the soil before it is used, while a portion of it evaporates from the surface of the soil into the air. It is the ratio between annual precipitation and evaporation that chiefly determines how nearly a given region approaches to either a wamp ora desert. In aswamp evaporation is less than precipi- tation, while in a desert the reverse is true. It is a well-known fact that the rate of evaporation from a given area depends upon the relative humidity of the surround- ing air. Relative humidity, in turn, varies with the temperature of the air, and with the environment. Thus, for a given air-tem- perature, the rate of evaporation from a given water-surface will vary with the area of the surface and with the depth of the water, and the rate of evaporation from moist substances will be modi- fied by the nature of the substance, and with the amount of moisture it contains. Thus, for example, water will evaporate more rapidly from one square foot of water-surface than from two square feet, and more rapidly from one square foot with a depth of, say, one quarter of an inch, than it will from the same area over a depth of one foot. Also the same amount of water will evaporate at different rates from clay-soil and from sand-soil. Shrubbery and foliage tend in several ways to in- crease the relative humidity of the surrounding air, thus retard- ing evaporation. The experiments described in this paper form part of a more extended investigation, inaugurated by Dr. Burton E. Livingston, of the Desert Botanical Laboratory, of the Carnegie Institution, at Tucson, Arizona. Evaporimeters of uniform pattern, and standardized, have been distributed to some twenty-seven stations in the United States, ranging from Orono, Maine, on the east, to California, on the west, and from Bozeman, Montana, on the 271 north, to Gainesville, Florida, on the south, covering a wide range of altitude and of nearness to large bodies of water. Of these instruments, those received at the garden were Nos. 28, 30 and 34. It is hoped by means of the investigation, to be able to establish a unit for measuring evaporation. On the sixth of June, 1907, the evaporimeters were installed at three stations within the Garden. These instruments consist ofa pint fruit jar, tightly corked with a cork stopper soaked in paraffine. Through the stopper a glass tube extends from the bottom of the jar up and through a second cork, which tightly closes the opening into a porous clay thimble. The glass tube extends to the top of the thimble. For further protection against the entrance of water from without a paraffined piece of cloth was fitted tightly around the glass tube, and extended as a roof over the top of the fruit-jar. The jar was filled with distilled water up to a zero mark, and the pogous thimble and the glass tube were also filled with dis- tilled water. Each evaporimeter was sunk into the ground to the level of the top of the fruit-jar. As evaporation took place from the surface of the thimble the water rose from the jar up through the glass tube, thus keeping the thimble full and lowering the surface of the water in the jar. The rate of evaporation varied with the relative humidity of the surrounding air, and the amount was measured by carefully pouring more distilled water into the jar from a graduate, until the water-surface in the jar rose again to the zero mark. The amount of water necessary to accomplish this was the measure of the amount of evaporation for the given period. Station 1 (evaporimeter No. 28) was west of the propagating houses ona dry, rocky knoll, covered with only a thin layer (one to two feet) of soil, and well drained. The instrument was shaded on all sides by tall saplings of red cedar and A//anthus, and nu- merous small herbaceous plants and vines such as Smilax rotun- adifolia, and ferns. The surface of the ground was covered with twigs and dead leaves. Station 2 (evaporimeter No. 30) was about fifty feet south of the stable, near the eastern border of the garden. The ground is low, poorly drained, and marshy during the spring and other periods of ‘‘ wet weather.” The instrument was surrounded with unmoved grassy sod, shaded by a tall sap- ling of alder on the west, and by tall shrubbery (Forsyt/ua, etc.) on the east. Station 3 (evaporimeter No. 34) was about six feet east of the instrument shelter in the experiment garden (Fig. 37). On the north and west was sod, on the east and south . Evaporimeter-Station 3. (/nstrument No. 34) New York Botanical Garden. Facing nearly due west. The photograph shows the above-ground portion 10S: v i ™m $ su into the ground is covered by the paraffined cloth ‘* roof,’’ through which the glass tube passes from the jar up into the clay thimble cultivated ground, with evening-primroses growing within two eet. The soil here is loamy and well drained. The instruments were all standardized by Dr. Livingston, so that, after applying the correction for each instrument, the respective readings were strictly comparable, varying only with the external conditions that control evaporation. Readings, 273 taken every week on Monday morning from June 6 to October 14, and standardized by applying the necessary correction con- stant, are given in the following table : Week ending, 6/10 6/17 6/24 vii 7/8 No. 28, 66 7 99 60 77 No. 30, 48 48 51 29 47 No. 34, _ 129 147 106 137 Week ending, 715 7/22 7/29 8/5 8/12 No. 28, 99 60 130 9 82 No. 30, 55 37 56 37 46 No. 34, 129 124 185 133 142 Week ending, 8/19 8/26 9/2 9/9 9/16 No. 28, 126 105 118 74 No, 30, 89 64 85 32 4! No. 34, 188 131 128 4l 85 Week ending, 9/23 9/30 10/7 10/14 No. 28, 50 50 99 68 No. 30, 27 _ 32 _ No. 34, 58 35 80 61 It has been ascertained by Dr. Livingston that an evaporation of 6.05 c.c. from the evaporimeters corresponds to 1 mm. of depth, or, in English units (since it is customary to measure pre- cipitation in inches), 153.67 c.c. of evaporation equals 1 inch of depth. For the purpose of ascertaining these data comparisons were made between the evaporation from the evaporimeters and from a chemical water-bath, 25.6 inches in diameter, with the water standing 11 cm. deep when the surface is at zero on the scale. “Tt stands,’ writes Dr. Livingston, ‘‘ with the water-surface level with the middle of the evaporimeters to be tested, and about two meters away from them. It is about 15 cm. from the ground to the water-level. This level is about 5 mm. below the level of the dish at the beginning of a period, and the vessel is refilled once a day when the readings are made.” The total precipitation registered at the Garden from June ro, 1907, to September 23, 1907, was 9.32 inches. This amount will be approximately the same for all three evaporimeter stations, Therefore, taking the difference between the amount of precipita- tion in inches and the amount of evaporation from the evaporim- eters in inches, we have For No, 28 (at the propagating bouse)............ 9.32in.— 8.47 in. = -85 in For No. 30 (at the stable) 9.32 in. —- 4.84 in. = 4.48 in. For No, 34 (at the experiment garden)............ 9.32 in. — 12.10 in, = — 21.42 in, That is, at the propagating house precipitation was .85 inch in excess of the loss from the evaporimeter, at the swampy region near the stable, 4.48 inches; while in the experiment garden dur- ing the same period the evaporating power of the air was 2.78 inches in excess of the precipitation recorded. Now it should be kept in mind that the loss of water from the evaporimeters is not a measure of the amount of water lost by the soil through evaporation, but is only an index of the evaporat- ing power of the air for the given station. For the same locality the rate of evaporation from soil and from evaporimeter will materially differ, being less from soil and varying with its nature and condition, as well as with the surroundings above the soil- surface. The purpose of the above data, therefore, is not to give a measure of the amount of precipitation that remains in the soil, or that becomes available to the plants, but, as already empha- sized, to give a measure of the evaporating power of the air in different localities. The above record, then, gives numerical expression of the fact that, of the three localities studied, the evaporating power of the air is greatest in the experiment garden, least at the swampy area near the stable, and intermediate on the elevated, shaded, and well-drained rocky knoll. C. Stuart GAGER. NOTES, NEWS AND COMMENT. r. George V. Nash, Head Gardener, delivered a lecture on Water Gardens before the Bronx Society of Arts and Sciences December 6. Bulletin No. 14, containing an enumeration by Henry H. Rusby of plants collected in Bolivia by Miguel Bang, with de- scriptions of new genera and species, was issued December 7, 1907. This number also contains an index to Vol. 4, which it completes. A tuber of /bervillea Sonorac, a member of the gourd family, 275 collected in Mexico in February, 1902, and placed in the mu- seum here soon afterwards, has shown signs of life again this season by sending up a slender stalk, which still appears green and to some extent active. This curious desert plant may be seen on the second floor of the museum building near the main stairway. The road leading from the eastern end of the Long Bridge northward along the Bronx River to the Newell Avenue entrance at the Williamsbridge end of the Garden was completed and thrown open for use in November, a steam road roller being obligingly detailed for its completion by the Hon. Joseph I. Berry, Commissioner of Parks. This portion of the driveway system isa little over 2,000 feet in length and the roadway has been built 25 feet wide. It will be possible to broaden it in the future in case this should be found necessary, but it is not expected that it will be used as much as the main 40-foot driveways and it is hoped that the 25-foot width will answer all purposes. Considerable grading of banks has been done from time to time along this road, but much of this work still remains to be accomplished. The road skirts the river north of the Long Bridge for about 700 feet and beyond that skirts the eastern side of the north meadows. The opening of this road completes the driveway system of the northern part of the ground. The paths through the shrub collection on the plain north of the lakes, and those encircling the lakes, were completed during the autumn, a total length of over a mile of finished path being thus added to the system. Nearly all the grading necessary systematic herbaceous plantation, a total length of nearly 2,000 feet, were also completed, as well as the path leading from the herbaceous garden in a southerly direction to the Bronx Park in the woods at the southern boundary of the Garden, a distance of about 800 feet. This work was all made possible by securing a boat load of fine trap rock screenings through the Department of Parks. The same boat load of trap rock screenings furnished 276 material for the resurfacing of the driveways first built in the Gar- den from the Bedford Park Boulevard entrance past the museum building, and northward to the lakes, and southward to a point east of the public conservatories ; a considerable amount of the earlier built paths about the public conservatories being also resurfaced. The entire road and path system of the grounds, constructed up to the present time, may now be reported to be in first class condition. The portion of the main driveway at the Lake Bridge, which has remained unfinished since the building of that structure awaiting the complete settling of the earth and rock filling, a length of about 250 feet, was also completed during November, as well as the paths leading to that bridge both from the north and from the south. Meteorology for November.-— The total precipitation recorded for the month was 5.03 inches. Maximum temperatures were recorded of 62° on the 3d, 58.5° on the 5th and roth, 54° on the 17th, 58° on the 22d, and 55° on the 28th; also minimum temperatures of 29° on the Ist, 30° on the 5th, 23° on the 15th, 32° on the 20th, and 25° on the 3oth. ACCESSIONS. MUSEUMS AND HERBARIUM. 432 specimens from North Dakota. (By exchange with . J. Lunell.) 3 specimens from Virginia. (Given by Mr. E. B. Bartram. 3 specimens of hepatics from New England. (Given by ee Annie Lorenz. ) I specimen of the wood of Cotinus americanus from Alabama. (Given by Dr. R. M. Harper. I specimen of European spruce gum from Poughkeepsie, New York. (Collected by Mr. Percy Wilson. specimens from Colorado, (By exchange with Mr. ae E. Osterhout. ) 99 specimens of ferns from the Eastern States. (Given by Mr. R. C. Benedict. t. ) 2 specimens of ferns from Chapel Hill, North Carolina, ee by Professor W. C. Coker. ) I specimen from Colorado. Sas by Professor T, D. A. Cockerell. y 7 specimens of mosses from New England. (Given by Miss Annie Lorenz. } I —— of Cercospora per ies from Ohio. (By exchange with eae WwW. A. Keller re ae specimens af polypores from Ithaca, New York. (Given by Professor George F. tkinson. ) 277 36 specimens of fungi from Virginia. (Collected by Dr. W. A. Murrill.) I specimen of Sodidago from Michigan, (Given by Mr. William T. Wallace. a 2 specimens of Lactarius from Gainesville, Florida. (Given by Mr. How I specimen a Porodacdalea Pini from Forked River, New Jersey. (Given by Mr. W. H. Bal 34 specimens ra Colorado. (Given by Mr. H. L. Shantz. ) 25 specimens of fungi from various localities. (Given by Miss S. L. Clarke. ) 2 specimens of polypores from Staten Island, New York. (Given by Mr. S. C. Edwards. I specimen of Fissidens minutulus from Cambridge, New York. (Given by Mr. Frank Dobbin. 9 specimens of mosses from Connecticut. (By exchange with Mr. Geo. E. Nichols, 45 specimens of violets from Connecticut. (Given by Mr. W. W. Eggleston.) tt. 3 specimens of polypores from Rockville, Indiana, (Given by Mr. Geo. T. ell.) PLANTS AND SEEDS. 4 plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Dr. Treub, Java.) 59 plants for conservatories, (Given by Mrs. George Such.) 1 plant for conservatories. (Collected by Mr. L. J. K. Brace. } Given b 1 ae for conservatories. (Given by Prof. P. H. Rolfs.) nts for conservatories. (By exchange with United States National Museum, ered Dr. J. N. Rose. 1 plant for conservator: (Given by Dr. H. H. Rusby.) _ plants for conservatories. (By exchange with Estacién Central Agronémica, ie pen derived from seed from various sources. Absence of undergrowth in the hem- lock Se (fig. 34) 237-240 Absinthe 1 Acacia 76, Acer rubrum 206 Acicularia Schenckii 52 nite 189 Aga aia +0: 253 Avicennia 83 Albuginaceae 17 pr iseehnena e a ifolius Cusickii 182 American Associ es for the Ad- vancement of Science 43 American plants ee to Linnaeus, i eus 123 trees alate ae aad 136 Ames Oa cletion of orehids eee Amom 7 An eae oe shrub flower (fig. 23) 1 n old locust post be ee 173-175 phalis adna in Anderson, Mary Perle, Dinu ia an education 32- Early Eu ‘uropean bot anes ists i ne ats 99-110 Andromeda a Pfaffiana 90 Andromeda, privet 205 a ilies 252 Anguloa Animé see ppee e oI Antennaria ile appa 126 pian Veitchii 16 Apio. Arali ‘bo y exercises 120 Arctostaphylos pungens 185 ronia arbutifo. eee Arthur, Pro , 69 Artichoke, Toe 191 0 Donax 207 Asclepias syriaca 126 Asparagus 191 Aspa. I Aster 237 nag Prof. ae ieee 43 Austin, Prof. C. F Autumn lectures, eee a Azalea viscosa 205 an eaucarnea 6, 12, 171, 173 eet 191 h I. 138 _ fomentosa, see Paulownia Billings, ‘he ee S. 194 anco 114 Blephariglottis ciliaris 207 psycodes 20 Blue-berries 178, 192 ue-flag 206 zg Blue- a Sas 128 ucky 192 Boenninghowsena albiflora 115 128 ir. Kri on ie, D Border screen raed: 280 Borer, locust Carludovica 84 arrot rot Boston Society hes Natural History 194 | Carro Bostrychia 52 Castalia 85 Botanical convention, The bi-weekly alba 211, 2 25 candidissina 2 2it Botanical Society. of America (PI. rubra 21 XXXVIIL . Pp. 95) 16 aurora 211 Boulder bridge, the (fig. 36) 247, 250 ndida 211 Brassavola a2 capensis 214 Bray, William L, coerulea eva re pants "The’ eel “306 Palade 214 Bridge “Blue” bridge, a 210 ork on a 120 Ga orge Huster 214 Brinley, Mr. John R. 247 Gladstoniana 213 Britton, Dr. N. L. 42, 88, 90, 166, gloriosa 211 196, 221 helvola 210, 211 Dedication of the Linnaeus James Brydon 211 ri 130 Lotus 21 eae of the Bahama dentata 214 Islands 71-81 Marliacea carnea 211 rae Senleeadon in Jamaica chromatella 211 rosea 211 he bouldet sania ces 250 mexicana 210, 211 ritton, Mrs, N. odorata 2 Broccoli 191 rosea 210, 211 n, —— Need of additional Omarana 21 funds pygmaea 210 ou 2 W. scuttifolia 214 ro Dr. Batre 3 eignore caer sprouts Sturtevantit 214 ee at 192 tetragona 210 o berry 781 tuberosa 210 sean 252 Wm. Falconer 211 tumelia x i zansibariensis 214 unch-berr: 214 urlin minis Mas Gertrude S. 17 Castor oi] 189 rmann 1 plant 209 utton-bush 206 Catalpa 253 Catenella 5 Cabbage 191 eeu 73 Cactaceae 187 Catnip 189 Cacti in Spethea Mexico, Collecting ease Dr. J. McK. 196 figs. 1-7) 1-13 Cattleya 251 Cactus, giant Cattleyas 251 he igeh 70, Caulerpa 52 Calico-b fe California Ceanothus 191 Calopogon poche 207 Cedre. Calotropis Celery 191 rae 84 Celtis 188 Caltha palustris 206 Century plan Campbell, Prof. . 196 Cephalonthus pe iaeaieli 296 Canarinm sivictum 164 Cephalocereus macrocephalus 4 arawa: Ceratostylis Cereus 5, 6, a, 35 be geometriza ans Cardinal-flower 207 Carica giganteus 4, Sy 187 Papaya 184 281 Cereus iA seig vs Thu eas, Weber Chamae daphne Caled 205 Checkerberry, red 183 Cherry-tomato Cherry, wild red 182 Chicory I9gr Collecting Cacti in Southern Mexico figs. 1-7) 1-13 Collection of Cae desert la A (PI. XL., fig. 26) 169-1 of fossil gums 1 of fossil gums (Res. 24, 25) 163- Colocasia 192 Coltsfoot 18: Combretum oe 236 Construction work 256, 257, 275, 276 Condali Condiments, see Economic garden 189 ee 9 ‘00 M. T., awarded Research scholarship 16, 89 Cop De an jan 165 Copelan 9 Copernicium tectorum 233 Cordia 1 sweet 192 Cornus canadensis 183 Cotton 189 Coulter, John Merle 2 Cowell, Mr. John C. - Cowell, Mr. W. Go Cowrie Cox, ae " need of additional funds Crassulaceae 12 Crataegus 180 stead Flora of Southern New York and New England, The (note) 1 Crinu Cro awe Seorse 120 Croton 74, 8 Crudya be Cul se agi ieee experiment station wetmber 191 ao II A nee ‘Ms ‘allen H. 243 yathea yeas yilene ‘Robiniae 175 ‘ymbidium 25 chia Papyrus 209 ypre: se reg a reginae 207 ae resin 164, 165 black 164 whi - 164 Dammara 1 A paths oe 155 ali ard 1 Decodon veertilians 66 Deerber ee Dendro Bit Derin n canadensis 237 53 . William 221 cers Pla 130 Dio. Dede eae Chas. Wright 51 Donors Abrams, Mr. L., Pein "Mr. Giber: . oe Ame3, Andrews, ‘Mr. 5 Mw Arnold, Mr. J. inne ve Donors 282 Arsene, Brother Louis, 167, 26 ; oc am, Mr. E. 276 axter, M. S. 93 enedict, Mr. R. C. 276 erry, Mr. E. 21 essey, Dr. Ch 93 rainerd, President E. 9 renckle, Dr. J. resadola, Mr. G. ritton, Mrs. H. L a » 245 ritton, Dr. N. L. - ae 260 ritton, Mrs. N. L. urlingham, Miss Gerdes S. 70, 245 Burrill, Mr. Alfred C. 228 Mr. E. F. 199, 246 . J. 198 Mr. China ag Japan Trading ca 245 Clark, Miss M. Clarke, Miss ee i 21, 167 Clarke, Miss 8. L. Clinton, Mr. Cockerell, Mr. T, Dd. % 228, 245, | 27 Coker, Prof. W. C. 199, 276 Cook, Dr. M. T. 70, 121 Cox, "Mr. Chas. ae 93 Dobbin, Mr. Fra ea Dr. ats aes 199, 227, ' Dukes, Mr. W. C. 261 Dunbar, J. Dyer, Mrs A. gical “nd Mel History vey of Canada rar Gould, Miss oa es 245 Griffiths, Mr. D. n10 S ruber, Prof. C. L. a 261 MacDougal, Dr. D. T. 19, 93, 142, Mackenzie, K. K. Macoun, : Marble, Miss D. W. 142, 168 xon, Mr. Wm. 21 Messenger, Mrs. J. E. 246 Mills, M 8 Morgan, Mr. J. Pierpont 28 Morris, Dr. T. 121 Moyer, L. R. 261 Parish, Saline Nie G. Ww. 167 auls, Mr. Peck and Velsor, “Messrs. 20 Perkins, Mr. Geo. 28 Romell, Mr 21 Rusby, 2 H. 20, rar, 227, 246, 2 Salish . | Commander 245 Saville, Sha Mr. H. Ly 245, 261, 277 Shelaci Prof. John L. 228 mall, Dr. J. K. 50 mithsonian Institution 198 palding, horp, Tor: rey Bennie Chub 198, 223 19, QI eas wood, Prof. L. M. 245 MS Na tional aaa 245 f, Wooton, Prof, or . 248, 277 Y r. H. H. Doleamara 189 Dyckia Earle, Prof. Early ay Eas ee een 170, 173 grandis 4 Economic Garde The 117-118, fig. 28) F. S. 196 ae nut in Japan > P46 a der, Am 205 Elacagnus teded 181 Elm oe de 251 Eria 252 Erica cinerea 194 tetralix 194 Eriopsis 251 Erythroxylaceae 221 Escontria chiotilla 4, 12 Euphorbia 283 n ebrecht and Sons, Messrs. 142 189- Euterpe 84 ba Prof A.W. 8 Evans, Mr. W. H. 24¢ He aperatiag power of the air New Y ir at the ork Beeaia gee (fig. 37) 269-274 seek eS Ames, Mr. Oakes 142 An owe: Mr. L. 49 Arthu: r. J. 21 Botanical Garden, Dubay 121 Groningue Leiden 12 St. ged 121 Zurich 167 British Museum 227 anbiae Prof. V. F. 26: Bur of Plant Industry 21, 50, 121, 245 of Science, Manila 21, 50, a Rodney 142 - 142 Bac Prof. E. A. 1 ardiff, Dr, I. D. x rdot, Mr. J. » 261 Cockerell, Prof. T. D. A. 21 eam, Mr. Ch: 20 7 s. C. Department of agriculture, W. I. public gardens pe planta- tions, Jamaica Edwards, Mr. S. C. Heder: Central Aa nshaes 50 277 Forest Service 49 Geological eee os aga 20 da Grout, ee Harper, D R. M. 276 Harvard Unicninn. Herbarium ° ae Hol Mr. Holzinger, oe Be a abe mings, Mr. O. E. a Lunell, Dr, Mackay, Dr. ra on 2r ene Miss oe 19, 20 . D. S. 20 Missouri ra al eras 19 N. Y. Zod! 284 Exchanges Oberlin College 70 Osterhout, Mr. Geo. E. 20, 276 Peck, rot. has. H. 228 Public Gardens, Jamaica 21 Rolfs, Mr. . 50 Royal Gardens, Kew, 21, 70,93, 121 Richter, Mr. omes, “Mr. - a 142 Subtropical Laboratory, Miami, Florida 167, 168 Sydow, D. P. 70° Thornber, Prof. ie - 227 Thorp, Mr. Tre ioe Prof. Wm, 122 Treub, Dr. 2 a Tu ttle, Mrs. » 50 University of ro fo 122 S. Forest e Bahama Islands 71- alcata comosa 237 arson, Mr. H. pi 234 il Wm. Faweett, . ennel Ferevson, ‘Margaret aed oa mm, American de al 2 cinnamo Clayton's a Ostrich 207 Fibers, see Economic garden 189 Ficus go ee 90 Filbert 1 Flag, blue - Fodder a s Food plants, see e Economie garden 191 W. Pan 232 Forbes, Mr. Forestie 18 Fouquierta 173 ur-o'c’ 6 'ox-glov Fringed. orchis, =. purple 207 yellow 2 Fullerton, Mr. ee Furcraea 17 Further exploration in Jamaica 229—- 236 | Gager, aH he ues 43, : 2 undergrowth in pie Forest (fig. a) pea an The breathing of plants 143- 15 The ghgeinres power of the N. air the Y. Botanical Gar de (fig. 37) 269-274 The tardy efoliatin of the trees 25 Garreau 156 ected pr ocumbens 183 Shal 183 éalogical “Survey of Canada 195 ileke 4 191 lo sib acliaia nervisequum 157 areas ns, see Economic bagi 192 ja Hanks, Miss Hasselbring aia Hayata 116 Hazelnut, American 192 Hea Heather, Sa 194 Hedrick, 256 Heliconia Hellebore, iss white 206 Hemlock 237, 239, 240 for na ey of undergrowth 237-240 He osha, Death of Mr. Sagi 197 Hender: ne David 5 Hesperal oe 17 Heteromeles rbtifola 185 Hexadesmia 2 Sees "Moschevtos 206 Hippom Ho ppappiets 234 285 Hollick, Dr. Arthur 18, 88, 120, 166 A collection of fossil gums 25) 163-165 gS. ae 4 ee 20 Holmes, Mrs. ra da K. 193 Honeysuckle jety ibi si of 19, 256 Sion oe 25 Visit to Jamaica (figs. 9-14) 51- 60 Hugeria Husk-tomato 188 Hutt, P. . Le 244 Hyd 191 Hydrocieys nymphoides 215 Hymenaea 84, 16 Courbaril 165 Ibervillea Sonorae 170, 275 Ilex opaca 20 oe 205 Inga 8 Inge: en-Hous, ln 156 eae Mr. oe E. 235 Jackson, Mr. H. S. 255 Jackson, Prof. Robert T. 194 Jacquinia 3 Jamaica, Further exploration ‘in 229- Jon Early European botanists in 99-1 Jarvis, WwW. Jeffrey, Ebyasd Charles 43 Jimson-weed 1 Johnson, Mr. Emil F. Johnson, Prof. D. : i 196 ep a of. L. R. Jut Engelbert 99, 100, ae 102, 03, I10 Kale, sea 191 Kalmia angustifolia 205 latifolia, 133, 205 °. fol Kane, Mr, Ji Kauri 164 ern, Mr. F: D. 16 Kirkwood, Dr. J. E. 165 Kohl-rabi 1 Kunz, Mr. G. 138 Lady’s-slipper, showy 207 ahi 251 25 Lanscroien macrop hylus 232 Laurel, mountain 205 shee yee - ei "ble ‘of the plane-tree (figs. 21, 22) 157-161 Leahy, Mr. oT. » 247 Leather- leaf 205 ee Lemna 7 Lens, - A. 221 Lentils Lepareyroca argentea 181 Lettuce ot Levéil te Li ag Cellection of Dr. H. E. Hasse ae 189 a ie - Ean Philipinense 114 , Cap a oe — ria 214 eran pond 210 Zanzibar 214 uae eae indicum 214 trachyspermum 215 aie isin 207 Linaceae 221 en 18 Linnaea io 135 borealis 13 longiflor eee lia 35 Linnaeus and American Zodlogy 123 gp eet! - birth of (figs. 16- 20) 123 sea and “Tablet (Pl, XXXIX., 23) preted 25 psky, Mr. nied H. 140 Liglombar in i syph 07 Lockhartia 251 Locust 173 black 174, 175 borer 17 oher 114 Loosestrife, spiked 207 wamp 206 “Lotus 213 African white 214 American 213 blue 2 aoe oi 214 Lycopodium 85 aie unt Sune 207 “MacDougal, Collecting a in onthe Mex- co I-1 Maceun Mr. J M. ros Macoun, Mr. W. T. 244 Mallow, marsh 206 rose 206 a ie a Mal: Mamitlaria ae 232 “Man. 185 McGill Unease 195 “Medicines, see Economic Garden 189 286 Medinilla bracteata 162 magnifica 161, 162 i aaaiieras 84 Melocactus 83, 173 Men saris 74 Merrill, Mr. E. D. 115, 116, 221 Mescal 9 M exospinidivm 251 Meteorology, see N. Y. Botanical rden Mexico, Collecting cacti in southern (figs. 1-7) 1-13 : Mildews, Downy 16 Milkweed 126 Miller, Philip ae ills, Mr. D. oO. Millspaseh, bias c % 42, 90 Mi iltoni a Mirabilis, Jala apa Miscanthus sinensis Soe Mitchella Mi tten Calleetion of Mosses and He- Munson, Prof W. A. 244 Morrill, ne WwW. American trees known to Lin- 136 An “ld Goa post (fig. 27) 173- 175 Exercises commemorative of Lin- naeus’s birthday (figs. 16-20) Lest igh of os plane-tree (figs. 22 Musa Bae te 20 useum cases, new 254, 255 Fairbanks 194 paral a ‘oserpinacoides 215 Mystactdium 25 oo ,G Vv. ew flower aS eae oo the conservatories 118. 287 Nash, G. V., An attractive Philippine shri ub in flower (fig. 23) 161- ee of American desert nts (PI. XL., fig. 26) 169-173 Ames collection of orchids 252 The. economic garden (fig. 28) 189-193 The rapid growth of the young Paulownia 13-1 Water lilies and other aquatics a figs. 29-33) 202-220 ea tinm Naturalists Clb, ae awa 195 Nat sy a eae 32-42 es ‘aaiona “Funds 95-99 ucifera 213 Ne ener 252 teint io filifera 173 usta 173 Heine: vertclor ss New Jersey tea 1 New York Botanical aie ae ion work go, 275 Explorations 1, ee oe - 229 Lectures, 1907, autumn 201 Spring 88 Meteorology, 1906, December 18; 1907, January 43, February 69, March 91, April 120, y 140, October 257, ember 274 New eueae iy II arden adjoining the co anther ee A 118, 119 Precipitation, see Meteorology Publications of Staff and Stu- f Tem perature, ns Meteorology Nopal 4 North American Flora 69, 221 Notes, ne 43, 69, 89. 119, ae 165, I Nuts, see Ec eee Garden 192 Nyssa ilies 20 Oak, ee 206 Ober 252 Ode aorle as 251 Okra 191 Olivier, Sir Sydney 229, 230 196, 220, 243, 255, 274 Oncidium 251 Oni oe ao a 5, 6, tbe 76, 83, 171, Orch oo os The om collection of 250- 173 ttawa nee club 195 ealidaceae 221 ee Rea 178 Oxye 177 Oyster-plant Ig! us 182 Palmer, Mr. Lowell M. 119 Papaw 183, 184 Paphiop 251, 252 Papyrus antiquorum 209 Parrot’s fea ai sl ee Sen daee 1 atterson, Mrs. Patterson & Co, Paulownia, The rapid erowth of the young 8) aulownia snperialis a tomen 15 Sue aw juts early everlasting 1 Pea: s C. ere 232 Pe pee Peltan dra Peltostigma teues 231 Pemmican 182 Penh allow, Professor 195 ‘onosporaceaé 17 simmon 185 Philippine oo An attractive (fig. 23) 161- Philippines, ‘Some features . the ra of the 113-11 Physalis viscosa 18 \ Phytolacca decandra 126 288 Piaropus asurea 214 Radish, crassipes 214 Rainfall, ae N. Y. eal Garden Pickerel-weed 206 Ramie 189 Pieris Mariana 205 Rare seedling he propagating Pilocereus 173, 232 oe e ie a eae chrysocaniha 4 Raspber: f Reqice 5a etetzo 4 Reed, common 207 Pine, white 23 Old-world 207 Pinus ed an Reed-grass, Japanese 207 Piper page see Economic Garden 189 Pistia ns ort of lectures on the preservation Stratiotes 215 obs ild flowers 193-196 Pitahaya ee Reports, see also N. Y. Botanical Gar- Plane-tree 160, 161 en Platanus occidental 157, 159 Rhamnus Frangula 191 orient , 189 Rhipocephalus 52 racem Rhipsaii. Platyclinis 252 Rh Pleurothallis 252 Rhus 185 Pleurotus 244 potentillaefolia Plum, downward 188 asin eds 2 237 Plumieria 83 : Ribes cereu: Poa pratensis 128 inebrians es Podocarpus 84 ieniifonia 180 Poison hemlock 189 Rice 192 oak 126 Indian 193, 207 e-wee ild 20 Pollard, Mr. . Loui us communis i t of ieetares on tie preser- Ricker, M vation of wild flowers 193-196 | Robin, Jean 17. Polycodium 17 Robinia Pseudacacia 174 melanocarpum 178 Robinson, Dr. C. B. 243, 256 Puy peouie 52 ae eatures of the mountain Polystachya 252 ora of the Fm anes Pond, Dr. Ra: ymond H. 25 eeeae Miss W. J. 1 Why i 110-113 | Rolfe 116 Pontederia cordata 206 Roripa Nasturtium 191 Poppy, water 215 Rosa carolina 205 Populus deltoides 253 nutkaensis 180 Potato 126, ror Rose, Carolina 205 Precipitation, see N. Y. Botanical | Rose, Dr. J. N. 11, 22t arden Rose, Jr., Mr. Joseph 13° Preservation 2 wild flowers 193-196 | Rosen, Dr. Nils 128 Prickly- ane Royal fern, American an Prickly-pea 18 Rusby, Dr. E H. 88,1 eo Joven 283, 154, 155 Some little-known Soa *ruits of Privet omeda 205 the United States 175-188 Proso : ae aad ar ree 117-118 : e worl or Lucie : rte pemsalanica — Mareus Underwood (PI. XLII) seas hoenix 75 hace ‘Dr. Per Axel 139 Pa Lin and American botany aa 19 a - 1 Pyr e-flow: 183 Rye ine Seana ae 175 . Sage ror Quercus palustris 206 Sagittaria 207 289 Saguaro, 4, 1 187 Salisbury, Conanee G. R. 221 Salix babylonica 206 Sambucus canadensis 205 86 omy ne Théodore de 156 avory a aw-palme cheele, Karl Withetm 155 chlimia 251 chmidt, Mr. oes 166 chomburgkia 2 cuticaria -grape eaver, Mr. Fred J. eeds, see Economic Gaede lens 192 pepaming of trees, The 252-254 enebier 15 abrearase Gs Canadian 181 had-bush hafer, Dr. ae A. 69, Visit to the Island of ioeneae 88 Shallon 185 Sheldon, Mr. J. L. Siebold, Philip Frans von 16, 108, 109, 110 pakiieeied 181 Sis: mp 171 Sg Sir Hans 130 Sloanea 8. nea 84 Small, Dr. J. K. 221 Exploration of Southern Florida 23-28 museum cases 254~255 214 lia Society, Exhibition of Horticultural for the protection of native plants 194 horticultural 24 of nat oe untae y; Boston 194 ild flower ste A ion 195 Solanum paeabetg 126 Solidago 23 Som tears of the mountain flora of ilippines 113 edible native fruits oe 188 the Uni Pain bayonet 173, Spathelia 76 glabrescens 233 Spathoglottis 252 Spearmint 191 Spencer Sith, Rev. Samuel 235 goPinac Spiranthe 252 Spr: g Lectures 88 s Sambhorcarpes 188 c Paleontology of the Ple oe ‘Dep osits of Maryland pas note) 18 Tainia os Tans bas ea of the trees, The 254 Taro 192 Taxodium mucr Kiera 8 Taylor, Nor ; A rare seedling at the propagating ae 243 Teaberry, white ‘ecoma 8 Temperature, see N. Y. Botanical Gar- Tet Thalacsia “estudinun 52 Thalia dealbat ivaricata 209 Thatch awe Bay 234 Theobro ae Thesium “pelotoides Ils Thorna Thrinax sari Thunberg, Carl cae 105, 107, 108, ° Trachylobium 164 ornemannianum 165 . 69 mbo 240, 242 290 Tumboa Bainesii 240, 243 Tuna 4 Turnip 191 Typha angustifolia 209 latifolia 209 Udotea 52 bee ica Dr. L. M. 43, 256 of Professor Lucien avn s (Pl. oy 263-269 University, McGill x ermont 19 jae see N. *,. Flora 69 Vaccinium ee 178 Vitis-Idaea Vail, Mise nna Maney 139 Valerian 189 Vanda 252 Van Helmont 151 Vanilla 252 Vateria indica 164, 165 Venus’s slipper 251 Veratrum nee re Ve gee sprin nter Vitiveuin aniftiom 179 umn Opuls HS es Pransforion 179 Victoria Crusiana 215 id 215, 216, 218, 219, 220 eri 215 Vidal, Ce ir: Vinca 8 3 Visit to De as for collecting ae algae, A (figs. 9-14) 51-6 to the Island of Montserrat 81-88 Walling, Commander B. ’.. 221 Wallis =, Water-cres: Water- iyaint 214 Water-lettuce 215 Water ae and ite aquatics ; their relati ho sila (Pl. XL, figs. 29: ae 2 Water flies coal Water ark nea Cod 210 Weiss, 66 W eteitschie mir rabilis 240 Whea White, Edward A. 89 Whitford, Dr. H. N. ve is a substance poi: IIO-II feger preservation saci oe . RS. 162 Wilson, Ma. Witch-hazel 191 Woo rd, Majo W. } Work of Professor Lucien Marcus | Underwood, The (Pl XLII) I 263-269 Wormwood 189 Wright, Prof. R. Ramsay 195 Xanthoxylum americanum 191 Xolisma ligustrina 205 Yam 191 Yucca 173 baccata 180 Zamia 73 integrifolia 233 Zizsania aquatica 207 Zisyphus 188 Members of the Corporation. GrorGE S. Bowpotn, Pror. N. L. Britton, Hon. ADDISON Brown, Dr. NicHoias M. BuT_er, ANDREW CARNEGIE, Pror. C. F. CHANDLER, WILLIAM G. CHOATE, CHARLES F. Cox, JouN J. CROOKE, W. Bayarp CuTTING, James B. Forp, RoBERT W. DE ForeEsT, Henry W. DE Forest, CLEVELAND H. Donce, SAMUEL W. FAIRCHILD, Gen. Louis F1TzGERALD, RIcHARD W. GILDER, Hon. Tuomas F. GiLroy, Hon. Hucu J. Grant, HENRY GRAVES, Henry P. Hoyt, ADRIAN ISELIN, JR., Morris K. JEsup, Joun I. Kang, EuGENE KELLY, JR., Pror. JAMEs F. Kemp, Joun S. KENNEDY, Pror, FREDERIC S, LEE, Hon. SetH Low, Davip Lypic, Epcar L. Marston, D. O. MILLs, J. Prerront MoreGan, THEODORE W. MYERS, GrorGE M. OLcort, Pror. Henry F. Oszorn, LoweEL. M. PALMER, GErorRGE W, PERKINS, James R. PITCHER, Rr. Rev. Henry C. PoTTer, Percy R. Pyne, Joun D, ROCKEFELLER, WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER, Pror. H. H. Russy, JAmeEs A. SCRYMSER, Henry A. SIEBRECHT, WILx1AM D. SLOANE, NELSON SMITH, JAMES SPEYER, Francis L. STETSON, Dr. W. GILMAN THOMPSON, Louis C. TIFFANY, SAMUEL THORNE, Pror, L. M. UnDERWoop, GEORGE W. VANDERBILT, Hon. EcerTon L. WINTHROP, WiuiaM H, S. Woop, jRe \a\ PUBLICATIONS OF Journal of the New York Botanic Bo tanical Garden, monthly, illustrated, con taining notes, ical articles of general Se. t. Free to all mem- bers of the Garden, To others, 10 cents a copy; $1.00 ar. [Not offered in exchange,] Vol. I, 1900, viiit 213 pp. Vol. II, rgo1, vit + p. Vol. pe L 204 Pp} 1902, Mee pp. Vol. IV, 1903, ae eee pp. Vol. V, 1904, ape + love Bulletin of the New York Beis oe ponies the annual | reports of the pati 6 of investigations carried out in ma ae i tree to all members of the Garden ; to others, $3.00 per v. eae Vol. I, Nos. 1- pp-, 3 maps, and 12 a 1896. ext Vol. II, Nos. 6-8, 518 pp., 30 plates, alin so Vol. III, s. 9-11, 46 3 Bhea?. plates, Ta03R1908. Vol. IV, No. 12, 113 pp.; No. 13, ae pp. man lates ; No. ae . V, No. 15, 105 pp. , 1906 ; No. 16, 88 p, 17 plates, 1906 soi th, 115 North Am Flora. DP eceript ions of the wild plants of North America, including ceca, | the et Indies and Central America. Planned to be com- pleted in thirty volumes. Roy. 8vo, "ach volume to conSL of four or more parts. Bayete price $1. 50 per part; a limited number of separate parts will be sold for $2.00 each. [Not offered in ex changes Vol 2 22, part I, issued May 905, contains peers of the order Rosales by Dr. J. K. Small, and of die: ales Podeaenion maceae by Mr. Geo. V. Nash, Crassulaceae by Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. J. N. Rose, Peuthionteske and Parnassia- ceae P: tydbe 2, part 2, issued December , ee conan descriptions of the families aX jiabacee and Hi Grane eee by ale oe nd Dr. P. A. Rydberg; the Cunoniaceae, Iteace: aa Haman ee L. Britton ; the Pteroste- | monaceae by Dr, J. K. Sm Ml; the Alwaeiacene a ney Wilson and the Phyllo- nomaceae by Dr. H. H. Rusby. Vol. I, issued Oct. 4, 1906, contains pecs of the families Ustilag- » par - inaceae and Tilleliaceae, by Professor G. P. Clin Vol. 7, part 2, issued March 6, 1907, families Col sporiaceae, eines. and Aecidiaceae (oa), = Prosar Hi ‘C Arthur 25, part I, issued August 24, 1907, contai eats ions of the family Geraniaceae BY Miss L, T. Hanks tae Dr. ‘ Small, the ee rns and Linaceae by a Small, and the Erythroxylaceae by Dr. Vol. 9, pat I, issued December 19, 1907, contains descriptions "oF the Poly- poraceae (eas), by Dr. W. A. Murri Memotrs of the New York Botantc al Garden. Price to members of the Garden, $1.00 per volume. To others, $2.00. [Not offered ae exchange. Vol. tan: << - ol tated Catalogue of the Flora of Mon‘ and ne vel rk, by Dr. lberg, assistant curator of the museums angement and critical discussion of the Pteridophytes and Phanerogams of oe pe m with notes thor’s fiel k, including descriptions of 163 new species. ix + 492 pp. Roy. 8vo, with detailed map. The Influence of Light and guar upon ( Growth and ger ee by Dr. = is vies cDougal, assistant director. earches with a general consideration of the valeion a ae to plants. The. pancipal morphological eure are illustrated. xvi + 320 Roy. 8v0, with 176 figures. 8 from the New York Botanic al Garden. A series of tech- big oe rien om Saee or Prise of the staff, oe Ba ae Goin journals other than the above. Price, 25 cents each. $5.00 per vol f os. i [ore) cs 4 ata Vol. II. Nos. 26-50, vi+ 340 p 55 figures in the text and 18 plates, Vol. III. Nos. 51-75, vi 508 PP. 26 figures in the text and 21 Plata Vol. IV. Nos. 76-100, vi-+ 444 20 figures in the text and 29 plates. 7? MME 25 CENTS EACH 97. The Sedges of ee by N. L. Britton. 98. The oe s Antrophyum—I, by R. C. Benedict. 99 Sine Philippine Polyporaceae, by Riplaies . Murrill. ms ent to ubseripti NEw ia feetigatis GARDEN x PARK, NEw YorK City See Pen mre pe mere nah. a ee ecm Ser ees : " noes Sosa teorenateny : : = pater iee te) a ea a ea eres = Feteenerperee races eres : Heagst sangeet War cake Amar Ta LPNS : , iB 5 ge ce Laden: wrist wr nes